Search results

  • CSV Spreadsheet
(61 - 80 of 172)

Pages

Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1968
Title
Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1968
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
SUMMER SCHOOL AUGSBURG SUMMER SCHOOL p e r m i t s s t u d e n t s t o e a r n up t o t e n Term C r e d i t s d u r i n g a six-weeks s e s s i o n b e g i n n i n g Monday, June 24. ( F i r s t - and second-year German courses b e g i n one week e a r l i e r , June 17, and conclude l a ...
Show more SUMMER SCHOOL AUGSBURG SUMMER SCHOOL p e r m i t s s t u d e n t s t o e a r n up t o t e n Term C r e d i t s d u r i n g a six-weeks s e s s i o n b e g i n n i n g Monday, June 24. ( F i r s t - and second-year German courses b e g i n one week e a r l i e r , June 17, and conclude l a t e r . ) PERSONS PLANNING t o a t t e n d Summer School a r e a d v i s e d t o a p p l y w e l l i n advance, i f p o s s i b l e , e s p e c i a l l y i f t h e y w i s h t o r e g i s t e r f o r "demand" courses (see page 7 ) . ADDRESS SPECIFIC INQUIRIES t o Dr. M. C . Stenshoel, D i r e c t o r o f Summer School, Augsburg C o l l e g e , M i n n e a p o l i s , MN 55404. AUGSBURG COLLEGE AUCSBURG is a four-year liberal arts college in an urban setting. With a 12-block campus in the heart of Minneapolis, it is oriented both physically a nd philosophically toward the pulse and excitement, the problems and opportunities, of contemporary metropolis. INTO THIS URBAN environment Augsburg College brings a century of concern for scholarship, a reputation for great teaching, and a student body committed t o the values of education in a Christian community. FULLY ACCREDITED by the North Central Association and other agencies, Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of The college Arts degree in 29 major fields of study. is associated with The American Lutheran Church. IN MINNEAPOLIS THE METROPOLITAN area of Minneapolis-St. Paul provides Augsburg students the stimulation and challenge that is urban America today. The City provides a laboratory for social and political inquiry. It is focal point for the cultural explosion in art, drama, and music. It provides innumerable opportunities in sports and recreation. In short, the City adds a unique and significant dimension to the Augsburg educational experience. THE WORLD-FAMED TYRONE GUTHRIE Theater, the pennantchasing Minnesota Twins, the Summer Symphony, the Minneapolis Institute and the Walker Art Center these are but the beginning of opportunities for the student attending Augsburg Summer School. CLASSES: STUDENTS INTENDING t o t a k e c o u r s e s o n b o t h campuses should plan t h e i r schedules t o allow about 20 minutes' commuting t i m e b e t w e e n campuses. W h i l e s t u d e n t s a r e r e s p o n s i b l e f o r t h e i r own t r a n s p o r t a t i o n , t h e Summer S c h o o l w i l l a s s i s t i n t h e making o f commuting a r r a n g e m e n t s when n e c e s s a r y . MORNING MOST COURSES a r e s c h e d u l e d f o r t h e m o r n i n g h o u r s Monday t h r o u g h F r i d a y , Four-credit c o u r s e s meet f o r p e r i o d s o f 65 m i n u t e s , f i v e - c r e d i t c o u r s e s f o r 8 0 minu t e s . S e m i n a r s and I n d e p e n d e n t S t u d y c o u r s e s w i l l m e e t a t t i m e s m u t u a l l y a g r e e d upon by s t u d e n t s and i n s t r u c tors. EVENING TO ACCOMMODATE s t u d e n t s whose summer employment p r e c l u d e s morning c l a s s e s , and t o i n c r e a s e f l e x i b i l i t y o f scheduling, s e v e r a l courses w i l l be taught during the evening hours. M e e t i n g t w i c e a week (Monday and Wedn e s d a y , o r T u e s d a y and T h u r s d a y ) , e v e n i n g c l a s s e s w i l l r u n from s e v e n t o t e n o ' c l o c k , w i t h a 1 5 - m i n u t e b r e a k . For s p e c i f i c l i s t i n g s , c o n s u l t t h e schedule. Eligibility PERSONS I N good s t a n d i n g a t r e g i o n a l l y a c c r e d i t e d c o l l e g e s and u n i v e r s i t i e s , a s w e l l a s g r a d u a t e s o f s u c h i n s t i t u t i o n s , a r e e l i g i b l e t o a t t e n d Augsburg Summer School. "Good s t a n d i n g " i m p l i e s t h a t t h e s t u d e n t h a s b e e n a d m i t t e d t o a c o l l e g e and h a s n o t s u b s e q u e n t l y b e e n d r o p p e d by t h a t i n s t i t u t i o n . I N ST. PAUL ACCEPTANCE a s a summer s t u d e n t d o e s n o t i m p l y a d m i s s i o n a s a r e g u l a r s t u d e n t o f Augsburg C o l l e g e ; p e r s o n s w i s h i n g t o c o m p l e t e a d e g r e e program a t t h e c o l l e g e s h o u l d apply f o r admission through t h e O f f i c e of Admissions. TO INCREASE c o u r s e o f f e r i n g s a v a i l a b l e t o s t u d e n t s , Augsburg C o l l e g e i s c o o p e r a t i n g w i t h C o n c o r d i a C o l l e g e , S t u d e n t s may S t . P a u l , i n i t s Summer S c h o o l program. r e g i s t e r f o r c o u r s e s t a u g h t o n t h e C o n c o r d i a campus, a s w e l l a s f o r t h o s e o f f e r e d a t Augsburg, u s i n g 3 s i n g l e form. For s t u d e n t s t a k i n g advantage of t h i s opportun i t y , t u i t i o n and f e e s a r e p a y a b l e t o Augsburg, and a l l g r a d e s and c r e d i t s w i l l b e e n t e r e d d i r e c t l y upon t h e i r Augsburg t r a n s c r i p t s . 4 COURSES TAUGHT o n t h e C o n c o r d i a campus a r e d e s i g n a t e d i n t h e accompanying s c h e d u l e by t h e u s e o f i t a l i c s . W h i l e most o f t h e C o n c o r d i a o f f e r i n g s c a r r y a v a l u e o f t h r e e c r e d i t s , some ( i d e n t i f i e d b y a c r e d i t v a l u e o f 1@3-411) may b e t a k e n f o r e i t h e r t h r e e o r f o u r c r e d i t s ; s t u d e n t s e l e c t i n g t o take such courses f o r f o u r c r e d i t s w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o c o m p l e t e a s s o c i a t e d work i n i n d e pendent study under t h e d i r e c t i o n o f t h e i n s t r u c t o r of the course. STUDENTS ADMITTED t o Augsburg C o l l e g e f o r t h e F a l l Term o f 1968 a r e e l i g i b l e t o a t t e n d Summer S c h o o l , a s a r e p e r s o n s a d m i t t e d by o t h e r c o l l e g e s f o r t h e F a l l t e r m . STUDENTS OF OTHER i n s t i t u t i o n s a r e r e q u i r e d t o p r o v i d e t h e D i r e c t o r o f Summer S c h o o l w i t h a s t a t e m e n t from a n a p p r o p r i a t e o f f i c i a l ( e . g . , R e g i s t r a r o r Dean) o f h i s c o l l e g e t h a t h e i s i n good s t a n d i n g and e l i g i b l e t o e a r n c r e d i t s i n t h e summer s e s s i o n . C r e d i t s earned a t Augsburg w i l l b e t r a n s f e r r e d o n l y i f t h i s r e q u i r e m e n t h a s been f u l f i l l e d . 5 OTHER PERSONS w i s h i n g t o t a k e summer s c h o o l work s h o u l d c o n t a c t t h e D i r e c t o r o f Summer S c h o o l t o a s c e r t a i n e l i g i b i l i t y under s p e c i a l circumstances. I I I I I Tuition FULL SUMMER TUITION for not more than 1 0 credits is $220. For a single four-credit course, tuition is $115; for a five-credit course, $140. For fewer than four credits, the charge is $30 per credit. In some cases, such as private lessons i n applied music, special additional fees are charged. A Registration Fee o f $5 is added for registrations completed later than June 15. A TUITION DEPOSIT of $25 is required at t h e time of registration f o r students taking six or more credits. For five credits or less the required deposit is $15. Checks should be made out to "Augsburg College". The tuition deposit i s refundable only if the courses selected, including alternate choices, should be withdrawn because of inadequate demand. Housing DORMITORY HOUSING for unmarried students is available at a charge of $40 for the six-week session. Cottage housing, with cooking privileges, is available for the same period for $50. Occupancy is from June 2 3 to August3. Those rlesiring housing for an additional period will be charged at the rate of $1.00 per day for dormitory housing,or $1.35 per day for cottage housing. STUDENTS WILL PROVIDE their own pillows, blankets, and bed linens. Course Information COURSE VALUES at Augsburg College are measured in Term Credits. The number of credits assigned normally corresponds to the number of 50-minute periods the course meets each week during a ten-week term o f the regular academic year. Term Credits are directly interchangeable with Quarter Credits. AUGSBURG COURSES numbered 50 and above are considered upper-division offerings and are intended primarily for juniors and seniors. (Concordia offerings numbered 300 and above may be considered upper division.) INDEPENDENT STUDY courses are available in a number of departments and carry upper division credit, thus permitting qualified students to earn such credit when regular upper-division classes are not available. Work in Independent Study is to be done under the direction of a specific faculty member who will serve as guide and evaluator. Before registering for Independent Study a student should obtain the approvalof the responsible department and faculty member; approval forms are available from the Summer School Office. COURSES MARKED with a n asterisk (*) are offered subject to adequate demand. When registering f o r such a course, a student should, if possible, list other courses as alternate choices. Courses without the asterisk are definitely scheduled a n d are, therefore, particularly appropriate as alternates. A ROOM DEPOSIT OF $10 should accompany the applications of students intending to live in college housing. FAMILY ACCOMMODATIONS may be available. Persons interested should communicate directly with Mr. Richard Berg, Business Manager, Augsburg College. Board 6 CAMPUS FACILITIES for meals include a coffee shopsand automated services. A regular board plan will n o t be in operation during the summer session. Resident students wishing to prepare their own meals should arrange for cottage housing. ART ART 1 . INTRODUCTION TO THE FINE ARTS. 4 Cr. Historical and topical studies. Participation in the cultural life of the community, leading toward appreciation and criticism. 7-10 p.m., Mondays and Wednesdays. M r . Thompson. & ART: STUDIO COURSES.* 4 C r . Select not Art 7, more than one of the following: Drawing; 18, P a i n t i n g I ; 21, S c u l p t u r e I; 78, S c u l p t u r e 11; 50, Ceramics I; 51, Ceramics 11. 7:30-10:05 a.m. M r . H o l e n . BIOLOGY BIOLOGY 1 .* EINCIP_LES OF BIOLOGY. 5 C r . b a s i c c o l l e g e course i n biology, not i n t e n d e d f o r majors i n b i o l o g y . $ 5 - l a b o r 8:45-10:05 a.m. M r . U r d a h l . atory fee. COMPUTER SCI ENCE COMPUTER SCIENCE 45.* INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER SCIENCE. 4 C r . T h e o r y m o d e r n A p a r t i c u l a r computer d i g i t a l computers. language i s i n t r o d u c e d . Includes a survey o f computer a p p l i c a t i o n s , p r o b l e m s . 7-10 p.m., Tuesdays, T h u r s d a y s . M r . S t e r n . ECONOMICS ECONOMICS 22.* PPINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS I. 4 Cr. An i n t r o d u c t o r y c o l l e g e c o u r s e i n economics. 7-10 p.m., Mondays, Wednesd a y s . Mr. S a b e l l a . EDUCATION G ER MAN II GREEK, I PSYCHOLOGY OF LEARNING. EDUCATION C-416. 3 Ch. An e d u c a t i o n a l psychology c o u r s e : motivation; r a t e s of learning, f o r g e t t i n g ; communicati.ng a t t i t u d e s , s k i l l s , unders t a n d i n g ; r e a s o n i n g and problem s o l v i n g . ST. PAUL: 10:55-11:50 a.m. M r . Heideman. EDUCATION 8 9 . THE TEACHING OF FOREIGN LANGUAGE TO ELEMENTARY SCHOOL PUPILS. 5ParC r e d i t Workshop, June 2 4 - J u l v 26. t i c i p a n t s w i l l t e a c h German oE French t o area children. For more i n f o r m a t i o n , s e e V i s i t i n g P r o f e s s o r : M r . Edener. p. 12. ENGLISH ENGLISH 91. SEMINAR on a m a j o r American T h i s summer's o r B r i t i s h w r i t e r . 3 Cr. seminar w i l l consider M e l v i l l e . Evenings, as a r r a n g e d . Mr. N i c h o l l . A L AT I N HISTOR ENGLISH 1 1 . COMPOSITION AND LITERATURE. 4 C r . An i n t r o d u c t o r y Freshman c o u r s e . Two s e c t i o n s : 7:30-8:35 o r 8:45-9:55 a.m. Mr. B e r g s t r o m , Mr. N i c h o l l , I I ENGLISH 99. C r . See p. INDEPENDENT - STUDY. Variable 7. Mr. B e r q s t r o m , &. N i c h o l l . GERMAN B-131-132. BEGINNING GERMAN I , 11. 9 : m i s compliii f i r s f - y e a r c o l l e g e German c o u r s e i s n i n e weeks i n l e n g t h , from J u n e 17 t h r o u g h August 1 6 . ,* ST. PAUL: 9:30-10:25 and 10:55-11:25 a.m. Mr. Engel h a r d t . a. GERMAN 3 - 4 . SECOND YEAR COLLEGE GERMAN. Note: T h i s complete s e c o n d - y e a r 8 Cr. c o u r s e meets 8 weeks, J u n e 17 t o August 9 . 8:45-10:05 10:45-11:55. Mrs. B a l t i n a . CLASSICAL LANGUAGES 99. INDEPENDENT STUDY. V a r i a b l e C r See p 7. M r . C o l a t c i . HISTORY A-331. U. S. H I S T O R Y . 3-4 Ch. The p e r i o d from t h e American R e v o l u t i o n t h r o u g h p o s t - C i v i l War R e c o n s t r u c t i o n i s s t u d i e d . I f taken f o r f o u r c r e d i t s , an a d d i t i o n a l p r o j e c t i s r e q u i r e d . ST. PAUL: 9:30-10:25 a.m. Mr. B a r t l i n g . 19th C_EflURY EUROPE. 3-4 HISTORY A-353. P o l i t i c a l , .$decs$ogical, economic, and 7:30s o c i a l developments. - ST.. PAUL: 8:25 a.m. Mr. B a r t l i n g . Ch. ENGLISH 45.* MAJOR AMERICAN WRITERS. 5 Works o f s e l e c t e d w r i t e r s from ColoCr. n i a l times t o t h e p r e s e n t ; t h e i r contribut i o n s t o t h e development o f American l i t erature. 8:45-10:05 a.m. Mr. B e r g s t r o m . ENGLISH 8-364. MASTERS OE E N G L I S H L Z T ERATURE. 3 C h . Major a u t h o r s , i n c l u d i n g , among o t h e r s , Chaucer, S h a k e s p e a r e , S w i f t . M i l t o n , C a r l y l e , Shaw, ~ e a t s ; and ~ l i o t ; ST. PAUL: 8:30-9:25 a.m. Mr. Lange. .m. HISTORY 99. INDEPENDENT STUDY. C r . See p . 7 . Mr. C h r i s l o c k . 9 MUSI Variable *- MUSIC 1.* THEORY I. 4 C r . P r i n c i p l e s of n o t a t i o n , major and minor s c a l e s ; interv a l s , t r i a d s , ' rhythms -- t h e i r a p p l i c a t i o n i n w r i t t e n e x e r c i s e s . Aural s k i l l s , s i g h t reading, dictation, part-singing. A fundamental c o u r s e f o r music s t u d e n t s . Prer e q u i s i t e : Passing a theory entrance t e s t . 10:45-12:05. Mr. Johnson. RELIGION I RELIGION A-202. HZ$TOR,Y AND LITERATURE OF T - ~ - N & W . T E ~ T ~ A ~EU-~ ~ ~ J + the kQy T e s t a m e n t , i n c l u d i n g t h e l i f e and t e a c h i n g s o f J e s u s , t h e e s t a b l i s h m e n t and growth o f t h e c h u r c h . ST. PAUL: 11:5512:45. Mr. Sohn. APPLIED MUSIC. P r i v a t e i n s t r u c t i o n may b e a v a i l a b l e i n v o i c e ; s t r i n g , keyboard, and wind i n s t r u m e n t s . 1 C r . f o r 10 l e s s o n s . Note: An a d d i t i o n a l c h a r g e o f $40 i s made f o r e a c h 10-lesson s e r i e s . For informat i o n c o n t a c t t h e Department o f Music. RELIGION A-404. LUTHERAN CONFESSIONAL WRITINGS. 3 Ch. A n a T y s i s - o f p o r t i o n s o f t h e Book o f Concord i n h i s t o r i c a l p e r s p e c tive. ST. PAUL: 11:55 a.m.-12:45 p.m. Mr. R u d n i c k . PHILOSOPHY 21. PROBLEMS OF PHILOSOPHY. Introduction t o t h e nature, n i ~ r ~ s . 4 Cr. c e n t r a l problems, and t e r m i n o l o g y o f p h i losophy. 7:30-8:35 a.m. Mr. S a n d i n . RELIGION 8 2 . CONTEMPORARY ROMAN CATHOLIC THEOLOGY. 4 C r . Trends o f Roman C a t h o l i c t h e o l o g y and r e l a t i o n o f t h e o l o g i c a l and b i b l i c a l i n s i g h t s t o t h e dogmatic d e f i n i t i o n s o f t h e c h u r c h . 7-10 p.m., Tuesdays, Thursdays. Mr. C o l a c c i . . \ PHILOSOPHY PHILOSOPHY 9 9 . INDEPENDENT STUDY. b l e C r . See p . 7. M r . S a n d i n . VariaI PHYSICS POLITICAL SCIENCE 4 Cr. The s o l a r PHYSICS 1. ASTRONOMY. system, s t a r s , g a l a x i e s . The u s e o f o p t i c a l i n s t r u m e n t s ; v i e w i n g w i t h a 12" 7-10 p.m., Tuesr e f l e c t i n g telescope. days, T h u r s d a y s . Mr. Hanwick. SOCIOLOGY I SOCIOLOGY 57. SUMMER WORK I N CORRECTIONS Note: T h i s i s AND.-SOCIAL SERVICE. 5 Cr. a s p e c i a l summer program n o t i n t e g r a t e d w i t h o t h e r Summer School o f f e r i n g s . F o r information w r i t e Dr. Joel Torstenson, Auqsburg C o l l e g e POLITICAL SCIENCE 92. POWER AND COMMUNITY InterdisciI N MODERN METROPOLIS. 5 C r . p l i n a r y s t u d y , p o l i t i c a l and s o c i o l o g i c a l , b f t h e changing- i n s t i t u t i o n s and p r o c e s s e s o f community and government i n t h e contemporary u r b a n s e t t i n g . C l a s s e s meet o f f campus. 8:45-10:05 a.m. Mr. T o r s t e n s o n . I ' POLITICAL SCIENCE 99. INDEPENDENT STUDY. V a r i a b l e Cr. See p . 7 . Mr. Stenshoel. PSYCHOLOGY PSYCHOLOGY 5.* W R A L PSYCHOLOGY. 5 C r . The b a s i c p r o c e s s e s u n d e r l y i n g b e h a v i o r . ~ x a m i n a t i o n o f t h e p r i n c i p l e s , methods, and a r e a s o f s p e c i a l i z a t i o n i n p s y c h o l o g y . 10:45-12:05. M r s . Andereqq, PSYCHOLOGY 99. b l e Cr. See INDEPENDELIT STUDY. V a r i a M r s . Anderegg. p. 7. SOCIOLOGY A-221. PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY. 3-4 Ch. An i n t r o d u c t o r y c o u r s e emphasizi n g human group l i f e and man's s o c i a l environment. ST.PAUL: 8:30-9:25 a.m. Mr. Dannehl. SOCIOLOGY 61 .* INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL STATISTIC_S. 5 C r . M e t l i o X s - i T c o l l e c t i n g , comparing, and i n t e r p r e t i n g d a t a i n t h e s o c i a l s c i e n c e s . Graphs, t a b l e s , measures of c e n t r a l t e n d e n c y ; t h e t e s t i n g o f hypot h e s e s . 10:45-12:05. Mr. F!ordl i e . SOCIOLOGY 92. POWER AND COMMUNITY I N MODERN METROPOLIS; 5 Cr. (See P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 92 . ) 8:45-10:05. Mr. ~ o r s t e ' s o n . 11 SPEECH 11. BEGINNING SPEECH. 4 Cr. B a s i c problems o f k f f e c t i v e s p e a k i n g and c r i t i c a l l i s t e n i n g . 8:45-10:05. M i s s C o l e . 'G *.. Associated Programs THIS FIVE-WEEK WORKSHOP ( E d u c a t i o n 89) i s o f f e r e d through t h e c o o p e r a t i o n of f i v e Twin C i t y c o l l e g e s : Augsburg, Haml i n e , M a c a l e s t e r , S t . C a t h e r i n e and S t . Thomas. Dates a r e June 24 t h r o u g h J u l y 26. Guided by D r . W i l f r i e d Edener, a s p e c i a l i s t from Germany now s e r v i n g a s F o r e i g n Language C o n s u l t a n t t o t h e f i v e i n s t i t u t i o n s , p a r t i c i p a n t s w i l l work w i t h f i f t h - and s i x t h - g r a d e r s , i n t r o d u c i n g them t o e i t h e r German o r French over a four-week p e r i o d . CARRYING a f i v e - c r e d i t c o u r s e v a l u e , t h e Workshop i s open t o t e a c h e r s now i n s e r v i c e , a s w e l l a s t o u n d e r g r a d u a t e s competent i n e i t h e r language. T u i t i o n i s $100. Because t h e number of p a r t i c i p a n t s i s l i m i t e d , p e r s o n s p l a n n i n g t o a t t e n d should submit a p p l i c a t i o n s t o Augsburg Summer School a s soon a s p o s s i b l e , s p e c i f y i n g t h e p r e f e r r e d language. SUMMER SCHOOL APPLICATION PLEASE PRINT LEGIBLY OR TYPEWRITE. M a i l completed form, t o g e t h e r w i t h r e q u i r e d d e p o s i t s ( s e e page 6 ) , t o Summer S c h o o l , Augsburg C o l l e g e , M i n n e a p o l i s , Minnesota 55404. L a s t , F i r s t , Middle BORN: 19 ., ADDRESS : PRESENT C ig - - - . -- - _ -- EDUCATIONAL STATUS: STIPENDS c o v e r i n g b o a r d , room and c o l l e g e t u i t i o n a r e a v a i l a b l e f o r s t u d e n t s who a r e a c c e p t e d . Majors i n A r t , E d u c a t i o n , Music, N u r s i n g , P o l i t i c a l ( o r S o c i a l ) S c i e n c e a r e e s p e c i a l l y encouraged t o a p p l y ; p r e f e r e n c e i s g i v e n upper-classmen. R e q u e s t s f o r a p p l i c a t i o n forms should be d i r e c t e d t o : Youth D i v i s i o n , The American L u t h e r a n Church, 422 South F i f t h S t r e e t , M i n n e a p o l i s , MN 55414. I n c l u d e your name, a d d r e s s , and z i p code. 2. - - -. \ Female .State . - MARRIED? - - - - .. -- . --- Zip - .- S t a t e -_ - .. - -. Zip - - -- - - - H i g h e s t l e v e l o f e d u c a t i o n completed a s o f J u n e , 1968: - High School g r a d u a t e - Freshman y e a r of c o l l e g e - Sophomore y e a r o f c o l l e g e - Junior - Senior - Other: year of c o l l e g e y e a r of c o l l e g e Are you now working toward a c o l l e g e o r u n i v e r s i t y d e g r e e ? - Yes - No THIS PROGRAM combines i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y and a p a i d work experience i n s o c i a l s e r v i c e f o r undergraduate s t u d e n t s . A p p l i c a n t s need n o t be s t u d e n t s a t Augsburg C o l l e g e . Since t h e number of o p e n i n g s i s l i m i t e d , e a r l y a p p l i c a t i o n s a r e suggested. For i n f o r m a t i o n w r i t e Chairman, Department of S o c i o l o g y , Augsburg C o l l e g e , M i n n e a p o l i s , Minnesota 55404. Male Street TWENTY STUDENTS from a l l p a r t s of t h e U n i t e d S t a t e s w i l l p a r t i c i p a t e i n a u n i q u e e d u c a t i o n a l e x p e r i e n c e a s members of a " l i v e - i n " g r o u p , spending e i g h t wesks ( J u n e 17 t h r o u g h August 9) i n t h e North S i d e c r i s i s a r e a of M i n n e a p o l i s . Earning academic c r e d i t s a t Augsburg C o l l e g e , p a r t i c i p a n t s w i l l pursue i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d i e s , a s w e l l a s t h e f i v e - c r e d i t c o u r s e , S o c i o l o g y ( o r P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e ) 92: See page 10. 1. - Street PERMANENT ADDRESS: CiRjr 12 SEX: ( I f "yes", p l e a s e complete i t e m s a , b , and c , below.) a. At what c o l l e g e ? b. What d e g r e e do you e x p e c t t o e a r n ? c,. W i l l you want c r e d i t s e a r n e d a t Augsburg C o l l e g e No t r a n s f e r r e d t o t h i s c o l l e g e ? - Yes ( I f "no", p l e a s e u s e t h e s p a c e below t o b r i e f l y your e d u c a t i o n a l p l a n s and g o a l s . ) - indicate . ES. From t h e l i s t e d c o u r s e s on pages 7-11, p l e a s e e n t e r t h o s e which c o n s t i t u t e f i r s t c h o i c e f o r y o u r Summer School program. T o t a l c r e d i t s may n o t exceed t e n . I T o t a l Number o f C r e d i t s : ALTERNATES. HOUSING. P l e a s e l i s t below o t h e r c o u r s e s you a r e w i l l i n g t o s u b s t i t u t e , s h o u l d l a c k o f demand r e q u i r e c a n c e l l a t i o n o f a c o u r s e l i s t e d above. Do you wish t o r e s e r v e c o l l e g e h o u s i n g ? Yes ( I f "yes", specify: (See - Dormitory page 6.) - Cottage) - No DEPOSIT. I e n c l o s e a check o r money o r d e r , payable C o l l e g e , i n t h e amount o f $ a s follows: - , to to Augsburg be c r e d i t e d Tuition Deposit, $ Housing D e p o s i t , $ I submit t h i s A p p l i c a t i o n s u b j e c t t o t h e c o n d i t i o n s o f t h e 1968 Augsburg Summer School b u l l e t i n , which I have r e a d and u n d e r s t a n d . e -. Date s.igna-eurt
Show less
Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1968-1969
Title
Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1968-1969
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
AUGSBURG COLLEGE NOW 19,88-89 ' I -; __.f -:-.� ·,.( -;;·:c..../ "<" -<..�-( AUGSBURG COLLEGE / MINNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA CATALOG FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1968-69 AND 1969-70 RECORD FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1966-67 AND 1967-68 --GVLLiCii AUGSBURG -.- PROFILE AFFILIATION Augsburg Coll...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE NOW 19,88-89 ' I -; __.f -:-.� ·,.( -;;·:c..../ "<" -<..�-( AUGSBURG COLLEGE / MINNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA CATALOG FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1968-69 AND 1969-70 RECORD FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1966-67 AND 1967-68 --GVLLiCii AUGSBURG -.- PROFILE AFFILIATION Augsburg College is a fouryear liberal arts college affiliated with The American Lutheran Church. The College offers a broad education in a Christian environment. parish work, and missions. Students may prepare for further study in the fields of engineering, theology, dentistry, medicine, nursing, and law, and for graduate study in various fields. LOCATION Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education, the American Chemical Society, and the American Association of University Women. Augsburg College is located along Interstate Highway NO. 94, just 20 blocks from the downtown loop area of Minneapolis. Students have easy access to libraries, museums, and art collections. They also have the opportunity to attend lectures, musical programs and other cultural activities in the Minneapolis-St. Paul area. MEMBERSHIPS SETTING Augsburg College holds membership also in the American Council on Education, the Association of American Colleges, the American Association of Colleges for Teacher Education, the National Lutheran Educational Conference, the Association of Minnesota Colleges, the Minnesota Private College Council and the Association of Protestant Colleges and Universities. The twelve-block Augsburg campus is located in the heart of Minneapolis and is adjacent to the University of Minnesota West Bank campus and two of the city's largest hospitals. In this urban setting, Augsburg students prepare for careers in our increasingly urban society. A friendly atmosphere prevails on the Augsburg campus. Students participate in all phases of campus community life under the direction of a capable, wellprepared faculty. ACCREDITATION COURSES OF STUDY Augsburg College offers a Liberal Arts education with courses leading to a Bachelor of Arts degree offered in 29 major fields of study. Students are prepared for teaching, business administration, social work, medical technology, secretarial work, DEVELOPMENT A comprehensive development program is in operation which will, over the years, add additional land and buildings t o the Augsburg College campus. THE AUGSBURG COLLEGE CAMPUS Augsburg College is located near the Minneapolis loop and the University of Minnesota. The Administrative offices are in science ~ ~ at1the1 corner of 7th Street and 21st Avenue South. Prospective students and 0ther interested persons are cor- dially invited to visit the campus. Visiting hours are 9 a.m. to 5 p.m., Monday through Friday; Saturday by appointment. A letter or telephone call in advance is recommended. Write to the Office of Admissi,ons, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404; or telephone 332-5181. ACADEMIC CALENDAR, AUGUST 1968 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 S 1 8 15 22 29 SEPTEMBER 1968 M T W T F S 2 3 4 5 6 7 91011121314 16 17 18 19 20 21 23 24 25 26 27 28 30 OtTOBER 1968 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9101112 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 NOVEMBER 1968 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 S 1 8 15 22 29 DECEMBER 1968 M T W T F S 2 3 4 5 6 7 91011121314 16 17 18 19 20 21 23 24 25 26 27 28 30 31 JANUARY 1969 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 91011 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 FEBRUARY 1969 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 MARCH 1969 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 APRIL 1969 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9101112 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 MAY 1969 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 SUMMER SESSION 1968 June 24 July 4 Aug. 2 ...........(Mon.) ............ Final registration and beginning of classes ............(Thurs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Holiday ............ (Fri.) ................. Final examinations ACADEMIC YEAR 1968-69 FALL TERM Sept. Sept. Sept. Nov. Nov. Nov. 5-9 .......... (Thurs.-Mon.) ... Freshman Welcome Week 9, 10 . . . . . . . . . (Mon., Tues.) ................ Registration 11 .......... (Wed.) ...................... Classes begin 19 . . . . . . . . . . .(Tues.) ............... Last day of classes 20-26 ........ (Wed.-Tues.) ......... Final examinations 27-Dec. 3 . . . . (Wed.-Tues.) .......... Thanksgiving recess WINTER TERM Dec. 3 ............. (Tues.) ...................... Registration Dec. 4 ............. (Wed.) ..................... Classes begin (Fri.) ............. Christmas recess begins Dec. 20, 9:00 p.m. (Mon.) .................... Classes resume Jan. 6, 7:45 a.m. Feb. 25 ............ (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Last day of classes Feb. 26-March 4 ... (Wed.-Tues.) ......... Final examinations March 5-10 ....... (Wed.-Mon.) ................ Term break ... ... SPRING TERM March 10 .......... (Mon.) ...................... Registration March 11 .......... (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes begin April 2, 9:00 p.m. .. (Wed.) ............... Easter recess begins April 8, 7:45 a.m. (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes resume May 23 . . . . . . . . . . . . (Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Last day of classes May 26-30 ......... (Mon.-Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . Final examinations June 1 . . . . . . . . . . . .(Sun.) . . . . . . Baccalaureate, Commencement ... - ' ;:,, ACADEMIC CALENDAR, 1969-1970 AUGUST 1969 S M T W T F 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 17 18 19 20 21 22 24 25 26 27 28 29 , S 2 9 16 23 30 SEPTEMBER 1969 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 78910111213 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 OCTOBER 1969 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 1 1 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 NOVEMBER 1969 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 DECEMBER 1969 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 78910111213 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 FEBRUARY 1970 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 891011121314 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 MARCH 1970 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 891011121314 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 APRIL 1970 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 1 1 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 MAY 1970 S M T W T F 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 17 18 19 20 21 22 24 25 26 27 28 29 31 31 JANUARY 1970 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 FIRST SUMMER SESSION 1969 . . . . . . . . . . . . Final registration and beginning of classes July 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . (Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Holiday July 18 ............ (Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Final examinations June 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . (Mon.) July 21 Aug. 8 ............ (Mon.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes begin . . . . . . . . . . . . (Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Final examinations SECOND SUMMER SESSION 1969 ACADEMIC YEAR 1969-70 FALL TERM Sept. 4-8 .......... (Thurs.-Mon.) . . . Freshman Welcome Week Sept. 8, 9 ......... (Mon., Tues.) ................ Registration Sept. 10 ........... (Wed.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes begin Nov. 18 . . . . . . . . . . .(Tues.) ............... Last day of classes Nov. 19-25 . . . . . . . .(Wed.-Tues.) ......... Final examinations Nov. 26-Dec. 2 . . . . .(Wed.-Tues.) ......... Thanksgiving recess WINTER TERM Dec. 2 ............. (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registration Dec. 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . (Wed.) ..................... Classes begin Dec. 19, 9:00 p.m. .. (Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Christmas recess begins Jan. 5, 7:45 a.m. ... (Mon.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes resume Feb. 24 ............ (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Last day of classes Feb. 25-March 3 . . . . (Wed.-Tues.) . . . . . . . . . Final examinations March 4-9 ......... (Wed.-Mon.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Term break SPRING TERM March 9 . . . . . . . . . . . (Mon.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registration March 10 . . . . . . . . . . (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes begin March 25, 9:00 p.m. . (Wed.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . Easter recess begins March 31, 7:45 a.m. . (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes resume May 22 . . . . . . . . . . . . (Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Last day of classes May 25-29 . . . . . . . . (Mon.-Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . Final examinations May 31 . . . . . . . . . . . (Sun.) . . . . . . Baccalaureate, Commencement S 2 9 16 23 30 A I M S A N D OBJECTIVES Augsburg College is a Christian liberal arts college of The American Lutheran Church. The faculty and the Board of Regents of the College affirm the following as their understanding of the aims, philosophy, objectives and character of this institution. ULTIMATE AlMS TO contribute to the true good of human life and society. To contribute t o the building of free and living congregations in the community of the Christian Church. BASIC PHILOSOPHY The Christian message concerning the redemptive act of God in Christ constitutes the greatest potential for good in human life and society; but this potential is realized only insofar as it is actualized in the minds and hearts of individuals. The redemption of the mind constitutes the unique educational task laid upon the ChrGtian Church; in seeking to relate all learning to the truth of the Christian faith, the Christian college performs its greatest service both to the Church and to society. Where there is an atmosphere of free and honest inquiry, truth has the overwhelming advantage; the Christian college, therefore, pursues its purposes not by indoctrination or coercion, but by inviting teachers and students to join in a common search for truth and in a common attempt to see all truth in relation to ultimate s ruth. PRIMARY OBJECTIVES To attract to the college students of high ability and genuine religious concern who can reap the maximum benefit from a program of Christian higher education. To provide a campus setting that is conducive to the spiritual, mental, moral and physical wellbeing of its students. To stimulate its students' intellectual interest, and to assist them to develop the habits and skills necessary for sound academic work. To acquaint its students with the spiritual, cultural and intellectual riches of mankind, both for the sake of the enrichment of their own lives and, through them, for the enrichment of their homes and communities. To confront its students with the problems and benefits of living and serving in an increasingly urban culture. To lead its students to a deeper understanding and. experience of the Christian Gospel in its relation to every area of life and learning. To assist its students in discovering and clarifying their peculiar aptitudes and interests, and to provide training and counsel that ,will assist them in preparing for a life work appropriate thereto. To aid its students in the development of Christian attitudes and Christian qualities of character; and to encourage each GENERAL INFORMATION student to look upon his life as a Christian vocation, and an opportunity for service t o God and man. DISTINCTIVE CHARACTER Augsburg College is a Christian community of life and learning. As a Christian academic community, Augsburg seeks that high level of excellence which is appropriate to such a community. Augsburg treasures its religious and cultural heritage as an institution founded by Lutheran immigrants from Norway who sought t,o play a creative role in American life and society, and seeks t o preserve the enduring values of this heritage in the life of the college community today. As a metropolitan college, Augsburg attempts to relate its faculty and. students to an urban culture by utilizing the educational, social, cultural and religious resources of the growing metropolitan community in which it is located. THE PHYSICAL PLANT Instructional facilities and student housing a t Augsburg are conveniently located in relation to each other. Old Main, erected in 1900, contains a large number of classrooms and offices. Science Hall, erected in 194% 49, includes the general administration offices; well-equipped laboratories for chemistry, phys- ics, and biology; a medium-sized auditorium; and several classrooms and faculty offices. The Lisa Odland Observatory, on the roof of Science Hall, was completed in the summer of 1960. The George Sverdrup Library, named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, was erected and dedicated in 1955. Adjacent to Science Hall and of similar contemporary architectural design, it contains spacious reading rooms, seminars, work rooms, a visual-education center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms, and a number of faculty offices. There is stack space for approximately 100,000 volumes. Melby Hall, the new auditorium-gymnasium, was completed in 1961. This building, named in honor of Professor J. S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball coach and head of the Christianity department, provides excellent facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate athletics, chapel services and general auditorium purposes. East Hall, purchased in 1966, provides a rehearsal hall for the Concert Band and Repertoire Band as well as rehearsal and instruction rooms for instrumentalists. The Music Hall was acquired by purchase in 1947 and has been remodeled to provide vocal, string and piano rehearsal rooms together with a rehearsal room for large groups. The Speech and Drama Building was acquired in 1959 and remodeled to make an extremely -..,+-,: functional building for dramatic and other speech activities. The Augsburg College Center, completed in 1967, is a center of non-academic activity on campus. The building houses the Commons, which is the name for the main dining area, plus private dining rooms and coffee shop. Student government and student publications have quarters in this building. The bookstore is also located here. Spacious lounges and recreational areas are provided in this threestory building containing 55,000 square feet of space. Urness Tower Residence for Women, completed in 1967, is an eleven-story building providing living quarters for 324 women students. The building was named in honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Urness who have given several generous gifts to the college. A unique feature of the building is that each floor is considered a "house unit" providing the 36 residents, housed two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas. The second floor level with main lounge, also provides an apartment for the head resident. There is an observation lounge a t the top of the structure. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected in 1938, was named in honor of Augsburg's second and third presidents. The building houses about 65 men students and provides for some faculty and administration offices in one wing. Sivertsen-Mortensen Hall in- corporates a building donated to the college in 1939 from the late Dr. Iver Sivertsen and Mrs. Sivertsen, and a larger addition erected in 1955 and named in honor of Miss Gerda Mortensen. dean of women a t Augsburg from 1923 to 1964. The building provides housing for about 144 men students as well as apartments for the resident head. The Studio Building, dedicated in 1964, houses the Department of Art on its two floors. West Hall is an apartment building purchased in 1966 shortly after it was constructed. The building houses 38 women students and an apartment for the head resident. Cottage Houses. A large number of dwellings have been acquired in recent years in the expanded campus area to provide accommodations for men or women students, married students and for faculty and staff members. The President's Home, an attractive colonial residence, is located on the West River Road. THE ARCHIVES - The Augsburg Archives seeks to gather and make available for use documents, books, and other articles of historical value. The George Sverdrup Library provides adequate, fire-proof quarters for the archives. Here are found a large collection of periodicals, manuscripts, letters i n d pictures, affording extensive resources for scholarly research. LIBRARY FACILITIES - The beautiful and spacious George Sverdrup Library provides a central study-workshop for both faculty and students. It contains about 70,000 volumes, exclusive of pamphlets, and is adding approximately 7,000 new volumes each year. Students and faculty working in either of the two large reading rooms find the atmosphere conducive to quiet study and research materials close at hand. All books are kept on open shelves. Reference service, provided by an able and welltrained staff, is available to students. Special collections have been developed in the Music Library, the Chemistry Library, the Curriculum and Library Science Libraries, and in the Audio-Visual Center. In 1966, the AmericanScandinavian Foundation presented its collection of Scandinavian music to the College. Additional conveniences include conference rooms for larger groups or small classes. A typing corner is provided in the first-floor reading room. The library subscribes to nearly 600 of the best periodi- cals dealing with a large variety of subjects, as well as a number of serials devoted to the interests of special fields. Curregt issues are displayed in a pleasant browsing area. The library plays an active role in promoting general reading, presenting regular book displays, and sponsoring monthly book discussions for faculty, staff, and students. In the Twin City area are other libraries which make their holdings available to Augsburg students, notably, the St. Paul and Minneapolis public libraries, the latter of which issues library cards to out-of-town students for each school year. NATURAL SCIENCE LABORATORIES The laboratories of the Natural Sciences are located in the Science Hall. Four laboratories and storeroom and office space for biology are located on the second floor; three larger laboratories and two special research laboratories for chemistry and two laboratories for physics are located on the third and fourth floors. A chemistry library is located near the research facilities. Storerooms and faculty offices are also located here. FINANCIAL INFORMATION 1968-69 COMPREHENSIVE FEE Includes tuition, board and room and College Center fees as described below. (per year) $- 2,270.00 - - - TUITION - New freshmen entering September, 1968 (per year) $ 1,400.00 This rate is guaranteed for four consecutive years. In case of time lost due to illness or accident, the rate, upon application and approval, may be extended for a fifth year. Transfer students and returning students not on a prior year-guaranteed plan. (per year) $ 1,300.00 Part-time students (carrying less than 12 credits per term) (per credit hour) $ -3880 Fee for auditing is one-half the fee for credit. BOARD AND ROOM Residence Halls Honor Houses (upper-class students only) The board plan provides 21 meals per week. (per year) (per year) $ _ 840.00 $ 795.00 OTHER REQUIRED FEES College Center Fee (per year) Part-time students are charged on a proportionate basis. Application Fee Required of all new students, non-refundable. Initial Payment-New Students Required of students whose application for admission has been accepted; to be paid by May 1, 1968. The payment is applied to the tuition fee, but is not transferable or refundable. Room Reservation Deposit-Returning Students Required by July 1, 1968, to reserve a housing assignment for the term beginning September, 1968. Breakage Deposit Required of all resident students. Refundable upon graduation, transfer to another institution, or discontinuing educational program at Augsburg College. SPECIAL FEES Change in registration after classes begin (per cancel or add) r Late registration after classes begin (per day) Placement re-registration (for alumni) Graduation fee Transcript fee: first copy free, additional copy Arrangements for special examinations are made in Registrar's office, with charges according to schedule on file. $ 30.00 $ 10.00 $ 100.00 $ 25.00 $ 20.00 $ $ $ $ $ 2.00 2.00 5.00 15.00 1.00 SPECIAL COURSE FEES Computer Science Student Teaching Improvement of Reading Music Lessons (10 per term) Practice Studio Rental Organ (one hour per day) Piano or Voice (one hour per day) OTHER COSTS Books and supplies are available from the Bookstore. Estimated costs (per year) $ Linen service, required in residence halls (per year) $ Personal expenses for clothing, entertainment and transportation vary from student to student. In planning a yearly budget, a student should add (per year) $ $ SETTLEMENT OF ACCOUNT A statement of charges for the year will be prepared and forwarded to the student early in August. Payment of one-third of the annual charge is due a t the beginning of each term except that for the fall term payments will be due on or before August 20, so that all necessary processing of financial arrangements can be completed in time to clear the student for registration. - In some cases, more frequent and smaller payments may be--necessa~ or desirable. Information on this mode of payment will be forwarded with the statement of charges in August. Students using this service will pay a carrying charge. %. REFUNDS If a student decides to cancel his registration, refunds of term fees, tuition and room charges are allowed as follows: during the first week of classes, 80%; during the second week, 70%; during the third week, 60%; during the fourth week, 50%; and during the fifth week, 40%. No allowance is given after the fifth week. Refunds for board are made on a proportionate basis. If a student is forced to cancel his registration because of accident or illness during the first five weeks of the term, the charge is one-half of the rate indicated above, except that board is refunded on a proportionate basis. Students required to enter military service will receive a full refund of fees and a proportionate refund on board and room charges. 100.00 27.00 300.00 to 400.00 FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE Financial aid in the form of loan funds, scholarships, and parttime employment is available a t Augsburg College. Augsburg participates in the College Scholarship Service (CSS) of the College Entrance Examination Board. Participants in CSS subscribe t o the principle that the amount of financial aid granted a student should be based upon financial need. The CSS assists the college's financial aid officer in determining the student's need for financial assistance. Entering students seeking financial assistance are required to submit a copy of the Parents' Confidential Statement (PCS) form to the College Scholarship Service, designating Augsburg College as one of the recipients, by March 15. The PCS form may be obtained from a secondary school or the College Scholarship Service, Box 881, Evanston, Illinois 60204. All upper-class students are required to submit a Parents' Confidential Statement-Renewal form each year. Several loan funds have been established to assist students in working out their financial problems. Loans may be arranged at a reasonable rate of interest for various periods of time. The General Student Loan Fund, established through the gifts of many individual donors, is maintained chiefly by contributions from the Augsburg College Women's Club. National Defense Student Loans, established by the National Defense Education Act of 1958, are available t o students capable of maintaining good standing in their chosen course of study. Special consideration will be given to all students with a superior academic background. Loans will normally be granted for the academic year, September through June, or the remaining balance thereof. Reapplication will be necessary for each succeeding loan period. United Student Aid Funds is a program of endorsing loans made by local banks to college students requiring financial assistance. A grant to the college by the Gamble-Skogmo Foundation provided the funds to establish the initial reserves required. The United Student Aid Fund Incorporation also handles the Federal Insured Loan program. Arrangements for all types of loans are made through a conference with the Dean of Students, chairman of the faculty committee on financial aid. In addition to arranging loans, the committee counsels students on financial matters with the objective in mind of helping the student work out a satisfactory plan for his finances. SCHOLARSHIPS SCHOLARSHIPS AVAILABLE TO FRESHMEN Foundation Fellowships are offered t o students with outstanding high school records and high scores on the Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College Entrance Examination Board. Recipients are guaranteed enrollment in honors course work. These awards range in amount from $100 to full tuition and are renewable for four years for students with a grade point average o~f 3.0 (B average). TO qualify for a Foundation Fellowship a student should rank in the upper five percent of his high school class and have a combined score of 1200 or higher on the Scholastic Aptitude Test. The scholarship committee also considers an individual's interests, abilities, and character. Honor Scholarships are offered to good students who have strong potential for academic success at Augsburg College. These awards range in amount from $100 to full tuition and may be renewed for four years for students with a grade point average of 2.50. Students who rank in the upper fifteen percent of their high school class and have above average scores in the Scholastic Aptitude Test are eligible for Honor Scholarships. Chemistry Scholarships and Research Awards are offered each year by the Department of Chemistry to students strongly interested in chemistry or medicine. The six awards vary in amount from $2,000 to $4,000 over four years. A student qualifies for a Chemistry Scholarship on the basis of his high school performance, a special chemistry examination, financial need, and vocational objective. Summer Research Awards are also available to students in chemistry. This award provides a stipend of $600 for each student to do research under the guidance of the chemistry department. Academic Grants are awarded to students on the basis of financial need as demonstrated by the College Scholarship Service. Students who are admitted to Augsburg College but do not qualify for a scholarship may be considered for an academic grant or financial award'. These awards range in amount from $100 to $600 and may be renewable for four years with a grade point average of 2.0 (C average). SCHOLARSHIPS AVAILABLE TO UPPERCLASSMEN Departmental Scholarships of varying amounts are awarded each year to students who are highly recommended by the chairman of their ma)or department. These scholarships are renewable if the student maintains a scholastic average of 2.75 or better. Alumni Achievement Scholarships are awarded to outstanding students in the freshman, sophomore, and junior classes for use the following academic year. The scholarship fund., which is equivalent to three half-tuition scholarships, is awarded on the basis of previous academic performance. No award will be in excess of financial need. The Augsburg College Women's Club Schdarship awards, totaling $400, are granted each year to two or more students of outstanding character and excellent scholarship. The Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholarship was established in 1965 by her husband, Thomas I. Benson. The Scholarship is awarded annually to a student studying choral music. The Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship Fund was established in 1960 by gifts from the Burntvedt family and through a church-wide offering, to honor the memory of Dr. T. 0.Burntvedt who was President of the Lutheran Free Church from 1930 to 1958. One or more scholarships are awarded annually to a student or students in the senior class who are preparing for the ministry. The Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarships were established in 1961 by Mrs. Alma Jensen Dickerson, a member of the Augsburg faculty from 1943 to 1954. One or more scholarships are awarded annually to able and deserving junior or senior students. The M. J. Estrem Scholarship was established in 1965 by Mr. and Mrs. M. J. Estrem of Minneapolis to provide an annual scholarship for some worthy student of the College, such student to be selected upon the recommendation of the Scholarship Committee of the College. Augsburg awards Foreign Student Scholarships each year to deserving students from other countries. These scholarships may be awarded in amounts up to the equivalent of full tuition. The Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship Fund, established in 1965, makes possible the awarding of one or more scholarships each year to upperclass male students interested in careers in the field of business. The 0. I. Hertsgaard Scholarship was established in 1966 by Mr. and Mrs. 0. I. Hertsgaard. One or more scholarships will be awarded annually to junior or senior students who have demonstrated a proficiency in choral and/or instrumental music, who show interest or potential in conducting and show promise of overall academic success. The Keith E. Hoffman Memorial Scholarship was established in 1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles S. Hoffman of Minneapolis in memory of their son who gave his life in the conquest of Okinawa. The scholarship is awarded annually to a student selected on the basis of academic achievement, personal character, and ability in the field of athletics. International Milling Company Scholarships are funded by contributions made by the International Milling Company to the Minnesota Private College Fund. These scholarships of variable amounts are awarded annually to able and deserving upper-class students. The American Indian Scholarship was established in 1955 by Spring Lake Park Lutheran Church, Minneapolis. It is a scholarship of $200 to be applied on tuition at Augsburg College. It is to be awarded to an American Indian student selected on the basis of scholarship and economic need. The Iver and Marie Iversen Scholarship was established in 1957 through a grant from Mr. Iver Iversen of Brooklyn, New York. It is awarded annually to a student in the College. The award, in the amount of $250, is made on the basis of need, scholarship, and interest in Christian service. 1 The Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship was established in 1956 by members of the family to honor their parents. The scholarship is awarded annually t o a student on the basis of academic achievement, personal character, and promise of achievement in the field of physical education. Lutheran Brotherhood Scholarships of $500 each are provided by the Lutheran Brotherhood Life Insurance Society and awarded each fall to outstanding Lutheran college seniors. The students are selected by the College in the spring of the junior year on the basis of religious leadership and scholastic standing. Aid Association for Lutherans Scholarships were established in 1966 from funds given by Aid Association for Lutherans Insurance Company. These scholarships of variable amounts are awarded annually to able and deserving upper-class students who are policy holders. David Mathre Memorial Scholarship for Student Teachers is available to qualified full-time students in need of financial assistance during the term in which they are doing student teaching. The Onesimus Scholarship, established in 1962 by Mr. and Mrs. James Helleckson, is awarded annually in the amount of $300 to an Augsburg student or graduate who is preparing for service in the Christian ministry. -- in memory of Henry P. Opseth, former head of the Music Department and director of the Augsburg College Choir. It is awarded annually to a sophomore or junior student d outstanding promise in the field of music. The Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize, from a fund established by members of the Paulson family in memory of Professor Adolph Paulson who taught social science at Augsburg from 1930 to 1935, is awarded annually to a college student for the best essay written on an assigned subject in the field of Christian sociology. The amount of the prize is $50. The Quanbeck Scholarship Fund was established in 1963 by a bequest of John G. Quanbeck. The income from this fund is awarded annually to freshman students who, without assistance, would be unable to pursue higher education. The Reader's Digest Endowed Scholarship Fund, established in 1965, provides an annual scholarship for a deserving and able upperclassman. The Reverend Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarships were established in 1958 by two anonymous donors to honor the memory of Reverend Olaf Rogne, business administrator of the college from 1940 to 1952. Three awards of $500 each are made annually to seIected students preparing for Christian senrice. I The Marlys Johnson Simengaard Memorial Scholarship was established in 1964 by her family and friends to honor her memory. As an expression of Christian concern for the problems of social injustice, this scholarship is awarded periodically to an American Negro student. Social Service Scholarship Program is sponsored by the Division of Charities of the American Lutheran Church. Two scholarships of $300 or three scholarships of $200 will be awarded each year to students at Augsburg College. The recipients must be juniors or seniors of the Lutheran faith who are enrolled in social work courses and plan to continue training in a graduate school of smial work. In addition to scholastic achievement, a student's interests, aptitude, and skills in working with people are considered in making this award. The Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship in memory of Marilyn Yvonne Solberg, a member of the Ausgburg College Choir from 1950 until the time of her death in 1953, was established in 1955 by her parents, Mr. and Mrs. Iver Solberg and her brother, Donran. It is awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a major or minor and who shows outstanding promise or achievement in the art of singing. The Marguerite Hamilton Storley Memorial Scholarship was established in 1965 by her family and friends to honor her memory. A scholarship of $300 will be awarded annually to an able and I . I I deserving junior or senior student recommended by the scholarship committee. The Professor P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship was established in 1959 by friends to honor the memory of P. A. Sveeggen, professor of English at Augsburg from 1915 to 1952. The award of variable amount is made annually to an outstanding student in the field of English. Tozer Scholarships of $500 each are awarded annually to outstanding Junior or Senior students who are residents of the state of Minnesota. Monies for these scholarships are provided by the Tozer Foundation, Inc., of Stillwater, Minnesota. The Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship was established in 1962 by E. Lorraine Yokie and Doris E. Yokie, daughters of Edward Yokie. A scholarship will be awarded annually to an able and deserving junior or senior student recommended by the scholarship committee. Memorial Scholarship Foundation. Undesignated memorial gifts are placed in the Foundation Fund. Income from these endowment gifts is used to provide scholarships d varying amounts. The scholarship committee selects students who are able and deserving. The Crown Prince Harald Scholarship was created by the Augsburg College Board of Regents on the occasion of the visit by Crown Prince Harald of Norway to the Augsburg campus in October, 1965. This annual scholarship provides one year's full tuition for a student from Norway who wishes t o study at Augsburg. The recipient is chosen from applicants by a committee in Norway set up for this purpose. The Manivald Aldre Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1960 by friends and the Department of Chemistry t o honor the memory of Manivald Aldre, assistant professor of chemistry a t Augsburg from 1949 t o 1958. The annual award is made t o a student whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. - 3 The Carl Fwse Memorial -h~ 'p was established i 1960 by the Department of Chemistry t o honor the memory of Carl Fosse, professor of chemistry a t Augsburg from 1921 to 1942. The annual award is made t o a student whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. The Covey Hendrickson Memorial Chemistry Scholarship established in 1967 by the family and friends and the Department of Chemistry to honor the memory of Covey Hendrickson, a student of chemistry a t Augsburg until his death in June, 1966. The annual award is made to a student whose academic background indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. I 3 The Dr. Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1961 by the chemistry staff. The award is made annually to a chemistry student whose record indicates promise in the field of chemistrv. The Dr. W. M. Sandstrom Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1963 by a gift from Dr. Sandstrom, retired professor of bi'ochemistry at the University of Minnesota. The annual award is made to a student whose academic background indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. The Walter Gordon Schnell Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established by friends and the Department of Chemistry in 1960 to honor the memory of Walter Gordon Schnell, a student omf chemistry a t Augsburg until the time of his death in January, 1960. The annual award ia made t o a student whose academic background indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. The Walter E. Thwaite, Jr., Memorial Chemistry Scholarship w a s established in 1963. This annual award is made to a student whose academic background indicates promising achievement in the field of chemistry. I GRADUATE SCHOLARSHIPS The Greater Augsburg Alumni Association Scholarship of $500 is awarded annually to an outstanding alumnus of Augsburg in order to encourage and assist promising students in the carrying out of projects of graduate study. George Sverdrup, President of Augsburg from 1911 to 1937. It is awarded annually to an Augsburg graduate of outstanding character and ability who plans to prepare further for the vocation of teaching. The amount of the Fellowship is five hundred dollars. STUDENT EMPLOYMENT An employment assists students the school year, and off-campus II service, located in the Student Personnel Office, in obtaining part-time remunerative work during Christmas vacation, and summer. Both on-campus jobs are available. I ADMISSION APPLICATION PROCEDURE Applications for admission are provided by and submitted to the Office of Admissions, Applications may be obtained by visiting, writing, or calling (332-5181). A majority of the applications are received between September and January of the students' senior year in high school. Although the closing date for making application for the fall term is August 1, the class may be filled well in advance of this date. An early decision plan is available for highly-qualified applicants who apply before December 1. These applicants are notified concerning admission on the basis of grades through the junior year and college aptitude test scores. Students applying after December 1 will generally not be notified concerning admission until after the Scholastic Aptitude Test scores have been received by the college. A $100 tuition deposit is due before May 1, with earlier payment giving preference in the assignment of campus housing. Students admitted after May 1 are required to make the $100 tuition deposit within two weeks of notification of acceptance. The tuition deposit is not refundable but applies to the cost of tuition. An interview on campus is encouraged. Instructions for applying for admission: 1. Return the application form with a $10 application fee (non-refundable) and a photograph to: Office of Admissions Augsburg College Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404 2. Request your counselor or principal to send us a transcript of your high school record and all test results. Transfer students will request the previous college or colleges to send an official transcript of grades together with results of standardized tests taken. 3. The Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) of the College Entrance Examination Board is required for admission. The test should be taken early in the senior year or late in the junior year. See your counselor or principal about registering for the SAT or write to College Entrance Examination Board, c/o Educational Testing Service, Box 592, Princeton, New Jersey. Transfer students are not required to take the SAT. ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS The quality of a student's work in high scho'ol, type of course program, scores on college aptitude tests, extra-curricular pal-ticipation, and recommendations are important factors in considering an application for admission. Augsburg College seeks students who rank high in their high school graduating class, a t least in the upper half, and who have satisfactory scores on the Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College Entrance Examination Board. It is recommended that a student have a least 12 academic subjects in his college preparatory curriculum, which should include four units of English, and a t least two units each of a foreign language, social studies, mathematics, and science. A unit is defined a s a course covering one academic year and equivalent to at least 120 hours of classwork. A recent physical examination is also required. Students will be provided with blanks early in the summer to be filled out and returned to the Student Personnel Office by August 1. The health report must be received before the student will be permitted to register. TRANSFER Students are accepted by transfer from other colleges and universities if their academic record and test results are satisfactory and they are in good standing. College credit is granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed a t accredited institutions. A maximum of 95 quarter credits is allowed on transfer from a junior college. The college reserves the right not to grant credit for courses where it considers the work unsatisfactory, and to grant provisional credit for work taken in unaccredited institutions. The grade point average for graduation is based on work taken a t Augsburg. ADVANCED PLACEMENT Advanced placement is granted to students who qualify, on the basis of work taken in high school or elsewhere, to enroll in courses beyond the beginning course. Placement may be determined by tests, or by the level and length of the course previously completed. ADVANCED STANDING Advanced standing, that is, college credit, is granted t o high school students who have successfully completed a college-level course provided they received a grade of 3, 4, or 5 on the Advanced Placement Examinations. CAMPUS q- There are many influences which mould life and character in college. While the exercises d classroom, laboratory, and library form the organizing basis of college activity, they need to be supplemented by other than academic forces. These intangible but very real supplementary influences have much to do with creating the climate of an institution. At Augsburg definite emphasis is placed upon the maintenance of a whoiesome spirit of ~hristianc&rnunity living. :,!, I. !<i THE CHAPEL SERVICE At the center of Augsburg's program is the daily chapel service, where the faculty and students gather for united worship, prayer, and a brief meditation upon the Word of God. Regular attendance is expected of all students and faculty. COMMISSION OF RELIGIOUS ACTIVITIES The Commission of Religious Activities, composed of students and faculty, is responsible to the Augsburg community for the implementation of the religious program. Chairman of this Commission is a student, who is also a member of the Student Council. Although Augsburg College does not believe that religious life can be separated from the rest of life, this Commission does see its major responsibility in relation to worship, devotional life, and the stimulation of faith through discussion and service. RECREATION STANDARDS AND DISCIPLINE At Augsburg all of the work of the college rests on certain Biblical affirmatives about human nature and man's relation to God. As a Christian liberal arts college, Augsburg takes these relationships seriously and therefore seeks to educate the whole man. It follows that one of its important responsibilities is to establish programs and policies that contribute to this end. . ''? "' , !> - It is expected of each student that his life, conduct and influence, both on and off campus, shall be worthy of a member of a Christian college, and students who do not feel drawn to this quality of life should not seek to be enrolled at Augsburg. Without attempting to dictate to the individual conscience, the college reserves the right to ask its students to adapt themselves to the social and recreational program approved by the college. It reserves the right to dismiss any student whose continuation in college is deemed undesirable for social as well as for academic reasons. It is the policy of the college that such action shall be taken only after the available campus resources of counseling and judicial processes have been utilized. Thus, disciplinary problems are first d, .. '!D . :lf: ,* - dealt with through counseling. Those not solved this way are channeled to a student-faculty Judicial Council through the Office of the Dean of Students. In all cases, careful investigation and the privilege of a hearing precede any disciplinary action. In seeking to develop a constructive recreational program, some limitations have been placed on certain activities. The college is opposed to all forms of gambling. The college does not allow the possession or consumption of alcoholic beverages in residence halls, in any college-approved place of residence or a t any collegesponsored event. Minnesota state law forbids the possession or consumption of alcoholic beverages by people who are not 21 years of age. CONVOCATION Convocations are held on Wednesdays throughout the year. These programs acquaint the campus community with outstanding personalities in various fields. A wide range of interests is covered, including the scientific, political, social, religious, and artistic. SOCIAL, CULTURAL AND RECREATIONAL PROGRAM In attempting to meet the needs and interests of Augsburg students, use is made of all existing facilities on campus and many of those which are available in the Twin Cities. Much activity outside the classroom occurs in the College Center. There the college community is drawn together by social, recreational, and cultural activities. The activities program is designed to complement the classroom experience and to enhance the student's college experience. Throughout the year a variety of social activities are held in the center, in residence halls, and elsewhere on campus. These social activities include parties, teas, picnics, films, banquets, dances, talent shows and special dinners and big-name entertainment. Traditional highlights of the year are Homecoming, the Christmas Buffet, Sno-Days, the Carnival, and the spring formal dance. Many students take part in the social society system a t Augsburg by joining either a men's or women's society. These societies are small groups which provide a natural contact between upperclass students and freshmen, and commuter and residence students, as they plan activities. The society system is governed by the InterSociety Council which, in turn, is responsible to the Student Council. The recreation program has activities for both participants and spectators. The intramural program under the direction of the Physical Education Department features touch football and basketball. On campus such recreational facilities as pool tables, ping-pong, and bicycles are available in addition to the facilities in Melby Hall. Students also enjoy tennis at nearby parks and swimming a t Fairview Hospital. In the winter, students go on skiing outings or stay on campus to ice skate. There are informally organized soccer and boot-hockey teams. For the spectator there are the intercollegiate athletic contests. Students may attend home games on their activity card. For many of the away games bus transportation is arranged for those wanting to attend. The cultural program includes activities from the creative and performing arts. In the College Center there are art exhibits, discussions, music listening facilities, small recitals, concerts, drama readings and films. Art works are also exhibited in the Studio and the Scholarshop. Augsburgians also enjoy the annual choir, orchestra, and band concerts in Melby Hall. The college also features a major dramatic production each term in the Little Theatre. Students are admitted free to on-campus dramatic and musical programs by their activity card. Major responsibility for programming is handled by the Program Commission. The committees under the Program Commission are Social, Recreation, Fine Arts, Forum and Lecture, Hospitality, and Promotion. METROPOLITAN OPPORTUNITIES Augsburg's location in Minneapolis gives its students unique opportunities to make use of some of the finest educational and cultural advantages which the Northwest has to offer. Excellent art collections are to be found in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, the Walker Art Center and several other art galleries. The Twin Cities' libraries are extensive in their services. The Historical Museum in St. Paul gives access to large collections of historical material. The Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra programs and other concerts afford rich opportunity for the enjoyment of music. Several theaters in the Twin Cities such as the Tyrone Guthrie Theater, Theater-in-the-Round, the Old Log Theater, the Firehouse Theater, and St. Paul Civic Opera Company provide a variety of dramatic and musical presentations. Many students and faculty attend Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra concerts by virtue of a special college season ticket arrangement. Season tickets are available also for other University concerts and for drama productions a t the University and Tyrone Guthrie Theaters. Students also enjoy Minnesota Twins baseball and Viking football games a t Metropolitan Stadium. The Student Society consists of all full-time and part-time students enrolled a t Augsburg College. The central concern of student government is focused on education to the end that individuals may develop their full capabilities through intellectual growth. The student government relates to this broad objective by assuming responsibilities for furthering student affairs, educating members to the democratic process, developing a sense of community, fostering intellectual activity, and participating in policy making. STUDENT GOVERNMENT The administration, under the direction of the president, resides in the executive branch. Seven commissioners are each responsible to the president for one of the major areas of student life. Eight boards also assist him in his work. The Student Council, presided over by the vice-president, is the twenty-member legislative branch of the government. Each of the college classes has its own officers and participates in student government through its representatives on the council. The Judicial Council is a student-faculty judiciary whose rulings are subject to appeal only to the President of the College. The Student-Faculty Council, composed of students, administration and faculty, discusses campus problems, considers legislation adopted by one group or the other which affects the college as a whole, and promotes cooperation and understanding between the students, the faculty, and the administration. The students also have representation on college committees such as the President's Cabinet, the College Center Cabinet, and several faculty committees The Student Society is a member of the National Student Association, the largest representative national union of students in the United States. Through this organization the students receive programming aids for use on the campus, and add their voice to the voice of all American students before the national government and other organizations in matters of student concern. The Student Government directs several projects of interest to the college community. These projects include the annual OneAppeal Campaign, Leadership Training Workshops, Political Action Week, Homecoming, Student Lecture Series, Development Council, Welcome Week, Sno-Days, International Students Program, Faith-in-Life-Week, College Center Programming, relationships with community organizations and contacts with neighboring institutions of higher education. Associated Women Students, composed of all the women students, provides opportunity for the women to develop meaningful selfgovernment. It aims to create a sense of harmony and fellowship, to promote and maintain high standards of honor and integrity in personal conduct, and to encourage participation in all college activities. It is affiliated with the Inter-collegiate Associated Women Students, a national organization. AWS has an on-campus council and an off-campus council which deal with the problems and programs of their respective areas. The college newspaper, The Augsburg Echo, is published by a student staff. The Echo serves as a voice of the student body as well as a medium of information. It provides an opportunity for experience in the many phases of journalistic work. PUBLICATIONS Augsburg's yearbook, the Augsburgian, provides a pictorial record of the activities of the year. Work on the annual provides opportunity for creative expression in artistic design as well as in photography. The Publication Commission is comprised of the editors, business managers, and advisers of the Augsburgian and the Echo. The chief responsibility of the Commission is to select editors and business managers for the campus publications. The Auggie is a directory of students, staff, and faculty and is published under the direction of the Office of Public Relations. The enthusiasm and energy of students motivate them to pursue their interests beyond the classroom. For most effective participation, students with similar interests have united to form clubs. Several of these are extensions of courses beyond the classroom. Others are devoted to interests not offered in the curriculum. All these organizations are cu-ordinated through the Student Organizations Commission of the Augsburg Student Society. This Commission acts to evaluate club activities, to approve annual schedules, and to represent clubs at Student Council and Executive Council meetings. The Augsburg Chemical Society is open to both majors and minors in chemistry. The meetings consist of seminars on current topics in this specific area. The Augsburg College Association for Childhood Education is an organization especially for students in the elementary education program. It is concerned primarily with professional standards in the teaching profession, educational changes, and needs of children in the field of elementary education. CO-CURRICULAR PROGRAM Augsburg College Children's Groups involves students who meet weekly with a group of neighborhood children. The students provide such activities as games, crafts, field trips, and sports as they show their concern for these children by their own personal involvement. The Augsburg YGOP Club and YDFL Club aim to stimulate interest in public affairs and give students opportunity to participate actively in local, state, and national politics, and in other human relations activities. The Augsburg Society for Dramatic Arts provides for its members an opportunity to learn from participation in stage presentations and from field trips, as well as from reading and seeing plays produced. Membership is open to all students. Membership in National Collegiate Players represents recognition for continued excellence in drama participation. It is open to qualified upperclassmen. The "A" Club is limited to men who have won a major "A" at Augsburg. The aim of this organization is "to bind the 'A' men of the past, present, and future into a more intimate bond of fellowship, and to keep the athletics of Augsburg on the highest possible plane." The Cosmopolitan Club brings together foreign and American students who have a mutual interest in the culture, language, and people of various countries. The Debate Club fosters debate activity at Augsburg as it meets to develop skills necessary in debating. Members of the club represent Augsburg in the Twin Cities Debate League and other intercollegiate tournaments. The French Club is composed of students interested in the French language and culture. The German Club is open to all students who are studying or have studied German. In addition to providing opportunity for conversational practice, the club also promotes understanding and appreciation of the German people, their achievements and customs. Karate Club is organized to provide instruction in classical Karate for Augsburg men and women students. It also promotes better understanding of Karate itself and of the various schools of Karate. The Norse Club is composed of students who are interested in Norwegian culture as reflected in Norwegian literature, music, art and history. The Pre-Sem Club, composed of all pre-seminary students at Augsburg, is an organization that expresses concern for spiritual life at Augsburg, as well as acquaints its members with the vocation of the Christian ministry. The Psychology Club promotes interest in various fields of psycholowThe Ski Club is a recreation group promoting interest and developing skills in skiing. The Spanish Club serves as a means of interpreting Spanish culture to students in an informal way. The Sociology Forum is an organization of students preparing for professional work in the field of Social Service. The Student National Education Association, Martin Quanbeck Chapter, offers to its members associate membership in professional education associations and strives to acquaint future teachers with the importance of teaching as a profession. The Ushers' Club is a service organization providing trained ushers for public events scheduled for the campus. The Writers' Club includes students who enjoy creative expression in various forms of writing. The members share their literary efforts in an informal atmosphere, and benefit from mutual criticism. They publish The Arkai, a collection of the best creative writing each year. The Women's Recreation Association at Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Athletic Association of College Women. Membership in this organization is gained by participation in individual and group recreational activities with awards given on a point basis. The Augsburg Concert Band numbers fifty members selected by audition from all classes. In addition to local appearances, the band tours annually to various parts of the United States. The Augsburg Choir has sixty-five members selected by audition from all classes. In addition to local appearances, the choir goes on tour each year to various parts of the United States and occasionally to Canada. The choir toured Norway and other European countries in 1965. The Augsburg College Choral Club performs frequently in campus programs and concerts and sings at various churches in the Twin City area. Membership is by audition or consent of the director. The Augsburg College Orchestra presents programs of standard repertoire for orchestra alone as well as with soloists and choral groups. In addition to campus and local appearances, the orchestra tours in the Midwest. Membership is by audition. Larger campus musical groups also include the Repertoire Band and the Symphonia. MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS -- PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND RECREATION Under the direction of the Department of Health and Physical Education, a wide range of recreational activities is arranged for general student participation. Every student is urged to participate in some activity for his own recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well a s individual performance activities. Climaxing the intramural program is the Extramural Meet, a tournament for the winners of intramural schedules in various colleges. INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference. The college is represented annually by teams in football, cross country, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, tennis, and golf. PURPOSE AND PHILOSOPHY OF INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS It is the purpose of Augsburg College to provide an intercollegiate athletic program which is in harmony with its Christian philosophy. This philosophy is to be reflected in the conduct and outlook of both the players and the spectators. The educational program of the college recognizes that recreation and play are a fundamental part of human life, and that this phase of life needs to be cultivated if physical, mental, and emotional health are t o be maintained. Intercollegiate athletics, as a phase of that program, gives recognition to the fact that competitive play can contribute to the development of student interests, skills, insights, and loyalties. More specifically, the following outcomes are sought: (1) The student participating in athletics should acquire and exhibit, both in and out of athletics, such basic qualities of character as self-discipline, honesty, sense of fair play, and cooperation. (2) The participant should develop the knowledge, interests, and skills which will be of special use t o him in such vocations as teaching and coaching or recreational leadership, or in his own recreational activities. Far from being set apart from his educational goal or in any way competing with it, the student's participation in intercollegiate athletics must either contribute directly t o this goal or be complementary to his other educational activities. (3) The student spectator should acquire and exhibit some of the finer qualities of Christian character, such as self-restraint, sense of fair play, appreciation of high-grade performance on the part of both opponents and fellow-students, and respect for individual personality. (4) The intercollegiate athletic program should contribute to the development of a unified and healthy "school spirit." Enthusiasm for intercollegiate athletics or other co-curricular activities should not overshadow pride in high scholastic achievement, nor can it take the place of a well-rounded and effective intramural and general recreational program. - ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS In order to participate in certain extra-curricular activities, students must meet established eligibility requirements. Organizations check eligibility of candidates by submitting a list to the Director of Student Activities for approval. Eligibility for participation in intercollegiate athletics is governed by the rules of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference. A student on academic probation may not be a member of the Augsburg College Choir, Concert Band, or the Orchestra. He is not eligible t o participate in a major dramatic production, cheerleading, student publications, societies, or to accept elected or appointed student-government offices or chairmanships. This list is not inclusive and other activities may be designated. HONORS AND AWARDS The purpose of Beta Chi Epsilon is to honor those senior women who have maintained a high level of academic achievement and who have shown loyalty by giving service and leadership to the college community. In turn, it is the responsibility of these women to foster the development of academic excellence, leadership, and service among women students of Augsburg College. On the 1927 Class Cup for Scholarship Trophy is engraved the name of each student who has achieved the highest scholastic standing in his college graduating class. He must have attended Augsburg for at least two years. Omicron Chapter of Lambda Iota Tau, a national honor society, is open to students with a major or minor in English or a foreign language, who have attained a high scholastic average and have presented a paper on a literary topic before a public audience. The purposes of the Timia Society, the Augsburg honor society, are to recognize academic achievement and to promote scholarship. Juniors and seniors who ,have earned a 3.5 grade point accumulative average are eligible for membership, while freshmen and sophomores with a 3.25 grade point average may be admitted as pledges. Augsburg has a Chapter of Pi Gamma Mu, the National Social Science Honor Society, which is affiliated with the Association of College Honor Societies. A high level of scholarship in the social sciences is required for election to membership. The Dean's List includes students who have achieved a grade point average of 3.5 or better in the previous term of work a t Augsburg College. The 1925 Class Cup in Athletics is awarded to the athlete who has made outstanding records both in athletics and in scholarship. The Harold A. Johnson Trophy, presented by Gerald L. Johnson in 1943, is awarded annually to the student who is judged to be the most valuable player on the basketball team. Outstanding seniors are nominated annually by a Student-Faculty Committee for membership in Who's Who Among Students in American Colleges and Universities. Special attention is given to scholarship, leadership and participation in extra-curricular activities such as athletics, drama, music organizations, societies, student government and community activities. Institutional services t o students are organized and administered in accordance with plans and policies established by the Student Personnel Committee. Included are such services as Admissions, Counseling, Testing, Freshman Orientation, Student Records, The Student Health Sewice, Housing and Food Service, Placement, Student Employment, and Coordination of Student Activities. The administration of these services is centered in the Office of the Dean of Students. STUDENT PERSONNEL SERVICES ADMISSIONS 0 Pre-college counseling concerning admissions requirements, college entrance examinations, financial aids, and career planning is available from qualified personnel in the Office of Admissions. Counseling can be obtained either on campus or in schools and homes a s the counselors travel throughout the Upper Midwest. In addition to high school seniors, sophomores and juniors are encouraged to use these services and also to visit the campus if a t all possible. COUNSELING Counseling services are maintained in an effort to assist each student to obtain the maximum benefits from the learning experiences offered at Augsburg College. Matters such as uncertainty over vocational choice or educational planning, religious uncertainty, health or financial problems, personal and social adjustment and personal deficiencies can interfere with the learning process and are dealt with in counseling sessions. It is hoped that through counseling, students will develop a more realistic understanding of themselves and the surrounding world, and keener awareness of resources available to them as they meet the problems of daily life. At Augsburg the counseling process is carried on a t several levels. All faculty members participate in the counseling program, and each new student is assigned to a faculty counselor who works with him until he chooses a major field of study. At that time, the major adviser becomes his counselor. In addition, there are staff members who have specialized training in counseling and techniques for dealing with problems of adjustment. The personnel deans serve as special counselors. The counseling program is coordinated through the Director of Psychological Services in the Office of the Dean of Students in accordance with the plans and policies established by the Student Personnel Committee. RECORDS Individual student records are kept in the Records Office under the supervision of the Registrar. These records include admission data, academic achieve~ment,student participation and achievement in non-academic activities, test scores, reports of counseling, and other information. The Student Personnel Office maintains a file of student government officers, of clubs and societies, including the constitutions, activities, schedules, and membership rosters. THE STUDENT HEALTH SERVICE The Student Health Service provides dispensary service with two registered nurses on duty. The college physician has daily office hours for consultation and for emergency treatment. Infirmary rooms are provided. The Health Service is located in Fairview Hospital, adjacent to the campus. Physical examinations are given to all seniors. Before registering, each entering student is required to have on file the report of a physical examination given by his family physician. Corrective treatment is prescribed where needed. Students who have personal problems are encouraged to seek help through counseling conferences. If a serious problem develops which demands professional skill, the student is referred to the offices of the personnel deans. Referrals may be made to the College Chaplain, or the College Psychologist. FRESHMAN ORIENTATION Freshmen and other new students participate in Freshman Days before the beginnicg of classes each year. The students take tests, attend classes, inspect the college facilities, and become acquainted with their fellow students, with the faculty, and especially with their own faculty counselors. The faculty counselors and students have several conferences during which they plan the student's program of study. All new students are given a battery of tests during Freshman Days. Scholastic Aptitude Test scores and special placement test scores are used by counselors to help students plan their initial programs. Personality inventories and the vocational interest profiles help the students to know more about themselves, in order to make a good choice of subjects and occupational goals. A special course in improvement of reading is offered for interested students. Freshmen who expect difficulty with the increased quantity and complexity of the reading material encountered in college are especially urged to enroll in this course. HOUSING AND FOOD SERVICE In its residence program, the college aims to develop in the students Christian character, self-control, and thoughtful consideration of others. At the same time, the college realizes that students' happiness, comfort, and emotional adjustment in the residence halls are direct influences on their general efficiency in the classroom. In an effort to provide these opportunities for development, student residence councils assume the responsibilities for the administration of dormitory life policies in consultation with the head residents and personnel deans. Upper-class students serve as counselors in the residences and attempt to help residents with problems of personal adjustment. The head residents and personnel deans serve as resource people for these counselors and handle cases referred to them. All students not living a t home are required to live in collegeoperated housing. Students desiring to reside in the city with relatives must first secure approval for such an arrangement from the Student Personnel Office. All students living in residences take their meals in the Commons. The college also provides a number of houses for men and women with a cooperative houseplan option. Residence halls are open to students a day before regular schedules become effective, and they close a day after the term closes. Students who wish to stay in residence during vacations must apply for the privilege. Rooms are furnished except for bed linen, towels, blankets, and bedspreads. Laundry facilities are available in each residence. Bed linens and towels may be rented with laundering service a t a reasonable cost. This service is required of all students in residence halls. An optional linen service is available to students living in houses. Students engage a room at the beginning of the fall term for the entire school year. A room deposit is required of upper-class students to hold a room. This fee is payable a t the Treasurer's Office by May 15. Students who have not paid the room deposit by this date are automatically removed from the housing roster. No refunds are made after August 1. All men living in Memorial Hall, Mortensen-Sivertsen Hall cottage housing, are required to pay a $20 key and breakage a t the beginning of each school year. At the end of the year fee is refunded if the condition of the room and furniture is isfactory and the key is returned. and fee the sat- GRADUATE PLACEMENT The Placement Bureau assists seniors and alumni in securing positions. Continuous contact is maintained with business, governmental, welfare, and educational institutions a t the local, state, and national levels. The services of the Placement Bureau are free t o graduating seniors. Alumni seeking the services of the Placement Bureau will be charged a re-registration fee of $5. There is no placement fee. CO-ORDINATION OF STUDENT ACTIVITIES The Director of Student Activities assists student officers to maintain effective functioning of student activities, and keeps on file the club constitutions, rosters, and schedules of meetings. Faculty advisers to student organizations are approved by the Director. The program of student activities is a primary responsibility of the Program Commission and the Student Organization Commission in addition to other Boards and Commissions under the Augsburg Student Society. A weekly bulletin of events is prepared for the Echo by the Student Personnel Office. The college Master Calendar is kept in the Office of Student Activities. GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS Following are the requirements for graduation with the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College: 1. Satisfactory completion of the General Education Requirements described below. 2. Completion of a major. 3. A total of 180 quarter credits. (186 for students above junior standing in fall of 1968) 4. At least 54 credits in courses numbered above 50. 5. A minimum of "C" average in all courses taken. 6. Proficiency in English, 7. The last year of course work at Augsburg. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS The general education program at Augsburg College consists of core and distribution requirements as follows: 1. English 11, 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 2. History 1 or 2 or 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 3. Religion 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 4. Sociology 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 5. Physical Education 1, 2, 3 (one year) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 6. Art 1 or Music 30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 7. Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 8. Religion 21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 9. Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-18 10. Natural Science or Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12 11. Political Science or Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 12. Speech or Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 13. Religion (upper division) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 credits credits credits credits credit credits credits credits credits credits credits credits credits The first five courses listed above should be taken in the freshman year, except that students with majors in biology, chemistry, music, or medical technology may postpone history or sociology until the sophomore year. Religion 21 is required in the sophomore year. It is recommended that the general education requirements be completed in the first two years of college, except item 13 above. One upper division religion course should be taken in each of the junior and senior years. Students who enter college with a high proficiency in English will enroll in English 15 instead of English 11 and will substitute a literature course for English 12. The number of credits required in a foreign language is determined by proficiency examinations. The student is required to have the equivalent of four terms of a foreign language for graduation, that is, two terms of the beginning course and two terms of the intermediate level course. He is exempt from this requirement if he has had four years or more of one foreign language. In the natural sciences, two courses in biology, chemistry, mathematics, or physics satisfy the requirement. It is recommended who obtain a grade of A or B in the first course d science have ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION that the two courses be taken in the same department. Students the option of taking Philosophy of Science for the second course. Philosophy 21 and 22 are designed to meet the philosophy requirement. Philosophy 23 may be used also. Students may choose from Political Science 20, 21, 22 or Economics 22 for the requirement in political science or economics. The general education requirement in speech or literature will be satisfied by: Speech 11 or 51; English 35, 40, or 45. Upon request a student may substitute another literature course by permission of the instructor. MAJORS AND MINORS The following majors are offered: American Studies Art Biology Business Administration: Accounting Business Administration: Finance Business Education Chemistry Economics Elementary Education English French German Greek Health and Physical Education History Mathematics Medical Technology Music Natural Science Philosophy Physical Education Physics Political Science Psychology Religion Scandinavian Studies Social Sciences Sociology Spanish Speech Students are required to prepare a plan for the major with the head of the department offering the major. This is normally done in the spring term of the sophomore year. A student may earn a minor in any of the fields listed above except Elementary Education and Medical Technology. Minors are also offered in Library Science and Latin. For major and minor requirements, see departmental statements. ELECTIVE CREDITS Most courses of study are designed to give the student an opportunity t o elect credits beyond those which are required for the major and for general education. To ensure a broad range of electives, a limitation of 60 credits has been set as the maximum number o,f credits from one department which may count toward the Bachelor of Arts degree. (Exception is made for music majors who may count 68 credits in music. Business Administration and Economics are considemd separate departments for this purpose.) A student may earn up to five credits in independent study courses in one year. A maximum of ten credits earned by independent study may be applied toward the 180 (or 186) credits re uired for the degree. d - rn I PROFICIENCY IN WRITING All students are required to take an English test a t the end of the sophomore year and. must demonstrate a proficiency in writing in order to qualify for the A.B. degree. See under Department of English. DEGREE WITH DISTINCTION Graduation with distinction is determined as follows: Summa Cum Laude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 . 8 4 . 0 grade average Magna Cum Laude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.5-3.79+ grade average Cum Laude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1-3.49+ grade average To be eligible for these honors, the student must have completed a t least two years d work a t Augsburg, and his record at Augsburg, as well as his total record, must meet the requirements as given above. GRADE VALUES A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Superior, 4 grade points per credit B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Very good, 3 grade points per credit C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Satisfactory, 2 grade points per credit D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Passable, 1 grade point per credit F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Failure, 0 grade points per credit E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Condition I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Incomplete WP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Withdrew-Passing WF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Withdrew-Failing W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Course withdrawn during first four weeks; or student withdrew from college. S (satisfactory), P (pass), N (no credit) indicate level of achievement; they do not affect grade point average. CONDITIONS AND INCOMPLETES A condition or an incomplete received at the end of a term must be removed within the first five weeks of classes of the following term. If conditions and incompletes are not removed within five weeks of the following term, the condition auto~maticallybecomes a failure and the incomplete becomes the grade submitted by the teacher along with the Incomplete. The final grade after the condition examination is taken may not be higher than D. A fee of $5 is charged for an examination making up an incomplete or a condition received a t the end of a term. REPEATING COURSES A course which has been failed or in which a D has been earned may be repeated for credit. Only the credits and grade earned the second time are counted toward graduation. Courses in which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated for credit; they may, however, be audited. REGISTRATION Students who have been accepted for admission should register on the days designated in the Calendar for this purpose. Those who register late are charged a late registration fee of $1 per day after classes begin. The last date on which a student may register for or enter a course is one week after the beginning of classes. Registration for audit requires the same procedure as registration for credit. Audit registration is considered equal to one-half the credit registration in determining load and fees. Registration means that the student accepts all the rules and regulations established by the school. No credit will be given a student for any subject for which he has not registered. The college reserves the right to cancel any course for which there is not sufficient registration. The normal registration is 15 credit hours. A credit hour is normally defined as one recitation period a week throughout a term. The privilege of registering for more than 17 credit hours is granted to students who have gained an average record oi B, or three grade points per credit, in the preceding term. No student is permitted to carry work for more than 19 credits per term. Students working part-time are urged to arrange the amount o,f their registration accordingly. CHANGE OF REGISTRATION AND CANCELLATION A student who desires to make a change in his registration should obtain a form from the Registrar's Office. The approval of the teachers concerned, the student's adviser, and the Registrar are needed. A fee of $2 is charged for each change of registration after the first three days of classes. No course may be added after the first week of classes. A course which is cancelled during the first four weeks of classes is followed by W. After the first four weeks and before the last three weeks of the term, a course which is cancelled is given a grade of WP if the student is passing and WF if he is failing the course. No course may be cancelled during the last three weeks of the term. A student who finds it necessary to leave school before the end of a term must cancel his registration a t the Registrar's Office in order to remain in good standing. CLASSIFICATION In order to be classified in one of the regular college classes, a student must be carrying a minimum of 12 hours of work in which college credit is given. Classification is based on the attainment of the following number of credit hours with at least twice that number of grade points: Credits Grade Points 36 72 Sophomore 84 168 Junior 130 260 Senior Students are classified by this regulation at the time of their registration each school year. Students registered for less than 12 credits are classified as special students. PROBATION AND DISMISSAL A student is placed on scholastic probation at the end of any term in which his achievement is unsatisfactory. The following guidelines are used in placing a student on probation with the overall average entering in as an additional factor. First-year students with a grade point average of 1.5 or below Second-year students with a grade point average of 1.6 or below Third-year students with a grade point average of 1.8 or below Fourth-year students with a grade point average of 1.8 or below All students with 7 or more credits of F. In order to be removed from probation, a student must achieve a grade point average of 2.1 or better for at least one term. A student will usually be allowed to continue on probation for two terms. If his academic achievement has continued to be unsatisfactory, he will be dropped for low scholarship. CLASS ATTENDANCE Regular class attendance is required of all students in lo,wer division courses. Attendance in upper division courses is voluntary for juniors and seniors unless required by the teacher of the class. In classes for which attendance is required, a record of attendance, is kept and periodic reports on absences are submitted to the Registrar. Students who find it necessary t o be absent because of illness or for other reasons should report the reasons for the absence to their teachers. For prolonged absence of over one week due to illness, the student may obtain an excuse signed by the Health Service if this is requested by the teacher. Students with an excessive number of absences not excused by the teacher may be dropped from the course with a grade of F. Absences for tours, field trips, and other instructor-arranged activities are cleared with the Dean of the College. Lists of participants, with information as to exact periods absent, are issued by the Dean to all instructors involved, but the student is still responsible for any work missed. Teachers deal with tardiness as they see fit. Students arriving in class late must assume responsibility for reporting their presence to the teacher. EXAMINATIONS Tests are given periodically throughout each term. In the middle of the fall term, reports of the grades attained by- freshmen are made to the Registrar who forwards them to the counselors, parents, and students. Final reports are sent at the end of each term to the parents and students. Written examinations are regularly scheduled a t the close of each term. No student or class may arrange to take a final examination in any course before the examination week. Absence from a final examination will result in a grade of failure unless the student presents a reasonable excuse immediately to the teacher concerned. If a student has obtained permission from the Dean of the College to take a final examination at another hour than that scheduled, he is charged a fee of $5 for such an examination. Before the student takes the examination, he must obtain a statement from the Registrar's office and bring it to the teacher concerned. COMPREHENSIVE EXAMINATIONS Comprehensive examinations may be permitted in courses in which the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing believes the student has adequate preparation or background. Students who wish to take a comprehensive examination must apply in writing to this committee. When permission is granted, the necessary approval forms may be secured at the Office of the Registrar. A fee of $5 ($10 for students not currently enrolled) is charged for each credit hour and must be paid in advance. Examination questions and the answers will be filed in the Registrar's Office. UNIVERSITY COURSES By arrangement with the University of Minnesota, students may register for courses at the University. But such registrations will not be allowed unless the student has a C average in his courses at Augsburg. Also, the combined number of credits in any term must not exceed 17. The credits thus gained a t the University may be transferred to Augsburg College and counted towards graduation. COURSES OF STUDY Descriptions of the courses offered in 1968-70 are given on the following pages. Unforeseen circumstances may necessitate making changes. Courses with inadequate registration may be cancelled. Students should consult the schedule of classes to determine definitely the current course offerings. NUMBERING OF COURSES Courses numbered below 50 are lower division courses; those numbered 50 and above are classified as upper division. In general, courses numbered 1-19 are primarily for freshmen; 2 0 4 9 for sophomores; 50-74 for juniors; and 75-99 for seniors. SYMBOLS # Course may be taken with consent of the instructor irrespective of prerequisites. CREDITS Credits shown are in terms of quarter credits. Unless otherwise stated a four-credit course meets four times a week and a fivecredit course five times a week. A term or quarter is 11 weeks in length, and the normal load for a student is 15 credit hours per term. DIVISIONAL ORGANIZATION The college courses are organized into four divisions in order to make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairman for each division is appointed for a two-year term. Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental statements. DIVISION of the HUMANITIES Mr. Raymond E. Anderson, Chairman Department of Art Department of Classical Languages Greek; Latin Department of English Department of Modern Languages French; German; Scandinavian Studies; Spanish Department of Music Department of Speech DIVISION o'f NATURAL SCIENCES and MATHEMATICS Mr. Theodore Hanwick, Chairman Department d Biology Department of Chemistry Department of Health and Physical Education Department of Mathematics Department of Physics 7 [7 DIVISION of RELIGION and PHILOSOPHY Mr. Philip A. Quanbeck, Chairman Department of Philosophy Department of Religion DIVISION of the SOCIAL SCIENCES Mr. Einar 0. Johnson, Chairman Department of Business Administration, Economics, and Business Education Department of Education Elementary Education Secondary Education Library Science Geography Department of History Department of Political Science Department of Psychology Department of Sociology 0 AMERICAN STUDIES Mr. Nicholl, Director of Program The aim of the program in American Studies is to develop the student's understanding of American culture, past and present, in breadth as well as some depth. The major is interdepartmental, built primarily upon American area courses now offered in various departments. The program should offer the student a good foundation for graduate studies in law and the ministry, for the M.A. in library science and the M.A.T. in secondary school teaching. The major would also provide a good background for careers in the U.S. Government, particularly civil service positions and the foreign service. Major: 56 credits, minimum Requirements for the major include a core of foundation courses (29 crs.); a program of elective courses for integrated study (minimum, 18 crs.) and American Studies 99 ( 5 crs.); and American Studies 95 (4 crs.), a seminar of concentrated study. The core of courses, to be taken in the departments of English, History, Political Science, and Religion aim to give the student a broad foundation of subject matter in major areas of American culture, past and present, and introduce him to the methodologies of various disciplines. The following are required core courses: English 45: Major American Writers (5 crs.) Prereq. Eng. 11-12 History 21-22: United States History (10 crs.) Prereq. Hist. 1 or 2 or 3 Political Science 20: American Government I, Foundations of Amer. Dem. (5 crs.) Political Science 21: Am. Gov't 11, Amer. National Gov't (5 crs.) Religion 63: American Protestantism (4 crs.) Prereq. Rel. 11 and 21 In his program of elective courses the student would attempt to achieve a measure of integrated study of major themes in American civilization. Papers written in Independent Study, Am. S. 99, would attempt to accomplish this. From the following elective courses the student must choose a minimum of 18 credits from a t least 3 departments: Education 87: School and Society (4 crs.) English 82: The American Novel (4 crs.) Prereq. Eng. 45 History 55: Twentieth Century United States History (4 crs.) History 56: History of American Foreign Policy (4 crs.) Prereq. Hist. 21 or 22 Political Science 22: Amer. Gov't 111, State and Local Gov't; Public Administration (5 crs.) Prereq. Political Science 2&2 1 Political Science 70: Constitutional Law I (4 crs.) Prereq. Pol. Sci. 20, 21, 22 Philosophy 65: American Philosophy (5 crs.) Prereq. Phil. 21 Psychology 81: History and Theory (4 crs.) Prereq. # Sociology 59: Religion and Society (4 crs.) Prereq. Rel. 11 and 21 Sociology 42: Rural American Community (4 crs.) Prereq. SOC. 11 Sociology 43: Modern Urban Community (4 crs.) Prereq. Soc. 11 Refer to course listings under the various departments for full descriptions of the above elective courses in the program. American Studies courses (required): 95 Seminar 4 crs. Focuses on a limited, significant problem or phenomenon in American culture. Use of primary source material from various disciplines. Practice in the integrated use of these materials for an understanding of the topic in depth. To be taken in the senior year. For majors or #. (Winter) 99 Independent Study 5 crs. Major themes or topics cutting across courses elected in the program are chosen by the student for integrated study. The writing of several papers of an interdisciplinary nature. To be taken in the senior year. For majors only. (Spring) MR. THOMPSON, chairman, MR. HOLEN, MR. MOSAND, MRS. JENSON; MR. MOLDER, MR. WESTPHAL, artists in residence DEPARTMENT The Department of Art endeavors to further the student's technical and conceptual understanding of art. Besides experience in the disciplines of drawing, print making, painting, sculpture, and ceramics, emphasis is given to the function of art in history and religion. Because of the place art has in contemporary life, students are encouraged to consider the areas of teaching, graduate study, commercial designing, and avocational art. ART OF In additim k) t & catrseS h cm?& sbi&enbhave the opportunity to study and 18us-s witk A* ~oI(3er~ M s t in residence, problems & &rtpd&t@ tp Wm&&gd' M e d && windows. David in W m 6 e i & ap%ihH@Ws those interested Westphal, &ek&a-@er in film making as a fine art medium. Major: 46 credits, including 7, 8, 12, 18, 21, 67, 83, 84, 85, 99. Minor: 26 credits, including 7, 8, 12, 18, 21 or 50, and 83 or 84 or 85. Majors preparing for teaching in secondary or elementary schools are required to take 50. I t is recommended that art majors and minors take Introduction to Fine Arts under the Department of Music. 1 I INTRODUCTION TO FINE ARTS 4 crs. Historical and topical studies in fine arts. The visual arts seen in relation to music. Participation in the cultural life of the community leading towards appreciation and criticism. C3 lect., 1disc. Fall, Spring, 1 7 DRAWING - 2 crs. Drawing in pencil, charcoal, pastel, ink, and mixed media. Emphasis on still-life and interiors. [2 double labs. Fall, Winter, Spring.] 1 8 DRAWING Figure drawing. [2 double labs. Fall, Winter, Spring.] 2 crs. 12 COMPOSITION 6 crs. A study of the elements of form and composition. Two- and threedimensional studies executed on a small scale. [4 lect., 2 double labs. Fall, Winter.] 18 PAINTING I 4 crs. Painting in aqueous media and oil. Emphasis on still-life, landscape, and figurative painting. [4 double labs. Prereq.: 7. Fall, 1968-69. Fall, Spring, 1969-70.1 1 2 I SCULPTURE I 4 crs. Modeling head studies, figures, and animal forms in terracotta and plaster. 14 double labs. Prereq.: 7. Fall.] 25 GRAPHIC DESIGN 4 crs. A study of the techniques and goals of business art. A concern for graphic design through calligraphy, typography and the preparation of art work for reproduction. [Winter, 19'6849.1 UPPER DIVISION COURSES 1 50 CERAMICS I 4 crs. An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. C4 double labs. Winter.] 1 51 CERAMICS I1 4 crs. A continuation of hand-building and glazing with an introduction to throwing techniques. [4 double labs. Prereq.: 7, 8. Spring.] 1 55 PAINTING II 4 crs. Further study of painting in oil and aqueous media. [4 double labs. Prereq.: 12, 18. Spring.] 58 ART IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS 4 crs. Theory, methods and materials of art in elementary education. C2 lect., 2 double labs. Spring.] 67 PRINT MAKING I 4 crs. Principles and methods of color printing and composition. Emphasis on the woodcut. [4 double labs. Prereq.: 7, 8. Spring.] H 68 PRINT MAKING II 4 crs. Serigraphy and intaglio methods in plastic and copper. [4 double labs. Prereq.: 12, 67. Winter.] H 78 SCULPTURE II 4 crs. Three major works in any three of the following media: steel (welding), plaster, lead, wood, fiberglass, and stone. [ 4 double labs. Prereq. 7, 8, 21. Winter, 196SG9. Spring, 1969-70.1 H 8 3 ART HISTORY I 4 crs. Survey of architecture, sculpture, and painting in western civilization. Prehistoric to Renaissance. [Fall.] H 84 ART HISTORY II 4 crs. Continued historical survey. Renaissance to the 1860's. [Winter.] H 85 ART HISTORY Ill 4 crs. Modern art and its developing trends from the 1860's to the present. [Spring.] H 99 STUDIO Ill 2-5 crs. Advanced study in either painting, sculpture, print making, or ceramics. Art majors will be granted up to 8 credits in this course. [Prereq. : second course in the studio area and#.] DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY MR. SULERUD, chairman, RIR. HERFORTH, RIR. RIICKELBERG, MR. THORPE, 1MR. URDAHL It is intended that the offerings of the Department of Biology should be extensive enough to meet the needs and interests of a wide variety of students. For the non-science major the aim is to provide a reliable basic understanding of biological science and, more generally, of the character of scientific knowledge. The more advanced courses are designed to provide a good preparation for students who elect to pursue the study of biological science for a career in the profession of biology or in a related area such as the medical profession. All students who intend to complete a major or minor in biology should plan their program carefully with specific reference to their intended career. I t is important that a prospective biology major consult with the biology staff concerning this planning as soon as possible. In general, a broad background in the supporting sciences and in mathematics is essential. Students who plan to enter graduate or medical school or to teach secondary school upon graduation must be certain to meet the appropriate preparatory requirements. Recommended fouryear programs for such students are given under Curriculums in the catalog as are the programs for pre-dental, pre-nursing and medical technology students. Major: Two programs leading to a biology major are available. Option I i s recommended, with few exceptions, for students who intend to obtain an advanced degree in biology, medicine or related fields. Option I1 may be preferable for potential secondary school teachers and others whose intended careers require relat,ively more w-ork in biology and somewhat less in the related sciences. Option I : 38 credits in biology, including 11, 12, 72, and two terms of seminar; introductory chemistry (Chem. 15, 16; or 5, 6) and two terms or organic chemistry (Chem. 51, 52); one year of physics (Physics 21, 22, 23); two terms of calculus (Math. 41, 42) in addition to introductory math. Note: Medical schools also normally require quantitative analysis (Chem. 53). Option 11: 46 credits in biology, including 11,12, 72, one additional course in the 70 series, and two terms of seminar; four terms of chemistry, normally introductory chemistry (Chem. 15, 16; or 5, 6) and either two terms of organic Chemistry (Chem. 51, 52) or one term of organic chemistry (Chem. 23) and one term of analytical chemistry (Chem. 53) ; introductory mathematics (Math. 13, 14; or Math. 40; or equivalent). Minor: 30 credits in biology including 11 and 12; introductory chemistry (Chem. 15, 16; or 5, 6). Biology 1, 3, 4, 6 and 8 do not count toward a major or minor in biology. Biology 1 and 6 satisfy the general education requirement in science; for this purpose Biology 1must precede Biology 6. I PRINCIPLES OF BIOLOGY 5 crs. The basic concepts of biology. A general education course, not intended for majors in biology. Does not normally apply toward a biology major or minor. Students who receive a grade of B or better may be allowed to enter Biology 12 on consent of instructor. [4 lect., 1 double lab. Fall, Spring.] 3 , 4 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY 4, 4 crs. A professional course in the structure and function of the human body. Designed for student nurses only. [Biol. 3: 2 lect. and 2 double lab. Fall; Biol. 4: 3 lect. and 1double lab. Winter.] Designed to make the student aware of the structure and function of the human body. Required for physical education majors. Does not apply toward a biology major or minor, but does apply to the general education requirement in science if preceded by Biology 1. [4 lect., 2 double lab. Spring.] 8 MICROBIOLOGY 4 crs. Basic microbial features are considered as well as applications of microbiology to the fields of medicine and sanitation. For student nurses only. [Prereq. : Chem. 3. 3 lect., 2 double lab. Winter, Spring.] 1 1 , 12 GENERAL BIOLOGY 6, 6 crs. A comprehensive introduction to biological science. For biology and other science majors. First term. molecular and cellular biology, genetics and development, evolutionary mechanisms. Second term : vertebrate anatomy and physiology, phylogenetic relationships of organisms, ecology. Must be taken in sequence. [5 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: Chem. 5 or 15. 11, Winter. 12, Spring.] 5 1 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY 5 crs. The major invertebrate types stressing classification, morphology, behavior, life history, and evolutionary relationships. [4 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq. :12. Fall.] 53 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY 6 crs. A comparative study dealing with the taxonomy, morphology, and evolution of the larger vertebrate phyla. [4 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: 12, Winter.] 61 PLANT MORPHOLOGY 5 crs. The structure, reproduction, and development of the major taxonomic plant groups. [ 4 lect., 2 doi~blelab. Prereq. : 12. Fall, 1969.1 63 PLANT TAXONOMY 5 crs. Principles of plant classification with special emphasis on the flowering plants. Includes field collecting and classifying some plants indigenous to our state. [4 lect., 2 double lab. Saturday field trips required. Prereq.: 12. Spring, 1968.1 71 CELLULAR BIOLOGY 6 crs. A study of the ultrastructure, function, and genetics of cells. Laboratory work includes microtechnique, cytological studies, studies in cell physiology, and an introduction to tissue culture. [5 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: 12, Chem. 23 or 51. Fall.] 72 GENETICS 5 crs. The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in molecular, cellular and human genetics. Laboratory, with work on Drosphila and certain micro-organisms, is optional for one additional credit. [5 lect., 1 double lab. plus individual work if lab is taken. Prereq.: 12. Spring.] 73 GENERAL PHYSIOLOGY 6 crs. A study of physical and chemical processes occurring in animals with emphasis on the vertebrates. [5 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: 12, and Chem. 23 or 51. Winter.] 74 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY 6 crs. A consfderation of the chemical, physiological, and morphological changes which occur during the development of organisms with emphasis on the vertebrate animals. Experimental as well as descriptive studies are included in the laboratory work. [5 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: 12. Spring.] U P P E R DIVISION COURSES 8 1 ECOLOGY 5 crs. A survey of representative biological communities; the study of reciprocal relationships between organisms and their environments. [4 lect., 2 double lab. Saturday field trips required. Prereq.: 12. Spring, 1969.1 91, 92, 93 SEMINAR I cr. each Discussions of topics based on biological literature and research. Topics may concern the history and philosophy of science a s well as current literature. Biology majors a r e required to register for a t least two terms in their senior year. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 1-5 crs. 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY Individual work on a research project. [Prereq. : Previous arrangement with instructor. Fall, Winter, Spring.) MR. BUDGE, chairman, MISS LUND, MR. SABELLA, MR. SLESNICK, MR. TEDEFAIAK Majors in this department supplement the liberal arts program with general and specialized knowledge in business and economic affairs. The business administration major offers a basic core of courses, and then allows the student to choose a limited specialization in accounting or finance, and hence to prepare for careers in these fields. The economics major concentrates on fundamental theoretical and policy matters so that the student learns to analyze economic issues. He is prepared thereby for graduate study in economics. Either of these majors also can provide the background needed for general administrative careers in business, government, or various public and private institutions. In particular, either major could be the basis for graduate study in such fields as hospital and public administration, industrial relations, or law. DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION, ECONOMICS, AND BUSLNESS EDUCATION BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Major in Business Administration-Accounting: 38 credits, including Bus. Ad. 1, 2, 31, 61, 62, 63, 81, 83. Major in Business Administration-Finance: 38 credits, including Bus. Ad. 1, 2, 31, 61, 62, 73, 78. Both programs also require Econ. 22, 23, 51, 58 or 91 or 92; and Soc. 61. Minor: 18 credits, including Bus. Ad. 1, 2 ; and two courses from Bus. Ad. 61, 62, 63, 73. Econ. 22, 23 also required. Other combinations may be allowed by permission. 1 , 2 PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING 4, 4 crs. Basic concepts of accounting, accounting for individual proprietorships, partnerships, and corporations. Special topics including manufacturing accounting, taxes, and budgeting. [I, Fall. 2, Winter.] 31 BUSINESS LAW 5 crs. Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code. [Fall.] 61 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE 5 crs. Capital structures of business organizations, use of financial statements, cash flow, raising and control of short and long-term funds for a business enterprise. [Prereq. : 1 , 2 . F a . 1 W 62 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING 5 crs. An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, capital stock and surplus accounts, current and longterm assets. [Prereq.: 1,2. Winter.] 63 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING 5 crs. An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to investments, tangible and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and reserves, actuarial topics. Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level changes. [Prereq. : 62. Spring.] 73 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 5 crs. Financial problems relating to budgeting, short and long-term fund requirements, debt and equity choices, mergers and reorganizations presented in case materials. [Prereq. : 62. Spring, 1969-70.1 UPPER DIS-ISION COURSES . . . . 78 INVESTMENTS I 5 crs. The nature of various types of securities. Analysis of securities of industrial, utility, and financial enterprises and various governmental units. Portfolio management. [Prereq. : 41. Spring, 196849.1 8 1 COST ACCOUNTING :L ' 5 crs. Essential features of accounting for manufacturing emphasis on management control. [Prereq. 1, 2. Fall.] 82 TAX ACCOUNTING concerns with 5 crs. The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for individuals and various forms of business enterprises. [Prereq.: 1, 2. Winter.] 83 AUDITING 5 crs. Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checks and controls for accounting systems. [Prereq.: 63. Spring.] ECONOMICS Major: 31 credits, including Econ. 22, 23, 51, and 58. Soc. 61 and Bus. Ad. 1, 2 also required. Mathematics through course 43 is highly recommended for those planning on graduate study in economics. Minor : 22 credits, including Econ. 22, 23. 2 2 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS I 4 crs. Analysis of economic institutions, problems, and policies. Emphasis upon the foundations of economics, economic systems, and specific issues, such as unemployment, poverty, monopoly, inflation, role of government. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] . . . . . 2 3 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS II 4 crs. Micro- and macroeconomic theory examined with the analytical tools of economics. Topics include determination of the level of national income and employment, money and banking, monetary-fiscal policy, economics of the firm, product and resource pricing and allocation, etc. [Prereq. : 22. Spring.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES 5 1 INTERMEDIATE MICROECONOMICS 5 crs. Theory of demand, theory of the firm, price and output determination under various market conditions, factor price determination. [Prereq.: 23. Fall.] 52 ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT 5 crs. Determinants of growth, theories, and historic patterns. Analysis of the present developing nations a s to characteristics, problems, and policies to promote growth. [Prereq.: 22 or #. Winter, 196849.1 53 LABOR ECONOMICS 4 crs. Economics of the labor market. Wage determination, collective bargaining, role of unions, level of total employment, economic security, and governmental activity. [Prereq. : 22 or # Spring.] . 58 INTERMEDIATE MACROECONOMICS 5 crs. Determinants of national income, employment, and price level analyzed via a macro-model. Some consideration of macro-measurement, the business cycle, growth, monetary-fiscal policy. [Prereq.: 23. Winter, 196!+70.] 91 PUBLIC FINANCE 5 crs. Governmental taxation, spending, borrowing, and the impact of governmental finance on economic activity. [Prereq.: 22 or #. Fall.] 92 MONEY AND BANKING 5 crs. Functioning of the monetary and banking system, particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis upon monetary theory and policy. [Prereq. : 23. Winter.] 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY 2-5 crs. Individual supervised projects designed to give the student opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. [Prereq.: #. Fall, Spring.] BUSINESS EDUCATION These courses a r e planned to prepare students to teach business education in high school, for stenographic and secretarial positions in business offices, for parish secretarial work, and to provide a E p portunity for the develcpment of business skills for personal use. II Major: 51 credits, including 8, 10, 21, 22, 50, 53, 63; Bus. Ad. 1, 2, 31; Econ. 22, 23. Minor with secretarial emphasis: 26 credits, including 8, 10, 21, 22, 50 and 53. Minor with accounting emphasis: 25 credits, including 8, 50; Rus. Ad. 1, 2 ; and Econ. 22, 23. For those who have had elementary shorthand in high school, the major may be 47 credits and the minor, 22 credits. Students with bvo years of shorthand from high school may be exempted from a total of 8 credits in shorthand, but they must elect one other course in the business field. I ELEMENTARY TYPEWRITING 2 crs. The fundamental skills of typewriting. Emphasis on personal use. Not open to students who have had one year of high school typewriting. [5 hours. Fall.] 8 CALCULATING MACHINES 4 crs. Operation of ten-key and full-key adding machines and the rotary calculator. Introduction to automation. [4 hours. Fall, Winter.] 10 DUPLICATING, TRANSCRIPTION, AND RECORDS MANAGEMENT 4 crs. Operation of transcription machines, stencil and spirit duplicating machines. An introduction to and application of basic principles of filing and organization of records in the office. r 4 hours. Prereq.: 1 or equiv. Spring.] 2 1 ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND 4 crs. Fundamentals of Gregg shorthand (Diamond Jubilee) with emphasis on theory, reading and writing shorthand. Introduction to transcription. Not open to students who have had one year of shorthand in high school. [5 hours. Prereq.: 1 or equiv. Fall.] 22 INTERMEDIATE SHORTHAND 4 crs. Review for those with previous shorthand instruction. Development of speed and accuracy in taking and transcribing mate;ial dictated a t speeds of 80-100 words a minute. [ 5 hours. Prereq.: 21 or equiv. Winter.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES . 50 ADVANCED TYPEWRITING 5 crs. Further development of typewriting technique in business letter arrangement, billing, tabulating, manuscript typing, and the typing of legal documents. [Prereq. : 1or equiv. Winter.] 53 ADVANCED SHORTHAND 5 crs. Advanced study of Gregg shorthand. Rapid dictation and transcription of material dictated at speeds of 100-120 words a minute. [Prereq.: 22 or equiv. Spring.] 63 SECRETARIAL PROCEDURES 4 crs. Dictation, business letter writing, telephoning, use of business and legal forms, personality development, writing application letters, and making applications for a job. An introduction to automation. [Prereq.: 22 or equiv. Spring.] 65 BUSINESS SEMINAR 3 crs. A study in special problems in the field of business education through research and informal discussion. Special emphasis on general business. [Fa.] DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY MR. AGRE, chairman, MR. ALTON, MR. GYBERG, MR. HOLUM, MR. INGEMANSON, MR. LYLE I t is the purpose of this department to give students an understanding and an appreciation of the nature of matter and the ways by which this has been elucidated. The curriculum in chemistry provides an opportunity to examine the chemical aspect of the structure, the power, and the beauty of one of the great intellectual accomplishments of man-modern science-and it provides dramatic examples of effective ways to handle certain types of problems. Courses in chemistry are offered as part of a liberal arts education, and as a preparation for: (1)high school teaching, (2) the study of biology, medicine, dentistry, pharmacy, medical technology, nursing and allied professions, (3) graduate study in chemistry and molecular biology, and (4) the chemical profession. I -!! ?> I : . The chemistry department is approved by the American Chemical Society for the preparation of chemistry majors. Students planning to majo: in chemistry in preparation for graduate school, medical school, or high school teaching, are urged to consult with the chemistry staff a t the earliest possible time. Major: 40 credits, including Chenl. 51, 52, 53, 61, and one additional upper division course. Also required are Physics 21, 22, 23; Math. 41, 42. Recommended for pre-medical students: 15, 16, 51, 52, 53, 61, and 62; for pre-dental students: 15, 16 (or 5, 61, 51, 52; for graduate study: 15, 16, and all courses above 50. Additional mathematics and physics strongly recommended for graduate study. Majors participate in informal, weekly seminars during the junior and senior years in Chem. 91. Minor: 27 credits; must include Chem. 15, 16 (or 5, 6) and other courses to complete the 27 credits. Chem. 23 and 53 are strongly recommended. Course 3 does not count toward the major or minor. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 3 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY 4 crs. Selected elements of general, organic, and biological chemistry are organized around the theme: the molecular basis of life. Designed for prospective nurses from Lutheran Deaconess, Fairview, Methodist, and Swedish Hospitals. [3 lect., 1 double lab. Prereq.: H.S. Chem. Fall.] 5, 6 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY 6, 6 crs. Primarily for non-majors. The concepts and laws underlying chemistry illustrated by examples from inorganic and organic chemistry. Semimicro qualitative analysis included in the laboratory. [5 lect., 2 double labs. 5, Fall. 6, Winter.] 15, 16 GENERAL AND QUALITATIVE CHEMISTRY 6,6 crs. An intensive course for pre-medical students and future chemists; others only by permission of instructor. First term devoted to fundamental principles, and second to inorganic chemistry and qualitative analysis. [5 lect., 2 double labs. Prereq.: H.S. Chem., elem. alg., plane geom. 15, Fall. 16, Winter.] 2 3 ELEMENTARY ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 6 crs. Designed for medical technology and other students v.ho desire less than the more intensive two-term course. Aliphatic and aromatic compounds with frequent reference to bio-chemistry. [5 lect., 1 three-hour lab. Prereq. : 5 or 15. Spring.] 5 1 , 52 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 6, 6 crs. Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis on types of mechanisms and multi-step syntheses. Descriptive material is correlated by means of modern theories of chemical bonds, energyrelationships, and reaction mechanisms. Laboratory work is a study of techniques while synthesizing or identifying typical compounds. Normally taken in the sophomore year. [5 lect., 2 three-hour labs. Prereq. : 6 or 16. 51, Fall. 52, Winter.] UPPER DIVISION I 53 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY 5 or 6 crs. Gravimetric and volumetric analysis with some instrumental analysis. Ionic equilibria and treatment of data. Normally taken in the sophomore year. Medical technology students register for 6 credits, others for 5. [4 lect., 2 three-hour labs. Prereq.: 6 or 16. Spring.] 1 61, 62 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY 6, 6 crs. Atomic structure, states of matter, gas laws, thermodynamics, thermochemistry, equilibrium, solutions, phase rule, electrochemistry, kinetics, and colloids. [5 lect., 1 three-hour lab. Prereq.: 53, Physics 23, Math. 42. 61, Fall. 62, Winter. 1 I 63 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 5 crs. Organized around the problems of identifying organic compounds in the laboratory, the lecture topics include : structure-spectra correlations for IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; classical methods; use of the literature (inc. Beilstein); and further study in reaction mechanisms. IR and UV spectra routinely used. [4 lect., 2 four-hour labs. Prereq.: 52, 61, and some rending knowledge of German. Spring.] 1 72 QUANTUM CHEMISTRY 4 crs. Classical mechanics, uncertainty principle, Schredinger's equation, approximate methods of solution, commutators, conservation laws, electron spin, angular momentum, the hydrogen atom, many electron problems. [4 lect. Prereq. :61 or #. Winter.] I 8 1 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY 5 crs. Principles of atomic and molecular spectroscopy and their application to modern analytical methods. Includes instrumental methods, such as spectrophotometric, electro-analytical, and chromatographic techniques. [3 lect., 2 three-hour labs. Prereq. : 53, 62 or #. Fall.] I 83 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY 5 crs. Correlation of inorganic chemistry using the electrostatic, valence bond, and molecular orbital models. Coordination compounds are discussed using the ligand field theory. Preparations of typical inorganic compounds using a variety of techniques including vacuum manipulations. [4 lect., 1four-hour lab. Prereq. : 62 or #. Spring.] I 91 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR 0 crs. During the junior and senior years all chemistry majors will participate in weekly seminars to present and discuss research papers of general interest. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 97 CHEMISTRY RESEARCH Cr. arr. During the summer after the junior year or during the senior year, each chemistry major preparing for graduate study in chemistry may participate in independent research in cooperation with staff members. By staff permission only. [Fall, Winter, Spring, or special summer program.] DEPARTMENT OF CLASSICAL LANGUAGES MR. COLACCI, chairman, SISTER M. GERTRUDE WARD The purpose of the courses offered in the department is two-fold; first to provide the students with a linguistic foundation in order that they may have a direct approach to the classical tradition which is an essential part of our Western literary heritage; second, to introduce the students to some of the major works of the Greek and Latin world in the original language. Courses 11 through 52 are designed to meet the two-year requirement in New Testament Greek of most theological seminaries. GREEK Major: 42 credits in Greek. Also required: Latii 1, 2. Special arrangements will be made for students who intend to major in Greek. If the number of students is not large enough to permit regular offering by the College, provisions will be made so that they may complete the major at the University of Minnesota. When this is the case, in addition to courses 11, 12, 13, 51, 52, 59, they are required to take at the University, five courses to be chosen from those listed under Greek, 61 to 163. Minor: 27 credits. I 1 , 12 BEGINNING GREEK 5, 5 crs. Theoretical and practical study of Greek grammar, with special emphasis on morphology. Translation exercises from and into Greek. [Prereq.: Latin 2 or 2 yrs., H.S. Latin or #. 11, Fall, 12, Winter.] 13 INTERMEDIATE GREEK 5 crs. Continuation of grammar with special emphasis on syntax. Reading and parsing of easy selections frcm classical and New Testament Greek writings. [Prereq. : 12. Spring.] 51, 52 NEW TESTAMENT GREEK 4, 4 crs. Selections from the synoptic Gospels and the .book of Acts. Special emphasis is given to parsing and syntax of the Greek text. [Prereq.: 13. 51, Fall; 52, Winter.] 55 GREEK EXEGESIS 4 crs. Selections from the Pauline and Catholic Epistles. Special emphasis is given to the syntactical and exegitical approach to the Greek text. [Offered on demand. Spring.] 59 CLASSICAL GREEK 4 crs. Selections from classical Greek prose and poetry. CPrereq. : 52. Offered on demand.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES LATIN Minor: 28 credits. Also required: Eng. 35. Courses 52, 53 offered only if there is sufficient enrollment. If they are not offered, a minor may be completed a t the University of Minnesota. Consult the department chairman a t Augsburg. Students who wish to major in Latin may complete all courses in Latin offered a t Augsburg, plus 61, 62, 63 and 9 additional credits in courses numbered above 63 a t the University of Minnesota. 1 , 2 BEGINNING LATIN 5, 5 crs. Theoretical and practical study of Latin grammar, with special emphasis on morphology. Exercises in translation from and into Latin. [I, Fall, 2, Winter.] 3 , 4 INTERMEDIATE LATIN 4, 4 crs. Continuation of grammar. Reading of prose and poetry selections from Latin authors; e.g. Caesar, Cicero, Livy, Vergil, Ovid, St. Augustine, and the Medieval Latin writers. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv., determined by placement test. 3, Fall; 4, Winter.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES 52 VERGlL 5 crs. Selections from Vergil's "Aeneid" and pastoral poems. [Offered on demand.] 53 CICERO 5 crs. Selections from Cicero's works. [Offered on demand.] ECONOMICS See under Department of Business Administration, Economics, and Business Education. DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION MR. JOHNSON, chairman, MRS. ANDEREGG, MR. FARDIG, MR. GROENHOFF, MRS. LUDEMAN, MISS MATTSON, MRS. PARKER, MR. M. QUANBECK The education curriculum has been designed primarily for those preparing to do public school teaching, although any student who is preparing to work with youth is encouraged to study in the area. The work in this department will qualify the graduate for teaching on the elementary or the junior and senior high school level, as well a s for further study in the field of education. The program is accredited by the State of Minnesota, the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, and the National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education. Admission to the education curriculum requires an application to be approved by the Committee on Teacher Education. Application must be made during the second semester of the sophomore year. Approval is granted on the basis of a satisfactory health report, favorable personality characteristics and a satisfactory scholastic achievement. For elementary teaching candidates, this means essentially a 2.5 grade-point average in work completed in the minor and a 2.0 over-all; for secondary teaching candidates a 2.5 in work completed in the major and a 2.0 over-all. Both a r e expected to maintain a 2.5 average in their major and 2.0 over-all average. Candidates in both fields must make application for student teaching as juniors and are required to meet the 2.5 major and 2.0 general average a t this point. Major: 51 credits in professional education courses. In addition, the following general education courses are required: Psych. 5; Hist. 21 or 22; Math. 56; Geog. 14; and three terms of Group Activities (Ed. 52, 53, 54). See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 1 52, 53, 54 GROUP ACTIVITIES 1 , 11, 111 0 crs. Required without academic credit as a laboratory experience in connection with Education 55 and 56. Includes such experience as teaching, supervising recreation, advising clubs in cooperation with city organizations and agencies. Three terms required. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 1 55 HUMAN GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT 4 crs. The growth and development of the human organism from conception through adolescence. Emphasis on process of learning, factors influencing learning. [Prereq. : Psych. 5. Fall.] 56 ELEMENTARY SCHOOL TEACHING 5 crs. The qualifications of teachers; the teaching profession. Survey of American schools: philosophies, curricula, policies, and practices. Learning theory and tests and measurements. Includes observation of teaching situations. [Prereq.: Admission to Elementary Education. Fall.] 1 57 METHODS AND MATERIALS: HEALTH, PHYSICAL EDUCATION, MUSIC - 4 crs. Principles, methods and techniques for teaching health and physical education a t the elementary school level. Methods pertaining to rote singing, notation, rhythm, part singing. Integration of music in total elementary program. [Prereq. : 55, 56. Winter.] 58 ART IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS 4 crs. See under Department of Art. 1 63 METHODS AND MATERIALS: MATHEMATICS, SCIENCE 4 crs. Principles, methods and techniques of teaching arithmetic and science in the elementary school. Use of instructional materials. [Prereq.: 55, 56. Spring.] 1 64 METHODS AND MATERIALS: LANGUAGE ARTS, READING 6 crs. Objectives and techniques in the language arts: listening, speaking, writing, and reading. Application of principles of learning in acquisition of skills, interests, attitudes. Examinations of modern methods and materials. [Prereq. : 55, 56. Spring.] 1 65 METHODS AND MATERIALS: SOCIAL STUDIES 2 crs. Objectives, principles, methods and techniques in the social studies. Development of units. [Prereq.: 55, 56. Spring.] 77 PROFESSIONAL LABORATORY EXPERIENCE 15 crs. Student spends ten weeks in the classroom, assisting the regular teacher, and doing actual teaching. Supervision is carried out by the cooperating teacher and the college staff. This is followed by one week of seminar with discussion of problems encountered in the classroom. CPrereq. : # Fall, Winter.] . I 79 CHILDREN'S LITERATURE 3 crs. Study of literature suitable to the elementary school child. Role of literature in the classroom, in life outside of school. Extensive reading and evaluation of children's books, compiling bibliography. [Prereq.: 65, 56 or #. Spring.] 87 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY 4 crs. ment of American education. [Prereq. : Senior standing. Winter, Spring.] Problems in education and the relation of the American school system to modern society. A study of educational philosophy and the development of American education. [Prereq. : Senior standing. Winter, Spring.] SECONDARY EDUCATION For the Minnesota teacher's certificate students are required to complete 28 credits in professional education courses including 50, 52, 53, 54, 59, 83, 84, 87. All students must register for three terms of Group Activity (Education 52, 53, 54). Secondary education students must take Phy. Ed. 10 and Psych. 5 in addition to other general education requirements. 50 EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY 4 crs. Physical, mental, social and emotional development of adolescents with special emphasis placed on educational implication. The nature and conditions of learning. [Prereq.: Psych. 5 and junior standing. Fall, Winter.] 52, 53, 54 GROUP ACTIVITY I, 11, 111 0 cr. Required without academic credit as a laboratory experience in connection with Education 50 and 59. Includes such experience as teaching, supervising recreation, advising clubs in cooperation with city organizations and agencies. Three terms required. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 59 METHODS IN SECONDARY EDUCATION 5 crs. Teaching procedures, materials and problems a t the secondary level. Three class sessions per week will be devoted to general methods and two to four class sessions to the specific methods and materials of the student's major field. [Prereq. :50. Spring.] 68 TEACHING OF MUSIC IN ELEMENTARY AND JUNIOR HIGH SCHOOLS 4 crs. Materials, organization, and teaching procedures in the field of music a t the elementary and junior high school levels. For music majors. [Prereq.: 50. Spring.] / 8 3 SEMINAR FOR STUDENT TEACHING 5 crs. Preparation for the student teaching experience including observation and planning. Special attention will be given to tests and measurements. [Prereq.: Admission to student teaching. Fall, Winter.] 10 crs. 84 STUDENT TEACHING Experience in observing and directing learning experiences at the secondary school level under supervision of college and high school personnel. Course fee $20.00. [Prereq.: Admission to the student teaching program. Fall, Winter.] 87 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY 4 crs. Problems in education and the relation of the American school system to modern society. A study of educational philosophy and the development of American education. [Winter, Spring.] 88 GUIDANCE 4 crs. The guidance function of the classroom teacher; tools and techniques used in studying students; and methods appropriate for student guidance, including counseling. [Fall.] 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY 2-5 crs. Independent study offering students an opportunity to explore areas of s~ecializationin education. Each student does research and resents a report of his findings on the requirements, present status, and future possibilities of his own field of interest. Conducted largely on a seminar basis. Open to seniors with the approval of the department. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] LIBRARY SCIENCE The following courses prepare the student to meet the state requirements for a minor in library science. Preparation for selection of books and related materials, efficient and effective management of library materials, intelligent use of library sources are included. While the minor in library science is planned to prepare the graduate in the area of school librarianship, it is also a valuable minor for any student planning a teaching career, since it introduces him to many avenues of curriculum enrichment. The courses provide a foundation for the student who wishes to do advanced work in the field of library science. Minor: 23 credits. 45 FUNCTIONS OF THE SCHOOL LIBRARY 5 crs. The role of the library in the school and community. Types of library services and activities ; methods of evaluation. Organization of library materials, including cataloging and circulation. [Fall.] 46 SELECTION OF LIBRARY MATERIALS 4 crs. Theory, principles and techniques of selection. An introduction to basic selection tools; analysis of book reviews and annotations. [3 lects., 1 disc. Spring.] UPPER DMSION COURSES 58 THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE 5 crs. Characteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. Extensive study of book lists, book talks, story-telling and a wide exposure to individual titles of books and related materials. Emphasis on preparation of papers and bibliographies. [3 lects. Fall.] 59 INTRODUCTION OF REFERENCE MATERIALS 4 crs. Intensive study of outstanding and useful reference books most frequently used by students and librarians; bibliographies, indexes, and periodical guides. Development of skills in the performance of reference duties of a librarian. Laboratory work. [3 lects. Winter.] W 75 THE HIGH SCHOOL LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE 5 crs. Survey and evaluation of library materials on the secondary level, with attention to their use in relation to school curricula as well as for personal interests and needs of young adults. Emphasis on preparation of papers and bibliographies. 13 lects. Prereq.: 45. Spring.] GEOGRAPHY 14 HUMAN GEOGRAPHY 4 crs. An introduction to the basic concepts and tools of geography followed by a survey of the distribution patterns to be found in our physical and human environment. [Winter, Spring.] DEPARTMENT OF MR. GRAY, chairman, MR. BERGSTROM, MR. BLY, MRS. BOLSTERLI, MRS. CHRISTENSEN, MR. DAHLEN, MRS. KARVONEN, MISS LILLEHEI, MRS. LIVINGSTON, MR. NICHOLL, MR. PALOSAARI, MISS PEDERSON, MR. SARGENT, MRS. TRAUTWEIN The aim of the Department of English is to develop the student's ability in oral and written expression, to increase his proficiency in reading and analyzing literature, to acquaint him with the English language and with the beginnings of Western literature and its development, especially in England and America, and to stimulate his appreciation and understanding of the fundamental human problems and situations revealed in great literature. The department prepares for the teaching of English in the elementary and secondary school and for graduate study. Major: 46 credits above 15, Encluding, 35, 45, 47, 61, 62, 84, plus one writing course above 15, one seminar, one modern literature course, and electives. Major for secondary teaching: 54 credits above 15, including course 55 in addition to those listed for the major. Writing course 31 required. Speech 12 or 52, or 55, and 60 or 66, as well as Library Science 75 are also required. Students preparing for graduate study should include 86, 88, and a t least one term of Independent Study. Proficiency in one or more foreign languages is recommended. Foreign languages most generally required for graduate study in English are Latin, German, French. Minor: 32 credits above 15, including 35, 45, 47 or 61 or 62, 84, plus one writing course above 15, one seminar course, and electives. Minor for secondary school teaching: 32 credits including course 31 for the writing course, and 55 in addition to those listed for the minor. Minor for elementary school teaching: 24 credits above 15, including 31, 35, 45, 55, and 47 or 61 or 62. Concerning English Proficiency: Juniors who do not have a satisfactory grade on the sophomore English Test must improve their use of English in preparation for a second test. The English Department will, upon request, advise the student how to direct his studies in preparation for the second test. Satisfactory completion of course 11 is prerequisite to 12; satisfactory completion of course 12 or 15 is prerequisite to all other English courses. 4 crs. H I I COMPOSITION AND LITERATURE The study of language and composition with emphasis on expository writing. Attention to correct usage, logical organization, reading and analysis of expository and narrative selections, especially the short story. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] E 12 COMPOSITION AND LITERATURE 5 crs. Continued stress on expository writing, including the reference paper, the study and analysis of drama, poetry, novel. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 15 COMPOSITION AND LITERATURE 5 crs. Honors course for students with high proficiency in English. Covers basically the material listed under 11 and 12 with more emphasis on critical analysis. Students completing this course meet the freshman English requirement by completing English 35 or 40 or 45. [Fall.] H 2 1 INTRODUCTION TO JOURNALISM 4 crs. A brief survey of the ethics and history of journalism, with emphasis on the techniques and practices in news, feature, and editorial writing. rWinter.1 H 3 1 EXPOSITORY WRITING 4 crs. A course in expository and argumentative writing, including reading analysis of selected models. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] H 32 CREATIVE WRITING 4 crs. Study of the techniques of descriptive and narrative writing, both prose and poetry. Class discussion and evaluation of the student's work. [Fall.] 35 THE CLASSICAL TRADITION 5 crs. Study of the works of selected Greek and Roman writers in the various genre, and the influence of the classical tradition on later Western literature. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 40 LITERARY CLASSICS 4 crs. Reading, analysis, discussion of selected European classics from the Renaissance to the Modern Age, chiefly non-English writers. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 45 MAJOR AMERICAN WRITERS 5 crs. Works of selected American writers from Colonial times to the present, noting their contribution to the historical development and the literary movements of American literature. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 47 MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE LITERATURE J UPPER DMSION COURSES The development of Western literature, chiefly British, from "Beowulf" to Shakespeare through study of significant works and their relation to the literary and historical context. [Prereq.: 35 or #. Fall, Spring.] . 55 INTRODUCTION TO MODERN ENGLISH 5 crs. I I I I ..,. .. I :3:. A study of modern English viewed from a historical perspective, with reading in recent linguistic studies. Designed to give the student an introduction to structural linguistics and a view of the development of the English language. [Spring.] 61 BRITISH LITERATURE, 16 16-1 800 5 crs. I .. Reading, analysis, and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical poets through Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. [Prereq. :47 or --. ,. 'II , #. Fall.] * 62 BRITISH LITERATURE OF THE NINETEENTH CENTURY 5 crs. .:, Study of the works of the major Romantic and Victorian poets, critics, essayists and novelists and of the major literary movements of the century. [Prereq. :61 or #. Winter.] 72 MODERN FICTION . 4 crs. Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly British and American, of the twentieth century. [Winter.] I I 74 MODERN POETRY 4 crs. Study of the work of selected twentieth century poets, chiefly British and American, with attention to recent criticism. [Spring.] 78 ADVANCED WRITING: PROSE AND POETRY " 4 crs. A course for students with demonstrated proficiency in writing. Assignments based on students' needs and interests. Class discussion of students' work. [Prereq. : 31 or 32 or #. Spring.] . -. I .,,, 9 > !:: ,I.>- < I W 80 THE BRITISH NOVEL 4 crs. Survey of the development of the novel in England through study of the work of selected major novelists from the eighteenth century to the present. [Winter, 1969-70.1 . 82 THE AMERICAN NOVEL 4 crs. A study of major and representative wokks of selected American novelists. [Winter, 196849.1 1 Study of ten or twelve major plays-comedies, histories, tragedieswith attention to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for reading and analysis. [Prereq.: 47. ' w . .+, Spring.] 86 MILTON >, 4, 5 crs. 84 SHAKESPEARE ; 3 t ;*; r: . 4 cr?. A study of major poems and selected prose with reference to the intellectual and historical background of Milton's works. [Prereq.: 61 I or #. Spring, 1968-69.1 - 88 CHAUCER - 4 crs. Study of Chaucer's works and language, with emphasis on "The Canterbury Tales." [Prereq. :47 or #. Spring, 1968-69.1 1 .,, 3 I -- 90, 91, 92 ENGLISH SEMINAR 3, 3 , 3, crs. Course 90, methods and problems of bibliography and research; 91, a major American or British writer; 92, studies in criticism. Open, with limited enrollment, to any junior or senior with permission of the instructor. 190, Fall. 91, Winter. 92, Spring.] 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY 2-5 crs. Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of B or above. Provides directed independent study in the area of the student's choice. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] As an aid to students who are handicapped in their college work by inefficient reading skills, Augsburg College offers a non-credit class in Improvement of Reading. The fee for the class is $25 per term. Arrangements to take the course must be made at the time of registration for the fall term. FRENCH AND GERMAN See under Department of Modern Languages. GEOGRAPHY See under Department of Education. GREEK See under Department of Classical Languages. DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND EDUCATION MR. ANDERSON, chairman, MISS ANDERSON, MR. NELSON, MISS OLSON, MR. PEARSON, MRS. PETERSON, MR. PFEFFER, MR. SAUGESTAD The aim of the Department of Health and Physical Education is to promote health and physical fitness through a well-rounded physical education program, to develop character and good sportsmanship, to further the worthy use of leisure time, and to provide an effective training program for prospective teachers of health and physical education. All students are required to take a physical examination as a part of the registration procedure before participating in any phase of the physical education program. One year of physical activities, course 1, 2, 3, is required of all students. Physical Education major: 40 credits including 11 or 13, 23, 31, 32, 43, 51, 52, 71, 72. Broad teaching major in Health and Physical Education: 68 credits including 10, 11 or 13, 23, 31, 32, 43, 50, 51, 52, 57, 59, 60, 71, 72, 73, Biol. 6, plus P.E. 82 for men, and Soc. 31 for women. Physical Education teaching major: 53 credits including 10, 11 or 13, 23, 31, 32, 43, 51, 52, 59, 71, 72, and Biol. 6. Physical Education teaching minor: 29 credits including 10, 23, 31, 32, 43, and 72. Health teaching minor: 31 credits including 10, 50, 51, 60, 73, and SOC. 31, and Biol. 6. Coaching endorsement: 25 credits including 10, 43, 51, 82, and Biol. 6. Coaches atering their first head-coaching assignment in Minnesota Public Schools are required to have at leas€ rz coaching endorsement In the field nf ph~~sical education. Sports included under this requirement are football, basketball, mack, hockey, w~estling,and baseball. 4 1 , 2, 3 PHYSICAL ACTIVITIES 1/3, 1/3, 1/3 crs. Two hours per week. Meets the general education requirement. [I, Fall. 2, Winter. 3, Spring.] 10 HEALTH AND FIRST AID 5 crs. Modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the individual and the community. Includes also the American Red Cross First Aid Course. [Winter, Spring.] I I , 13 SWIMMING AND AQUATICS I , I cr. Theory and practice in teaching swimming, life-saving and water safety. Open only to majors and minors. [2 hrs. per wk. 11, (Women), Fall. 13 (Men), Spring.] 23 TEAM SPORTS 5 crs. Theory and practice in teaching and officiating team sports. Separate sections for men and women. [lo hrs. per wk. Spring.] 4 3 1 INDIVIDUAL AND DUAL SPORTS 5 crs. Theory and practice in teaching individual and dual sports. Separate sections for men and women. 110 hrs. per week. Fall.] 4 32 RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES AND RHYTHMS 4 crs. Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet games, low organized games, noon-hour activities, camp nights, relays, modified games, simple rhythmic games, folk and square dancing. [8 hrs. per wk. Winter.] 43 HISTORY AND PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION 5 crs. History, principles, and philosophy of physical education. [Spring.] 50 INSTRUCTOR'S COURSE IN FIRST AID I cr. Methods and materials in teaching the American Red Cross First Aid Aid card. Winter.] Course. [Prereq.: Currently valid Standard -st 4 51 KlNESlOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE 6 crs. Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the action of the muscular system. The major effects of exercises upon the systems of the body. [5 lect. and 1hr. arr. Prereq. : I5ol. 6, Chem. 5. Fall.] 4 52 ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND EVALUATION 4 crs. Physical education for the exceptional child with special reference to the analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and the role of physical education. Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in physical education. [Winter.] 4 57 TEACHING OF HEALTH EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS 2 crs. Methods and materials. Offered in connection with course 5 under Department of Education. [Winter.] 59 TEACHING OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS 2 crs, Methods and materials. Offered in connection with course 59 under Department of Education. Separate sections for men and wcimen. [Spring.] UPPER DIVISION W 60 SCHOOL HEALTH EDUCATION CURRICULUM 4 crs. Curriculum content in a school health education program. [Fall.] W 7 1 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING 5 crs. Curriculum analysis and preparation. Administrative techniques and procedures. [Fall.] W 72 SELF-TESTING ACTIVITIES 4 crs. Theory and techniques of teaching stunts, tumbling, and special fitness activities. Men and women meet separately. C8 hrs. per wk. Winter.] W 73 ADMINISTRATION OF SCHOOL HEALTH EDUCATION PROGRAM Methods, techniques, and procedures. [Spring.] W 82 COACHING OF SPORTS 4 crs. Theory and techniques of coaching. Prevention and care of athletic injuries. [Winter.] W 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-3 crs. Directed intensive study in the area of Health Education or Physical Education. Open only to majors. DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY MR. CHRISLOCK, chairman, MR. GISSELQUIST, MR. GUSTAFSON, MR. HAUGE, MRS. JENSEN The Department of History aims to introduce students to the study of history as an intellectual discipline; to prepare students for s e c o n d w teaching and graduate work; to deepen students' undersfandiny 2nd appreciation of their own and other civilizations; and lo enhmce students' effectiveness as contributing members of society. Major: 49 credits. Minor: 33 credits. Both the major and minor require History 1, 2, 3, 21, 22, and 3 credits of seminar work. W 1 , 2, 3 WESTERN CIVILIZATION IN A WORLD SETTING 4, 4, 4 crs. Western civilization from its beginnings in the Ancient Near East to the present. Other great world civilizations and their relationship to the West are surveyed. Course 1 carries the survey to 1300; course 2, to 1815; and course 3, to the present, becomes a survey of world civilization. Students may take any one, any two, or all three courses. [All offered each term.] 5, 5 crs. W 21, 22 UNITED STATES HISTORY The development of the ideas, institutions, and culture of the American people. Special seminar for one additional credit for students selected for the honors program. C21, Fall, .Winter. 22, Winter, Spring.] W 25 SCANDINAVIAN HISTORY See under Department of Modern Languages. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 5 crs. W 55 TWENTIETH CENTURY UNITED STATES HISTORY 4 crs. Exploration in depth of such topics as the Progressive Movement, the New Deal, the background of WorM War I and World War 11, and the coming of the Cold War. (Prereq. : 22, Winter.) W 56 HISTORY OF AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY 4 crs. The relationship of ,foreign policy to general American development is stressed. [Prereq. :21 or 22. Spring.] 1 57 HISTORY OF SOUTH AND SOUTHEAST ASIA 4 crs. Modern period since 1800. Historical survey of cultural and political institutions. Expansion and consolidation of European power in the area, Western impact on non-European societies, nationalist movements and emergence of independent governments after World War TI. [Fall.] 1 6 1 ANCIENT HISTORY 4 crs. A cultural and political history of ancient civilizations and their contributions to modern cultures. [Fall.] 1 62 ENGLAND TO 17 14 Emphasis is placed on constitutional development. [Winter.] 4 crs. 66 EUROPE IN THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY 4 crs. The main emphases are: the study of this century as the most critical period in the emergence of the modern state; and the beginning of a secular and scientific world view. [Spring.] 68 CHINA AND JAPAN SINCE EARLY NINETEENTH CENTURY 4 crs. A study of the major domestic developments in, and foreign affairs of China and Japan. [Prereq.: 3 credits of Western Civilization or consent of instructor. Winter.] 1 71 EUROPE IN THE AGE OF REVOLUTION, 1780's t o 1850 4 crs. The period in which major revolutionary movements periodically erupted in Europe. Population movements and economic changes which contributed to the "isms" that articulated the demands for change. [Fall.] 1 74, 75 EXPANSION OF EUROPE 4, 4 crs. The spread of European people, ideas, and power into the non-Western world and the impact on non-Western peoples. Case studies from Africa, South America, and Asia are used to illustrate exploration, trading post empires, the plantation system, adaptation and rejection by nonEuropean peoples, colonization, and economic and territorial imperialism. [74, Winter. 75, Spring.] 1 82 TWENTIETH CENTURY EUROPE 4 crs. Europe from the outbreak of World War I to the present. [Fall.] 1 95 SEMINAR OR ADVANCED READINGS 3 crs. Topics will vary from year to year. Students may earn up to 9 credits in this course. [Prereq. : #. Fall, Winter, Spring.] LATIN See under Department of Classical Languages. LIBRARY SCIENCE See under Department of Education , DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS MR. GULDEN, chairman, MISS DURKEE, MR. FOLLINGSTAD, MRS.NAUCK The Department of Mathematics aims to develor, the student's knowledee and sk31 in the major branches of elementary and higher mathematics, an appreciation of its cultural and practical Galues, and the backgroud for teaching and for professional and graduate study. - - ~- - ---- Major: 24 credits above 43, including 58, 67, 72, 73, 83, 84. Teaching major: 32 credits above 43, including 58, 61, 64, 67, 72, 80, 83, 84. Recommended for those considering further study: 40 credits above 43, including 58, 61, 64, 67, 72, 73, 83, 84, 85, 92. . . . Minor: 12 credits above Math. 43. See under Curriculums for suggested course of study. 13, 14 INTRODUCTION TO COLLEGE MATHEMATICS 5, 5 crs. A liberal arts course in mathematics with an introduction to analytic geometry, abstract algebra, trigonometry, logic, statistics, differential and integral calculus. Primarily for students not intending further study of mathematics. [Prereq.: Higher Algebra and CEEB placement. 13, Fall, Winter. 14, Winter, Spring.] 40 MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS I 5 crs. An introduction to the concepts and terminology of mathematical analysis through the areas of algebra, logic, functions, systems. Students may not receive credit for this course if they have credit for 13, 14 (or 19). [Prereq.: Higher Algebra, Trig, and CEEB placement. Fall.] 41, 42, 43 MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS 11, Ill, IV 5, 5, 5 crs. (Calculus1 Topics of the elements of plane and solid analytic geometry integrated with differential and integral calculus including calculus of several variables, applications, and series. [Prereq.: 40, or #. 41, Winter. 42, Spring. 43, Fall.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES . 56 BASIC CONCEPTS OF ARITHMETIC 4 crs. Presents the patterns of mathematics underlying arithmetic and geometry. Emphasis is placed on the inductive techniques of discovery of such patterns. Includes the ideas of modern elementary school mathema. tics curricula. Primarily for elementary education majors. [Fall.] 58 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 4 crs. Ordinary differential equations with applications, series solutions, systems of differential eguations ; solution by special transforms ; numerical methods ; and an intrduction to partial differential equations. [Prereq. : 43. Winter.] . 61 LINEAR ALGEBRA 4 crs. A course intended to aid in making the transition from the concrete to the abstract. Such topics as elementary matrix algebra and its application to the physical and social sciences; linear equations; vector spaces and linear transformations ; unitary and orthogonal transformations ; the characteristic equation of a matrix and bilinear, quadratic, and Hermitian forms are presented. [Prereq. :43. FaU.] W 64 MODERN GEOMETRY 4 crs. An analytic study of advanced Euclidean, projective, non-Euclidean, and finite geometries. An introduction to the geometry of transformations of the plane. [Prereq.: 43. Spring.] W 67 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS 4 crs. An analytic study of probability, distribution, random sampling estimation of parameters, central limit theorem, tests of hypotheses, regression, and other topics in statistics. Calculus and set theory are stressed as tools for modern mathematical approach. [Prereq.: 43. Spring.] W 72, 73 MODERN ALGEBRA 4, 4 crs. The basic algebraic systems presented from an abstract point of view. Topics include the theory of groups, rings, fields, vector spaces and modules, and linear transformations. A development of the real and complex number systems. [Prereq.: 43. 52, Winter. 73, Spring.] W 80 FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS 4 crs. The underlying structure of mathematics considering set theory, mathematical logic and the axiomatic method. Applications are made to various branches of mathematics such as number theory, algebra, geometry, and topology. [Prereq. : 43, Winter.] 83, 84, 85 ADVANCED CALCULUS 4, 4, 4 crs. Considers the fundamental notions of calculus for functions of several variables. A treatment of differentiable forms and manifolds in ndimensional Euclidean space as well as a more traditional vector analysis approach. Stress is placed on the theory of functions of real and complex variables especially during the last term. [Prereq.: 43. 83, Fall. 84, Winter. £5, Spring.] W 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY 2-5 crs. Student chooses an area to study independently; meets with a mathematics faculty member at least one h w ~ rper week. [Prereq.: 73 and 85. Fall, Winter, Spring.] COMPUTER SCIENCE 45 COMPUTER SCIENCE 4 crs. Theory of modern digital computers. Terms such as algorithms, flow charts, storage, control, input-output units, and simulation are defined. Includes a survey of computer applications. A particular computer language is presented and used to solve a variety of problems. [Prereq.: Math. 42, Fall term. None, Winter. Fall, Winter.] MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY MAJOR See under Curriculums I* MR. LANDA, chairman, MISS AASKOV, MISS ANDERSON, MRS. BALTINA, MRS. BONDEVIK, MRS. CAIRNS, MR. CREPEAU, MR. HANSEN, MRS. JAUNLININS, MRS. JOHNSON, MRS. KINGSLEY, MISS ROZENTALS, MR. SANDVEN, MR. WHITESIDE The Department of Modern Languages seeks to give the student a knowledge of a modern language: its pronunciation, its structure, and its idiomatic expression, in terms of listening, speaking, reading and writing skills. At the same time it aims to develop in the student a sympathetic interest in the history and life of the people whose language he is learning, transmitting the best of their literary, cultural and religious heritage. DEPARTMENT OF MODERN LANGUAGES The department prepares specifically for communication skills, for teaching at the junior and senior high school level, and for graduate study. The beginning and intermediate courses of a second modern language are needed for graduate study. Two terms of Latin are also recommended. Students may not receive credit for both 3, 4 and 5, 6 in the same language. FRENCH Major: 30 credits above 6 including 55, 72, 74, 84; and two of 56, 57, 63, 64, at least one of which must be 63 or 64. . Minor: 15 credits above 6 including 55 and any two of 56, 57, 63, 64, 84. 1 , 2 BEGINNING FRENCH 5, 5 crs. Provides basic experience in understanding, speaking and reading French with oral and writing practice in the basic structural patterns of the language, both in class and in laboratory assignments. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 3 , 4 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH 4, 4 crs. C<)r.tinui.s traininp in ii~tral-oral skills, structure of the language and reading cnmprchrnsior? that will lead to cultural appreciation and the reading h~.xrledgrnccded for general pursuits. Grammar review, selectcd rcndinz and Ia h(:ri.:itl)?y practice included. [Prereq. : 2 or equiv. Fall, . . Winter, Spring.] 5, 6 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH 4, 4 crs. Continues training in comprehension, conversation and reading skills with grammar review as a means to accuracy and facility in oral and written expression. Class discussion, selected reading, and laboratory material with cultural emphasis. Required for continuing study in French. [Prereq. : 2 or UPPER DIVISION COURSES # .5, Fall. 6, Winter.] 55 FRENCH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 5 crs. Thorough practice in correct oral and written expression with the aims of both fluency and facility. Classroom and laboratory emphases on vocabulary enrichment, organization of materials, accuracy of pronunciation and grammatical refinement. Required for majors and minors. [Prereq. :6 or # .Fall.] 56, 57 FRENCH CIVILIZATION 5, 5 crs. The development of political, social, intellectual and artistic movements and their outstanding manifestations as essential to the understanding of the French people. Readings, lectures, reports, discussions and laboratory materials in French. [Prereq.: 6 or permission of instructor. Spring. Offered on demand.] 63, 64 SURVEY OF FRENCH LITERATURE 5, 5 crs. The study of major French authors and literary movements in France, with the reading of whole literary works where possible. Lectures, disn required cussion, oral and written reports in the language. On for the major. [Prereq. :55 or #.I I H 72 THE FRENCH NOVEL 5 crs. Significant and representative French novels that show the evolution of this prose form to the present. Emphasis on literary works with lecture, discussion, reports in the language. [Prereq.: 55, and 64 or #. Spring, 1969.1 74 THE FRENCH DRAMA 5 crs. Significant and representative French plays that show the evolution of this genre from the classical to the modern period. Emphasis on the literary works with lectures, discussion. reports in the language. [Prereq. : 55, 63 or # . Spring, 1970.1 84 ADVANCED FRENCH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 5 crs. Extensive training in accurate and effective speech and writing, with attention in listening and reading to the characteristic levels of French expression. Emphasis on refinement in style, organizational techniques, variety in form and subject. For majors and those intending to teach French. [Prereq.: 55, and 57 or #. Junior or senior standing. Fall.] H 92 FRENCH SEMINAR 4 crs. Study in depth of an author, topic or genre in French literature for advanced students. Discussion and papers in French. May substitute for 72 or 74. [Prereq.: 55, 63, 64 or #. Junior or senior standing. Winter, on demand.] H 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN FRENCH 2-5 crs. Individual study of a topic, movement, genre of interest to the advanced student. May serve to replace 72 or 74. No more than 3 credits may be earned in a given term. [Prereq. : 55, 63, 64 or #. Fall, Winter, Spring.] GERMAN 0 Major: 30 credits above 6, including 55, 72, 74, 84, and any two of 56, 57, 63, 64. At least one of 63, 64 recommended. Minor: 15 credits above 6, including 55, and any two of 56, 57, 63, 64. 1 , 2 BEGINNING GERMAN 5 , 5 crs. Provides basic experience in speaking, understanding, and reading the German language, and comprehension of its structure through the acquisition of basic patterns of expression. Laboratory experience in the language is an integral part of the course. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] H 3, 4 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN 4, 4 crs. A terminal course for students not intending to continue in German. Provides a foundation for reading knowledge adequate for cultural and professional purposes. Some experience in oral expression and understanding of spoken German. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. Fall, Winter, Spring.] 4, 4 crs. H 5 , 6 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN Continued conversation and composition to further comprehension and facility in expression. Selected readings for class discussion in the foreign language, with cultural emphasis. Laboratory work required. [Prereq. : 2 or equiv. 5, Fall. 6, Winter.] H 55 GERMAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSlTlON 5 crs. Intensive practice in the spoken word, with emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Audio-oral exercises in language laboratory. Required for teachers, majors, and minors. [Prereq.: 6 or equiv. Fall.] UPPERD~VISION COURSES 56, 57 GERMAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE 5, 5 crs. Topics dealing with the intellectual, geographic, artistic, and scientific history of the German-speaking countries, including attention to contemporary developments. Class discussions and lectures supplemented with demonstration materials. Taught in German. [Prereq.: 55, or #. 56, Winter. 57, Spring. Offered on demand.] 63,64 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE 5, 5 crs. From the beginning to modern times. Reading of significant authors in German, supplemented by lectures on the history and development of German literature and culture. Reports and discussion of selected works. For majors and minors. Taught in German. [Prereq.: 55 or equiv., or#. 63, Winter. 64, Spring. Offered on demand.] 72 GERMAN NOVEL AND NOVELLE 5 crs. Reading in German and discussion of well-known prose writers representing various periods and movements in German literature. Especially for majors. [Prereq.: Any two of 56, 57, 63, 64, or equiv. Spring, 1968-69.1 74 GERMAN DRAMA 5 crs. Reading in German and class discussion of outstanding dramatic works in the various representative periods (classical, 19th century, naturalism, impressionism, expressionism.) Especially for majors. [Prereq.: Any two of 56, 57, 63, 64, or equiv. Spring, 1969-70.1 84 ADVANCED GERMAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 5 crs. This course aims to give the major and prospective teacher more intensive training in oral expression, with stylistic refinement and organizational practice in writing. Laboratory work required. [Prereq. : 55. Fall.] 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY 2-5 crs. May serve as substitute for German 72 or 74, if necessary. I t is suggested that no student register for all five credits within one term. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] SCANDINAVIAN STUDIES Major: 30 credits above 6, including 25, 26, 55, 72, 74, 84. Minor: 19 credits above 6. Teaching minor: 19 credits, including 55, 72 or 74, 84. 1 , 2 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN 5, 5 crs. Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading, and writing. Stress on spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Laboratory work and regular class attendance expected. [I, Fall, Winter, Spring. 2, Winter, Spring.] 3, 4 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN 4, 4 crs. A terminal course for students not intending to continue with Nor- wegian language study. Vocabulary building and study of syntax through extensive readings in Norwegian literature. Some experience in oral expression. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. 3, Fall. 4, Winter.] 5, 6 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN 4, 4 crs. Continued conversation and composition to further comprehension and facility of expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used as basis for class discussion and exercises. Brief literature survey. Laboratory work expected. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. 5, Fall. 6, Winter.] 25 SCANDINAVIAN HISTORY 5 crs. A survey of the history of Norden, including Finland and Iceland, with particular attention given to the historical development of political democracy. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. [Fall, 1969-10.1 26 MODERN SCANDINAVIA 5 crs. A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with special emphasis on con- ditions and developments in the twentieth century. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable but not required. [Spring, 1969-70.1 55 NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 5 crs. Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Some attention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and to differences between the two official languages of Norway. Laboratory work expected. [Prereq.: 6 or equiv. Spring.] 62 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC 4 crs. See description under Department of Music. This course may substitute for 25 or 26 for the major or minor by permission of the department chairman. [Spring.] 72 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL 5 crs. Lectures will give a survey of the Scandinavian novel. Class discussion based on assigned reading of selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerlef, Par Lagerkvist, Knut Hamsun, Haldor Laxness, and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required to do assigned readings and written work in the Norwegian language. [Fall, 196849.1 UPPER DIVISION COURSES . . . 74 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA 5 crs. Assigned readings will include dramatic works by Ibsen, Bjernson, Strindberg, Lag-erkvist, Munk. and other twentieth centurv dramatists. Lectures will stress 1bsen and Strindberg. Knowledge of aUscandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required to do assigned readings and written \vork in the Norwegian language. [Spring, 196849.1 84 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 5 crs. Further intensive training in oral and written expression in Norwegian. Some attention given to the other Scandinavian languages and to the historical development of Norwegian. Laboratory work. Required for all majors and teaching minors. [Prereq.: 55 or equiv. Fall, 1969-10.1 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-5 crs. This is primarily intended as an enrichment course, though it may serve as a substitute for 72 or 74 under special conditions. Paper must be written in Norwegian. Available any term to majors and minors. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] SPANISH Major: 30 credits above 6, including 55, 72 or 74,' 84; and any two of 56, 57, 63, 64, of which at least one must be 63 or 64. . Minor: 15 credits above 6, including 55, and any two of 56, 57, 63, 64, 84. 1 , 2 BEGINNING SPANISH 5, 5 crs. Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading and writing of elementary Spanish. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 3, 4 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH . . . . 4, 4 crs. Grammar review with emphasis toward reading comprehension and cultural appreciation. Further laboratory work. [Prereq. : 2 or equiv. 3, Fall, Spring. 4, Fall, Winter.] 5, 6 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH 4, 4 crs. Continued conversation, composition, and review of grammar to further comprehension and facility in expression in Spanish. Further laboratory work. Required for the major and minor. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. 5, Fall, Winter. 6, Winter, Spring.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES 55 SPANISH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 5 crs. Thorough oral and written practice in correct expression with the aims of fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Extensive laboratory work. [Prereq. : 6 or equiv. Fall.] 56 SPANISH CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE 5 crs. Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish contribution to world civilization through its historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic movements.. In Spanish. [Prereq.: 6 or equiv. Winter or Spring. Offered on demand.] 57 REPRESENTATIVE HISPANIC AMERICAN AUTHORS 5 crs. An introduction to Spanish American literature. Lectures, discussions, written and oral reports in the language. [Prereq.: 6 or equiv. Winter or Spring. Offered on demand.] 63, 64 SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE 5, 5 crs. A study of representative authors in Spanish literature, supplemented by lectures on the literary movements and development of Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion, written and oral reports in the language. Laboratory work. [Prereq.: 55 or equiv. 63, Winter. 64, Spring. Offered on demand.] 72 SPANISH NOVEL 5 crs. Study of the outstanding novelists of the nineteenth and twentieth century in Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. [Prereq.: 63 or 64, or equiv. Fall, 1968.1 74 SPANISH DRAMA 5 crs. Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature in Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. [Prereq.: 63 or 64 or equiv. Fall, 1969.1 W 84 ADVANCED SPANISH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 5 crs. Aims to give an extensive training in oral expression, organizational practice in writing with stylistic refinement. Appreciation of differences in speech existent in the Spanish-speaking countries. Laboratory work required. For majors and those intending to teach Spanish. [Prereq.: 55. Spring.] 92 SEMINAR . 4 crs. Study in depth of an author, topic or genre in Spanish or Hispanic American literature. Discussion and papers in Spanish. May substitute for Spanish 72 or 74. [Prereq.: 63 or 64 and Junior standing. Winter. Offered upon demand.] 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY 2-5 crs. Individual study of an author, theme or movement of interest to the student. May substitute for Spanish 72 or 74. It is suggested that no student register for all five credits within one term. [Prereq.: 63 or 64. Fall, Winter, Spring.] MR. SATEREN, chairman, MR. BEVERLY, MR. COAN, MR. EKLOF, MR. GABRIELSEN, MISS HENNIG, MR. JOHNSON, MR. KARLEN, MRS. MOEN, MR. NIELSEN, MR. SAVOLD, MRS. THUT, MR. VUICICH The Department of Music offers training to students who wish to become teachers of music, directors of choral and instrumental ensembles, or who are primarily interested in performance, as well as preparation for those who expect to pursue the study of music on the graduate level. General instruction is afforded other students who wish to broaden their cultural background with an understanding of and appreciation for the music of the masters. Through its performing organizations, both choral and instrumental, the department gives all students of the college varied experiences in creating music as a participant. Further enriching the program are opportunities, open to all students of the college, for private instrumental and vocal instruction with professionally qualified teachers. DEPARTMENT OF MUSIC Major: 68 credits. Courses 1 through 22, 50 or 53, 54, 57, 58, 60-62, and 76; 12 credits in applied music, and two years a s a member of one of the college music organizations. ,q.+(5IL, t ,I . - -Teaching major: 57 credits. Courses 1 through 22, 50 or 53, 54, 58, 60, and 61; 9 credits in applied music, and two years a s a member of one ; of the college music organizations. " Minor: 27 credits. Courses 1 - 3 , 20, 57, and 4 elective credits; 3 credits in applied music, and one year as a member of one of the college music o~ganizations. One public performance in their area of specialization is required of majors during either the junior or senior year. This requirement may be fulfilled by satisfactory participation in the bimonthly Performance Workshops. Formal public recitals are encouraged and, upon recommendation of the department, may be given in fulfillment of the requirement. Sophomores, juniors and seniors a r e required to attend the bimonthly Performance Workshops. Freshmen a r e encouraged to attend. All majors and minors are required to pass a piano proficiency exarnination by the end of the sophomore year. I t includes: ( a ) major and harmonic minor scales with triads and inversions, played two octaves, ascending and descending, hands together and with correct fingering, a t moderate speed and from memory: (b) a Bach two-part invention or a classical sonata; (c) a romantic or modern piece showing expression; and (d) sight reading pieces of hymn-tune grade. One of the pieces ( b or c) must be played from memory. During his junior and senior years, a student who has been certified as a music major by the Department of Music is given required applied music lessons in the area of his concentration without extra cost provided such study is with a member of the Augsburg College music faculty. The total of applied music credits earned under this provision may not exceed six. See under Curriculums for suggested courses of study. l THEORY l 4 crs. Principles of notation, major and minor scales, intervals, lriads and rhythms, and their application in written exercises; aural skills, sight reading, dictation, and part-singing. [5 lect. Prereq.: Passing theory entrance test. Fall.] 2 THEORY 2 5 crs. The use of scales, intervals, and chord formations in written exercises. Harmonization of figured and unfigured bass and melody. [Prereq.: 1. Winter.] 3 THEORY 3 4 crs. Sixteenth century vocal counterpoint with examples from the music of Palestrina and di Lasso. Writing two-, three-, and four-part polyphony in the church modes. [Prereq.: 2. Spring.] 20 THEORY 4 4 crs. Advanced work in harmonization; modulation, advanced chord progressions, suspensions, retardations, and ornaments of music. [Prereq.: 3. Fall.] 21 THEORY 5 4 crs. Eighteenth century counterpoint with examples from the music of J. S. Bach; synthesis of tonal harmonic and contrapuntal writing. Writing two- and three-part inventions, a four-voice fugue, and a chorale prelude. [Prereq. : 20. Winter.] 22 THEORY 6 4 crs. Form and structure in music; harmonic analysis. [Prereq.: 21. Spring.] 30 INTRODUCTION TO THE FINE ARTS 4 crs. The development of music from 1600 to the present through the study of selected works of great composers from each period. Emphasis is placed upon relationships between music and the other fine arts. Participation in the cultural life of the community leading towards appreciation and criticism. For the non-music major. [Winter, 1968-69. Fall, Spring, 1964-101. 50 CHORAL TECHNIQUE 4 crs. UPPER DIVISION Fundamentals of voice culture as related to choral ensemble; methods, COURSES materials, and techniques. [Spring.] 53 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE 4 crs. Class instruction in the techniques of playing reed and string instruments. [Fall.] 54 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE 4 crs. Class instruction in the techniques of playing brass and percussion instruments. [Winter.] 57 CONDUCTING 3 crs. Techniques of conducting, preparation of and conducting choral scores, organization and administration of choral ensembles. [3 double periods. Prereq.: 22 or #. Winter.] 1 58 CONDUCTING 3 crs. Preparation of and conducting instrumental and combined vocal-instrumental scores, organization and administration of instrumental ensembles. [3 double periods. Prereq.: 57 or #. Spring.] 60 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC 5 crs. Music of the Renaissance, Baroque, and Classical eras. [Fall.] 1 6 1 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC 4 crs. Music of the Romantic and Modern eras. [Winter.] 1 62 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC The music of Scandinavia since 1700. [Spring.] 4 crs. 1 70 HYMNS AND MUSIC OF THE CHURCH 4 crs. Development of the music of the Christian church, with special attention to the Protestant heritage. Designed for the general student as well as for organists, choir directors, and pre-theological students. [Fall.] 1 76 ORCHESTRATION AND CHORAL ARRANGING 4 crs. The craft of orchestrating and arranging music for instrumental and vocal ensembles of varying sizes and types. [4 1ect.-labs., 1 disc. Prereq.: 22, 53, 54, 58. Fall.] 1 87 PERFORMANCE WORKSHOP 0 cr. Student recitals affording opportunity for public performance. Acquaints students with a repertoire of musical excellence. [Two evenings per month. Fall, Winter, Spring.] APPLIED MUSIC Vocal and instrumental instruction is available to all students. Credit for the first term of lessons is given to majors and minors only after completion of. the second term in the same area with the same teacher. Others receive one credit for ten thirty-minute lessons per term. Occasional lessons are available without credit. For statement of fees see under Financial Information. 1 PIANO I cr. Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, accompanying. Only those credits earned in piano after the piano proficiency examination has been passed may be applied toward the music major or minor. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 1 ORGAN I cr. Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, hymn-playing, accompanying. [Prereq.: Basic piano technique and #. Fall, Winter, Spring.] 1 VOICE I cr. Correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, breath control, flexibility, ear-training a s needed, interpretation of song classics-both sacred and secular. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 1 WOODWIND INSTRUMENTS, BRASS INSTRUMENTS, STRING INSTRUMENTS I cr. Technique as needed, repertoire, performance. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS The musical organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music student, but for any student of the college who wishes to participate in groups affording opportunity for musical expression. Membership for the full year is required of participants. CHOIR Membership is by audition and restricted to 65 singers. [4 rehearsals per wk. Fall, Winter, Spring.] CONCERT BAND Membership is by audition. [4 rehearsals per wk. Fall, Winter, Spring.] ORCHESTRA Membership is by audition. 13 rehearsals per wk. Fall, Winter, Spring.] CHORAL CLUB, REPERTOIRE BAND, SYMFONIA, INSTRUMENTAL ENSEMBLES Membership is by audition or consent of director. C2 rehearsals per wk. Fa, Winter, Spring.] MR. SANDIN, chairman, MR. BATLEY, MR. CHRISTENSON, MR. JOHNSRTJD The department of philosophy conceives its task as an instructional department in a liberal arts college to be twofold: (1)to make a significant cmnlribution to the liberal education of all students regardless of their colIege major; and (2) to provide a strong undergraduate program of study for st~rdcnts who desire to complete a major or minor in philosophy. Major: 46 credits, including 41, 42, 43; either 23 or 51; and either 81 or 4 credits of 99. Minor: 32 credits, including 41, 42, 43, and either 23 or 51. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 21 PROBLEMS OF PHILOSOPHY 4 crs. Seeks to give the student a basic understanding of the nature and aims of philosophy, an acquaintance with some of its central problems, and a mastery of the terminology employed in philosophical discussion. Designed to meet the General Education requirement in philosophy. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY relativism, naturalism, etc.; or problems, such as the nature of the 23 LOGIC 5 crs. A study of the formal rules of sound reasoning. Topics discussed include: the nature and functions of language; fallacies in reasoning; definition; principles of deductive reasoning; induction; a brief introduction to the notation of modern symbolic logic. [Fall, Spring.] 41 ANCIENT AND EARLY MEDIEVAL 4 crs. A historical survey of the outstanding men and movements in the development of philosophical thought from the Greeks through St. Thomas Aquinas. [Prereq.: 21 or #. Fall.] 42 LATE MEDIEVAL AND EARLY MODERN 4 crs. A survey course in which the development of Western philosophical thought is traced from the breakdown of the Medieval synthesis to the systems of Kant and Hegel. [Prereq.: 21 or #. Winter.] I 43 RECENT AND CONTEMPORARY A survey of the most important trends in Western philosophical thought in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. [Prereq.: 21 or #. Spring.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES W 5 1 SYMBOLIC LOGIC Treats deduction and the analysis of statements by means of special symbols. Topics include propositional functions and quantifiers, the logic of relations, the concept of an axiom system. [Prereq.: #. Winter.] I 61 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION An inquiry into the nature of religious faith and experience, with special attention to the problem of the nature of religious language. [Fall, 196849.1 63 PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE A stcdy of the meaning, methods, and implications of modern science by means of an analysis of basic concepts, presuppositions and procedures. [Prereq.: 23 or #. Winter.] m 65 AMERICAN PHILOSOPHY American philosophical thought from colonial times to the present. Puritanism, and Revoluntionary period, transcendentalism, idealism, pragmatism, naturalism, and realism. [Fall.] 71 ETHICS An inquiry into the principles of morals and ethics, the nature of moral experience, and an analysis of the language of ethical discourse. [Winter, 1968-69.1 73 METAPHYSICS An inquiry into the nature of metaphysics, the function of metaphysical language, and an examination of major historical and contemporary views. [Prereq. : # Winter, 1969-70.1 . 75 EPISTEMOLOGY An inquiry into the bases of claims to knowledge of various sorts and into the possibility of general criteria of truth and falsity. [Prereq.: #. Fall, 1969-70.1 + '3, '! 'M. 1 2 1, 2 2 , 2 3 GENERAL PHYSICS 5, 5, 5 crs. A rigorous study of the concepts of mechanics, fluids, heat, sound, optics, electricity, and magnetism, and some aspects of modern physics. For majors in physics and other specified fields. Must be taken in sequence. [5 hrs. 1ect.-recit., 2 hrs. lab. Prereq.: Math. 41. 21, Fall. 22, Winter. 23, Spring.] 1 5 1 , 52 MECHANICS 4, 4 crs. The classical equations of motion are presented for a single particle, a system of particles, and for rigid bodies. Stationary and moving frames of reference are used. Must be taken in sequence. [Prereq.: 23, Math. 58. 51, Fall. 52, Winter.] 1 53 MECHANICS 4 crs. A restatement of classical mechanics employing Lagrange's equations. Rigid body mechanics and small oscillations are included. [Prereq.: 52, Math. 58. Spring.] 61 ELECTRONICS 5 crs. A review of D.C. and A.C. circuits bef&e introducing the electron tube and some circuit applications. The study of solid state diodes and transistors with applications to certain circuits. [4 lect., 2 hrs. lab. Prereq. : 23, Math. 43. Fall.] 1 62, 63 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM 4, 4 crs. Treats the classical electromagnetic theory using vector calculus throughout. Topics include electrostatics, magnetostatics, solutions of Laplace's and Poisson's equations and the use of Maxwell's equations to the solution of problems in electromagnetic wave phenomena. [Prereq.: 61, Math. 58. 62, Winter. 63, Spring.] 70 OPTICS 5 crs. Both geometrical and physical optics are presented with the greater emphasis on the latter. Reflection and refraction, interference, diffraction and polarization. 14 lect., 2 hrs. lab. Prereq.: 23, Math. 43. Spring.] 1 75 MODERN PHYSICS 4 crs. A phenomenological introduction to modern physics that includes the Special Theory of Relativity, atomic theory, radiation, particles and nuclear models. [Prereq.: 23, Math. 43. Fall.] I cr. 1 77 ADVANCED PHYSICS LABORATORY Independent laboratory investigations. Numerous experiments including mechanics, electricity, spectroscopy, nuclear physics. Students may take this course five times for credit with the last term devoted to some research project. [3 hrs. per wk. Prereq.: 23. Fall, Winter, Spring.] 1 8 1 , 82 THERMAL PHYSICS 4,4 crs. Study of thermal properties, using as illustrative material the properties of gases, low temperature phenomena, and Curie's law substances. Three main divisions : classical thermodynamics, kinetic theory, and an introduction to statistical mechanics. [Prereq.: 52, Math. 84. 81, Fall. 82, Winter.] 1 83 INTRODUCTION TO SOLID STATE PHYSICS 4 crs. A study of the physical properties of solids, particularly the properties exhibited by atoms and molecules by virtue of their location in a regular crystal lattice. [Prereq.: 82, Math. 84. Spring.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES DEPARTMENT OF POLITICAL SCIENCE MR. STENSHOEL, chairman, MR. DEWEY, MRS. NOONAN .4ugsburg's offerings in political science are intended 10 facilitate an undersianding of the processes, concepts, and insliitltions of governance : to probide an intelIectua1 basis for effective and informed citizenship; and to help prepare interested students lor additional work at the graduate or pr'ufessiona! level, in such areas as lax\-, politicdl science, public administradon, and internationa1 rel?.tions. Major: 45 credits in political science, plus 5 credits in Social Statistics (Soc. 6l). PoUticnl science courses required include 20, 21, 22, and at least one course in each of the follo~\-ingareas: Comparative Government (nunlhered in the 30's) : International Relations (60's); Public Law (70's) ; and Politicxl Theoq- (80's). Minor: 27 credits, including 20, 21, 22; and at least one course in each of three of the four areas indicated above. A maximum of nine credits toward a political science major may be earned from among certain specific courses offered by the departments of history and economics. For information, see the Chairman of the Department of Political Science. . Course 20, 21, or 22 will meet the general education requirement in political science or economics. 20 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT I: FOUNDATIONS OF AMERICAN DEMOCRACY 5 crs. The nature, assumptions, and conditions of democratic politics in the United States. Historical, economic, social, and constitutional factors are considered, as well as the roles of political parties and interest groups. The American system is compared briefly with democratic and nondemocratic alternatives. [Winter.] 2 1 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT II: AMERICAN NATIONAL GOVERNMENT 5 crs. The Presidency, Congress, and the Supreme Court as instruments of conflict and consensus in the American political system. The role of the national government is examined in the context of social and economic interdependence and of ideological and pragmatic conflict. [Spring.] 22 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT Ill: STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENT; PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 5 crs. Problems and patterns of state and local government, including urban and metropolitan development and intergovernmental relationships. Public administration is introduced from several perspectives : as discipline, as political process, as concrete expression of the positive state. [Fall.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES . 50 COMPARATIVE DEMOCRATIC GOVERNMENTS 4 crs. A comparative analysis of the respective political theories, institutions, and processes of selected democratic states. [Prereq.: 20, 21, or 22, or #. Winter.] 5 1 CONTEMPORARY COMMUNIST GOVERNMENTS 4 crs. The political processes of the Soviet Union and other Communist states are analyzed in terms of ideological assumptions, the party role and institutional forms. [Prereq. : 20,21, or 22, or #. Fall.] t:; I --. I.'. 60 INTERNATIONAL POLITICS 4 crs. General theories of international politics, the basic factors involved in international relations, and the formulation of foreign policy as background for study of recent international problems. [Prereq.: 20, 21, or 22, or #. Fall.] 62 COMMUNIST FOREIGN POLICIES 4 crs. Analysis of the motivation, formulation, and implementation of foreign policies of Communist nations, with emphasis upon the Soviet Union and China. [Prereq. : 51 or 60. Spring.] 70 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I 4 crs. The legal-political-philosophical role of the judiciary in the American constitutional system is analyzed via a study of significant cases decided by the U.S. Supreme Court. [Prereq.: 10 credits En American Govt. or #. Winter.] 71 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II 4 crs. A continuation cf course 70, emphasizing the protections afforded individ~lclrigh:s and liberties m d e r the Bill of Rights and the Fourteenth Amendment. [Prereq. : 70. Spring.] 80 POLITICAL THOUGHT TO 1800 4 crs. Analysis of selected readings from outstanding political philosophers from Plato thrmgh Burke. rmphasis is placed upon elements reflected in Western democratic thought. [Fall.] 8 1 RECENT POLITICAL THOUGHT 4 crs. Conflicting ideologies of recent political thinkers, including anarchist, Communist, elitist, and democratic views. [Winter.] 84 CONTEMPORARY POLITICAL ANALYSIS 4 crs. An investigation of the theory-building and model-building of selected contemporary political scientists, and of their ohiloso~hicaland methodological assumptions. For majors in politicai science. [Spring.] 9 5 SEMINAR 3 crs. Consult department chairman for information concerning terms and subject matter. [Prereq. : # .] 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Registration by special permission. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 2-5 crs. DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY MRS. DYRUD, chairman, MRS. ANDEREGG, MR. HOLMAN, MRS. H O W A R D The objectives of this department are: (1)to acquaint the student with the princivles and methods in the scientific studv of behavior: and (21 to enable ihe student to better understand the pr;ce&es which influence behavior. Emphasis is on the study of human behavior. M a j o r : 36 credits, tncluding 5, 59, 61, 62, 64, 81, 91, and 99. In addition, Soc. 61 i s required. M i n o r : 24 credits including 5, 59, and 87. 5 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY 5 crs. A study of basic processes underlying behavior. The general principles and methods of psychology are examined as they apply to the many areas of specialization in psychology. [Prereq.: So. o r #. Fall, Winter, Spring.] 7 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY SEMINAR I cr. Offered in connection with course 5 for one additional credit. I t includes advanced readings and discussion on general psychology topics. . [Prereq.: UPPER DIVISION COURSES #. Fall, Winter, Spring.] 50 EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY 4 crs. See under Secondary Education. 5 1 D E V E L O P M E N T A L PSYCHOLOGY: CHILD 4 crs. Development of personality and/or behavior of children, with emphasis on theoretical considerations and empirical findings regarding socialization, cognition, family relationships, and general psychological development. [Prereq.: 5 and concurrent registration in o r completion of statistics. Fall.] 52 DEVELOPMENTAL P S Y C H O L O G Y : ADOLESCENT 4 crs. Development of personality and/or behavior patterns of adolescents, with emphasis on theory and empirical findings regarding physical and sexual development, parent-child relationships, identity and the peer group, cognitive development and achievement, and social class differences. [Prereq. : 5 and concurrent registration in o r completion of . statistics. Winter.] 53 DEVELOPMENTAL P S Y C H O L O G Y : ADULT 4 crs. Development of personality and/or behavior patterns of adults, with special emphasis on young adults. Some theory and empirical findings regarding personality, values, interests and vocational choice, sexuality, adjustment and behavior change. A brief discussion of findings in geriatric psychology. [Prereq.: 5 a n d concurrent registration in o r completion of statistics. Spring.] . 55 HUMAN GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT 4 crs. See under Elementary Education. 4 crs. 59 P S Y C H O L O G I C A L M E A S U R E M E N T I Theory and principles of measurement and testing. Examination given to the purposes, construction and use of measurement devices in personnel work of business and industry. [Prereq.: 5, a n d Soc. 61. Fall.] 4 crs. 60 PSYCHOLOGICAL MEASUREMENT II Administration and interpretation of standardized tests of intelligence, aptitude, interest, achievement and personality. Special emphasis given to the use of the Revised Stanford-Binet and Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale in supervised practice situations. [Prereq. : 59. Winter.] - H 6 1 PERSONALITY I: APPROACHES TO PERSONALITY 4 crs. A shtdy of the dynamics of human adjustment with emphasis on behavior that customarily falls within the normal range. Includes an introduction to major theories of personality. [Prereq.: 5. Fall.] 62 PERSONALITY II: ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY 4 crs. A study of the sociological, biological, and psychological factors involved in abnormal behavior. Contains an examination of diagnostic categories, treatment, and research in mental illness. [Prereq.: 61. Winter.] H 64 EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY 4 crs. An introduction to experimental nlethodology in psychology : experimental design, operations, and data analysis. [Prereq.: 5 and Soc. 61. Spring.] 75 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY 5 crs. See under Department of Sociology. 81 HISTORY AND THEORY 4 crs. A survey of ideas and events of importance in the development of current areas of psychology. [Prereq.: 13 crs. in psych. or #. Fall.] H 85 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY 4 crs. An introduction to the basic principles, methods, and techniques of counseling. Consideration given to goals and ethical problems in a counseling relationship. [Prereq.: 62. Winter.] 1 87 DIFFERENTIAL PSYCHOLOGY 4 crs. Survey of individual and group differences and factors such as age, heredity, sex and environment which contribute to variations in ability and temperament. [Prereq.: 5. Fall.] 91 SEMINAR IN PSYCHOLOGY 3 crs. A study of psychological problems in the contemporary world. [Prereq.: 17 crs. in psych. or #. Spring.] 99 RESEARCH PROBLEMS 2 - 3 crs. Independent study in which students conduct individual research projects. [Prereq. : #. Fall, Winter, Spring.] MR. P. A. QUANBECK, chairman, MR. BENSON, MR. COLACCI, MR. FRETHEIM, MR. MANDSAGER, MR. OLLILA, MR. SKIBBE The courses in religion are intended to assist the student in his reflection on the meaning of the Christian Church through the study of its beliefs, its scripture, and its mission. The graduation requirement includes 18 credits in religion. Of these credits 10 must be in the lower division, and at least 8 must be upper division. Freshmen are required to take course 11: sophomores, course Z l . Courses 1 1 and 21 are prerequisites for all upper division courses. Only one of courses 53, 54 may apply toward the graduation requirement. Requirements for transfer students will be determined a t the time of admission. Major: 46 credits, including one course from each of the following groups of courses plus one seminar: 51-59; 61-63; 71-74; 81-85. Also required are: two courses each in history, literature, philosophy (above 21); and one course in either sociology or psychology (above 5). Two courses of upper division Greek may be counted toward a major in religion. Minor: 26 credits. DEPARTMENT OF -RELIGION I I INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY 5 crs. An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] . . . . 21 BIBLICAL STUDIES 5 crs. The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The task of biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and the emergence of the church. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] UPPER DIVISION 51 THE TEACHING MINISTRY OF THE CHURCH 4 crs. The historical development and theological foundation of education in the church. The relationship of the teaching and preaching ministries. Methods and means of teaching, and the task of Christian education today. [Winter.] 52 THE THEOLOGY AND FORM OF CHRISTIAN WORSHIP 4 crs. A study of the origin of Christian worship, the development of the various liturgical traditions and the recent liturgical innovations. Attention will be given to both the theology and the form of worship. Visits will be made to a variety of worship services. [Winter.] 53 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS I 4 crs. A study of primitive religion and several religions of the Near East, including Islam and Zoroastrianism. [Fall.] 54 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS I1 4 crs. A study of several religions of the F a r East, including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, and Taoism. [Winter.] W 59 RELIGION AND SOCIETY See under Department of Sociology. 4 crs. 61 EARLY CHRISTIAN FATHERS 4 crs. The development of certain fundamental theological doctrines from the time of the Apostolic Fathers up to the Ecumenical Councils of the early church. [Fall.] 62 THEOLOGY OF THE REFORMERS 4 crs. An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers of the sixteenth century. Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther, John Calvin, and other representative figures. [Winter.] 63 AMERICAN PROTESTANTISM 4 crs. The Protestant ethos in the United States. Special attention to the rise of religious liberty, revivalism, the American denominational structure, and the responses of American Protestantism to the challenges of its environing culture. [Spring.] 71 JESUS AND HIS INTERPRETERS 4 crs. Consideration of the New Testament Documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing with their content, literary structure and relationships. Attention to the variety of interpretations given the person of Jesus, including the "quest for the historical Jesus." [Fall.] . 72 THE THEOLOGY OF PAUL 4 crs. A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical background, his relationship to the early church, and some of the themes to be found in his writings. [Spring.] 73 THE MESSAGE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 4 crs. The various types of Old Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of Hebrew thought with emphasis on the message of the prophets. [Winter.] 74 STUDIES IN GENESIS ONE TO ELEVEN 4 crs. A detailed study of these chapters, with discussion of their theological significance and their background in Israel and the ancient Near East. Special attention will be given to interpretive problems, particularly a s related to history and science. [Fall.] 81 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY 4 crs. An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological thought today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of the continuing theological task of the Christian Church. [Spring.] 82 CONTEMPORARY ROMAN CATHOLIC THEOLOGY 4 crs. -New trends of Roman Catholic theology as expressed in the writings of 'some of its representatives. Relation of new theological and biblical insights to the dogmatic definitions of the church. [Fall.] 83 CHRISTIAN ETHICS 4 crs. The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action. [Fall.] 84 CHRISTIAN VIEW OF MAN 4 crs. The Christian doctrine of man and salvation. Its uniqueness and relevance to certain other contemporary views of the nature and destiny of man. [Spring.] 85 THEOLOGY OF THE ECUMENICAL MOVEMENT 4 crs. A study of the theological factors inherent in the origin, the various participating churches and the main results of the modern Ecumenical Movement. Representatives from various religious groups will be invited to lecture and lead discussions. [Winter.] 86 SEMINAR 4 crs. Special study in some field of theology. Registration is by permission of the instructor. 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY 2-5 crs. SCANDINAVIAN STUDIES See under Department of Modern Languages. SOCIAL SCIENCE MAJOR See under Curriculums. MR. TORSTENSON, chairman, MR. BLOOM. MR. HUSFLOEN, MRS. MADSON, MR. NELSOAT, MR. NORDLIE, MR. VETVICK The objectives of this department are to help students attain a better understanding of society, its social order and forces of social change; to prepare students for social service occupations and for post-graduate studies in such fields as sociology, social work, industrial relations, urban planning, etc. The Department seeks to maximize its urban setting by promoting research and participant-observation experiences in the TwinCity Metropolitan region. DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY Major: 50 credits consisting of 20 lower division credits and 30 upper division credits, including 61, 62, 75, 91. Psych. 5 also required. Philosophy of Science is strongly recommended. Major with Social Work Sequence: 50 credits consisting of 20 lower division credits and 30 upper division credits including 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 61. Psych. 5 also required. Minor: 25 credits including 12, 43, 61. Sociology 11 is prerequisite to all other sociology courses. I I MAN IN MODERN SOCIETY 4 crs. The cultural and structural dynamics of the Western world as seen through sociological perspectives. A focus on normative patterns, social organizations, social institutions, and socialization in the context of social change. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 12 SOCIAL PROBLEMS 4 crs. The dynamic processes a t the root of contemporary social problems in the context of historical, social and cultural change. [Winter, Spring.] 3 1 MARRIAGE AND FAMILY 5 crs. The course is designed to help the student in his preparation for marriage and parenthood and focuses on such issues as the interpersonal relationships of dating, selection of a marriage partner, constructive use of the engagement period, early marriage adjustments, childbirth, discipline of children, and sex education. Integral parts of the course include films, personal analysis papers, and the discussion of case studies. A secondary emphasis is given to such sociology of the family concerns as tracing the family historically and cross-culturally, and viewing the contemporary American family against a background of modern society and social change. [Winter, Spring.] 41 INTRODUCTION TO ANTHROPOLOGY 4 crs. Man's prehistory and contemporary primitive societies. An analysis of the origins of life and man, race and culture, and cultural and social anthropology including subsistence and crafts, marriage and kinship, social control, religion and magic, personality and culture, and cultural growth. [Fall.] 42 RURAL AMERICAN COMMUNITY 4 crs. The social origins, development, and contemporary forms of rural society and the small community. The historic roots of the American rural community; rural social movements; and rural life in world perspective. [Winter.] 43 MODERN URBAN COMMUNITY 4 crs. The cultural and social organization of the city in historical perspective including the forms, processes, and problems of the modern metropolis. [Spring.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES 51 FIELDS OF SOCIAL WORK 4 crs. Examines basic concepts and values in the practice of social work; historical development and trends in Social Policy and Programs in the U.S.; and surveys the social services offered through the various public and non-profit agencies and institutions. [Prereq.: Concurrent registration in 54. Fall.] I -,; 52 INTRODUCTION TO METHODS OF SOCIAL WORK 4 crs. Provides a beginning understanding of the three methods of social workcasework, group work, and community organization. Explores basic concepts of human growth and behavior and social process and their relationship to the methodology of social work. [Prereq.: 51, and concurrent registration in 55. Winter.] 53 WELFARE ISSUES IN MODERN SOCIETY 4 crs. Examines Social Welfare's responsibility and relevance to the problems of modern society including poverty, mental illness, automation, deviant behavior, mental retardation, and civil rights. Explores some of the recent experiments and new approaches to these problems both within and outside the Social Welfare field. Points up some of the current and re-occurring issues within and about Social Welfare in modern society. [Prereq.: 52 and concurrent registration in 56. Spring.] 54, 55, 56 FIELD EXPERIENCE IN SOCIAL AGENCIES I cr. per term Students are assigned five hours per week to work in a social agency such as a settlement house, or a hospital, public welfare, family service correction and services to the mentally retarded. Responsibilities vary according to the agency. From one to four students are assigned to each agency. The agency provides the supervision and recommended grade for the course. No credit given unless all three quarters are completed. Must be taken concurrently with Soc. 51, 52, and 53. [54, Fall. 55, Winter. 56, Spring.] 1 57 SUMMER WORK STUDY IN CORRECTIONS AND SOCIAL SERVICE 5 crs. A summer experience for undergraduate students combining independent study and paid work experience in the fields of Corrections and Social Services. 1 59 RELIGION AND SOCIETY 4 crs. An examination of the social sources and structure of the church. Particular emphasis is given to the study of bureaucracy and its relation to religious systems. Some exploration of the changing patterns of society and the relationship of these changes to the institutional church. [Fall.] 1 6 1 INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL STATISTICS 5 crs. Scientific methods of collecting, organizing, comparing and interpreting socio-psychological data. Constructing graphs and tables, finding measures of central tendency, variability and association, and hyp* thesis testing. [Prereq. : high school algebra or equir. Fall, Spring.] 1 62 SOCIAL RESEARCH 5 crs. Methods of investigation in sociology and psychology. An examination of procedures and problems of the research prccess. An analysis of research designs and techniques. The construction of questionnaires and other data-gathering tools. [Prereq.: 61. Winter.] 1 73 CRIME AND DELINQUENCY 5 crs. Non-normative behavior with an emphasis upon crime and delinquency. Gang-delinquency, whitc-collar crime, organized crime. The theories of crime causation, treatment, and prevention. [Spring.] 5 crs. Society and the individual, the socialization process, the development of personality, the impact of group norms. The various theoretical schools of social psychology. Selective forms of collective behavior such as croivd, rumor, and audience. [Fall.] 1 75 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY 82 RACIAL AND MINORITY GROUP RELATIONS 5 crs. The historical, cultural, structural and psychological dimensions of minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism and civil rights in the American setting. [Winter.] 83 INDUSTRIAL SOCIOLOGY 5 crs. Large-scale organizations in contemporary industrial society. Bureaucracy, decision-making, formal and informal organizational structure and labor-management relations. [Spring.] 8 5 SEMINAR IN THE MODERN METROPOLIS I cr. A study of the nature, dynamics and challenges of the emerging metropolitan community. 91 MODERN SOCIOLOGY THEORY 5 crs. The development and nature of the major theoretical schools of contemporary sociology, in the context of their historical settings in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. [Winter.] SPANISH See under Department of Modern Languages. DEPARTMENT OF SPEECH MR. ANDERSON, chairman, MISS COLE, MRS. OLSON This department aims to foster in students those skills which contribute to meaningful self-expression and effective leadership. I t seeks to develop platform skills, intelligent speech compositions, and critical listening habits. It aims, through courses in interpretative reading and drama, to stimulate an appreciation of fine literature and drama. Major: 40 credits. Students who do not plan to go into secondary or elementary school teaching should consult with the department regarding preparation for graduate school or other post-graduate opportunities. Teaching major: 44 credits. For secondary education students: 11, 32, 12 or 52, 51 or 55, 60, 61, 66, and 76. In addition, a course in logic is requked, but credits in this course do not count toward the major. Minor: 28 credits. Teaching minor: 28 credits. For secondary education students: 11, 32, 51 or 55, 60, and 66. Course 76 is strongly recommended. For elementary education students: 11, 16, 60, 61, ond 76. For elementary education students, courses 16 and 76 are recommended. Elementary education students who have had speech in high school may request substitution of course 16 to fulfill the literature/speech requirement. Normally, courses 11 aud 51 fulfill this requirement. I I BEGINNING SPEECH 4 crs. Basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening. Meets five times per week. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 12 FORMS OF PUBLIC ADDRESS 4 crs. Public speaking projects with emphasis on style, audience psychology, and adaptation to various situations. [Prereq. : 11. Winter.] 16 STORY TELLING AND CREATIVE DRAMATICS 4 crs. Selection of stories for various age groups. Techniques, observation, and practice in story telling and creative dramatics. Recommended for parish workers and elementary school teachers. [Fall, 1968-69.1 1 2 1 DEBATE I cr. Practice in debating the intercollegiate debate question of the year. Participation in intercollegiate debates. Open to all students. May be repeated four times for credit. [Fall, Winter.] 28 STAGECRAFT 4 crs. Construction, painting, and other aspects of scenery preparation. Open to all students. [Winter.] 1 3 2 ACTING 4 crs. An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations. [Spring.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES 1 5 1 ARGUMENTATION 5 crs. Application of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debates. [Fall.] 1 52 PERSUASION 5 crs. Theory of persuasion and propaganda ; study of great speeches ; practical work in speech writing. [Prereq. : 11. Spring, 196849.1 55 GROUP LEADERSHIP AND DISCUSSION 5 crs. Theories of group leadership: principles and types of discussion; practice in discussion techniques. [Winter.] 1 60 INTERPRETATIVE READING 5 crs. Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading prose, poetry, and drama. [Fall, Winter.] 1 61 INTRODUCTION TO DRAMATIC ARTS 5 crs. An introduction to history of the theater and to theories of drama and dramatic production. [Fall.] 1 66 STAGE DIRECTION 5 crs. Theory and practice of stage direction with laboratory exercises in planning productions and conducting rehearsals. [Spring.] 1 67 LIGHTING AND SCENE DESIGN 5 crs. History, theory, and practice of stage lighting and scene design. [Fall, 196!%70.1 W 68 DRAMA IN THE CHURCH 5 crs. History of drama in the church, reading and discussion of plays, study of uses of drama by the local congregation. [Spring, 1969-70.1 1 76 SPEECH PATHOLOGY 5 crs. Physical and psychological factors underlying normal and abnormal speech. An introduction to principles and methods of speech correction. [Winter.] 1 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-3 crs. Selected topics in oral interpretation, acting, theater history, rhetorical theory, or speech pathology; individual projects with emphasis on the use of primary sources and methodolgy of research. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] SPECIAL PROGRAMS OF STUDY AFFILIATION WITH SCHOOLS OF NURSING Student nurses in the Schools of Nursing at t h e Lutheran Deaconess, Swedish, Fairview, and Methodist Hospitals in Minneapolis receive some of their instruction a t Augsburg College. Application for admission t o the Schools df Nursing should be made t o the hospitals directly. MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY In cooperation with the Minneapolis General and Swedish Hospitals, Augsburg offers work which enables the student to receive a college degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first three years of this work are taken at Augsburg and a final twelve-month program is completed a t one of the two hospitals. CORRECTIVE THERAPY A program in Corrective Therapy worked out in cooperation with the Veterans Administration Hospital is available to students who complete a major in Physical Education a t Augsburg. The program requires 250 hours of clinical observation, practice, and orientation under the direction of the Chief of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation Service a t the Veterans Hospital. The work may be done either during the senior year or after graduation. It carries no college credit. SPAN IJ Augsburg participates in the SPAN (Student Project for Amity among Nations) program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges in the state. Qualified students are selected to spend a summer in informal study abroad. Applications are made in the spring of the sophomore year. JUNIOR YEAR ABROAD Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg College students may spend their sophomore or junior year in study a t a number of European educational institutions. These institutions are: The University of Oslo, Norway; Schiller College and The Goethe Institute in Germany; and The Institute for American Universities a t Aix-en-Provence in France. Study a t other institutions may be possible through special arrangements. Applications for such foreign study must be approved by the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. In addition, the student's program of study while in Europe must be approved by his faculty adviser prior to making application to the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. A year of foreign study is recommended only for students with good scholastic records whose programs of study can be followed satisfactorily a t the institutions chosen. Credit earned through foreign study can usually be applied to the student's graduation requirements as electives or, occasionally, as elements of his major sequence. Such credit ordinarily does not satisfy the general education requirements with some exceptions such as the study of a foreign language. HONORS PROGRAM For superior freshman sudents, some special accelerated sections are available in such subjects as English and History. For superior students of all classes, special colloquia are offered each term. Many departments of the college offer a program through which the student can earn honors in his major field. Students of high ability who are interested in pursuing an honors curriculum are invited to write to the Director of the Honors Program for information regarding the Honors Programs which may be open to them. Honors students are selected on the basis of previous academic achievement and test results. NORTH-SOUTH STUDENT EXCHANGE PROGRAM In order to promote better understanding in the area of race relations and t o encourage better cultural exchange between the students of Augsburg Cdlege and colleges in the South, Augsburg has entered into an agreement with various southern colleges whereby an interchange of students may take place. This exchange may take place during either the second or third term, or both, depending upon the schedules of the cooperating colleges. In order to qualify for the exchange program, the Augsburg student must secure the approval of his/her parents (if he/she is a minor), his/her major adviser, and various college officials. A further general requirement is approval by the student exchange board which will, among other things, require a grade point average of at least 2.50. Further details and application forms may be secured from the fice of the Dean or the President of the Student Society. OF THE PASS/NO CREDIT GFLXDING SYSTEM Effective with the 1967-68 academic year, a Pass/No Credit grading system is available to juniors and seniors only, applicable to a maximum of one course per term. The provisions of the system are as follows: 1. Juniors and Seniors only may choose to be graded on the basis of Pass/No Credit instead of a regular grade for a maximum of one course in any one term. 2. The Pass/No Credit option may not be applied to courses in the student's major field. 3. Each department of the college shall determine which, if any, of the courses it offers may not be taken by any student on a Pass/No Credit basis. Students will be informed by the Registrar's Office at each registration day of the courses which may not be taken under the system. 4. Although credits earned under the system will be counted toward fulfilling the requirements for graduation, Pass/No Credit grades will not be used in computing the student's Grade Point Average. 5. The student must exercise the option of taking a course under the Pass/No Credit grading system a t the time of his registration for the course, and may not change after the end of the first week of the term. 6. Under the Pass/No Credit grading system, the grade of 'S' shall be assigned to the student earning the equivalent of a grade from 'A' to 'C'; the grade of 'N' to the student earning the equivalent of a grade from 'D' to 'F'. AUGSBURG SUMMER SCHOOL Students may earn up to ten credits of college work in a sixweek summer session from June 24 through August 2, 1968. For 1969, tentative plans call for a similar six-week term beginning June 9, followed by a short term of three weeks set for July 21 through August 8, during which additional five credits may be earned. Most courses will meet mornings, Monday through Friday. Others will meet for longer periods two evenings a week, in order to accommodate part-time students employed during the day. Eligible to attend Augsburg summer school are present students and graduates of Augsburg and other accredited colleges and universities, as well as recent high school graduates whose class standing and scores in college aptitude examinations indicate a high probability of success in college work. Courses to be offered during the summer sessions will be determined, in part, by demand. Most will not require prerequisites. In addition to formal classes, provisions are being made for independent study in several areas, and for individual instruction in voice and instrumental music. For 1968, summer tuition for 8-10 credits is $220.00, plus a registration fee of $5.00. The latter fee will, however, be waived for those completing registration not later than June 14. Private lessons will be charged separately. A single board and room charge for the 1968 summer session will be $100.00, and will provide morning and noon meals exclusive of weekends, and a room from the evening of June 23 through the morning of August 3. For specific information, interested persons are asked to write: Director of Summer School Augsburg College Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404 CURRICULUMS The following courses of study are outlined as guides for the student and his adviser in planning a program for a selected major, or a particular vocational objective. GENERAL LIBERAL ARTS The course of study given below suggests a sequence which may be followed to include the required general education courses. For electives, students should take care to include all courses required for the major field of study. Requirements for the major are listed under departmental headings. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11. 12 History 1, 2. or 3 Sociology 11 Foreign Language Electives H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR Religion Philosophy 21 Speech 11 or Literature Electives Term I n nr Cr. Cr. Cr. - - Term SOPHOMORE 5 - - - 4 - 5 5 5-6 5 Religion 21 Foreign Language Natural Science or Math. Art 1 or Music 30 Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22, or Economics 22 Electives Term I 11 ~n Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR 5 4 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 - - 4 - - 4 4 Religion Electives I 11 III Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - - 4 4 5-6 5-6 - - - - 4 - - 4-5 - 6 6 I Term II m 4 - Cr. Cr. Cr. - 12 12 12 AMERICAN STUDIES MAJOR The following program is suggested for a major in American Studies. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 History 1. 2, or 3 Sociology 11 Foreign Language History 21. 22 H. P.E. 1, 2. 3 JUNIOR Economics 22 (Optional) Speech or Literature Art 1 or Music 30 Religion 63 Eistory 55. Psychology 81. Sociology 42'. 43. Philosophy 65' Electives (non-major) - 5 - - 4 5 4 5 - - 4 5 5 5 - SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Natural Science or Math. Philosophy 21 English 45 Political Sci. 20, 21 1/3 1/3 1/3 4 - 4 - 4 4 - 4 4 4 4 4 4 - 4 4 - - 5 4 4 5-6 5-6 4 5 - 5 5 - - SENIOR Sociology 59. Political Sci. 70. History 56' Education 87. English 82. Political Sci. 22. American Studies 95 American Studies 99 Electives (non-major) * Electives in the major program ART MAJOR WITH HISTORY MINOR AS PREPARATION FOR GRADUATE STUDY Term FRESHMAN I - Religion 11 English 11, 12 Foreign Language 4 5 Art 2 2 8, 12 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1, 2. 3 Term I1 III Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 5 - 6 - 4 5 1/3 1/3 1/3 SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Natural Science or Math. Art 21- Art 18, 55 History 2 History 61 I 11 rn Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 4 4 - 5 5 4 4 4 - - 4 - 4 - Term I I1 I11 Religion Art 83, 84 Art 67 Art 50 Historv 3 Speecg 11 or Literature Music 30 History 21. 22 Elective Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 4 - - SENIOR I I1 I11 Religion Pol. Sci. 20. 21, or 22 or Economics 22 Art 68 Art 78 History 95 History 71 Art 99 Electives Cr. Cr. Cr. ART MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Art. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11. 12 Foreign Language History 1. 2, or 3 Art 7 Art 8. 12 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1, 2. 3 JUNIOR Religion Art 83, 84 Art 67 Art 50 H. P.E. 10 Education 50 Education 52, 53, 54 Education 59 Music 30 Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 4 - 5 5 5 4 2 2 6 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 - - - Term SOPHOMORE I I1 I11 Relieion 21 ore& Language Natural Science or Math. Philosophy 21 S'peech 11 o r Literature Art 21 Art 18 and 55 Psychology 5 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 5 - 4 - 4 - - 4 4 4 - - 5 4 - 0 0 0 - - 5 - 4 - - 4 4 - - - - Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - 4 4 - - 4 - 5 4 5 Term SENIOR I I1 I11 Religion Education 84 Education 83 Education - - - - - .-. . . 87 .. Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or Economics 22 Art 68. 99 Art 78 Electives Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 10 - 5 - - - - 4 - 4-5 - 4 - 4 - BIOLOGY MAJOR The following program is recommended for students who plan to do graduate work in biology. Where choices of biology are indicated, the student should choose carefully the course best suited to his field of interest. At least one term of botanical work is usually desirable. Biology 72 is required. Term Term FRESHMAN I I1 I11 Religion 11 Englsh 11, 12 History 3 Sociolow 11 chernGpy 5 or 15 Chemistry 6 or 16 Biology 11, 12 H. P.E. 1. 2, 3 I I1 111 SOPHOMORE Cr. Cr. Cr. Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 21 Speech 11 or Literature Chemistry 51, 52, 53 Mathematics 40. 41. 42 Biology 53 o r eiective - - Term Term JUNIOR Relieinn -.--.-. . . . Foreign Language Physics 21, 22, 23 Biology 61. 71, or 76 Biology 63. 72 or 74 Pol. Sci. 20, 21. or 22 or Economics 22 I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 5 5 5 5 5 5-6 - - - - - 45 - 5 - 6 6 5 5 5-6 - 4 6 5 - SENIOR Religion Foreign Language Art 1 or Music 30 Philosouhv 21 or 23 BiGG 7 3 OF elective Biology 72, 74, or 81 Biology 91. 92. 93 I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 1 ~ 5-6 - 1 - 5-6 1 BIOLOGY MAJOR FOR SECONDARY SCHOOL TEACHING The program suggested below provides for the recommended courses in chemistry as well as for a good background in the biological sciences. When making the choices between the biology course options, it is important that the various disciplines of biology are represented. Biology 72 and one other course in the 70 series are required. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11. 12 History 3 Sociology 11 Biology 11. 12 Chemistry 5 or 15 Chemistry 6 or 16 H. P.E. 1, 2. 3 Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 2 4 5 - - 4 - - 6 - - 4 6 6 - - 6 1/3 1/3 1/3 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. JUNIOR Religion speech 11 or Literature Foreign Language Education 50. 59 Chemistry 53 Bioloev 61. 71. or 76 ~ i o l o s53' or ' 73 Biology 63, 72, or 74 Education 52, 53, 54 - - 4 4 4 4 4 - - - 6 - - 0 0 - 5 5-6 0 SOPHOMORE Relieion 21 ~ o r z g nLanguage Biology 51 Psychology 5 Chemistrv 23 H P.E."10 Mathematics 13 or 40. Mathematics 14 or elective* Term I I1 I11 Cr Cr. Cr. 5 5 5 - 5 - - 5 - - - - 6 - 5 5 - - SEYIQR Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Rc,iaiun .Art - 1 or 3Tvljbic 30 Rluloz$' 61, 71, or 76 Biology 72. 74. or 81 4 5-6 - ... .. E d r ~ c a t ~ c n83 Educn:ion 87 Poi. Scl. 20. 21. or 22 - - - 10 4-5 - - 5-6 - 4 - - Elective if the student is allowed to take Mathematics 40 rather than Math. 13 and 14. MAJOR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION) Students with a major in Business Administration may specialize in accounting or finance. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Business Administration. FRESHMAN - 'RcIipion & 11 E ~ 9 i s l 111, 12 Yidow 1, 2. or 3 Brssincss Ad. 1, 2 _Sociology 23-1 i L/-;;turt; Science or Math. H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR C3 Business Ad. 61 Economics 51 ???Business Ad. 62. 63 Electives Term I I1 I11 SOPHOMORE - - - Cr.Cr.Cr. . 5 ,,ReTi~lon 21 - 4 5 .. -Fori-igtl T.,anglage .. . - - 4 Easiness Ad..,13 4 4 Eco!~nmics22. 23-, - 4 ..--Dhtlosophy 21 5-6 5-6 - d p e e c h 11 or Literature - 4 d r t 1 or Music 30 1/3 1/3 1/3 Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr Cr. Cr. - 5 - 5 5 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 4 4 - - 5 5 - Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. ~ - - - - 5 - - - 5 4 5 5 SENIOR 5 - - - 4 5 - - 4 4 4 4 - - - Religion Business Ad. 81 Business Ad. 83 Electives MAJOR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (FINANCE SPECIALTZATTON) FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 Histors 1. 2. or 3 ~ u s i n e s s~ d . 1, . 2 Sociology 11 Natural Science or Math. Elective H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - - 4 5 - 4 4 4 - 4 5-6 5-6 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 - - SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Business Ad. 31 Economics 22, 23 Philosophy 21 Speech 11 or Literature Art 1 or Music 30 Electives Term I 11 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. I :' ,.; '3, 'M. Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR Religion Business Ad. 18 Business Ad 13 Electives BUSINESS EDUCATION MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS FRESHMAN Religion 11 Enelish 11. 12 F'oFeign ~ a n g u a g e History 1, 2, or 3 Business Ed. 1 Business Ed. 10 sociology 11 Philosophy 21 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR Religion Education 50 Education 52. 53. 54 Education 59 Business Ad. 1, 2 Business Ed. 50 Economics 22, 23 Business Ed. 63 Art 1 or Music 30 Electives Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 5 5 5 4 - 4 - - - - - - - 4 4 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. -- - .Cr. --. 4 4 - 0 0 0 - 5 4 4 1 - 5 - 4 4 - - SOPHOMORE Relieion 21 F'orGgn Language Natural Science or Math. S ~ e e c h11 or Literature Term I I1 I11 Cr Cr. Cr. ~ u s i n e s s - ~ d21 . Business Ed. 22 Business Ed. 53 Business Ed. 8 SENIOR Religion Education 84 Education 83 Education 87 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - - 10 - 5 H:~PE;--IO - - Business Ad. 31 Electives 5 4 - - - 4 5 8 CHEMISTRY MAJOR The following course of study meets the requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree at Augsburg College and is approved by the American Chemical Society for students who plan to do graduate study in chemistry. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 History 1, 2, or 3 Mathematics 40 Chemistry 15. 16 or 5, 6 Mathematics 41, 42 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR Relieion chemistry 61, 62 Chemistry 63 Mathematics 83 Foreign Language Philosophy 21 Chemistry 91 Electives Term I 11 111 Cr. -. . Cr. -. . Cr -5 4 5 4 5 6 6 - 5 5 - - - - Term I TI I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 6 6 5 4 - 5 5 4 4 0 0 0 - 4 - - - - - SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Chemistry 51, 52 Chemistrv 53 Physics ii, 22, 23 Mathematics 43 Sociology 11 SEh-IOR Term I I1 111 Cr Cr. Cr. - - 5 6 6 - - 5 5 5 5 5 - - 4 - Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr Cr. Ro!iglgn Chernfstr' 81, 83 C h e m x ! ~i 2 Furdgn Lwguage Speech !1 or Lltcrature Pol. Sc!. 20. 21. or 22 or Economics 22 Art 1 or Music 30 Chemistry 91 Electives DENTISTRY Students planning to enter the pre-dental curriculum should take geometry, trigonometry, and higher algebra in high school. Courses in physics and chemistry are highly desirable. f i e following schedule will meet the requirements for admission t o most dental schools. Prospective dental students, however, should inquire of the dental schools in which they are interested about specific requirements. Term FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 Mathematics 40. 41 Biolocv 11. 12' ~ h e m y i t r y'15, 16 or 5, 6 H. P.E. 1, 2. 3 m I II Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 4 - 5 5 5 - 6 6 6 6 1/3 1/3 1/3 - SOPHOMORE Term I n III Cr Cr. Cr. Religion 21 Pol. Sci. 20, 21 or 22 Speech, Lit. or Hist. Psychology 5 chemistry 51, 52 Physics 21, 22. 23 ECONOMICS MAJOR The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Business Administration, Economics, and Business Education. Term FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 History 1. 2, or 3 Natural Science or Math Sociology 11 Electives H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR Religion Foreign Language Sociology 61 Economics 51, 58 Electives I I1 I11 c=.Cr. 5 - - - 4 SOPHOMORE Cr. 5 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. -4 4 4 - - - Term I 11 nr Cr Cr. Cr. Religion 21 Foreign Language Philosophy 21 Speech 11 or Literature Art 1 or Music 30 Business Ad. 1, 2 Economics 22. 23 Electives Term SENIOR I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Electives ELEMENTARY EDUCATION Students planning t o prepare for elementary school teaching are required t o complete the following curriculum. Except where a choice is indicated substitutions may be made only upon the approval of the Director of Elementary Education. Since the optional subjects and free electives are limited, the program must be followed carefully from the first year. For the science-mathematics general education requirement, elementary education students are required to take one course in biological and one in physical science. For the speech-literature requirement in general education, they are required to take Beginning Speech unless exempted. The major in this program is Elementary Education. Each student is required t o complete a minor. Variations in the requirements of the minor from those prescribed by the department may be permitted subject to special departmental approval. An academic major is highly recommended. I Ion ll lab 11, I8 mstUl+l P , W S B ~ , O I O ~s&xm ' a F.E. m Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1. 2, 3 Elective (minor) Term I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 5 5 5 - 4 5 5 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 - 4 - - - - - - SOPHOMORE Term I 11 In Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 21 Foreign Language Psychology 5 Physical Science Pol. Sci. 20, 21 or 22 Music 30 History 21 or 22 Elective (minor) Term SENIOR Religion Education 77 Philosonhv 21 speech- lf Education 79 Education 87 Education 65 Electives (minor) Religion Education 55 Education 56 Education 52, 53, 54 Geography 14 Education 64 Education 57, 63 Education 58 -Mathematics 56 Elective (minor) I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - 15 4 - - - 4 3 4 - - 2 8 - 4 - - - JUNIOR AND SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL TEACHING Each state sets certain requirements for obtaining a teacher's certificate. The program outlined below satisfies the requirements for certification at the junior and senior high school level in Minnesota and most of the neighboring states. The student should, during his sophomore year, apply to the Committee on Teacher Education for admission t o the education curriculum. He will also need t o apply for student teaching during the junior year. Admission will be determined on the basis of scholarship and other qualifications. Areas in which students may obtain teaching majors or minors are: Health and Physical Education Mathematics Music Natural Science Biology Chemistry Physics Social Sciences History Political Science Art Business ducati ion English-Language Arts English Speech Foreign Language French German Scandinavian Studies Spanish Minors for teaching are also offered in Latin and Library Science. Term FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11. 12 Foreign Language History 1, 2, or 3 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 Electives I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 4 5 - 5 5 4 - 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 5-6 5 - - - SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Music 30 or Art 1 Natural Science or Math. Pol. Sci. 20, 21 or 22 or Economics 22 Psychology 5 Electives Term JUNIOR Religion Philosophy 21 Sueech 11 or Literature ducatio ion 50, 59 Education 52. 53, 54 H. P.E. 10 Electives in the major I I1 I11 SENIOR Reliigon Education 83, 84 Education 87 Electives in the major Term I TI 111 Cr, Cr. Cr. - 5 4 4 - - 4 5-6 5-6 - - 5 - - - 4-5 6 Term I I1 I11 Cr, Cr. Cr. - 4 - ENGINEERING The following program is recommended for students who plan to enroll in a school of engineering. Students planning to enter this program should have completed four years of high school mathematics and be qualified by the Mathematics Placement Test to enter Mathematics 41. Those who plan t o transfer to the Institute of Technology at the University of Minnesota will also need, in some cases, a course in Rigid Body Mechanics (Statics) and Engineering Graphics. These may be taken in summer session a t the U. of M. FRESHMAN Term I I1 III Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE I Term I1 I11 Cr Cr. Cr. Reliaion 21 Religion 11 English 11, 12 Sociology 11 Mathematics 40, 41, 42 Chemistry 15, 16 or 5, 6 H. P.E. 1. 2. 3 Art 1 I Term I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Relieion P~YECS75 Physics 62. 63 Physics Lab. Mathematics 83. 84 Biology 11, 12 or Elective Electives ENGLISH MAJOR The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of English. Term FRESHMAN I I1 III Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - Term JUNIOR Religion Art 1 or Music 30 English 61, 62, 84 English 72 or 74 English Elective Electives* I II rn Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - 5 - - 4 5 5 SOPHOMORE Reliaion 21 Foreign Language Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or Economics 22 Speech 11 Philoso~hv 21 ~ a t u r a Ccience i or Math. English 35 or 45 or Elective in the major English 47; and 31, 32, or 78 Term I 11 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 - Term SENIOR Religion English 90 Electives* I II n I Cr- Cr. Cr. A - - Electives recommended for students planning to enter graduate school: English 80 or 82, 86, 88, 92, 95; and foreign language. ENGLISH MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11 or 15 English 12 or 35. 45 Foreign Language History 1, 2, or 3 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 I Term I1 111 Term SOPHOMORE Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 21 Foreign Language Speech 11 and 12, 52 or 55 Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or Economics 22 Philosophy 21 Natural Science or Math. English 35 or 45 or 55 English 47, 31 I 11 I n Cr. Cr. Cr. JUNIOR Religion Psychology 5 Education 50 Education 52. 53. 54 Education 59 ' English 61. 62. 55 English 72 or 74. 84 Speech 60 or 66 Term I I1 I11 Cr Cr Cr. - 4 - Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR Religion Education 84 Education 83 Education 87 H. P.E. 10 Art 1 - o r Music 30 English 21 or 40, 88 or 88 English 90, 91, or 92 ~ i b r a r y Science 75 4 4 3 - - - 4 5 FRENCH, GERMAN, SPANISH MAJORS FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Modern Languages. FRESHMAN Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 21 Inter. Foreign Language Speech 11 or Literature Philosophy 21 Pol. Sci. 20, 21. or 22 or Economics 22 Art 1 or Music 30 H. P.E. 10. Electives or 56. 57 Religion 11 English 11. 12 Beg. Foreign Language History 1, 2, or 3 Sociology 11 Natural Science or Math. H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR Term I I1 I11 Cr Cr Cr. SOPHOMORE Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 - 4 0 0 0 - - 5 5 5 5 5 - - - 5 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - 10 - 5 - SENIOR - Religion Religion Education 84' Education 50' Education 83' Education 52. 53. 54. Education 87. 4 Education 59: Ad. Conv. and Comp. 84 5 - Psychology 5 Literature 72 or 74 - - 5 Conversation 55 2 - 2 Indep. Study 99 Survey 63, 64.. 5 Electives 5 5 Literature 72 or 74 - 5 5 Electives * Students who do not plan to t a k e t h e education sequence may substitute 92 99 or other electives for these courses. * * Courses 56, 57 may be elected for either 63 or 64. - - - - - - GREEKMAJOR Students who plan to major in Greek should confer with the chairman of the department regarding electives and courses to be taken in the senior year. FRESHMAN Term I rI 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 21 Natur?l Science or Math Greek 11. 12. 13 Philosophy 21 Pol. Sci. 20, 21. or 22 or Econ. 22 Art 1 or Music 30 Religion 11 English 11. 12 History 1. 2, or 3 Latin 1. 2. 3 ~ o c i o l o g y'11 H. P.E. 1 . 2. 3 JUNIOR Religion Greek Philosophy 41, 42, 43 Speech 11 Electives SOPHOMORE Term I I1 111 Cr Cr. Cr. 4 - 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 - 8 8 - - SENIOR Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 5-6 5-6 5 5 5 4 - - Term I 11 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Greek Literature Electives BROAD MAJOR IN HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION FOR TEACHING Two teaching majors are offered in the Department of .Health and Physical Education. Students are urged to read carefully requirements listed in the departmental course descriptions. FRESHMAN # Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Term I TI I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 1 - Religion 11 English 11, 12 Foreign Language History 1, 2, or 3 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 10 H. P.E. 23 H. P.E. 11, 13 (W, M) H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Education 50 Education 52, 53, 54 Education 59 Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 Econ. 22 Art 1 or Music 30 H. P.E. 57. H. P.E. 51, 52 H. P.E. 11, 72 H. P.E. 82 or Soc. 31. " SENIOR 5 4 - - - 5 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Education 8 4 Education 83 Education 87 Philosoohv 21 H. ~ 5 7i* .H. P.E. 60* Speech 11 or Literature Electives Starred courses are required for the broad major in Health and Physical Education but may be omitted for the Physical Education teaching major. HISTORY MAJOR The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged t o read carefully the statement under the Department of His- tory. FRESHMAN Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 11 Enelish 11. 12 ~ o r e i g n~ i n g u a g e History 1, 2, 3 Sociology 11 301. Sci. 20, 21 or 22 or Economics 22 H. P.E. 1. 2, 3 JUNIOR Religion Foreign Language History Economics Art 1 or Music 30 Minor or Elective Literature SOPHOMORE Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 21 Foreign Laneuage History 21, 22 Philosoohy 21 Psychology 5 Natural Science or Math. Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Foreign Language History Seminar Minor or Elective HISTORY MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 Foreign Language History 1, 2, 3 Sociology 11 Economics 22 H. P.E. 1, 2. 3 JUNIOR Religion Education 50 ducati ion 52, 53, 54 Education 59 Art 1 or Music 30 Geography 14 Political Science 20, 22 H. P.E. 10 History Term I TI 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - - - 4 4 - - 4 5 5 4 4 5 - 4 - SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Historv 21. 22 ~ h i l o s o ~ h y21' Psychology 5 Natural Science or Math. Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 4 4 5 5 - - 5-6 5-6 - 4 5 - 1/3 1/3 1/3 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Term SENIOR Religion Education 8 4 Education 83 Education Sociology 12 87 Soeech 11 or Literature History History 95 I n 111 13 Cr. Cr. LAW College preparation for law school is flexible, and does not require a specific course of study or a particular major. Students considering law as a profession are urged to study the requirements and suggested curricula for the following majors: American Studies, pages 50 and 108. English, pages 68 and 114. History, pages 34 and 116. Political Science, pages 92 and 121. While any of the above majors is appropriate as a pre-law curriculum, other majors are also highly acceptable. For most law schools a broad background in the liberal arts constitutes a better preparation than specialization and expertise in narrower fields. While not all law schools require a baccalaureate degree as a condition for admission, it is normally to the advantage of the student to have completed his undergraduate degree program. Nearly all law schools in the United States require applicants to take a standardized Law School Admission Test, administered several times each year a t prescribed times. Students interested in law as a possible vocation should contact the pre-law adivsor, chairman of the Department of Political Science. MATHEMATICS MAJOR The following course of study is designed for students who have a strong background in mathematics from high school. Students who lack this background may need to complete Mathematics 13, 14 before registering for Mathematical Analysis. Religion 11 English 11, 12 Foreign Language History 1, 2, or 3 Math. 40, 41, 42 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 Term I I1 I11 SOPHOMORE Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 Religion 21 4 5 - ; Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or 5 5 Econ. 22 - 4 Sociolom 11 5 5 5 ~oreig-~anguage Art 1 or Music 30 1/3 1/3 1/3 Physics or Chemistry Mathematics 43, 58, 64 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - - JUNIOR Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Term I I1 ILI Cr Cr. Cr. FRESHMAN - - - SENIOR -- 4-5 4 - 4 4 - 4 5-6 5-6 5 4 4 Religion Mathematics 67 Mathematics 80 Mathematics 99 Electives Relieion ath he ma tics 83. 84, 85 Mathematics 72. 73 Philosophy 21 Speech- 11 or Literature Mathematics 61 Electives MATHEMATICS MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 5 5 5 4 5 5 5 1/3 1/3 1/3 - - - - - SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Sociolow 11 Pol. ~ d 20, : 21. or 22 or Econ. 22 Mathematics 43, 58. 64 Physics or Chemistry Term I I I Cr Cr. Cr. - - 4 - 4 4 5 - - - - 4-5 5 4 4 5-6 5-6 - ~ Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Art 1 or Music 30 Education 50, 59 Speech 11 or Literature Psychology 5 Mathematics 83, 84 Educatiun 52. 53, 54 Philosophy 21 Mathematics 61, 72 Elective 4 - - - 4 SENIOR Term I I1 III Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Education 87 Education 84 - - - ---Education 83 mathematics 80 Mathematics 67 Mathematics 99 H. P.E. 10 Electives ~ 0 0 - 4 - 4 4 - MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY MAJOR Students may complete a course of instruction leading to the Bachelor af Arts degree with a major in medical technology by completing three years of academic work at Augsburg College and twelve months of preparation at General Hospital or Swedish Hospital in Minneapolis. A minimum of 24 credits each of biology and chemistry, and one term of mathematics, is required. A college course in physics is strongly recommended. The program outlined prepares students for certification in medical technology, and it also includes the Augsburg graduation requirements. In the senior year students taking this program must register a t Augsburg as well as at the affiliated hospital. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 History 2 Sociolom 11 Siiii&"11, 12 Chemistry 5 or 15 Chemistry 6 or 16 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR Religion Foreien Laneuaee POI. Sci. 20; 21; or 22 or Economics 22 Philosophy 21 or 23 Physics 3 Chemistrv 53 Bidlogy -71 electives Biology 76 Term I 11 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 - 5 - - 4 - 4 6 6 - - 6 6 1/3 1/3 1/3 - I Term I1 I11 SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Art 1 or Music 30 S ~ e e c h11 or Literature ath he ma tics 13 Chemistry 23 Biology 53 or 73 Biology 72 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 5 5 4 - - 4 - - - - SENIOR Cr. Cr. Ct - 4 4 4 4 - Lectures, laboratory and practical work at General or Swedish Hospital for 12 months. 45 credits MEDICINE Since most pre-medical students at Augsburg have gone to the Medical School of the University of Minnesota, the following is based on its requirements for admission. Information for other medical schools may be obtained from "Medical School Admissions Requirements," published by the Association of American Medical Colleges, and available in the Augsburg library. It is the responsibility of the individual student to see that he has completed the requirements for admission to the medical schools to which he intends to make application. The "Minimum Requirements" for the Medical School, University of Minnesota, as translated into courses a t Augsburg College, are a s follows: m: Credits 12 12 12 5 9 Biology 11. 12 Chemistry 15. 16 Chemistry 51. 52 Chemistry 53 English 11, 12 Literature elective Mathematics 40, 41 Physics 21, 22, 23 Social Science and Humanities General electives 4 Recommended: Physical Chemistry 61 Mathematics 42 (calculus) Medical schools emphasize the word "minimum" in listing their minimum requirements. In addition to the required and recommended courses listed, pre-medical students are encouraged to take a t least two additional courses in biology and one course in psychology. Some medical schools require or strongly recommend this work. Broad studies in the liberal arts are highly desirable. Pre-medical students normally complete a major in either biology or chemistry. The minimum requirements for a biology major are shown under Department of Biology; for a chemistry major under Department of Chemistry. Students are strongly urged to consult these departments early for advice on scheduling these majors. MUSIC MAJOR FOR TEACHING The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Music. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 Foreign Language History 1, 2, or 3 Music 1, 2, 3 Applied Music H. P.E. 1, 2. 3 JUNIOR Religion Education 50 Education 52. 53. 54 Education 68 Education 59 Art 1 Music 53*, 54 Music 60, 61 Music 57, 58 Music Organization Applied Music Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - - - 4- 4 5 5 5 - 4 5 4 1 1 1 1/3 1/3 1/3 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 4 4 - - 0 0 0 SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Sociology 11 Psychology 5 Natural Science or Math. Iviusic 4, 5, 6 Applied Music SENIOR Religion Education 84 Education 83 Education 87 Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or Economics 22 H. P.E. 10 Philosophy 21 Music Organization Electives Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 4 5 - - 4 - - - - 5-6 5-6 4 4 4 1 1 1 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 - ! MUSIC MAJOR FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 Foreign Language History 1, 2, or 3 Music 1, 2, 3 Applied Music H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 Term I TI 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 5 5 5 - - - . 4 1 - 4- 5 1 4 1 1/3 1/3 1/3 SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Natural Science or Math. Sociology 11 Music 4, 5, 5 Applied Music Music Organization Elective Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - 4 - 4 4 4-5 4-5 - - I JUNIOR Term II 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR I Term nrn Cr. Cr. Cr. Religicn Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or Economics 22 Philosophy 21 Music 76 Applied Music Music Organization S ~ e e c h 11 or Literature ~iectives Religion Art 1 Music 60. 61, 62 Music 53.. b8 54 Music 57, - Applied Music Music Organization Electives Choral Technique may be substituted for Instrumental Technique in the fall term. NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS A major in natural science consists of 63 credits in science and mathematics with a t least 27 credits in each of two of the areas of biology, chemistry, physics; or at least 27 cred,its in each of three of the areas of biology, chemistry, mathematics, physics. The following program is suggested. I FRESHMAN Rellgion 11 English 11, 12 Foreign Language History 1, 2, or 3 Sociology 11 Natural Science H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 .. JUNIOR Religion Philosophy 21 atural Science or Math. . d Term II 111 - 5 5 5 5 -- 4- Cr. Cr. Cr. P.E. 10 4 4 - - 5-6 5-6 1/3 1/3 1/3 I Term II rn CP. Cr. Cr. - -- 4 - 4 4 - 5 4 9 0 - 8 8 0 5 0 SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Art 1 or Music 30 Natural Science or Math. Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or Economics 22 Psychology 5 I Term nrn Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 4 4 4 - 13 13 - - - - - 5 - 4-5 - Term SENIOR Religion Natur.al Science or Math. Education 84 &ducation 83 Education 87 I 11 m Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 - 13 13 10 5 - - - - - - 4 - I PHILOSOPHY MAJOR Religion 11 English 11, 12 Foreien LanmaPe ist tory 1, 2,-or-3 Sociology 11 Philosophy 21 H. P.E. 1. 2. 3 Electives Term I II III Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 5 5 5 4 -- - - - - 4 - - 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 - - 4 4 Term SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Natural Science or Math. Art -1 or Music 30 ..~ Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or Economics 22 Ph~!osophy 23 Philosophy 41, 42, 43 Term JUNIOR Religion Speech 11 or 51 or Literature Philosophy Elective Electives I I1 I11 Cr. Cr, Cr. 4 - 5 6 - - 4 5 5 6 10 SENIOR I II I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 4 - 5-6 5-6 4 - - - - 5 4 - 4 4-5 4 Term I n m Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Philosophy 99 Philosophy Elective Electives PHYSICS MAJOR The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged t o read carefully the statement under the Department of Physics. Term FRESHMAN I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 11 English 11, 12 Foreign Language Wath. 14 or 40 Mathematics 41. 42 History 1, 2, or 3 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Physics 21, 22, 23 Mathematics 43 Mathematics 58 Pol. Sci. 20, 21 or 22 or Sconomics 22 Philosophy 21 Term - - 5 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr Cr. I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Physics 61 Physics 51. 52 ath he ma tics 83. 84, 85 Art 1 or Music 30 Physics 62, 63 Physics 77 Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr Cr. Cr. Reliigon Physics 81, 82 Physics 77 Speech 11 or Literature Electives POLITICAL SCIENCE MAJOR The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Political Science. Term FRESHMAN I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 11 English 11, 12 History 3 phi lo so ah^ 21 Math. or - ~ a t u r a lScience Sociology 11 Political Sci. 20, 21 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 Term SOPHOMORE I I1 111 Cr Cr. Cr. Religion 21 Art 1 or Music 30 Sociology 61. 62 - 4 - 5-6 5-6 - - 5 5 1/3 1/3 1/3 politic& kci. 22, 50 Camputer Science 45 History 21, 22 5 5 Term JUNIOR ~ o r s g nLanguage Political Sci. 60 Political Sci. 80, 81, 84 Economics 22. 23 I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. 4 - 5 4 4 4 4 - 5 - 4 4 - 5 Term SENIOR I I1 I11 Cr. - - 4 4 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion ~oliSicai Sci. 51. 62 Political Sci. 70, 71 Foreign Language Electives ~iferature Elective PSYCHOL,OGY MAJOR Term FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 Natural Science or Math History 1, 2, or 3 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 Electives I Term I1 I11 Cr. -. . Cr. - - . Cr. -- - - 4 5 5 5 5 - SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Philosophy 21 Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or Economics 22 Art 1 or Music 30 Speech 11 or Literature Psychology 5 Electives Term JUNIOR I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Foreign Language Sociology 61 Psvcholoev 59 ~s$cholog$ 64 Psychology 61, 62 Psychology Electives I I1 I11 Cr Cr. Cr. - 5 - Term I 11 I11 SENIOR Religion Psychology Psychology Psychology Psychology Electives Cr. Cr. Cr. 81 99 91 Elective 0 RELIGION MAJOR ' FRESHMAN I Term I1 rII Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 11 English 11, 12 Natural Science or Math. History 1, 2 Sociology 11 Electives H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR Religion Philosophy Foreign Language Psychology 5 Electives SOPHOMORE I Term IIm Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 21 Religion Foreign Language Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or Economics 22 Art 1 or Music 30 Philosophy 21 Electives I Term 11 m Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 5 - - 4 6 SENIOR Religion Religion 86 Literature Sociology Electives Term Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 - O SCANDINAVIAN STUDIES MAJOR The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Modern Languages. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 Scand. 1. 2 2, or 3 History I, Natural Science or Math. Soziology 11 H. P.E. 1. 2. 3 Term I 11 - - 4 - SOPHOMORE - Religion 21 Scand. 5, 6 Scand. 55 Scand. 26 Scand. 25 Speech 11 or Literature Pol. Sci. 20. 21. or 22 or ~conomics'22 H. P.E. 10. Art 1 or Music 30 - - - 4 5-6 5-6 1/3 1/3 1/3 I Relieinn -. --.. -. Psychology 5. Education 50. Education 52. 53. 54. Education 59* ~cand.-l2 Philosophy 21 Scand. 74 Scand. 62 Electives m Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 5 5 5 - Term II ITI Cr. Cr Cr. SENIOR Religion Education 84. Education 83' Education 87' ---- Term I I I Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 - 5 - 4 - - I Term II n I Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - 10 - 5 - Stand. 84 Scand. 99 Electives ' Students who do not plan to take the education sequence may substitute electives for these courses. SECRETARIAL WORK The first year of the following program provides preparation for certain office positions. Completion of the second year provides more advanced training. A student who has had similar courses in high school may be admitted to advanced classes on the basis of his proficiency in the subject. An outline of the requirements for teaching business subjects in high school appears under Business Education. A secretarial-work certificate is awarded on completion of the twoyear program. A student in the two-year program must select three courses from the general education requirement making a total of 90 credits. ~ I FIRST YEAR Religion 11 English 11, 12 Business Ed. 1 Business Ed. 50 Business Ed. 21, 22 Business Ed. 53 Business Ed. 10 Electives H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 Term 11 I11 I Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 5 2 - 5 - - - 4 4 - - - 5 4 SECOND YEAR Religion 21 Psychology 5 Soeech 11 ~ G s i c e s sAd. 1. 2 Business Ed. 63 Business Ed. 8 Electives I Term I1 III Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - - 5 - SEMINARY Completion omf the pre-seminary curriculum is intended to prepare the student for admission into a theological seminary course. The following pro:gram gives the approximate pre-seminary course. It does not specify a major or a minor. The student should seek the counsel of the seminary adviser as early as possible since the major selected by the student may affect the choice of courses even in the freshman year. Term I ~ n g i k h11. 12 History 1. 2. 3 Foreign Lanmage* S o c i o l o ~11 H. P.E. 1 . 2 3 I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - - 4 5 4 4 4 5 - 4 5 - 1/3 1/3 1/3 SOPHOMORE Term I Religion 21 Natursl Science or Math. Foreign Language Philosophy 21 Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or Economics 22 Art 1 or Music 30 Electives Term JUK?OR I I1 I11 SENIOR Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Greek Philosophy 41. 42, 43 Speech 11 Electives 4 - - 5 5 4 4 4 5 4 - 8 8 - - I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Greek Literature Electives 4 4 4 4-5 4 12 - - 16 Since Latin 2 is a prerequisite to Beginning Greek, students who have not studied Latin in high school will need to take Latin 1, 2 in college., SOCIAL SCIENCE MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS A major in the social sciences consists of 65 credits including at least 37 credits in history; 4 credits in geography; and 8 credits in each of economics, political science, and sociology. The following program includes the requirements for a teaching major in the social sciences. Term FRESHMAN I Term I1 111 SOPHOMORE Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 11 English 11, 12 Foreign Language History 1. 2. 3 Sociology 11 Economics 22 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 5 - - 4 4 - - - 4 5 5 5 4 4 4 - - - Religion 21 Foreign Language History 21, 22 Philosophy 21 Psychology 5 Natural Science or Math. I - - - 4 5 5 - I I1 I11 SENIOR Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Education 50 Education 52. 53. 54 Education 59 Art 1 or Music 30 Geography 14 Political Sci. 20, 22 H. P.E. 10 Economics 23 History - 5 1/3 1/3 1/3 Term JUNIOR I1 111 Cr Cr. Cr. 5 4 4 5 5 - - - 4 0 0 0 - - 5 4 - - 4 4 5 5 4 4 - - - - 5 4 - Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Education 84 Education 83 Education 87 sociology 12 Speech 11 or Literature History History 95 Electives - 4 - - 4 - - - 4 - - 3- - 4 4 4 ' A social science minor consists of 45 credits including at least 29 credits in history; and 4 credits in each of the following: geography, economics, political science, sociology. SOCIOLOGY MAJOR The following program is recommended for students who plan to study sociology in graduate school. FRESHMAN Religion 11 Enelish 11. 12 ~o;eign ~ a n g u a g e History 1, 2, or 3 Sociology 11, 12 Art 1 or Music 30 H. P E . 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 - 4 5 5 5 4 4 4 - - - 4 - 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 Term I I1 I11 Cr Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Natural Science or Math. Foreign Language Pol. Sci. 20, 21. or 22 or Economics 22 Philosophy 21 Sociology 41. 42, 43 Electives SENIOR Religion Sociology 75. Sociology 82, 83 Sociology 91* Electives Relieion phil;sophy 63 Sociology 31 Sociology 61,* 62* Psychology 5 Speech 11 Electives Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 - Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 - * Required for the major. SOCIOLOGY MAJOR WITH THE SOCIAL WORK SEQUENCE The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Sociology. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 Foreign Language History 1, 2, or 3 Sociology 11. 12 Art 1 or Music 30 H. P E . 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - 4 5 5 5 - - 4 4 4 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 - I Term I1 I11 SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Natural Science or Math. Speech 11 or Literature Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or Economics 22 Philosophy 21 Sociology 42. 43 Elective SENIOR C-. r . C-. r C-r. . Religion Sociology 5l.* 52.*. 53' Socioloev 54." 55.* 56" s o c i o l o ~ +61" Psychology 5. Sociology 31 Electives - 4 1 4 4 1 - 4 1 Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. Relizion Sociology 75. 82 Psvcholoev 61. 62 Term I I1 I11 Cr Cr Cr. - - 4 Required for the major SPANISH MAJOR See under Curriculum for French major SPEECH MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Speech. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11. 12 Foreign ~ a n g u a g e History 1, 2, or 3 Sociology 11 Art 1 or Music 30 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR Religion Speech 61 Pol. Sci. 20. 21. or 22 or ~ c o n o m i c s22 Speech 60 Speech 51, 55 Education 50 Educztion 52. 53. 54 Education 59 H. P.E. 10 Electives Term - ..--. I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 5 5 5 4 4 4 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 - - - -- - - ---*-* SOPHOMORE Religion 21 ForGgn Language Speech 11 Natural Science or Math. Philosophy 21 Philosouhv 23 speech*i i o r 52 Speech 32 Psychology 5 I1 I11 4 4 -- Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - - 5 - - SENIOR Religion S ~ e e c h16 or 67 speech 66 Education 84 Education 83 Education 87 Electives -- c r , Cr. Cr. L, 6 I - 6 - 6 Term I I1 n I Cr. Cr.. Cr. 4 - - PERSONNEL Officers of the Board m .................... . . . . . . . Chairman THE BOARD Mr. Leonard F. Ramberg OF REGENTS Dr. Luthard 0. Gjerde . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vice-chairman Dr. Philip S. Dybvig . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Secretary Mr. Herbert A. Johnson ............................Treasurer Mr. Ernest A. Alne, Pasadena, California Partner, Alne, Warnick & Mayhew Mr. Elmer L. Andersen, St. Paul, Minnesota Chairman of the Board,, H. B. Fuller Company Mr. Albert E. Anderson, Minneapolis, Minnesota Assistant Manager, Augsburg Publishing House Mr. Marvin F. Borgelt, West St. Paul, Minnesota President, Bituminous Surface Treating Co. Dr. Philip S. Dybvig, St. Paul, Minnesota Vice President and Business Manager, Luther Theological Seminary Mr. Jerome Formo, St. Paul, Minnesota Vice President, Plastics, Inc. Dr. Luthard 0. Gjerde, Minneapolis, Minnesota Executive Director, Lutheran Social Service of Minnesota Dr. John K. Grotting, Minneapolis, Minnesota Physician and Surgeon Mr. Ruben G. Hovland, Northfield, Minnesota High School teacher, Northfield Public Schools; Farming Mr. Herbert A. Johnson, Minneapolis, Minnesota Director, Special Markets, Investors Diversified Services Mr. John Lienemann, Minneapolis, Minnesota President, Minnesota National Life Insurance Company Mr. G. S. Michaelsen, Minneapolis, Minnesota Professor, Director Environmental Health & Safety, University of Minnesota Dr. E. Clifford Nelson, Northfield, Minnesota Professor, St. Olaf College The Rev. David W. Preus, Minneapolis, Minnesota Pastor, University Lutheran Church of Hope Mr. Cyrus Rachie, Appleton, Wisconsin Senior Vice President and General Counsel, Aid Association for Lutherans Mr. Leonard F. Ramberg, Minneapolis, Minnesota Vice President, Northwestern National Bank Mr. Clair E. Strommen, St. Paul, Minnesota General Agent, Central Life Assurance Company The Rev. Johan Thorson, Eau Claire, Wisconsin Senior Pastor, Grace Lutheran Church Mr. John L. Werness, Minneapolis, Minnesota Partner, Werness Brothers Funeral Chapel Mr. John R. Winsor, Wayzata, Minnesota Partner, Piper, Jaffray & Hopwood ADMINISTRATION Oscar A. Anderson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . President Kenneth C. Bailey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dean of the College Burton P. Fosse .............. Vice President for Business Affairs Kenneth P. Fagerlie . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vice President for Development Glen W. Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dean of Students Fern I. Martinson .................. Associate Dean of StudentsDean of Women Mildred Joel ................ Registrar, Secretary of the Faculty Beverly Wegge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant Registrar Karlis Ozolins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Librarian Carl R. Hammarberg ......... Director of Placement and Testing S. V. Hjelmeland ............ Associate Director of Development Jeroy Carlson .................... Director of Alumni Relations Richard Holy ..................... Director of Church Relations Donald Sorlien . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Public Relations John Bostrom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manager of Publications and Sports Michael Walgren . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manager of Music Organizations and Convocations Donovan Lundeen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Admissions Mark Johnson ................ Associate Director of Admissions Marilyn McKnight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Admissions Counselor Richard Berg .............................. Business Manager Eugene Ecklund ..................... Director of Plant Services Elton L. Erdahl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Controller Mrs. Elaine Swanson ................ Director of Food Services John J. Salchert ............................ College Physician Orlin Mandsager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Campus Pastor Irving Hoe1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manager of Book Store Bjarne Landa ......................... Curator of the Museum Agnes Tangjerd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Archivist Mrs. Julie Thompson . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Student Activities PRESIDENT'S BOARD OF ADVISORS Dr. Walter H. Judd, Washington, D.C. Former Congressman from Minnesota, Chairman Mr. Oscar H. Batzli, Minneapolis, Minnesota Batzli Electric Company Mr. Robert J. Bjorklund, Minneapolis, Minnesota Agency Manager, Bankers Life Company Mr. Robert P. Boblett, Minneapolis, Minnesota President, A. D. Strong Company Mr. R. J. Brix, Minnetonka, Minnesota General Manager, Sears, Roebuck & Company Mr. Robert W. Fischer, Minneapolis, Minnesota Vice President, First National Bank Mr. Armand Evans, Chanhassen, Minnesota President, Warner Hardware Company Mr. J. Roscoe Furber, Minneapolis, Minnesota Vice President, Northern States Power Company Mr. A. L. Gallop, St. Paul, Minnesota Executive Secretary, Minnesota Education Association Mr. Roy N. Gesme, Minneapolis, Minnesota Gamble-Skogmo, Inc. Mr. Elling Halvorson, Seattle, Washington President, Elling Halvorson, Inc. Mr. Donald T. Knutson, Minneapolis, Minnesota President, The Knutson Companies, Inc. Mr. Paul W. Kraemer, Hopkins, Minnesota President, Minneapolis Gas Company Mr. Lloyd L. McBurney, Excelsior, Minnesota Chairman of the Board, Tescom Corporation Mr. Hoyt C. Messerer, Cedar Falls, Iowa President, First National Bank Mrs. Burton F. Myers, Minneapolis, Minnesota Homemaker Mrs. George N. Nelson, Minneapolis, Minnesota Homemaker Mr. William A. Nelson, Jr., New York, New York President, Gilbert Systems, Inc. Mr. Wendell L. Olson, Minneapolis, Minnesota President, Fourth Northwestern National Bank Mr. Donald Padilla, Minneapolis, Minnesota President, Padilla, Sarjeant, Sullivan and Speer, Inc. Mr. Leslie C. Park, Minneapolis, Minnesota Vice Chairman, Executive Committee, Baker Properties, Inc. Mr. Raymond Plank, Wayzata, Minnesota President, Apache Corporation Mr. Dean B. Rar dall, Excelsior, Minnesota Vice President, Honeywell, Inc. Mr. Olaf G. Sandbo, Columbus, Ohio President, 0. G . Sandbo Company The Honorable Luther Sletten, Minneapolis, Minnesota Judge of the District Court General L. J. Sverdrup, St. Louis, Missouri Chairman of the Board, Sverdrup & Parcel and Associates, Inc. Mr. Arnulf Ueland, Minneapolis, Minnesota Midland National Bank Mr. Lester P. Wakefield, Excelsior, Minnesota Chairman of the Board, Jefferson Transportation Co. Dr. A. Cabot Wohlrabe, Minneapolis, Minnesota Physician and Surgeon COMMITTEES OF THE FACULTY Administrative Committee: 0. Anderson, Bailey, G. Johnson, Fosse, Fagerlie President's Cabinet: 0. Anderson, Miss Martinson, Miss Joel, Sorlien, Berg, Ecklund, Mrs. Swanson, Mrs. Thompson, M. Johnson, Mandsager Faculty Senate: 0 . Anderson, Bailey, P. Quanbeck, Skibbe, R. Anderson, Nicholl, Torstenson, Gisselquist, Agre, Sulerud Educational Policies: Bailey, 0 . Anderson, Sandin, Ollila, Miss Pederson, Karlen, Follingstad, Mickelberg, M. Quanbeck, Stenshoel, Miss Joel Library: Miss Kemmer, Fardig, Thorpe, Bergstrom, Colacci Student Personnel: G. Johnson, Miss Martinson, Benson, Gustafson, Mrs. Karvonen, Gulden Admissions and Student Standing: Bailey, Miss Joel, Holum, Miss Rozentals, Mrs. Dyrud, Holman International Education: Mrs. Johnson, Mrs. Jensen, Miss M. Anderson, Miss Joel, Mrs. Kingsley Athletics: E. Anderson, Mickelberg, Savold, Dahlen, Kiive Faculty Social Functions: Miss Lund, Holen, Mrs. Anderegg, Miss Kemmer, Miss M. Anderson Teacher Education: E. Johnson, Miss Mattson, Mrs. Parker, E. Anderson, J. Johnson, Ollila, Mrs. Olson Faculty Personnel Policies: Pfeffer, Budge, Mrs. Jensen, Sateren, Holum *Judicial Council: Nelson, Chrislock, Herforth, Stenshoel *Student-Faculty Council: 0.Anderson, Bailey, G. Johnson, Miss Martinson, Fretheim, Mrs. Kingsley *Convoctations:Agre, Miss Aaskov, Mrs. Noonan, Benson *Religious Life: Mandsager, Husfloen, Miss Martinson Archives: Miss Tangjerd, Miss Kemmer, Chrislock, Landa, Miss Mortensen * Joint Student-Faculty Committees 0 THE FACULTY Ruth Aaskov (1960-63, 1965), Assistant Professor of French B.A., Augsburg College, 1953; M.A., Middlebury College, 1960. Courtland Agre (1959), Professor of Chemistry B.CH.E,, 1934 and Ph.D., 1937, University of Minnesota. Earl Alton (1960), Associate Professor of Chemistry (on leave 1967-68) B.A., St. Olaf College, 1955; M.S., 1958 and Ph.D., 1961, University of Michigan. Lyla Mae Anderegg (1959), Assistant Professor of Education and Psychology B.A., University of Minnesota, 1945; M.A., Northwestern University, 1947. Ernest Anderson (1946), Professor of Health and Physical Education, Basketball Coach B.A., Augsburg College, 1937; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1947. *Hildur Anderson (1965), Librarian I, Catalog Librarian A.A., North Park College, 1938; B.S., University of Minnesota, 1941. *Joyce M. Anderson (1966), Instructional Assistant in Health and Physical Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1965. Mary Marie Anderson (1965), Instructor in Spanish B.A., St. Olaf Co'llege, 1962; M.A., Middlebury College, 1964. Oscar A. Anderson (1963), President of the College B.A., St. Olaf College, 1938; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1942; LL.D., Concordia College, 1963. Raymond E. Anderson (1949), Professor of Speech B.S., 1946, M.A., 1950 and Ph.D., 1959, University d Minnesota. *Stewart C. Anderson (1967), Instructional Assistant in Biology Kenneth C. Bailey (1965), Dean of the College and Professor of Philosophy B.A., St. Olaf College, 1950; M.A., 1952 and Ph.D., 1960, University of Minnesota. Valeria Baltina (1967), Instructor in German Diploma, Municipal Gymnasium, 1926; Diploma, 1931 and Magester der Philologie, 1933, University of Latvia. John Benson (1963), Assistant Professor of Religion B.A., Augsburg College, 1955; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1959; M.A., 1961 and Ph.D., 1967, Columbia University. *William Bergstrom (1963), Assistant Professor of English B.A., 1950 and M.A., 1952, University af Minnesota. *Robert E. Beverley (1966), Assistant Professor of Music B.M.E., 1946 and M.M., 1948; Northwestern University. *Vernon M. Bloom (1965), Instructor in Sociology B.A., 1956 and M.S.W., 1959, University of Minnesota. Philip M. Bly (1967), Instructor in English B.A., St. Olaf College, 1961. Margaret J. Bolsterli (1967), Assistant Professor of English B.A., University of Arkansas, 1952; M.A., Washington University, 1952. *Dagrun Bondevik (1967), Instructor in Norwegian B.A., Logndal Gymnas, Logndal, Norway, 1955; Kristiansand Officiale Laerarskole, 1955-59. Bruce P. Budge (1960), Assistant Professor of Business Administration B.S., 1953 and M.S., 1957, University of Idaho. Penelope Cairns (1967), Instructor in French B.A., Carleton College, 1964; certificate, McGill University French Summer School, 1962; M.A.T., Duke University, 1967. Carl H. Chrislock (1952), Professor of History B.A., Augsburg College, 1937; M.A., 1947 and Ph.D., 1955, University of Minnesota. Bernhard M. Christensen (1938-63), President Emeritus B.A., Augsburg College, 1922; Th.M., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1927; Ph.D., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1929. '"Gracia Christensen (1959-60, 1961-62, 1963), Instructor in English B.A., Hunter College, 1932; M.A., Radcliffe College, 1935. Thomas J. Christenson (1967), Assistant Professor of Philosophy B.A., Concordia College, 1963; M.A., 1965 and Ph.D., 1967, Yale University Robert W. Clyde (1967), Director of the Social Science Research Center with rank of Associate Professor B.A., Coe College, 1949; M.A., Rockford College, 1958; Ph.D., State University of Iowa, 1964. '"John R. Coan, Jr. (1966), Artist in Residence of Music (Brass) B.A., University of Minnesota, 1953. Mario Colacci (1952), Professor of Classical Languages D.Th., Pontificium Atheneum Roman Major Seminary, 1932; L.R.B., Pontificium Institutum Biblicum de Urbe, Rome, 1934; D.Litt., University of Naples, 1940. Ailene Cole (1956), Associate Professor of Speech B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1936; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1949. Thomas E. Crepeau (1964), Assistant Professor of German (on leave 1967-68) B.A., College of St. Thomas, 1958; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1964. K. Berner Dahlen (1941), Associate Profess'or omf English B.A., Augsburg College, 1931; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1940. Carlyle C. Dewey (1967), Assistant Professor of Political Science B.A., 1962 and M.A., 1964, University of Minnesota. Beverly C. Durkee (1965), Assistant Professor of Mathematics B.A., 1952; B.S.L., 1953; B.S.Ed., 1963; M.A., 1965, University of Minnesota. Grace H. Dyrud, (1962), Associate Professor of Psychology B.A., 1957 and Ph.D., 1963, University of Minnesota. Wilfried Edner (1967), Visiting Professor of Modern Languages Diploma, 1954, and Ph.D., 1963, Bavarian State University, Erlangen, West Germany. "Edgar E. Eklof (1967), Artist in Residence of Music (Voice) B.A., University of Minnesota, 1951; M.A., Manhattan School of Music, 1955. Kenneth P. Fagerlie (1963), Vice President for Development B.A., Augsburg College, 1950. Sheldon Fardig (1962), Associate Professor of Education B.A., Carleton College, 1940; M.M., 1952 and Ph.D., 1966, Northwestern University. Henry G. Follingstad (1962), Assistant Professor of Mathematics B.E.E., University of Minnesota, 1947; C.D.T. diploma, Bell Telephone Laborato'ries, Inc., 1950. Burton P. Fosse (1953), Vice President for Business Affairs B.B.A. and B.M.E., University of Minnesota, 1949. Terence E. Fretheim (1961-63, 1967), Assistant Professor of Religion B.A., Luther College, 1956; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1960; Th.D., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1967. Stephen Gabrielsen (1963), Instructor in Music, Director of Male Chorus (on leave 1967-68) B.A., Augsburg College, 1963, M.A., University of Minnesota, 1966. Daryl Gibson (1954), Associate Professor of Music (Brass Instruments) (on leave 1967- ) B.S., 1934 and M.A., 1941, University of Minnesota; Ph.D., University of Iowa, 1947. Orloue Gisselquist (1956), Assistant Professor of History B.A. 1943 and M.A., 1956, University of Minnesota. William S. Gray (1966-67), Associate Professor of English (on leave 1967-68) B.A., Centenary College, 1950; M.A., Louisiana State University, 1962; Ph.D., University of Exeter, 1,964. *Edwin L. Groenhoff (1966), Instructor in Education B.A., Northwestern College, 1955; M.Ed., Macalester College, 1957. Dean B. Gulden (1966), Assistant Professor of Mathematics B.A., Augsburg College, 1963; M.S., University of Minnesota, 1967. Donald R. Gustafson (1961-63, 1966), Assistant Professor of History B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1955; M.A., University of Wisconsin, 1956. Arlin E. Gyberg (1967), Assistant Professor of Chemistry B.S., Mankato State College, 1961; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1967. Carl R. Hammarberg (1953), Director of Placement and Testing with rank of Assistant Professor B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1932; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1948. Leif E. Hansen (1961), Assistant Professor of Scandinavian (on leave 1967-68) B.A., Concordia College, 1947; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1950. Theodore J. Hanwick (1956), Professor of Physics B.E.E., 1933 and M.S., 1937, Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn; Ph.D., New York University, 1950. *Kare Hauge (1967), Instructor in History B.A., University of Oslo, 1965; Alliance Francaise, Diplome Superior, 1964. Melvin Helland (1941-64), Professor Emeritus B.A., Augsburg College, 1915; C.T. Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1918; S.T.M., 1919 and Ph.D., 1930, Hartford Seminary Foundation. *Katherine A. Hennig (1966), Artist in Residence of Music (Voice) B.A., 1933 and M.S., 1956, University of Minnesota. Robert S. Herforth (1966), Assistant Professor of Biology B.A., Wartburg College, 1960; M.S., University of Nebraska, 1963. Norman Holen (1964), Instructor in Art B.A., Concordia College, 1959; M.F.A., Iowa State University, 1962. Thomas R. Holman (1966), College Psychologist and Assistant Professor of Psychology B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1959; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1966. John R. Holum (1957-58, 1959), Professor of Chemistry B.A., St. Olaf College, 1950; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1954. 'kRichard F. Holy (1967), Lecturer of Business Administration and Economics B.S., 1954 and J.D., 1955, University of Wisconsin; B.A., Luther Theological Seminary, 1959. Mary T. Howard (1965), Assistant Professor of Psychology B.A., West Virginia State College, 1948; M.A., University of Kansas City, 1952; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1967. Richard Husfloen (1962-63, 1964), Assistant Professor of Sociology B.A., Augsburg College, 1961; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1964; M.Th., Princelton Theological Seminary, 1964. James W. Ingemanson (1967), Instructor in Chemistry A.B., Augustana College, 1965; B.S., Iowa State University, 1967. Valija Jaunlinins (1965), Instructor in German Interpreter, Heidelberg University, 1948; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1964. *Irene Khin Khm Jensen (1955-56, 1959), Associate Professor of History B.A., Rangoon University, Burma, 1949; M.A., Bucknell University, 1951; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1956. "Olive J. Jensen (1966), Lecturer in Art B.A., St. Olaf College, 1953; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1963. Mildred V. Joel (1947), Registrar with rank o'f Associate Professor B.A., Augsburg College, 1940; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1947. Einar 0. Johnson (1956), Professor of Education B.A., Concordia Co'llege, 1938; M.A., 1950 and Ph.D., 1961, University of Washington. Glen W. Johnson (1961), Dean of Students with rank of Assistant Professor B.S.E., University of Nebraska, 1952; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1959. James D. Johnson (1961), Instructor in Music (Piano) B.A., University of Minnesota, 1956; M.A., Julliard School of Music, 1958. *Mary E. Johnson (1962), Assistant Professor of French B.A., Smith College, 1947; M.A., Columbia University, 1950. Sherman J. Johnsrud (1960-61, 1965-66, 1967), Assistant Professor of Philosophy B.A., St. Olaf College, 1953; M.A., University of Chicago, 1955. Robert Karlen (1959), Assistant Professor of Music B.M., New England Conservatory, 1950; M.A., University o'f Minnesota, 1959. Joanne Karvonen (1965), Instructor in English B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1961; M.A., University of Georgia, 1962. Grace E. Kemmer (1966), Librarian I, Acting Head Librarian B.A., Augsburg College, 1958; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1967. Priidu Kiive (1966), Instructor in Physics B.A., Berea College, 1953; M.A., University of Buffalo, 1959. '"Mimi B. Kingsley (1947), Associate Professor of Spanish B.A., Maryville College, 1936; M.A., University of Mexico, 1944. Bernhardt J. Kleven (1937-46, 1947-65), Professor Emeritus B.A., Augsburg College, 1922; M.A., 1930 and Ph.D., 1941, University of Minnesota. '"Carolyn R. Knutson (1966), Librarian I, Reference Librarian B.A., Grinnell College, 1955; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1965. Boyd N. Koehler (1967), Librarian I, Circulation Librarian B.A., Moorhead State College, 1966; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1967. Bjarne E. Landa (1947), Professor of German B.A., Voss State College, Norway, 1925; B.A., 1928 and M.A., 1930, University of Southern California; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1952. Bertha Lillehei (1937-40, 1960), Assistant Professor of English B.A., Augsburg College, 1934; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1960. (on leave 1967- ) Lorraine K. Livingston (1960), Assistant Professor of English B.A., 1930 and M.A., 1932, University of Minnesota. Ruth G. Ludeman (1967), Assistant Professor of Education A.B., Colorado State College, 1959; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1961. Gertrude S. Lund (1950), Associate Professor of Business Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1936; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1951. David Lyle (1964), Instructional Assistant in Chemistry B.A., Augsburg College, 1964. *Kay L. Madson (1966), Instructor in Sociology B.A., Augsburg College, 1962. Orlin L. Mandsager (1960-61, 1962), Campus Pastor and Instructor of Religion B.A., St. Olaf College, 1956; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1961. Fern Martinson (1964), Dean of Women--Associate Dean of Students B.A., Concordia College, 1947; M.A., Syracuse University, 1950. Martha M. Mattson (1960), Associate Professor of Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1928; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1932. Erwin D. Mickelberg (1956), Associate Professor of Biology B.A., Augsburg College, 1954; M.A., University of Minnesuta, 1964. *Kathryn Moen (1967), Artist in Residence of Music (Organ) B.A., Luther College, 1941; M.A., Northwestern University, 1947. *August Molder (1963), Artist in Residence and Instructor of Art Graduated, 1938 and LL.M., 1944, University of Tartu, Estonia. Gerda Mortensm (1923), Professor Emeritus and Executive Secretary of Centennial Committee B.S., University of Minnesota, 1923; M.A., Columbia University, 1928. John B. Mosand (1967), Instructor in Art Examen Artium, Gymnasium, Trondheim, Norway, 1954; Norwegian Institute of Technology, 1957-60; University of Illinois, 1960-61. Arthur Nash (1922-66), Professor Emeritus B.A., Augsburg College, 1922; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1938. Cecilia Y. Nauck (1966), Instructor in Mathematics B.A., Hofstra University, 1964. Edor C. Nelson (1946), Associate Professor of Physical Education, Football and Baseball Coach B.A., Augsburg College, 1938; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1947. Gordon L. Nelson (1967), Assistant Professor of Sociology B.A., 1958 and M.A., 1959, University of Minnesota; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1963; M.A., University of Chicago Divinity School, 1965. Grier Nicholl (1961), Associate Professor of English B.A., Wesleyan University, 1951; M.A., Columbia Teachers College, 1956; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1964. *John L. Nielsen (1966), Artist in Residence and Instructor in Music (Brass) B.A., Iowa State Teachers College, 1956; M.A., State University of Iowa, 1963. Norma C. Noonan (1966), Assistant Professor of Political Science B.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1959; M.A., 1962 and Ph.D., 1965, Indiana University. David Nordlie (1961), Assistant Professor of Sociology (on leave 1967-68) B.A., Augsburg College, 1960; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1965. Douglas J. Ollila (1966), Assistant Professor of Religion B.A., Augsburg College, 1953; B.D., Suomi Theological Seminary, 1956; Th.D., Boston University, 1963. Esther J. Olson (1960), Associate Professor of Speech B.S., 1945; M.A., 1945 and Ph.D. 1956, University of Minnesota. Judith Olson (1965), Instructional Assistant in Physical Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1965. *Nils W. Olsson (1967), Visiting Professor of Scandinavian A.M., 1938 and Ph.D., 1949, University of Chicago. Karlis Ozoliis (1955), Librarian with rank of Associate Professor (on leave 1967-68) B.A., Augsburg College; 1951; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1952; M.A., 1961 and M.Ed., 1966, University of Minnesota. Ronald G. Palosaari (1965), Assistant Professor of English (on leave 1967-68) B.A., 1955 and B.D., 1959, Bethel College; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1963. *Patricia A. Parker (1960), Assistant Professor of Library Science B.S., Eastern Michigan College, 1949; M.A., University of Michigan, 1952. Howard E. Pearson (1956), Assistant Professor of Physical Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1953; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1957. Anne Pederson (1932-44,1946), Professor of English B.A., Augsburg College, 1932; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1945. LaVonne Peterson (1950), Associate Professor of Physical Education for Women B.A., Augsburg College, 1950; M.A., Montana State University, 1954. Ronald D. Pfeffer (1966), Instructor in Physical Education B.S. Concordia College, 1962; M.S., University of Montana, 1966. Martin Quanbeck (1938), Protessor of Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1929; M.A., 1933 and Ph.D., 1952, University of Minnesota. Philip A. Quanbeck (1957), Professor of Religion B.A., Augsburg College, 1950; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1951; M.Th., 1954 and D.Th., 1957 Princeton Theological Seminary. Gunta Rozentals (1965), Assistant Professor of Spanish B.A., 1956 and M.A., 1961, University of Minnesota. Edward M. Sabella (1967), Assistant Professor of Economics B.S., University of Rhode Island, 1960. Robert T. Sandin (1958-60,, 1967), Professor of Philosophy B.A., Bethel College, 1949; B.D., Bethel Theological Seminary, 1954; M.A., 1956 and Ph.D., 1959, University of Minnesota. '''Lars A. Sandven (1967), Instructional Assistant in Norwegian Richard Sargent (1967), Instructor in English B.A., University of North Carolina, 1965. Leland B. Sateren (1946), Professor of Music B.A., Augsburg College, 1935; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1943; L.H.D., Gettysburg College, 1965; D.Mus., Lakewood College, 1965. Edwin J. Saugestad (1960), Assistant Professor of Physical Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1959; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1964. A. Mayo Savold (1952), Associate Professor of Music B.A., Luther College, 1941; M.Mus.Ed., MacPhail School of Music, 1963. Marjorie H. Sibley (1961), Librarian I1 (on leave 1967-68) B.A., 1942 and M.A., 1943, University of Illinois; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1961. Eugene Skibbe (1964), Assistant Professor of Religion B.A., St. Olaf College, 1952; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary, 1956; D.Th., University of Heidelberg, 1962. '"Frank L. Slesnick (1967), Instructor in Economics B.A., Oberlin College, 1964. George Soberg (1926-65), Professor Emeritus B.A., Augsburg College, 1926; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1950. James R. Spiess (1967), Instructor in Physics B.A., Augsburg College, 1964; M.S., University of Colorado, 1967. *Charles A. Stendahl, Jr. (1967), Instructional Assistant in Biology *Roger R. Stem (1967), Instructor in Computer Science B.S., 1961 and M.A., 1964, University of South Dakota. Myles C. Stenshoel (1965), Associate Professor of Political Science B.A., Concordia College, 1948; M.A., 1958 and Ph.D., 1965, University of Colorado. Ralph Sulerud (1964), Assistant Professor of Biology B.A., Concordia College, 1954; M.A., University of Nebraska, 1958. *Agnes B. Tangjerd (1940), Librarian Emeritus and Archivist B.A., St. Olaf College, 1920; B.S., 1939 and M.A., 1944, University of Minnesota. *Rolf K. Tedefalk (1967), Instructor in Business Administration Graduated, Hvilans Gymnasium, Sweden, 1955; Commissioned, Military Academy, Sweden, 1956; B.S.B., University of Minnesota, 1964. Philip J. Thompson (1959), Associate Professor of Art (on leave 1967-68) B.A., Concordia College, 1955; M.F.A., Iowa State University, 1958. Neal 0. Thorpe (1967), Associate Professor of Biology B.A., Augsburg College, 1960; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1965. John Thut (1947), Associate Professor Emeritus B.A., Goshen College, 1923; B.Mus., 1930 and M.Mus., 1934, American Conservatory of Music. *Vera Thut (1947), Instructor in Music (Piano) B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music, 1927. Renate Tietz (1963), Librarian I, Acquisition Librarian B.A., 1962 and M.A., 1965, University of Minnesota. Joel S. Torstenson (1938-42, 1947), Professor of Sociology B.A., Augsburg College, 1938; M.A., 1940 and Ph.D., 1959, University of Minnesota. *E. Margaret Trautwein (1950-54, 1961), Assistant Profess,or d English B.A., Augsburg College, 1937; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1953. Erling J. Urdahl (1943), Professor of Biology B.A., Concordia College, 1930; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1940. *Leo B. Vetvick (1966), Instructor in Sociology A.A., 1948, North Park College; B.A., 1953, Augsburg College; diploma, North Park Seminary, 1955. Eugene Vuicich (1967), Assistant Professor of Music B.S., University of Minnesota, 1949; M.M., Indiana University, 1967. *Sister Marie Gertrude Ward (1967), Assistant Professor of Classical Languages B.A., College of St. Catherine, 1940; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1945. Beverly A. Wegge (1966), Assistant Registrar B.S., St. Cloud State College, 1958. *David Westphal (1966), Artist in Residence in Art Dale R. Whiteside (1967), Assistant Professor of Modern Languages A.B., Augustana College, 1956. Robert M. Zeller (1965), Director of Instructional Services B.A., Augsburg College, 1965. "'Alvin A. Arens (1966-67), Assistant Professor of Business Administration B.B.A., University of Minnesota, *Norman K. Bakken (1966-67), Lecturer in Religion A.B., Augsburg College, 1947; S.T.M., Hamma Divinity School, 1954; Th.D., Union Theological Seminary, 1963. *Eric 0. Giere (1966-67), Artist in Residence in Music (Voice) B.A., Luther College, 1949; M.A., University of Iowa, 1964. '''Loren E. Halvorson (1966-67), Adjunct Professor and Director, Academic Town Meeting B.A., St. Olaf College, 1949; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary, 1953; Ph.D., University of Chicago, 1958. :&JohnW. Knudsen (1966-67), Instructor in Business Administration, Economics and Business Education B.A., St. Olaf College, 1962. *Mary C. Preus (1966-67), Instructor in Classical Languages B.A., Luther College, 1963; A.M., Harvard University, 1964. Warley J. Refsal (1966-67), Teaching Aide in Modern Languages *Henriette Rodary (1966-67), Instructional Assistant in Modern Languages *Marjorie Rodberg (summer, 1967), Librarian I, Assistant Catalog Librarian B.S., University of Minnesota, 1963. David A. Sjogren (1966-67), Teaching Aide in Biology :!:Paul H. Zirnmerman (1966-67), Instructional Assistant in Health and Physical Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1966. * Part-time faculty ::* :*,:: Ahlson, Margaret Ann . Williston, N. Dak Anderson, Allen Kenneth . . . Paynesuille Anderson, Barbara Ellen . . . . . . . . Benson Andersoq Carol Louise . . . Minneapolis Andersoq D a ~ dElbert . . . . Grossion Anderson, Donald Eric . . . . . . . . Robbinsdale Anderson, Janet Marie . , , . St Paul Anderson, John Luther . . . . . . . . Climaz Anderson, Karen Ann . . Bnd<cr. iu Anderson, Mary Kay .. . . , Rcd R'imc Andreasen, John Gabriel . . t-'irrquc. TVis, Arlf Nancy Jeanne . . . . . . . . . . . . Gknmc Ausmus, Duane G . . . Hinckley . . . Zimmerman Bagley, Harold James . Robbinsdale Bakke, Judith M . . . Canby Beiningen, Janet Marie . . . . . . Minneapolis Benson. Carolyn Mae ... Welch Berg, Anita Christine . . . Minneapolis Berg, David Clarence . . . Bernstrom, Robert Donald Minneapolis , !!;nrcwoli, Bevis. Lennore A Bylund Blake, Ronald Richard . S d n r z . TVorh Blom, Catherine Elizabeth . . rIrrrcIy12 Boies, Thomas G. P. . .I!inz~:cpoiir Bolstad, Paul Raymond . . . Minneapolis . . . . Minneapolis Bolstad, Rosanne M. Bonnes, Charles Edwin . . . . Minneapolis Booth, Tine Andriessen Fort Francis, Ont., Can Bowles, Connie Lee . . Minneapolis Braaten, Julie Secgmiller Decorah, la. Brandvold, Richard William Minneapolis ...... Minnetonka Bruzek, Barbara . . . . . Butterfield Buhler, Joan . . . . . Minneapolis Carlson. Lee Dixon . . . . . . . . . . Anoka Cartwright, Paul Otis Cerkvenik, Paula Kay . . . Princeton, N.1 . . . . Edina Christenson, Bruce G . . Cole, Larry . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Coleman, T. Patrick . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Coltvet, Benjamin H . . . . . Estheruille, la. Coltvet, Helen B. ... Estheruille, la. ... , . Stockton, Calif. Corson. Corbin G. Coryell, Charles Emerson . . . . . Richfield . Daniels, Brian Howard Danielson, Margaret C. Davis, Kathleen Marie . . Degen, Heidemarie . Delany, Marjorie . Drews, Ellen Udine Onalarka, Wis. .. Minneapolis . . . . .Minneapolis Frankfurt am Main West Germany . . . Warn, Wis. . . Minneapolis . Egesdal, Miriam Ruth Emerson, Douglas A. .. Engle, Judith Lynn . Erickson, Caren D . . . . . Erickson, Janet Kathryn . . Erickson, Judith J. . . . . Erickson, Judith Marie . Erickson, Karen Kaye Ericson, Rodger Tilden . . Estenson, Grace Rolinda . . Thief Riuer Falls Ferber, Rebecca Ellen Ferchen, Duane V. . . . . Niagara FalLs, N.Y. . . . . . . St. Louis Park Finke, Rodger Gary Firsf Le Mar Jack . . . . . . . . St. Louis Park Winona Fischer, Alberta Mary Elizabeth . . Franson, C. Vinal . . . . . . . . . . . Richfield . . . . . Minneapolis Frick, Phyllis G Gilbertson, J o h n Gayle . Minneapolis . . . . . . Duluth Gilleland, Richard E Grant, Ordean Leonard . . . . . . . . . Austin Greenfield, John Nelson . . . . . Sheridan, Wy. Gunderson, Darlene Ojakangas . . . . . Monticello Gustafson, Jack Edward . . . . . . . . Osseo Haag, Mary Lynne Kurth . . . Huichinmn . . . h'or:hkM Hallcock, Beverly Marie . Rrd IT'ir;3 Hamberg, Sandra Diane Edskom Hanse, Joel G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3lorri1 Hanseq Jean Mosal . . . . . . . . . . . . Richfield . Richfield Hanson, Cynthia Ann . . . . . . . Thief River FalLs Hanson, Ronald A. . . Minneapolis Hanson, Thomas Frederick . Minneapolis Hanwick, Theodore Thor . Westbrook Hauberg, Lila Lee . . . . . . . Hedman, Dave . . . . . Seattle, Wmh. Helvig, Mary Lee . . . . . . . . . Truman Hendrickson, Alan Albert Negaunee, Mich . Minnetonka Hendrickson, John R , Jr . . . . . Maple Lake Hoekstra, Harold J . . Brooklyn Center Hoff, Larry Eugene Hokkanen, J e n y David . . . . . Kimble . Piermont, S. Dak Holm, Marilyn Franzen . Tigerton, Wis Holm, Steven Andreas . . . Minneapolis Holmgren, Sharon Joy Minneapolis Holtan, Judith Ann . . . . . Radcliffe, In Hoversten, Linda Marie Huntzicker, Carol Diane Nelson . Minneapolis . . . . . . . Pennock Huseby, Edward J Jacobson, David R Minneapolis . . St. Paul Joesting, Susan Jean Johns, Russell H . Ghent, N.Y. Bloomington Johnson, David Lawrence Lake Mills, I a Johnson, Dennis Carl Johnson, Donna Marie , . Minneapolis Lehr, N. Dak Johnson, Douglas Arthur Columbia Heights Johnsoq Duane Elmer .. . Red Wing Johnson, Gary Steven Grantsburg, Wis Johnson, Gay A. . , Johnson, Irene M. . . Minneapolis Johnson, Karen Janice . . Minneapolis Johnson, Mardelle B. . . Kirkland, 111. Johnson, Robert Leslie . . . . . . Willmm Johnson, Sally Ann . . . . McCallsburg, l a Johnson, Sandra Lee . . Annandale Joing, Bonnie Jean .. . Minneapolis Kalberg, Eileen Marguerite Kalp* Kathleen L . . . Klemp, Joy Carol .. Klepp, John DeWayne Koepcke, Janet Lorraine . . Kosloske, Daryl Gordon Kotval, Sandra Jeanne Kristenson, Allan Jerome Kruse, Verland E. Kyllo, Loren Jon . . Hecror Parkers Prairie ... Ezcelsior Bag* Ercelsror . Fmrmont Broweruille Wammingo Bloomington Burnsuille Landa, Mark Faribault . Minneapolis Lange, Walter J . . . Minneapolis Larsen, Oliver A , Jr Larson, Allen James . St. Paul Larson, Carole Jane Newman Groue, Neb . . . . Hector Larson, Mary Lynn . Minnetonka LaSalle, Judith Carol Lee, Henry Albert Camrose. Alberta, Can . Lacrosse, Wis. Lee, Thomas Robert . Addis Ababa, Ethiopia Legesse, Hagos Lund, John W. Minnetonka . . . . . . . . Roseau Lund, Karen 0. . St Croiz Falls, Wis Lundgren, Ida Elizabeth Luoma, Gracia A. Nydahl Minneapolis Minneapolis Maas, Jerry LeRoy . Mattison, Donald Roger !finwnpolir Luck. 1ri7 Mattson, Dean ElRoy Roscc:r Mattson, Kathlyn Elvera . .. Milaca Mattson, Philip Dale McCaughan, Charles A . . Blwmington McGregor, Thomas Robert . Minot, N. Dak. . . Minneapolis Meland, John Kristoffer Minneapolis Miklos, Geraldine Charron Minneapolis Miller, John Richard . . . . Minneapolis . Minear, Spencer E. Moland, Lucille Sharon Malta, Ill. Moore, James Raymom! . . St. Paul Mork, Richard 3Iiltnn . . Benson Morreim, Jeanne Wanner . . . Cumberland, Wis. Muehlenthaler, Sharon B. . . . . . St. Paul . . Rockford, Ill Myrvik, Karen Ann . . . . . . . Hillsboro, N. Dak. Nelson, Anne Moen . . . . . . . Lakeville Nelson, Blair Russell . . . . . . . . . RichfieId Nelson, Jacqueline Neseth, Carmen Lois . . . . . . . Kenyon Norlin, Sandra Roth . . . . . . . . St. Paul Norum, Grant Marvin . . . . . . . Clayton, Wis . . Wooduille, Wis. Norvold, Douglas Berg .. Columbia Heights Nygaard, Marie T Oelschlager, Karen . . . . . Wa~mingo Oguamanam, Cletus Onyeama Abbg Nigeria Robbinsdale Olson. Gracia Naomi . . . . . . Olson, Joseph Andrew . . . . . Minneapolis Olson, Larry Howard . . . . . Granite Falls Olson, Mary Ann . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Olson, Sanfred N. . . . . . . . . .Roseuille . . . Ostby, John Leonard Minneapolis . . . . . . . . . Dennison Ostemn, Karen L . St. Cloud Pslmgren. Patricia Claire . . Cliiherall Paulsoq Dennis Edward . . . . . . Minneapolis Pautz, Lynn Eagen . Brooklyn Pmk Pearsoq Wayne Kenneth Persons, Warren Lee Minneapolis ... Peterson, Darrel A .... Fmwell . . . . . . Minneapolis Peterson, Janice L. Peterson, Ronald David . . . . . . . . Cosmos Petzke, Bonita Kae . . . . . Willmm Pierson, Diana L. . . . . , Minneapolis . . Harlings Pinke, Paul August . . . . Podas, Gary Charles Minneapolis . . Ezcelsior Poeschel, Richard Albert . . Hutchinson Popp, Kathleen Ann . Minneapolis Prokofieff, Philip E. .. Wagner, Dean Eldon Wagner, Nicholas E. . Wall, Kathryn Elizabeth Wallen, Lynn Louise Warzyniak, Robert W . Weimer, Martha E Westby, Steven Amold Will, Connie D. Clarine Williams, Richard Keith Windingstad, Ronald M Woida, Duane Arthur . . Woolson, Cynthia Lee Lake Mills, I a Si. Paul .... , Minneapolis Robbimdak Wausau, Wis. . . . . . . Austin .. Dawson Peshiigo, Wis . . . Hosiings Zimmermaq Paul Henry, J r , Zinn, Richard Carlton . . Zumbrota . . Si. Paul .. GRADUATES, 1967 (through August 31) Aas, John Edward . Adams. Marcia Louise Albaugh, Marilyn Rae Anderson. Barbara J. Anderson, Bruce Edward Anderson, Joyce Ardell Anderson, Patricia P Andreason, Shirley M Arends, Ardell Martha . Asp, Julie Ann Asper, Victoria Sharon Axberg, Robert Atle , . . I Pelican Rapids Minneapolis , . . Aurora . . Osakis Eagle Bend . . . . . . A ustin . . . Smgeant Minneapolis . Wabosso . Peterson Frederick. Wis. Minneapolis . . Sacred Hemi Barnaal, Lois A Barsness, Anita Marie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Watson Batalden, Sandra Jean . . . . . . . . . . . . Lamberton . . Minneapolis Batalden, Stephen Kalmer Beauclair, Mildred M New Rockford, N. Dak Quam, Marilyn A Kenyon . . . . . . Brooklyn Center Benson, Robert R . . . . . Minneoia Berg, Carol Myrvik Ree, James R. . . . . . . . . . . St. Louis Park Bethke, Joel Lee . . . . Cannon Falls Reiff, Paul G. . . . . . . . . . . St. Paul Bold\ Marilyn Jean . . . . Huichinson .. Princeton Reiman. Dennis B Bollman, Lynn A. . . . . . . Minneapolis . . Si Paul Rindal, Terence W. ..... Radcliffe, Ia. . . . . 61 . r n m n i ~ ~ ; Bomick, Steven D Ring, Vernice Robbins, Richard Raymond .. I E r n ~ ~ a ~ c ~ I i - Brabch, Keith Richard . . . . . RenvilIe Bremer, Constance V Elizabeth . . St Paul Ronning, Donald David . . Fmgc. Y . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Burke, Ronald C Ronning Sharon Bjugstad , Burmn? 1L.k Rosenquist, Adeline E. .. , I: 1 c o n J r i St. Anthony Village Chilgren, Donald L Rossing, Melvin 0. . . TrilJ.r:r. :\I~da<m?ur Wolf Point, Mont Christianson, Donna Dean Rosvold, L. Beverly . . . . Co!!onumd . . . . Richfield Cina, Stephen Alan . . . . Minneapolis Rued, Mary Margaret . . . Bloomington Clawson, John T. . . . . . . . . . Willmm Rykken, Dennis Neal . . Minneapolis Cooper, Grant William . . . Minneapolis Sandau, Ivan D. Dahlquist, Kathleen :ifinwnpoli. . . . Minneapolis Sandin, Shirley Ann . , ,Amnril!n, T C Y ~ Danielson, Thad Carl ..... Minneapolis Sather, Bonnie Louise Deden, Ruth Ann . Zumbroro Sawai, Noboru . . . . . . . >Iinx~,3mlir Doering, Sandra Lee . hbhirtrdalc . . Newman Gro::~..:'r-cS. Sawyer, Carol Ann Dolan, Mary Margie IInw! Schamer, Bonita Boll . . . . Tininrn? Donald, William Paul , , :ltinnr5~c/iz Schulz, Niles R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Zurnbroia . 3lrrmruerilir Dunham, Loren J. . . . . Long Lake Schumann, Carolyn A. . . . . . . Beloit, Wis. Scott, Michael David Enlund, Marian I Rich.&-!d . . . . . . . Hopkins Senn, James A . , Rci,r-rr Enstad, John C . Blancharduille, Wis Severson, Roland 0 Erickson, Conroe LeRoy Canr;grr Fcllr . Chicago, 111. Sexton, Lela M Erickson, Douglas R. . , .Crq!fL.. IVEh . . Richfield Shaleen, Esther A. Erickson. Elaine Marie , ,JlfinJ-n~o1is Shores, Stanley Bernard . . . . . Willmm Erickson, Steven I. ramhridgr Sigurdson, Eunice E . . . . . New Hope Evenson, Larry Kent H=,I~L . . . McGraih Simonson, Ronald M a n i n Eau Claire, Wis Sorenson, Richard Edward Feddick, Kathleen A . Duluth Sprague, Patricia Jean . . . . . St Louis Park . .. Ceylon Fenrich, Robert C. Diorios, Kyrenia, Cyprus Stavrou; Soterios G . Milaca Ferguson. Ronald Morris . . . . Minneapolis Stende, John R Filreis, Lucille Randall Edim . . Minmapolis Stenson, Charles 0. Fischer, Janet Susan Buffalo Lake . Golden Valley Stensrud, Alan T. Forseth, Stephen W Minneapolis . . . Lowry Stivland, Rodney L . . Minneapolis Frovik, Terry James . . . Silverion, Ore. Strand, Carol Ruth . Columbia Heights Streufert, Paul R. Gaard, Marilyn Kay Boyceuille, Wis. . . . . . . . . . . . Richfield Strom, Dale L Geisness, Camolita K . . . . . . . Alezandria . . . . Rocksier Struve, James Kenneth Gerschwitz, Paul Roy Streaky Bay, S Australia . . Fridley Sundberg, Lois E . Minneapolis Gierke, Alan Raymond Thimsen, Marcia Ann . . . . Minnetonka Gisselquist, Kathleen Margaret Kraft Minneapolis . Minneapolis Thompson, Judy M. . . . . . . Badger . . Siour City, In. Torrin, Darryl Douglas Amel Gisselquist, Rebecca Joan . . . . . Dawson ... Miles City, Moni Gjerde, Ruth Ann Torstenson, Beth Marie . . . .Z i m m e r m Goldenmaq Dennis Alan Torstenson, Sylvia Steinbeck . . Lake Pmk, la. I Gosewisch, Lorraine J. . . . . . . . . . Racine, Wis Gronberg, Sharon Merle Hendrickson . Clmkfield Groth, Frediic Ivan . . . .. . . . . . .. . . Edina Grover, John Robert . . . . . . Rochlle, Ill . . Sand Creek, Wis. Gundale, John David . Gunderson, Barry L. . . . . . . . Brooklyn Center Gundenon, Karen Mildred . . . Enumchw, Wmh. H a m n , Bruce Lyle . . . . . Minneapolis .. . . Willmm Hansen, Lee Anne . . . . Minneapolis Haugen, David Allen . . ... . . . Brainerd Hedquist, Willard A . South St. Paul Heitman, Sharon Kathleen . . . . Bumsuille Helgesen, Rebecca Lynn Helgeseq Sonja Jean Minnetonka .. . . . . Robbinsdale Helstrom, Gary K. Hetland, Duane Gordon . . . . Radcliffe, la. Rushford Highum, Gayle Elaine . . . Hirdman, Paul Thomas . . . . . . . Story City, l a Zumbrota Hoeft, Ardis Freda . . Minneapolis Hoffman, Sheldon R. . . . . Mound Hofteig, John Haldor . Hokansoq Dale H. . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Hosman, Robert Arthur Oak Lawn, Ill. .. . . St Paul Hoveland, Dawn Diane . . . . . . Montgomery Huber, Ronald R. . . . . . Emf Chain Hugoson, Eugene Leighton . Albert Lea Huseby, Rebecca Ann Jacobson, Carol Beske . . . . . . . . .. Atwater . . . Hawick Jacobson, Karen Lee . . . . St. Paul Jensen, Cheryl Marie . . . . Minneapolis Johnson, Bonita Phyllis , Rockford, 111. Johnson, Dale I. . . Johnsoq Kaylene Ruth New Richmond, Wis Johnson, Lance S . . , . St. Paul Johnson, Peter N. . . Tananmiue, Malagmy Rep. . Minnetonka Jorgensen, Michael Theodore . . .. Glencoe Kivi, Eileen Emch . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Klune, John Gradie . . St. Paul Knutson, David Walter . Wabasso Lamprecht, Gloria Dianne . . . . Lanes, Mary Lou . .. . . . ... . .. . . Monteuideo .. . . . Lamberion Lang, Donald George Larsen, Frederic Clinton Culbertson, Mont . . . . . Virginia Larson, Karen A. . . . . . Climar Larson, Linda Rae . . . . Minneapolis Lechnyr, Patricia Ann . . . Wells, Mich Lee, Robert Lloyd . . . . . , .. .. . Edina Leschensky, James E . . . . Coon Rapids Lewis, Janice Joan . . . .. Minneapolis Lewis. John Carl , . Coon Rapids Lewis, Richard John . . .. Wrmerly, la. Liebers, Myrna Gail . . .. Minneapolis Lier, Peter C Lillquist, George E , Jr Spring Lake Park , Lake Crsytal Lindekugel, Sandra Pleis . South St. Paul Lindell, Jamcs Gerald, J r . . . . . . . . Hayfield Lohn, Gary Howard . . . Dell Rapids, S Dak. Loken, Ruth Mae Lyons, Kenneth Russell Columbia Heights Cmla>Madsen, Janet Marie . Magnuson, Stanley Richard . ~lfin?a~.opcli.r Mattson, Carol Jayne . . . Lakeuille . . . Madison, Wis McKnight, Malilyn S. . .. . . . . . Osseo Menzel, Lawrence H. Zimmerman Meyer, Marlys Bertha . . . . ... Minneapolis Michaelsen, Jennifer Else . .. . Eden, S Dak Miller, Dennis D . . Viroqua, Wis Moe, Eleanor Solveig . . . . . Minneapolis Moore, Susan Diane Christianson . .. . . . . Willmm Mork. Carol J. . Owaionna Munderovski, Roy Vitauts . . Robbinsdale Munson, Diane Shirley . . . . . . . St. Paul Nelsen, Kay Eileen . Bmron, Wis. Nelson, Linda Louise . . . . Spicer Nelson, Paulette . . . . . . . Minneapolis Nelson, Philip John . Spooner, Wis Nelson, Susan Ann . . . . . . Stanley, Wis Nerdrum, Cam1 Joan . . Hopkins Niles, Richard Allen Nordin, Marion Eileen Rudser dolden Valley , . Cokdo Nyquist. Joel Victor . . . . . . . Columbia Heights Ocel, Roger Olseq Myron Lee . . . . Oconio, Wis .. . . Roseuille Omundson, L Jean . . Spring Valley Overholt, Suzanne . . . . . Orbolt Anthony C . . . . . Kansas City, Mo. Pedersoq Thomas Calvin . Stmbuck Persson, Maxine Marie Minneapolis Petersen, Cheryl Christine . . . . . . . Robbinsdale . . . ... Jackson Peterson, Daniel Lmn Peterson, Donovan David . . . . Minneapolis . Minneapolis Peterson, Gerald B. . . . . . . Minneapolis Peterson, Kenneth R . . . Peterson, Ronald Steven Vincent . . . Minneapolis Pittman, William V , Jr . .. . . . Anoka . . . Minneapolis Pudas, Grant Peter Minneapolis Rakow, Donn Edward . . . Ramnarine, David James Cameron Skeldon, Guyana . , , Hoffman Refsal, Harley J Reiff, James E .. . St. Paul . . . Minneapolis Reque, Frank Merwin . .. . . Robbinsdale Rice, Linda Jane Roe. Janice Elaine Fmno.> N. Dak. Ruona. Marlys Denise . . Minneapolis . . . . T r y Rupp, Patricia Emma . . LaCrosse, Wzs. Ruud, Charlotte Ann - . . . . . . . Milan Sackreiter. Dennis Arthur . Minneapolis Sahl, Thomas James . . Salo, Susan . . , . .. Milaca . Minneapolis Sandbo, Mark R Sather, Sylvia Carolyn .. Minneapolis Schlachtenhaufen, Salome Ann Des Moines, la. . Bird Island Scholla, Muriel Berg . . Forest Lake Schroeder, Marian Ethel Later Prairie Schultz, Michael Louis Schwartz, John Norman . Lester Prairie Selstad, John Leslie . Minneapolis Senner, Priscilla Ruth . . . Narhug N. Hamp. Setterholm, Richard Dale . Brooklyn Center . Minneapolis Sjerslee. Sallie Stephenson . . . . Hector Sjogren, David August . . . . Minneapolis Skottegaard, Robert Charles . . . . Minneapolis Slavik, Robert Alan . . Sletten, Jerilyn Kay Bmron, Wis Seattle, Warh. Smith, Paul D . . . . Minneapolis Snyder, Thomas Stanley . . Minneapolis Sorenson, John Arthur . . . Minneapolis Sparks, Carol1 . Minneapolis Stensvaag, Ruth Ingrid Glencoe Stradtmann, Phyllis Ann . . . Rockford, ill. Strommen, Mary Ellen . Stromsmoe, Gail Marie Thief Riuer Falls Sulzbach, Ann E . . . Minneapolis . . Minneapolis Suomela, Adele Joan Hermes , Minneapolis Swanson, Karen Dahlin . Minneapolis Swenson, Joan A Alden .. . Minneapolis Sylvester. David Ernest Teige, M Philip Tesdell, Darlene Joyce Thiesfeld, Susan Paulette Thompson, Robert Nathen Tibbits, Lorene Monson Tinseth, Phyllis Dianna Titrud, Mark . True, David Jon . Uigaard, Stuart Brady Wateruille, Maine . Slater, la. . , Glencoe Lake Lillian . . Canby . . Willmar . . . . Center City Columbia Heights Star Prairie, Wis Vaagenes, Bonnie Bicri . . . . Walen, Barbara E. Wall, Geraldine Neff Warner, Ronald Dean Wesley, Lynn Carol . Westermo, Mary Ellen White, Clyde Edward ... Wilfrid, Luther Jon Wilson, Carolyn Jean Woida, Karen Leslie Horton Wold, Philip Arlen Wood, Virginia Joanne . Wyckoff, Madeleine Jeanne . St Paul . .. Minneapolis Minneapolis Grandview, Wash. .. . . St. Paul . Minneapolis . Minneapolis . Minneapolis . . . Hayfield St. Paul Siom City, la. New Brighton Columbia Heights . . . Richfield Youngquist, Michael William Yue, Samuel Ka-Sheng . . . . . Hong Kong .. . Wood Lake Yuzer, Barbara Ann . . SUMMARY Graduates -- 1870-1965 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OF Graduates -- 1966 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GRADUATES Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ENROLLMENT SUMMARY 3496 247 3743 AUGSBURG COLLEGE. 1966-67 First Term Men Women Total Class 98 Senior ..... Junior .... 158 Sophomore 218 Freshman . 242 Special . . . . 31 Yurse (D. H.) Nurse (F H.) Nurse (M H.) Nurse ($. H.) Total . . . . . 747 . . 112 149 204 255 26 35 210 307 422 497 57 35 44 44 44 44 79 948 79 1695 Second Term Men Women Total 95 98 193 156 150 306 211 232 28 722 -199 254 25 34 410 486 53 34 $0 40 41 75 916 41 75 1638 Thii Term Men Women Total 91 154 205 254 28 92 150 198 259 24 34 732 35 41 75 908 183 304 403 513 52 34 35 41 75 1640 TOTAL ACADFMIC YEAR Class Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Junior ................................... Sophomore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman ................................ special ................................... Nurse (D H.) ............................. Nurse (F. H.) ............................. . .. . . Nurse (M. H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. Nurse (S. H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Total .................................... . Men Women 105 162 222 256 35 114 157 207 262 31 35 44 44 780 79 973 Total 219 319 429 518 66 35 44 44 79 1753 TOTAL STUDENT ENROLLMENT. 1966-1967 Men Students ......................................... 780 Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .973 Total .................................................. 1753 INDEX Academic Administration . . . Accounts. Payment of . . . . . Accreditation . . . . . . . . . . . . . Administration . . . . . . . . 41, Admission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Advanced Placement . . . . . . . Advanced Standing . . . . . . . . Affiliation . . . . . . . . . . . 2, Aims and Obiectives . . . . . . American Studies . . . . 50, Archives, The . . . . . . . . . . . . Art, Department of . . . . 51, Athletics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Attendance, Class . . . . . . . . . Awards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 13 2 128 22 23 23 102 7 108 9 108 32 46 34 Biology. Department of . . 54. Board. Cost of . . . . . . . . . . . . Board of Regents . . . . . . . . . Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Business Administration . 57, Business Education . . . . . 59, 109 12 126 8 110 111 Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4, 5 Campus Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Cancellation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Chapel Service. The . . . . . . . . 24 Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . 60. 111 Classical Languages . . . . . . . . 62 Classification of Students . . 45 Clubs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Coaching Endorsement . . . . . 72 Co-curricular Program . . . . . . 29 9 College Center . . . . . . . . . . . . Committees of the Faculty . . 130 Comprehensive Examinations 47 Computer Science . . . . . . . . . 77 43 Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Convocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Corrective Therapy . . . . . . . . 97 Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Counseling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Courses of Study . . . . . . . . 48 Credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Curriculums . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 American Studies . . . . . . . . 108 Art . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Biology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Business Administration . . 110 Business Education . . . . . . . 111 Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Dentistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Elementary Education ... 112 Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 General Liberal Ark . . . . . 108 German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Greek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Health and Physical Ed. . . 115 High School Teaching . . . . 113 History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Medical Technology . . . . . . 118 Medicine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 Ministry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Natural Science . . . . . . . . . 120 Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Political Science . . . . . . . . . 121 Pre-Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Scandinavian . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Secretarial Work . . . . . . . 122 Seminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Social Science . . . . . . . . . 123 Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Degree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Dentistry. Pre-Dental Courses 111 Discipline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Distinction. Degree with . . . . . 43 Divisional Organization . . . . 48 Dramatics . . . . . . . . . . . 30. 100 Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Education. Department of . . . Education. Elementary . . 65. Education. Secondary . . 66. Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Eligibility Requirements . . . . . Employment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engineering. Pre-Engineering Course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . English. Department of . 68. Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Entrance Requirements . . . . . Examinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 58 112 113 42 34 20 114 114 146 22 47 12 Faculty. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Financial Assistance . . . . . . . 14 Financial Information . . . . . . . 12 Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52, 85 Food Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78, 115 General Education Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . General Information . . . . . . . Geography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . German . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79. Grade Values . . . . . . . . . . . . Graduates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Graduates (1870-1 966). Summary of . . . . . . . . . . . . Graduation Requirements . . . Greek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62. Health and Physical Ed. . 72. Health Service . . . . . . . . . . . High School Teaching Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . . . Historical Sketch . . . . . . . . . . History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34, Honors . . . . . . . . . . . 34. 43. Hospital Affiliation . . . . . . . . . Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Humanities. Division of the . . 41 7 68 115 43 133 146 41 115 Natural Sciences and Mathematics. Division of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 North-South Student Exchange Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Norwegian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Numbering of Courses . . . . . . 48 Nursing. Affiliation with Schools of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 115 37 Objectives and Aims . . . . . . 7 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 113 7 116 103 102 38 48 Incompletes . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Intercollegiate Athlmetics. Purpose and Philosophy of . . . . . . . 32 Journalism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Junior Year Abroad . . . . . . . . 103 Laboratories. Natural Science 10 Latin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Liberal Arts Curriculum . . . . . 108 Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Library Science . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Loan Funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. 3 Majors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . 76. Uedical Technology . . . 103. Medicine. Pre-Medic Courses Membership in Educational 2 Associations . . . . . . . . . . . . Metropolitan Opportunities . 27 Ministry. Preparation fomr the 123 Minors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Modern Languages. Department of . . . . . . . . . . 77 Music. Department of . . 83. 119 Music Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Musical Organizations . . . 31. 86 42 117 118 118 Pass/No Credit Grading System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Payment of Accounts . . . . . . . 13 Personnel Services. Student . . 35 Philosophy. Department of 87. 120 Physical Education . . . . . 32. 72 Physical Plant . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Physics. Department of . . 90. 120 Placement Service for Graduates . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 8 Plant. The Physical . . . . . . . . Political Science . . . . . . 92. 121 Pre-Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Pre-Seminary Curriculum . . . 123 President's Board of Advisors 129 Probation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Psychology. Department of . . . . . . 94. 121 Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Recreation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24. 32 Refunds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Regents. Board of . . . . . . . . 126 Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Registration. Change of . . . . . 45 Religion and Philosophy. Division of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Religion, Department of . 95, 122 Religious Activities . . . . . . . . . 24 Repeating Courses . . . . . . . . . 43 Requirements, Graduation . . . 41 Room Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Scandinavian Studies . . . 80, Scholarships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Secretarial Courses . . . . 59, Seminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Social and Recreational Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Social Sciences, Division of the Social Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . Sociology, Department of 97, SPAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82, Special Programs of Study . . 122 14 122 123 26 50 123 124 103 115 102 Speech, Department of . 100, 124 Student Activities, Coordination of . . . . . . . . . 39 Student Government . . . . . . . 27 Student Personnel Services . . 35 Studio Building . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Summer School . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Suspension of Students . . . 24, 45 Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Teacher's Certificate . . 64, 113 Transfer and Advanced Standing . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Tuition and Fees . . . . . . 12 University Courses . . . . . . . . . Upper Division Requirements . 47 41 1
Show less
Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1969
Title
Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1969
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
JULY AUGUST COURSE VALUES a t Augsburg College a r e measured i n Term C r e d i t s , and a r e d i r e c t l y i n t e r changeable w i t h Q u a r t e r C r e d i t s , t h e u n i t used f o r t h e i t a l i c i z e d courses l i s t e d below, which a r e t a u g h t a t Concordia C...
Show more JULY AUGUST COURSE VALUES a t Augsburg College a r e measured i n Term C r e d i t s , and a r e d i r e c t l y i n t e r changeable w i t h Q u a r t e r C r e d i t s , t h e u n i t used f o r t h e i t a l i c i z e d courses l i s t e d below, which a r e t a u g h t a t Concordia College, St. Paul. Augsburg courses numbered 50 and above a r e intended p r i m a r i l y f o r j u n i o r s and s e n i o r s , as a r e Concordia o f f e r i n g s 300 o r l a r g e r . STUDENTS PLANNING t o t a k e Independent Study courses must o b t a i n p r i o r permission of t h e Approval forms a r e a v a i l a b l e from department and i n s t r u c t o r w i t h whom work i s t o be done. t h e Sumner School O f f i c e . COURSES ARE OFFERED SUBJECT t o adequate demand. Because some may be c a n c e l l e d , students may wish t o l i s t a l t e r n a t e courses when making a p p l i c a t i o n . STUDIO ART and INDEPENDENT STUDY-. Credit may be earned in drawing, painting, composition, printmaking, or art history -CA~,~,P. 7 10 55, 6 7 , 83, 84, . , -, 1 9 7 7 --, 85. 99. Variable credits. First and/or ------ second terms. Thompson. --"Lob" . SUMMER STUDENTS may e a r n up t o t e n t e r m c r e d i t s d u r i n g t h e F i r s t Session ( s i x weeks), and an a d d i t i o n a l f i v e c r e d i t s i n t h e Second Session ( t h r e e weeks). Term c r e d i t s a r e d i r e c t l y interchangqable w i t h quarter c r e d i t s . AUGSBURG i s c o o p e r a t i n g w i t h Concordia C o l l e g e , S t . Paul, i n i t s Summer School program. Because t h e Second Session a t Concordia l a s t s f o u r weeks, s t u d e n t s may r e g i s t e r f o r as many as s i x c r e d i t s i n Second Session courses t a u g h t on t h e S t . Paul campus. TUITION CHARGES depend upon t h e number o f c r e d i t s f o r w h i c h a person i s r e g i s t e r e d , w i t h a d e c r e a s i n g c o s t p e r c r e d i t when t o t a l c r e d i t s a r e i n c r e a s e d . The t a b l e below i n d i c a t e s t o t a l t u i t i o n f o r varying c r e d i t levels.* -- - *persons submitting a p p l i c a t i o n s a n a d d i t i o n a l f e e o f $5.00. some s c i e n c e c o u r s e s . Students s h o u l d c o n s u l t t h e Summer S c h o o l a f t e r May 1 4 w i l l be c h a r g e d Laboratory f e e s a r e added i n taking private music lessons office for rates. A-, EDUCATION 65. METHODS AND MATERIALS: SOCIAL STUDIES. 2 Cr. Includes objectives, principles, and techniques in elementary social studies; unit development. (Prereq.: 55, 56.) Second Term. TTh. 7-10 ~ EDUCATION C-221. BIOLOGY 6. HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY. 5 Cr. Structure and function of the human body. For non-majors. First and Second Terms. TTh. 7-10 p.m. Mickelberg. CHEMISTRY 5. PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY. 6 Cr. Concepts and laws underlying chemistrv: examnles from inoroanic and organic chemistry. For non-malors. Lab fee: $5.00. Flrst Term. 10:35-11:55 a.m. plus two afternoon labs per week. Gyberg. EDUCATION C-357. First Term. St. Paul. TEACHING OF ART. 2 Cr. 10:lO-11-00 a.m. Rickels. EDUCATION C-420. HISTORY AND PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 3 Cr. Second Term. 10:5012:05 p.m. Poehler, Otte. St. Paul. EDUCATION C-451. TEACHING OF ARITHMETIC. 2 Cr. Second Term. 10:lO-11:OO a.m. Warnke. St. Paul. EDUCATION C-480. 3 Cr. First Term. St. Paul. COMPUTER SCIENCE 45. INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER SCIENCE. 4 Cr. Theory of modern digital computers. A particular computer language is introduced. Includes a survey of computer applications, problems. Second Term. 8-11 a.m. Gulden. ECONOMICS 22. PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS I. 4 Cr. An introductory college course in economics. 7-10 p.m., MW. Sabella. ECONOMICS 51. INTERMEDIATE MICROECONOMICS. 5 Cr. Theory of demand, of the firm; price and output determination, factor price determination. First Term. MW 7-10 p.m. Sabella. INTRODUCTION TO EDUCA; 11:lO a.m.- TION. 3 Cr. First Term. 12:15 p.m. St. Paul. CHILDREN'S LITERATURE. 9:lO-10:00 a.m. Meyer. EDUCATION C-490. TESTS AND MEASUREMENTS. 3 Cr. Second Term. 9:05-10:ZO a.m. Kaden. St. Paul. ENGLISH 45. MAJOR AMERICAN WRITERS. 5 Cr. Works of selected writers from Colonial times to the present; their contrsutions to the development of American literature. First Term. 8:45-10:05 a.m. Davis. ENGLISH 52. THE ANTEBELLUM SOUTH: ITS 4 Cr. Thematic HISMRY AND LITERATURE. examinationofpre-Civil War Southern life: for each 10-lesson series. For information contact the Department of Music. PHILOSOPHY 2 1 . PROBLEMS OF PHIWSOPHY. 4 Cr. Introduction to the nature, aims, central problems, and terminology of philosophy. First Term. 10:35-11:40 a. rn. Reichenbach. CHRISTIAN VIEW OF MAN. 4 CK. The Christian doctrine of man and salvation. Its uniquenees and relevance to certain other contemporary views of the nature and destiny of man. First Term. 10:35-11:40 a.m. Benson. PERSONS IN good standing at regionally accredited colleges and universities, as well as graduates of such institutions, are eligible to attend Augsburg Summer School. Good standing implies that the student has been admitted to a college and has not subsequently been dropped by that institution. R E l I B I O M R-210. ACCEPTANCE as a summer student does not imply admission as a regular student of Augsburg College; persons wishing to complete a degree program at the college should apply for admission through the Office of Admissions. RELIGION 84. 9:05-10:20 a.m. R E L t ~ l o nR-211. r ~ urr z PHILOSOPHY 6 1 . PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION. 5 Cr. An inquiry into the nature of religious faith, experience, and language. First Term. 8:45-9:50 a.m. Reichenbach. rfrsrmcwuAKD THA' OWI Y'~~11'hHKNT. 3 i r . Wlfall. HTSToRY W # IJWrUTIJRZ ~ ~ P T A K E ~ . ,~ . 9:05-10:20 a.m. . Wffall. RELIGION R-330. Cr. First Term. Sohn. St. Paul. PHILOSOPHY 99. INDEPENDENT STUDY. var. Cr. First Term. Time Arranged. michenbach. L I T ~ A N R GOF S e n d 'l'rml. St. Paul. W sc~onrl T-. STUDENTS ADMITTED to Augsburg College for the Fall Term of 1969 are eligible to attend Summer School, as are persons admitted by other colleges for the fall of this year. St. Paul. CHRISTIAN DOCTRINE. 4 11:lO a.m.-12:15 p.m. IF REGULARLY ATTENDING another institution, a student must provide the Director of Summer School with a statement from an appropriate official (e.g., Registrar or Dean) sf his college that he is in good standing and eligible to earn credits in the summer session. Credits earned at Augsburg will be transferred only if this requirement has been met. RELIGION R-430. LUTHERAN CONFESSIONAL WRITINGS. 3 Cr. Second Term. 7:40-8:55 a.m. Stach. St. Paul. RELIGION R-460. PHYSICS 1 . INTRODUCTION TO ASTRONOMY. 4 Cr. The solar system, stars, galaxies. The use of optical instruments; viewing with a 12" reflecting telescope. 7-10 p.m., TPh. Hanwick. TERS. 1 Cr. TTh. Stach. SEMINAR IN PASTORAL LETSecond Term. 1:OO-2:15 p.m. St. Paul. OTHER PERSONS wishing to take summer school work should contact the Director of Summer School to ascertain eligibility under special circumstances. SOCIOLOGY 1 1 . P O L I T I C A L SCIENCE 2 1 . AMERICAN GOVERNMEW 11 NATIONAL. 5 Cr. Emphasis on the Presidency, Congress, ard the Supreme Court; conflict, consensus, economics, and ideological factors. Second Term. 8:4510:05 and 10:35-11:55 a.m. Stenshoal. P O L I T I C A L SCIENCE 51. CONTEMPOR~RYCOMMU4 Cr. The political NIST GOVERNMENTS. ~rocesses'of the Soviet Union and other communist states analyzed in ideological, party, and institutional terms. First Term. ITh. 7-10 p.m. Noonan. P O L I T I C A L SCIENCE 99. INDEPENDENT STUDY. Variable credit. First Term. Time arranged. Noonan. MAN IN MODERN SOCIETY. 4 Cr. A sociological perspective of the cultural and structural dynamics of the western world. First Term. 8:45-10:05 a.m. Torstenson. SOCIOLfiGY 57. 5l.lMQ:R W K 111 C C ; ? r ! E C T ? s z-XLAI. GERVICR. 5 ( 5 . N U ~ O I n b t h r a a special summer program not integrated with other Summer School offerings. For information w i t e Dr. Joel Torstenson, Augsburg College. btlll SOCIOLOGY 6 1 . INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL 5 Cr. Methods of collecting, and intermeting data in the social sciences. Graphs. tables, measures of central tendency; the testing oP hypotheses. First & Second Terms. 5:306:20 p.m. M-F. (9 weeks) Nordlie. STATISTICS. cnmnarino. . r----.=. I di . GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY. First Term. 10:lO-11:OO a.m. Maneks. PSYCHOLOGY C - 2 1 1 3 Cr. St. Paul. PSYCHOLOGY 99. RESEARCH PROBLPIS. SPEECH 11. BEGINNING SPEECH. 4 Cr. Basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening. 8:45-10:05. Olson. SPEECH 99. INDEPENDENT STUDY. Variable Credit. Arranged. First Term. Olson. I I LIMITED food 1 service w i l l be a v a i l a b l e d u r i n g the summer sessions. I f housing i s r e q u i r e d , arrangements should b e J a m e s L a n c a s t e r , Manager o f H o u s i n g . made w i t h M r . WORKSHOP DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - June 16 20,1969 g:OO a.m. 10:30 a.m.. . . . . . . . . . . ..Knut Nystedt - The discussion will center on "Music in Europe i n the Atomic Age" and "New Sounds in Choral Music." Many taped examples, as well as the actual scores, brought from Europe by Mr. Nystedt will be used. - 10:45 a.m. 12:15 p.m.. . . . . . . . .Leland B. Sateren I DR. LELAND B. SATEREN, a 1935 graduate of Augsburg College, received his master's degree from the University of Minnesota i n 1943. He returned to Augsburg in 1946 and has directed the Augsburg Choir and served as chairman of the Department of Music since 1950.In 1965 he was honored with a Doctor of Humane Letters degree from Gettysburg College, Gettysburg, Pa., and a Doctor of Music degree from Lakeland College, Sheboygan, Wis. With many published choral works to his credit, Dr. Sateren has also written several books and numerous articles on choral music and its performance. Wide interest i n the field of music is evidenced by his professional memberships in the Music Educators Association, the Hymn Society of America, and his work as a member of the Inter-Lutheran Commission on Worship. The Augsburg Choir, under Dr. Sateren's direction, has premiered several contemporary pieces which emphasize t h e "new sound" i n choral music. In December the choir sang the premiere of Christobal Halffter's "Yes Speak Out Yes" i n the General Assembly of the United Nations in New York City with the Minnesota Orchestra. Choral Topics I "Graphing the Vowel," "Suspensions and Other Organic Expressive Elements" a n d "Part Dynamics" are included in the topics for discussion and demonstration. - 1:30 p.m. 3:30 p.m. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dale Warland This study of larger-than-anthem choral works will include Penderecki's "Stabat Mater," Stravinsky's "Symphony of Psalms," Nicolas Roussakis' "Night Speech," Britten's "Rejoice in the Lamp," Poulenc's "Gloria," a_nd others. I Recreation Period KNUT NYSTEDT, a graduate of the Oslo Conservatory of Music, is conductor of the Norwegian Soloist Choir and professor of choral conducting at the University of Oslo. He is ;currently composer in residence at Augsburg College. In the United States he has studied composition with Aaron Copland, conducting with Robert Shaw, a n d organ with Ernest White. His compositions, both choral and instrumental. have been premiered i n Norway by both the Oslo Philharmonic Orchestra and the Norske Solistkor and in this country by several orchestral and choral groups including the Augsburg Choir. Mr. Nystedt recently received the St. Olaf Veda1 from the King of Norway for his contributions to the musical life of his country. In the year of its birth, Nystedt's setting of "De Profundis" won the coveted Norwegian prize as the best composition of the year, all categories considered, and it was subsequently performed a t t h e International Society for Contemporary Music. Given its U. S. premiere by the Augsburg Choir, the revolutionary character of the piece opened new paths in choral composition and performance in this country. His later "Praise to God" continued the exploration of new sounds. This work was given its world premiere by the Augsburg Choir. DR. DALE WARLAND has been at Macalester College since 1967. A native of Fort Dodge, Iowa, Dr. Warland is a graduate of St. Olaf College and has attended the University of Minnesota (M.A.) and the University of Southern California (D.M.A.). His professional career has included positions at Humboldt State College (Calif.), and Keuka College (New York) before joining Macalester. He has prepared several major choral works for performance with the Minnesota Orchestra. During the past season, the Macalester choirs participated q i t h the symphony i n Penderecki's "St. Luke's Passion" premiere in New York City and in a local performance of "Missa Solemnis" by Beethoven. Minneapolis, the City of Lakes, offers a full and varied program of recreation opportunities to complement the facilities a t Augsburg College. Swimming i n one of the many lakes, golfing at the municipal courses and other activities are easily accessible to participants. - 6:30 p.m. 7:30 p.m.. . . . . . . . . .Leland B. Sateren Choral Topics I1 "Color and Concept," "Directing Mixed Meter Music," "Line" and "Functional Choral Music" are some of the topics to be considered. - 7:30 p.m. 9:30 p.m.. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Knut Nystedt "The Interpretation ?nd Performance of Music by Knut Nystedt. AUGSBURG COLLEGE ABOUT THE WORKSHOP Music is never static. It is constantly alive speaking - expressing. As music continues to develop new avenues and vehicles of expression, the director must seek the understanding and techniques of bringing this expression to his audience. Leland B. Sateren and the Augsburg Choir have long been associated with the presentation of "new" choral music. Each year they have premiered important new works such as Nystedt's "Praise to God." Knut Nystedt, Norway's leading composer of choral music, is active in the "new" sounds in choral composition. Mr. Nystedt is extending his stay as composer in residence at Augsburg College to take part in this workshop. Dale Warland, director of choral organizations at Macalester College, has been associated with the preparation and performance of a number of larger contemporary works including the New York City premiere of Penderecki's "St. Luke's Passion" with the Minnesota Orchestra. Augsburg College has chosen this, its Centennial Year, to enter the field of choral workshops. The importance of this new music, the music of the future, will be the primary focus of the Sateren Choral Workshop in its first year. TUITION Without Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $~o.oo* This includes mimeographed materials and attendance ?t 911 sessions. Participants will be given the opportunity of purchasing the music used in the workshop. Partial Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $25.00~ Partial registration is available for those unable to attend the complete workshop but wishing to take part as their schedules permit. Undergraduate Credit.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $20.00 One or two undergraduate credits may be earned through Augsburg College upon examination and payment of the special $20.00fee. This fee is leveled by the college and has nothing to do with the $50.00 fee listed above. *A 10% discount will be granted to applications received b y May 30. ROOM AND BOARD Single Rooms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $55.00 Double Rooms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _ . . . . . $45.00 Participants .will be housed in the new high-rise dormitory, Urness Tower. Meals will be served in the College Center Commons. Accommodations for wives or husbands are available. AUGSBURG STUDENT NO. -Mr. NAME: - Miss Mrs. COLLEGENOW ATTENDING, i f o t h e r t h a n Augsburg: PRESENT ADDRESS: ZIP: PHONE : PERMANENT ADDRESS: ZIP: PHONE: CLASSIFICATION AS OF JUNE, 1969 [ P l e a s e c i r c l e ] : F r . SO. J r . S r . O t h e r : I p l a n t o attend: * - F i r s t Term (June 9 - J u l y 18) Second Term ( J u l y 21-Auaust 9 ) * T h e Second Term a t C o n c o r d i a , S t . P a u l , l a s t s a n a d d i t i o n a l w e e k , i . e . , t h r u A u g u s t 16 FROM THE LIST OF p r o j e c t e d Summer School o f f e r i n g s , p l e a s e e n t e r below your FIRST and ALTERNATE c h o i c e s . Actual o f f e r i n g s w i l l be determined by demand. A normal maximum of 15 c r e d i t s may be earned d u r i n g t h e two terms [16 c r e d i t s i f t h e Second Term work i s taken a t Concordia C o l l e g e ] . FIRST CHOICES Dept. No. Title Term [ s l Credits 1 ALTERNATES I ENCLOSE A TUITION DEPOSIT OF $ . A t u i t i o n d e p o s i t o f $25.00 i s r e q u i r e d f o r p e r s o n s p r e r e g i s t e r i n g f o r f i v e o r more c r e d i t s ; t h e d e p o s i t f o r f o u r o r f e w e r c r e d i t s i s $15.00. Payment i n f u l l o f Summer S c h o o l c h a r g e s i s r e q u i r e d when f i n a l r e g i s t r a t i o n i s c o m p l e t e d o n t h e d a t e c l a s s e s a r e s c h e d u l e d t o b e g i n . Make c h e c k t o Augsburg C o l l e g e I submit t h i s A p p l i c a t i o n and P r e r e g i s t r a t i o n s u b j e c t t o t h e c o n d i t i o n s o f t h e 1969 Augsburg Summer School B u l l e t i n , which I have read and agree t o . Date : . Signature: . - - . .. . R e t u r n c o m p l e t e d f o r m , t o g e t h e r w i t h d e p o s i t , t o Summer S c h o o l O f f i c e , Augsburg C o l l e g e , M i n q e a p o l j s , MN 55404. Or b r i n g t o t h e Summer S c h o o l O f f i c e , Memorial H a l l , Room 1 1 1 . " c ~ ~ - - ~ ~ ' X ~ L ~ , , , ~ , ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ " C C C - . b MtZd w* REGISTRATION FORM E n c l o s e d i s $20.00 r e s e r v a t i o n f e e f o r t h e S a t e r e n C h o r a l Workshop. ( T h i s f e e may be r e f u n d e d i f t h e Manager i s n o t i f i e d o f c a n c e l l a t i o n b e f o r e s e s s i o n s b e g i n o n J u n e 1 6 . ) Please check a s applicable: - I d e s i r e a s i n g l e room. - My w i f e o r husband w i l l -I do n o t d e s i r e c o l l e g e accompany me, housing. - I am r e g i s t e r i n g f o r c o l l e g e c r e d i t . Name: , - . . -. - . . . ... Address : - . . . Date: , . ..-. ... , -. - - R e g i s t r a t i o n s f o r t h e Sateren Choral Workshop should be m a i l e d t o : Workshop, Augsburg College, M i n n e a p o l i s , MN 55404. . . . - ZIP: Manauer, Choral - C C C C 1
Show less
Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1969-1970
Title
Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1969-1970
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
AUGSBURG COLLEGE / MINNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA CATALOG FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1968-69 AND 1969-70 RECORD FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1966-67 AND 1967-68 AUGSBURG COLLEGE AFFl LlATlON Augsburg College is a fouryear liberal arts college affiliated with The American Lutheran Church. The College offers...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE / MINNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA CATALOG FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1968-69 AND 1969-70 RECORD FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1966-67 AND 1967-68 AUGSBURG COLLEGE AFFl LlATlON Augsburg College is a fouryear liberal arts college affiliated with The American Lutheran Church. The College offers a broad education in a Christian environment. ACCREDITATION Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education, the American Chemical Society, and the American Association of University Women. MEMBERSHIPS Augsburg College holds membership also in the American Council on Education, the Association of American Colleges, the American Association of Colleges for Teacher Education, the National Lutheran Educational Conference, the Association of Minnesota Colleges, the Minnesota Private College Council and the Association of Protestant Colleges and Universities. COURSES OF STUDY Augsburg College offers a Liberal Arts education with courses leading to a Bachelor d Arts degree offered in 29 major fields of study. Students are prepared for teaching, business administration, social work, medical technology, secretarial work, parish work, and missions. Students may prepare for further study in the fields of engineering, theology, dentistry, medicine, nursing, and law, and for graduate study in various fields. LOCATION Augsburg College is located along Interstate Highway No. 94, just 20 blocks from the downtown loop area of Minneapolis. Students have easy access to libraries, museums, and art collections. They also have the opportunity t o attend lectures, musical programs and other cultural activities in the Minneapolis-St. Paul area. SETTING The twelve-block Augsburg campus is located in the heart of Minneapolis and is adjacent t o the University d Minnesota West Bank campus and two of the city's largest hospitals. In this urban setting, Augsburg students prepare for careers in our increasingly urban society. A friendly atmosphere prevails on the Augsburg campus. Students participate in all phases of campus community life under the direction of a capable, wellprepared faculty. DEVELOPMENT A comprehensive development program is in operation which will, over the years, add additional land and buildings t o the Augsburg College campus. THE AUGSBURG COLLEGE CAMPUS Augsburg College is located near the Minneapolis loop and the University of Minnesota. The Administrative offices are in Science Hall at the corner of 7th Street and 21st Avenue South. Prospective students and other interested persons are cor- dially invited to visit the campus. Visiting hours are 9 a.m. to 5 p.m., Monday through Friday; Saturday by appointment. A letter or telephone call in advance is recommended. Write to the Office of Admissions, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404; or telephone 332-5181. ACADEMIC CALENDAR, AUGUST 1968 S M T W T F 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 11 12 13 14 15 16 18 19 20 21 22 23 25 26 27 28 29 30 S 3 0 17 24 31 JANUARY 1969 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 1 1 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19202122232425 26 27 28 29 30 31 SEPTEMBER 1968 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 891011121314 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 OCTOBER 1968 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 1 1 1 2 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 NOVEMBER 1968 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 DECEMBER 1968 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 891011121314 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 FEBRUARY 1969 S M T W T F S MARCH 1969 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16171819202122 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 APRIL 1969 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 1 1 1 2 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20212223242526 27 28 29 30 MAY 1969 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18192021222324 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 2 3 4 5 6 7 : 9 10 11 12 13 14 I 5 16171819202122 23 24 25 26 27 28 SUMMER SESSION 1968 June 24 July 4 Aug. 2 ........... (Mon.) ............ ............ Final registration and beginning of classes (Thurs.) ........................ Holiday (Fri.) ................. Final examinations ............ ACADEMIC YEAR 1968-69 FALL TERM Sept. Sept. Sept. Nov. Nov. Nov. 5-9 .......... (Thurs.-Mon.) ... Freshman Welcome Week 9, 10 ......... (Mon., Tues.) ................ Registration 11 .......... (Wed.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes begin 19 .......... .(Tues.) ............... Last day of classes 20-26 ........ (Wed.-Tues.) ......... Final examinations 27-Dec. 3 . . . . (Wed.-Tues.) .......... Thanksgiving recess WINTER TERM Dec. 3 ............. (Tues.) ...................... Registration Dec. 4 ............. (Wed.) ..................... Classes begin Dec. 20, 9:00 p.m. ... (Fri.) ............. Christmas recess begins Jan. 6, 7:45 a.m. . . . (Mon.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes resume Feb. 25 ............ (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Last day of classes Feb. 26-March 4 . . . (Wed.-Tues.) ......... Final examinations March 5-10 . . . . . . . (Wed.-Mon.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Term break SPRING TERM March 10 . . . . . . . . . . (Mon.) ...................... Registration March 11 .......... (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes begin April 2, 9:00 p.m. . . (Wed.) ............... Easter recess begins April 8, 7:45 a.m. ... (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes resume May 23 . . . . . . . . . . . . (Fri.) ............... Last day of classes May 2 6 3 0 ......... (Mon.-Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . Final examinations June 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . (Sun.) . . . . . . Baccalaureate, Commencement ACADEMIC CALENDAR, 1969-1970 AUGUST 1969 S M T W T F 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 17 18 19 20 21 22 24 25 26 27 28 29 31 S 2 9 16 23 30 JANUARY 1970 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 SEPTEMBER 1969 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 78910111213 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 S 1 8 15 22 FEBRUARY 1970 M T W T F S 2 3 4 5 6 7 91011121314 16 17 18 19 20 21 23 24 25 26 27 28 , OCTOBER 1969 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 1 1 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 NOVEMBER 1969 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 MARCH 1970 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 91011121314 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 APRIL 1970 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 91011 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 FIRST SUMMER SESSION 1969 Final registration and beginning of classes July 4 ............ (Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Holiday July 18 (Fri.) ................. Final examinations June 9 ............ (Mon.) . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ July 21 Aug. 8 SECOND SUMMER SESSION 1969 (Mon.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes begin ............ (Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Final examinations ............ ACADEMIC YEAR 1969-70 FALL TERM Sept. 4-8 .......... (Thurs.-Mon.) ... Freshman Welcome Week Sept. 8, 9 . . . . . . . . . (Mon., Tues.) ................ Registration Sept. 10 ...........(Wed.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes begin Nov. 18 . . . . . . . . . . . (Tues.) ............... Last day of classes Nov. I S 2 5 ........ (Wed.-Tues.) ......... Final examinations Nov. 26-Dec. 2 ..... (Wed.-Tues.) ......... Thanksgiving recess WINTER TERM Dec. 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registration Dec. 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . (Wed.) ..................... Classes begin Dec. 19, 9:00 p.m. .. (Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Christmas recess begins Jan. 5, 7:45 a.m. . . . (Mon.) ................... Classes resume Feb. 24 ............ (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Last day of classes Feb. 25-March 3 . . . .(Wed.-Tues.) . . . . . . . . . Final examinations March 4-9 ......... (Wed.-Mon.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Term break SPRING TERM March 9 . . . . . . . . . . . (Mon.) ....................... Registration March 10 . . . . . . . . . . (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes begin March 25, 9:00 p.m. . (Wed.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . Easter recess begins March 31, 7:45 a.m. . (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes resume May 22 . . . . . . . . . . . .(Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Last day of classes May 25-29 ........ (Mon.-Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . Final examinations May 31 . . . . . . . . . . . (Sun.) . . . . . . Baccalaureate, Commencement DECEMBER 1969 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 78910111213 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 MAY 1970 S M T W T F 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 17 18 19 20 21 22 24 25 26 27 28 29 31 S 2 9 16 23 30 AIMS AND OBJECTIVES Augsburg College is a Christian liberal arts college of The American Lutheran Church. The faculty and the Board of Regents of the College affirm the following as their understanding of the aims, philosophy, objectives and character of this institution. ULTIMATE AlMS TO contribute to the true good of human life and society. To contribute to the building of free and living congregations in the community of the Christian Church. BASIC PHILOSOPHY The Christian message concerning the redemptive act of God in Christ constitutes the greatest potential for good in human life and society; but this potential is realized only insofar as it is actualized in the minds and hearts of individuals. The redemption of the mind constitutes the unique educational task laid upon the Christian Church; in seeking to relate all learning to the truth of the Christian faith, the Christian college performs its greatest service both to the Church and to society. Where there is an atmosphere of free and honest inquiry, truth has the overwhelming advantage; the Christian college, therefore, pursues its purposes not by indoctrination or coercion, but by inviting teachers and students to join in a common search for truth and in a common attempt to see all truth in relation to ultimate Truth. PRIMARY OBJECTIVES To attract to the college students of high ability and genuine religious concern who can reap the maximum benefit from a program of Christian higher education. To provide a campus setting that is conducive to the spiritual, mental, moral and physical wellbeing of its students. To stimulate its students' intellectual interest, and to assist them to develop the habits and skills necessary for sound academic work. To acquaint its students with the spiritual, cultural and intellectual riches of mankind, both for the sake of the enrichment of their own lives and, through them, for the enrichment of their homes and communities. To confront its students with the problems and benefits of living and serving in an increasingly urban culture. To lead its students to a deeper understanding and experience of the Christian Gospel in its relati,on to every area of life and learning. To assist its students in discovering and clarifying their peculiar aptitudes and interests, and to provide training and counsel that will assist them in preparing for a life work appropriate thereto. To aid its students in the development of Christian attitudes and Christian qualities of character; and to encourage each GENERAL INFORMATION student to look upon his life as a Christian vocatio,n, and an opportunity for service t o God and man. DISTINCTIVE CHARACTER Augsburg College is a Christian community of life and learning. As a Christian academic community, Augsburg seeks that high level of excellence which is appropriate to such a community. Augsburg treasures its religious and cultural heritage as an institution founded by Lutheran immigrants from Norway who sought t o play a creative role in American life and society, and seeks to preserve the enduring values of this heritage in the life of the college community today. As a metropolitan college, Augsburg attempts to relate its faculty and students t o an urban culture by utilizing the educational, social, cultural and religious resources of the growing metropolitan community in which it is located. THE PHYSICAL PLANT Instructional facilities and student housing a t Augsburg are conveniently located in relation to each other. Old Main, erected in 1900, contains a large number of classrooms and offices. Science Hall, erected in 194849, includes the general administration offices; well-equipped laboratories for chemistry, phys- ics, and biology; a medium-sized auditorium; and several classrooms and faculty offices. The Lisa Odland Observatory, on the roof of Science Hall, was completed in the summer of 1960. The George Sverdrup Library, named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, was erected and dedicated in 1955. Adjacent to Science Hall and of similar contemporary architectural design, it contains spacious reading rooms, seminars, work rooms, a visual-education center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms, and a number o~f faculty offices. There is stack space for approximately 100,000 volumes. Melby Hall, the new auditorium-gymnasium, was completed in 1961. This building, named in honor of Professor J. S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball coach and head of the Christianity department, provides excellent facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate athletics, chapel services and general auditorium purposes. East Hall, purchased in 1966, provides a rehearsal hall for the Concert Band and Repertoire Band as well as rehearsal and instruction rooms for instrumentalists. The Music Hall was acquired by purchase in 1947 and has been remodeled to provide vocal, string and piano rehearsal rooms together with a rehearsal room for large groups. The Speech and Drama Building was acquired in 1959 and remodeled to make an extremely functional building for dramatic and other speech activities. The Augsburg College Center, completed in 1967, is a center of non-academic activity on campus. The building houses the Commons, which is the name for the main dining area, plus private dining rooms and coffee shop. Student government and student publications have quarters in this building. The bookstore is also located here. Spacious lounges and recreational areas are provided in this threestory building containing 55,000 square feet of space. Urness Tower Residence for Women, completed in 1967, is an eleven-story building providing living quarters for 324 women students. The building was named in honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Urness who have given several generous gifts to the college. A unique feature of the building is that each floor is considered a "house unit" providing the 36 residents, housed two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas. The second floor level with main lounge, also provides an apartment for the head resident. There is an observation lounge a t the top of the structure. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected in 1938, was named in honor of Augsburg's second and third presidents. The building houses about 65 men students and provides for some faculty and administration offices in one wing. Sivertsen-Mortensen Hall in- corporates a building donated to the college in 1939 from the late Dr. Iver Sivertsen and Mrs. Sivertsen, and a larger addition erected in 1955 and named in honor of Miss Gerda Mortensen, dean of women at Augsburg from 1923 to 1964. The building provides housing for about 144 men students as well as apartments for the resident head. The Studio Building, dedicated in 1964, houses the Department of Art on its two floors. West Hall is an apartment building purchased in 1966 shortly after it was constructed. The building houses 38 women students and an apartment for the head resident. Cottage Houses. A large number of dwellings have been acquired in recent years in the expanded campus area to provide accommodations for men or women students, married students and for faculty and staff members. The President's Home, an attractive colonial residence, is located on the West River Road. THE ARCHIVES The Augsburg Archives seeks to gather and make available for use documents, books, and other articles of historical value. The George Sverdrup Library provides adequate, fire-proof quarters for the archives. Here are found a large collection of periodicals, manuscripts, letters and pictures, affording extensive resources for scholarly research. - LIBRARY FACILITIES The beautiful and spacious George Sverdrup Library provides a central study-workshop for both faculty and students. It contains about 70,000 volumes, exclusive of pamphlets, and is adding approximately 7,000 new volumes each year. Students and faculty working in either of the two large reading rooms find the atmosphere conducive to quiet study and research materials close at hand. All books are kept on open shelves. Reference service, provided by an able and welltrained staff, is available to students. Special collections have been developed in the Music Library, the Chemistry Library, the Curriculum and Library Science Libraries, and in the Audio-Visual Center. In 1966, the AmericanScandinavian Foundation presented its collection of Scandinavian music to the College. Additional conveniences include conference rooms for larger groups or small classes. A typing comer is provided in the first-floor reading room. The library subscribes to nearly 600 of the best periodi- cals dealing with a large variety of subjects, as well as a number of serials devoted to the interests of special fields. Current issues are displayed in a pleasant browsing area. The library plays an active role in promoting general reading, presenting regular book displays, and sponsoring monthly book discussions for faculty, staff, and students. In the Twin City area are other libraries which make their holdings available to Augsburg students, notably, the St. Paul and Minneapolis public libraries, the latter of which issues library cards to out-of-town students for each school year. NATURAL SCIENCE LABORATORIES The laboratories of the Natural Sciences are located in the Science Hall. Four laboratories and storeroom and office space for bidogy are located on the second floor; three larger laboratories and two special research laboratories for chemistry and two laboratories for physics are located on the third and fourth floors. A chemistry library is located near the research facilities. Storerooms and faculty offices are also located here. FINANCIAL INFORMATION 1968-69 COMPREHENSIVE FEE Includes tuition, board and room and General fee as described below. (per year) TUITION New freshmen entering September, 1969 (per year) This rate is guaranteed for four consecutive years. In case of time lost due to illness or accident, the rate, upon application and approval, may be extended for a fifth year. Transfer students and returning students not on a prior year-guaranteed plan. (per year) Part-time students (carrying less than 12 credits per term) (per credit hour) Fee for auditing is one-half the fee for credit. Students carrying more than 51 credits for the academic year are charged $25.00 per credit hour for excess hours. BOARD AND ROOM Residence Halls Honor Houses (upper-class students only) The board plan provides 21 meals per week. (per year) (per year) OTHER REQUIRED FEES General Fee (per year) (Covers subscription to yearbook, newspaper, admissions to all regularly scheduled athletic events, dramatic productions, convocations, and the support of Student Society activities and the College Center.) Part-time students are charged on a proportionate basis. Application Fee Required of all new students, non-refundable. Initial Payment-New Students Required of students whose application for admission has been accepted; to be paid by May 1, 1969. The payment is applied to the tuition fee, but is not transferable or refundable. Room Reservation Deposit-Returning Students Required by July 1, 1969, to reserve a housing assignment for the term beginning September, 1969. Breakage Deposit Required of all students. Refundable upon graduation, transfer to another institution, or discontinuing educational program at Augsburg College. SPECIAL FEES Change in registration after classes begin (per cancel or add) Late registration after classes begin (per day) Graduation fee Transcript fee: first copy free, additional copy Arrangements for special examinations are made in Registrar's office, with charges according to schedule on file. SPECIAL COURSE FEES Computer Science Student Teaching Improvement of Reading Music Lessons (10 per term) Practice Studio Rental Organ (one hour per day) Piano or Voice (one hour per day) Books and supplies are available from the Bookstore. Estimated costs (per year) $ Linen service, required in residence halls (per year) $ Personal expenses for clothing, entertainment and transportation vary from student to student. In planning a yearly budget, a student should add (per year) $ (7 SETTLEMENT OF ACCOUNT A statement of charges for the year will be prepared and forwarded to the student early in August. Payment of one-third of the annual charge is due a t the beginning of each term except that for the fall term payments will be due on or before August 20, so that all necessary processing of financial arrangements can be completed in time to clear the student for registration. Variation from this schedule must be arranged with the Treasurer's Office prior to August 20. No student is permitted to register if his or her account for a preceding term has not been paid in full. REFUNDS If a student decides to cancel his registration, refunds of tuition and room charges are allowed as follows: during the first week of classes, 80%; during the second week, 70%; during the third week, 60%; during the fourth week, 50%; and during the fifth week, 40%. No allowance is given after the fifth week. If a student is forced to cancel his registration because of accident or illness during the first five weeks of the term, the charge is one-half of the rate indicated. Students required to enter military service will receive a full refund of tuition and a proportionate refund on room charges. In all cases, board refunds are made on a proportionate basis. FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE Financial aid in the form of loan funds, scholarships, and parttime employment is available a t Augsburg College. Augsburg participates in the College Scholarship Service (CSS) of the College Entrance Examination Board. Participants in CSS subscribe to the principle that the amount of financial aid granted a student should be based uposn financial need. The CSS assists the college's financial aid officer in determining the student's need for financial assistance. Entering students seeking financial assistance are required to submit a copy of the Parents' Confidential Statement (PCS) form to the College Scholarship Service, designating Augsburg College as one of the recipients, by March 15. The PCS form may be obtained from a secondary school or the College Scholarship Service, Box 881, Evanston, Illinois 60204. All upper-class students are required to submit a Parents' Confidential Statement-Renewal form each year. Several loan funds have been established to assist students in working out their financial problems. Loans may be arranged at a reasonable rate of interest for various periods of time. The General Student Loan Fund, established through the gifts of many individual donors, is maintained chiefly by contributions from the Augsburg College Women's Club. National Defense Student Loans, established by the National Defense Education Act of 1958, are available t o students capable of maintaining good standing in their chosen course of study. Special consideration will be given to all students with a superior academic background. Loans will normally be granted for the academic year, September through June, or the remaining balance thereof. Reapplication will be necessary for each succeeding loan period. United Student Aid Funds is a program of endorsing loans made by local banks to college students requiring financial assistance. A grant to the college by the Gamble-Skogmo Foundation provided the funds to establish the initial reserves required. The United Student Aid Fund Incorporation also handles the Federal Insured Loan program. Arrangements for all types of loans are made through a conference with the Dean of Students, chairman of the faculty committee on financial aid. In addition to arranging loans, the committee counsels students on financial matters with the objective in mind of helping the student work out a satisfactory plan for his finances. SCHOLARSHIPS SCHOLARSHIPS AVAILABLE TO FRESHMEN Foundation Fellowships are offered to students with outstanding high school records and high scores on the Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College Entrance Examination Board. Recipients are guaranteed enrollment in hon,ors course work. These awards range in amount from $100 to full tuition and are renewable for four years for students with a grade point average of 3.0 (B average). TO qualify for a Foundation Fellowship a student should rank in the upper five percent of his high school class and have a combined score of 1200 or higher on the Scholastic Aptitude Test. The scholarship committee also considers an individual's interests, abilities, and character. Honor Scholarships are offered to good students who have strong potential for academic success at Augsburg College. These awards range in amount from $100 to full tuition and may be renewed for four years for students with a grade point average of 2.50. Students who rank in the upper fifteen percent of their high school class and have above average scores in the Scholastic Aptitude Test are eligible for Honor Scholarships. Chemistry Scholarships and Research Awards are offered each year by the Department of Chemistry to students strongly interested in chemistry or medicine. The six awards vary in amount from $2,000 to $4,000 over four years. A student qualifies for a Chemistry Scholarship on the basis of his high school performance, a special chemistry examination, financial need, and vocational objective. Summer Research Awards are also available t o students in chemistry. This award provides a stipend of $600 for each student to do research under the guidance of the chemistry department. Academic Grants are awarded to students on the basis of financial need as demonstrated by the College Scholarship Service. Students who are admitted t o Augsburg College but do not qualify for a scholarship may be considered for an academic grant or financial award'. These awards range in amount from $100 t o $600 and may be renewable for four years with a grade point average of 2.0 (C average). SCHOLARSHIPS AVAILABLE TO UPPERCLASSMEN Departmental Scholarships of varying amounts are awarded each year to students who are highly recommended by the chairman of their maj,or department. These scholarships are renewable if the student maintains a scholastic average of 2.75 or better. Alumni Achievement Scholarships are awarded to outstanding students in the freshman, sophomore, and junior classes for use the following academic year. The scholarship fund., which is equivalent to three half-tuition scholarships, is awarded on the basis of previous academic performance. No award will be in excess of financial need. The Augsburg College Women's Club Schdarship awards, totaling $400, are granted each year to two or more students of outstanding character and excellent scholarship. The Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholarship was established in 1965 by her husband, Thomas I. Benson. The Scholarship is awarded annually to a student studying choral music. The Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship Fund was established in 1960 by gifts from the Burntvedt family and through a church-wide offering, to honor the memory of Dr. T. 0. Burntvedt who was President of the Lutheran Free Church from 1930 to 1958. One or more scholarships are awarded annually to a student or students in the senior class who are preparing for the ministry. The Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarships were established in 196.1 by Mrs. Alma Jensen Dickerson, a member of the Augsburg faculty from 1943 to 1954. One or more scholarships are awarded annually to able and deserving junior or senior students. The M. J. Estrem Scholarship was established in 1965 by Mr. and Mrs. M. J. Estrem of Minneapolis to provide an annual scholarship for some worthy student of the College, such student to be selected upon the recommendation of the Scholarship Committee of the College. Augsburg awards Foreign Student Scholarships each year to deserving students from other countries. These scholarships may be awarded in amounts up to the equivalent of full tuition. The Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship Fund, established in 1965, makes possible the awarding of one or more scholarships each year to upperclass male students interested in careers in the field of business. The 0. I. Hertsgaard Scholarship was established in 1966 by Mr. and Mrs. 0 . I. Hertsgaard. One or more scholarships will be awarded annually to junior or senior students who have demonstrated a proficiency in choral and/or instrumental music, who show interest or potential in conducting and show promise of overall academic success. The Keith E. Hoffman Memorial Scholarship was established in 1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles S. Hoffman of Minneapolis in memory of their son who gave his life in the conquest of Okinawa. The scholarship is awarded annually to a student selected on the basis of academic achievement, personal character, and ability in the field of athletics. International Milling Company Scholarships are funded by contributions made by the International Milling Company to the Minnesota Private College Fund. These scholarships of variable amounts are awarded annually to able and deserving upper-class students. The American Indian Scholarship was established in 1955 by Spring Lake Park Lutheran Church, Minneapolis. It is a scholarship of $200 to be applied on tuition at Augsburg College. It is to be awarded to an American Indian student selected on the basis of scholarship and economic need. The Iver and Marie Iversen Scholarship was established in 1957 through a grant from Mr. Iver Iversen of Brooklyn, New York. It is awarded annually to a student in the College. The award, in the amount of $250, is made on the basis of need, scholarship, and interest in Christian service. The Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship was established in 1956 by members of the family to honor their parents. The scholarship is awarded annually t o a student on the basis of academic achievement, personal character, and promise of achievement in the field of physical education. Lutheran Brotherhood Scholarships of $500 each are provided by the Lutheran Brotherhood Life Insurance Society and awarded each fall to outstanding Lutheran college seniors. The students are selected by the College in the spring of the junior year on the basis of religious leadership and scholastic standing. Aid Association for Lutherans Scholarships were established in 1966 from funds given by Aid Association for Lutherans Insurance Company. These scholarships of variable amounts are awarded annually to able and deserving upper-class students who are policy holders. David Mathre Memorial Scholarship for Student Teachers is available to qualified full-time students in need of financial assistance during the term in which they are doing student teaching. The Onesirnus Scholarship, established in 1962 by Mr. and Mrs. James Helleckson, is awarded annually in the amount d $300 to an Augsburg student or graduate who is preparing for service in the Christian ministry. The Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship was established in 1953 in memory of Henry P. Opseth, former head of the Music Department and director of the Augsburg College Choir. It is awarded annually to a sophomore or junior student s f outstanding promise in the field of music. The Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize, from a fund established by members of the Paulson family in memory of Professor Adolph Paulson who taught social science at Augsburg from 1930 to 1935, is awarded annually to a college student for the best essay written on an assigned subject in the field of Christian sociology. The amount of the prize is $50. The Quanbeck Scholarship Fund was established in 1963 by a bequest of John G. Quanbeck. The income from this fund is awarded annually to freshman students who, without assistance, would be unable to pursue higher education. The Reader's Digest Endowed Scholarship Fund, established in 1965, provides an annual scholarship for a deserving and able upperclassman. The Reverend Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarships were established in 1958 by two anonymous donors to honor the memory of Reverend Olaf Rogne, business administrator of the college from 1940 to 1952. Three awards of $500 each are made annually to selected students preparing for Christian service. The Marlys Johnson Simengaard Memorial Scholarship was established in 1964 by her family and friends to honor her memory. As an expression of Christian concern for the problems of social injustice, this scholarship is awarded periodically to an American Negro student. Social Service Scholarship Program is sponsored by the Division of Charities of the American Lutheran Church. Two scholarships of $300 or three scholarships of $200 will be awarded each year to students at Augsburg College. The recipients must be juniors or seniors of the Lutheran faith who are enrolled in social work courses and plan to continue training in a graduate school of social work. In addition to scholastic achievement, a student's interests, aptitude, and skills in working with people are considered in making this award. The Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship in memory of Marilyn Yvonne Solberg, a member of the Ausgburg College Choir from 1950 until the time of her death in 1953, was established in 1955 by her parents, Mr. and Mrs. Iver Solberg and her brother, Doman. It is awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a major or minor and who shows outstanding promise or achievement in the art of singing. The Marguerite Hamilton Storley Memorial Scholarship was established in 1965 by her family and friends to honor her memory. A scholarship of $300 will be awarded annually to an able and deserving junior or senior student recommended by the scholarship committee. The Professor P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship was established in 1959 by friends t o honor the memory of P. A. Sveeggen, professor of English at Augsburg from 1915 to 1952. The award of variable amount is made annually to an outstanding student in the field of English. Tozer Scholarships of $500 each are awarded annually to outstanding Junior or Senior students who are residents of the state of Minnesota. Monies for these scholarships are provided by the Tozer Foundation, Inc., of Stillwater, Minnesota. The Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship was established in 1962 by E. Lorraine Yokie and Doris E. Yokie, daughters of Edward Yokie. A scholarship will be awarded annually t o an able and deserving junior or senior student recommended by the scholarship committee. Memorial Scholarship Foundation. Undesignated memorial gifts are placed in the Foundation Fund. Income from these endowment gifts is used to provide scholarships of varying amounts. The scholarship committee selects students who are able and deserving. The Crown Prince Harald Scholarship was created by the Augsburg College Board of Regents on the occasion of the visit by Crown Prince Harald o'f Norway to the Augsburg campus in October, 1965. This annual scholarship provides one year's full tuition for a student from Norway who wishes to s,tudy at Augsburg. The recipient is chosen from applicants by a committee in Norway set up for this purpose. The Manivald Aldre Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1960 by friends and the Department of Chemistry t o honor the memory of Manivald Aldre, assistant professor of chemistry at Augsburg from 1949 t o 1958. The annual award is made t o a student whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. The Carl Fosse Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1960 by the Department of Chemistry to honor the memory of Carl Fosse, professor d chemistry at Augsburg from 1921 to 1942. The annual award is made to a student whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. The Covey Hendrickson Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1967 by the family and friends and the Department of Chemistry to honor the memory of Covey Hendrickson, a student of chemistry at Augsburg until his death in June, 1966. The annual award is made to a student whose academic background indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. The Dr. Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1961 by the chemistry staff. The award is made annually to a chemistry student whose record indicates promise in the field of chemistry. The Dr. W. M. Saudstrom Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1963 by a gift from Dr. Sandstrom, retired professor of bi,ochemistry at the University of Minnesota. The annual award is made to a student whose academic background indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. The Walter Gordon Schnell Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established by friends and the Department of Chemistry in 1960 to honor the memory of Walter Gordon Schnell, a student of chemistry at Augsburg until the time of his death in January, 1960. The annual award is made to a student whose academic background indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. The Walter E. Thwaite, Jr., Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1963. This annual award is made to a student whose academic background indicates promising achievement in the field of chemistry. GRADUATE SCHOLARSHIPS The Greater Augsburg Alumni Association Scholarship of $500 is awarded annually to an outstanding alumnus of Augsburg in order to encourage and assist promising students in the carrying out of projects of graduate study. The George Sverdrup Graduate Fellowship was established by the Board of Trustees of Augsburg in 1947 to honor the memory of George Sverdrup, President d Augsburg from 1911 to 1937. It is awarded annually to an Augsburg graduate of outstanding character and ability who plans to prepare further for the vwation of teaching. The amount of the Fellowship is five hundred dollars. STUDENT ElMPLOYlVIENT An employment service, located in the Student Personnel Office, assists students in obtaining part-time remunerative work during the school year, Christmas vacation, and summer. Both on-campus and off-campus jobs are available. ADMISSION APPLICATION PROCEDURE Applications for admission are provided by and submitted to the Office of Admissions, Applications may be obtained by visiting, writing, or calling (332-5181). A majority of the applications are received between September and January of the students' senior year in high school. Although the closing date for making application for the fall term is August 1, the class may be filled well in advance of this date. An early decision plan is available for highly-qualified applicants who apply before December 1. These applicants are notified concerning admission on the basis of grades through the junior year and college aptitude test scores. Students applying after December 1 will generally not be notified concerning admission until after the Scholastic Aptitude Test scores have been received by the college. A $100 tuition deposit is due before May 1, with earlier payment giving preference in the assignment of campus housing. Students admitted after May 1 are required to make the $100 tuition deposit within two weeks of notification of acceptance. The tuition deposit is not refundable but applies to the cost of tuition. An interview on campus is encouraged. Instructions for applying for admission: 1. Return the application form with a $10 application fee (non-refundable) and a photograph to: Off ice of Admissions Augsburg College Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404 2. Request your counselor or principal to send us a transcript of your high school record and all test results. Transfer students will request the previous college or colleges to send an official transcript of grades together with results of standardized tests taken. 3. The Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) of the College Entrance Examination Board is required for admission. The test should be taken early in the senior year or late in the junior year. See your counselor or principal about registering for the SAT or write to College Entrance Examination Board, c/o Educational Testing Service, Box 592, Princeton, New Jersey. Transfer students are not required to take the SAT. ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS The quality of a student's work in high school, type of course program, scores on college aptitude tests, extra-curricular participation, and recommendations are important factors in considering an application for admission. Augsburg College seeks students who rank high in their high school graduating class, at least in the upper half, and who have satisfactory scores on the Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College Entrance Examination Board. It is recommended that a student have a least 12 academic subjects in his college preparatory curriculum, which should include four units of English, and a t least two units each of a foreign language, social studies, mathematics, and science. A unit is defined a s a course covering one academic year and equivalent to at least 120 hours of classwork. A recent physical examination is also required. Students will be provided with blanks early in the summer to be filled out and returned to the Student Personnel Office by August 1. The health report must be received before the student will be permitted to register. TRANSFER Students are accepted by transfer from other colleges and universities if their academic record and test results are satisfactory and they are in good standing. College credit is granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed a t accredited institutions. A maximum of 95 quarter credits is allowed on transfer from a junior college. The college reserves the right not to grant credit for courses where it considers the work unsatisfactory, and to grant provisional credit for work taken in unaccredited institutions. The grade point average for gra-duation is based on work taken a t Augsburg. ADVANCED PLACEMENT Advanced placement is granted to students who qualify, on the basis of work taken in high school or elsewhere, to enroll in courses beyond the beginning course. Placement may be determined by tests, or by the level and length of the course previously completed. ADVANCED STANDING Advanced standing, that is, college credit, is granted t o high school students who have successfully completed a college-level course provided they received a grade of 3, 4, or 5 on the Advanced Placement Examinations. MPUS There are many influences which mould life and character in c01lege. While the exercises d classroom, laboratory, and library form the organizing basis of college activity, they need to be supplemented by other than academic forces. These intangible but very real supplementary influences have much to do with creating the climate of an institution. At Augsburg definite emphasis is placed upon the maintenance of a wholesome spirit of Christian community living. THE CHAPEL SERVICE At the center of Augsburg's program is the daily chapel service, where the faculty and students gather for united worship, prayer, and a brief meditation upon the Word of God. Regular attendance is expected of all students and faculty. COMMISSION OF RELIGIOUS ACTIVITIES The Commission of Religious Activities, composed of students and faculty, is responsible to the Augsburg community for the implementation of the religious program. Chairman of this Commission is a student, who is also a member of the Student Council. Although Augsburg College does not believe that religious life can be separated from the rest of life, this Commission does see its major responsibility in relation to worship, devotional life, and the stimulation of faith through discussion and service. RECREATION STANDARDS AND DISCIPLINE At Augsburg all of the work of the college rests on certain Biblical affirmatives about human nature and man's relation to God. As a Christian liberal arts college, Augsburg takes these relationships seriously and therefore seeks to educate the whole man. It follows that one of its important responsibilities is to establish programs and policies that contribute to this end. It is expected of each student that his life, conduct and influence, both on and off campus, shall be worthy of a member of a Christian college, and students who do not feel drawn to this quality of life should not seek to be enrolled at Augsburg. Without attempting to dictate to the individual conscience, the college reserves the right to ask its students to adapt themselves to the social and recreational program approved by the college. It reserves the right to dismiss any student whose continuation in college is deemed undesirable for social as well as for academic reasons. It is the policy of the college that such action shall be taken only after the available campus resources of counseling and judicial processes have been utilized. Thus, disciplinary problems are first dealt with through counseling. Those not solved this way are channeled to a student-faculty Judicial Council through the Office of the Dean of Students. In all cases, careful investigation and the privilege of a hearing precede any disciplinary action. In seeking to develop a constructive recreational program, some limitations have been placed on certain activities. The college is opposed to all forms of gambling. The college does not allow the possession or consumption of alcoholic beverages in residence halls, in any college-approved place of residence or at any collegesponsored event. Minnesota state law forbids the possession or consumption of alcoholic beverages by people who are not 21 years of age. CONVOCATION Convocations are held on Wednesdays throughout the year. These programs acquaint the campus community with outstanding personalities in various fields. A wide range of interests is covered, including the scientific, political, social, religious, and artistic. SOCIAL, CULTURAL AND RECREATIONAL PROGRAM In attempting to meet the needs and interests of Augsburg students, use is made of all existing facilities on campus and many of those which are available in the Twin Cities. Much activity outside the classroom occurs in the College Center. There the college community is drawn together by social, recreational, and cultural activities. The activities program is designed to complement the classroom experience and to enhance the student's college experience. Throughout the year a variety of social activities are held in the center, in residence halls, and elsewhere on campus. These social activities include parties, teas, picnics, films, banquets, dances, talent shows and special dinners and big-name entertainment. Traditional highlights of the year are Homecoming, the Christmas Buffet, Sno-Days, the Carnival, and the spring formal dance. Many students take part in the social society system at Augsburg by joining either a men's or women's society. These societies are small groups which provide a natural contact between upperclass students and freshmen, and commuter and residence students, as they plan activities. The society system is governed by the InterSociety Council which, in turn, is responsible to the Student Council. The recreation program has activities for both participants and spectators. The intramural program under the direction of the Physical Education Department features touch football and basketball. On campus such recreational facilities as pool tables, ping-pong, and bicycles are available in addition to the facilities in Melby Hall. Students also enjoy tennis at nearby parks and swimming at Fairview Hospital. In the winter, students go on skiing outings or stay on campus to ice skate. There are informally organized soccer and boot-hockey teams. For the spectator there are the intercollegiate athletic contests. Students may attend home games on their activity card. For many of the away games bus transportation is arranged for those wanting to attend. The cultural program includes activities from the creative and performing arts. In the College Center there are art exhibits, discussions, music listening facilities, small recitals, concerts, drama readings and films. Art works are also exhibited in the Studio and the Scholarshop. Augsburgians also enjoy the annual choir, orchestra, and band concerts in Melby Hall. The college also features a major dramatic production each term in the Little Theatre. Students are admitted free to on-campus dramatic and musical programs by their activity card. Major responsibility for programming is handled by the Program Commission. The committees under the Program Commission are Social, Recreation, Fine Arts, Forum and Lecture, Hospitality, and Promotion. METROPOLITAN OPPORTUNITIES Augsburg's location in Minneapolis gives its students unique opportunities to make use of some of the finest educational and cultural advantages which the Northwest has to offer. Excellent art collections are to be found in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, the Walker Art Center and several other art galleries. The Twin Cities' libraries are extensive in their services. The Historical Museum in St. Paul gives access to large collections of historical material. The Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra programs and other concerts afford rich opportunity for the enjoyment of music. Several theaters in the Twin Cities such as the Tyrone Guthrie Theater, Theater-in-the-Round, the Old Log Theater, the Firehouse Theater, and St. Paul Civic Opera Company provide a variety of dramatic and musical presentations. Many students and faculty attend Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra concerts by virtue of a special college season ticket arrangement. Season tickets are available also for other University concerts and for drama productions at the University and Tyrone Guthrie Theaters. Students also enjoy Minnesota Twins baseball and Viking football games a t Metropolitan Stadium. The Student Society consists of all full-time and part-time students enrolled a t Augsburg College. The central concern of student government is focused on education to the end that individuals may develop their full capabilities through intellectual growth. The student government relates to this broad objective by assuming responsibilities for furthering student affairs, educating members to the democratic process, developing a sense of community, fostering intellectual activity, and participating in policy making. STUDENT GOVERNMENT The administration, under the direction of the president, resides in the executive branch. Seven commissioners are each responsible to the president for one of the major areas of student life. Eight boards also assist him in his work. The Student Council, presided over by the vice-president, is the twenty-member legislative branch of the government. Each of the college classes has its own officers and participates in student government through its representatives on the council. The Judicial Council is a student-faculty judiciary whose rulings are subject to appeal only to the President of the College. The Student-Faculty Council, composed of students, administration and faculty, discusses campus problems, considers legislation adopted by one group or the other which affects the college as a whole, and promotes cooperation and understanding between the students, the faculty, and the administration. The students also have representation on college committees such as the President's Cabinet, the College Center Cabinet, and several faculty committees. The Student Society is a member of the National Student Association, the largest representative national union of students in the United States. Through this organization the students receive programming aids for use on the campus, and add their voice to the voice of all American students before the national government and other organizations in matters of student concern. The Student Government directs several projects of interest to the college community. These projects include the annual OneAppeal Campaign, Leadership Training Workshops, Political Action Week, Homecoming, Student Lecture Series, Development Council, Welcome Week, Sno-Days, International Students Program, Faith-in-Life-Week, College Center Programming, relationships with community organizations and contacts with neighboring institutions of higher education. Associated Women Students, composed of all the women students, provides opportunity for the women to develop meaningful selfgovernment. It aims to create a sense of harmony and fellowship, to promote and maintain high standards of honor and integrity in personal conduct, and to encourage participation in all college activities. It is affiliated with the Inter-collegiate Associated Women Students, a national organization. AWS has an on-campus council and an off-campus council which deal with the problems and programs of their respective areas. The college newspaper, The Augsburg Echo, is published by a student staff. The Echo serves as a voice of the student body as well as a medium of information. It provides an opportunity for experience in the many phases of journalistic work. PUBLICATIONS Augsburg's yearbook, the Augsburgian, provides a pictorial record of the activities of the year. Work on the annual provides opportunity for creative expression in artistic design as well as in photography. The Publication Commission is comprised of the editors, business managers, and advisers of the Augsburgian and the Echo. The chief responsibility of the Commission is to select editors and business managers for the campus publications. The Auggie is a directory of students, staff, and faculty and is published under the direction of the Office of Public Relations. The enthusiasm and energy of students motivate them to pursue their interests beyond the classroom. For most effective participation, students with similar interests have united to form clubs. Several of these are extensions of courses beyond the classroom. Others are devoted to interests not offered in the curriculum. All these organizations are co-ordinated through the Student Organizations Commission of the Augsburg Student Society. This Commission acts to evaluate club activities, to approve annual schedules, and to represent clubs at Student Council and Executive Council meetings. The Augsburg Chemical Society is open to both majors and minors in chemistry. The meetings consist of seminars on current topics in this specific area. The Augsburg College Association for Childhood Education is an organization especially for students in the elementary education program. It is concerned primarily with professional standards in the teaching profession, educational changes, and needs of children in the field of elementary education. CO-CURRICULAR PROGRAM Augsburg College Children's Groups involves students who meet weekly with a group of neighborhood children. The students provide such activities as games, crafts, field trips, and sports as they show their concern for these children by their own personal invoIvement. The Augsburg YGOP Club and YDFL Club aim to stimulate interest in public affairs and give students opportunity to participate actively in local, state, and national politics, and in other human relations activities. The Augsburg Society for Dramatic Arts provides for its members an opportunity to learn from participation in stage presentations and from field trips, as well as from reading and seeing plays produced. Membership is open to all students. Membership in National Collegiate Players represents recognition for continued excellence in drama participation. It is open to qualified upperclassmen. The "A" Club is limited to men who have won a major "A" at Augsburg. The aim of this organization is "to bind the 'A' men of the past, present, and future into a more intimate bond of fellowship, and to keep the athletics of Augsburg on the highest possible plane." The Cosmopolitan Club brings together foreign and American students who have a mutual interest in the culture, language, and people of various countries. The Debate Club fosters debate activity at Augsburg as it meets to develop skills necessary in debating. Members of the club represent Augsburg in the Twin Cities Debate League and other intercollegiate tournaments. The French Club is composed of students interested in the French language and culture. The German Club is open to all students who are studying or have studied German. In addition to providing opportunity for conversational practice, the club also promotes understanding and appreciation of the German people, their achievements and customs. Karate Club is organized to provide instruction in classical Karate for Augsburg men and women students. It also promotes better understanding of Karate itself and of the various schools of Karate. The Norse Club is composed of students who are interested in Norwegian culture as reflected in Norwegian literature, music, art and history. The Pre-Sem Club, composed of all pre-seminary students at Augsburg, is an organization that expresses concern for spiritual life at Augsburg, as well as acquaints its members with the vocation of the Christian ministry. The Psychology Club promotes interest in various fields of psycholowThe Ski Club is a recreation group promoting interest and developing skills in skiing. The Spanish Club serves as a means of interpreting Spanish culture to students in an informal way. The Sociology Forum is an organization of students preparing for professional work in the field of Social Service. The Student National Education Association, Martin Quanbeck Chapter, offers to its members associate membership in professional education associations and strives to acquaint future teachers with the importance of teaching as a profession. The Ushers' Club is a service organization providing trained ushers for public events scheduled for the campus. The Writers' Club includes students who enjoy creative expression in various forms of writing. The members share their literary efforts in an informal atmosphere, and benefit from mutual criticism. They publish The Arkai, a collection of the best creative writing each year. The Women's Recreation Association at Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Athletic Association of College Women. Membership in this organization is gained by participation in individual and group recreational activities with awards given on a point basis. The Augsburg Concert Band numbers fifty members selected by audition from all classes. In addition to local appearances, the band tours annually to various parts of the United States. The Augsburg Choir has sixty-five members selected by audition from all classes. In addition to local appearances, the choir goes on tour each year to various parts of the United States and occasionally to Canada. The choir toured Norway and other European countries in 1965. The Augsburg College Choral Club performs frequently in campus programs and concerts and sings at various churches in the Twin City area. Membership is by audition or consent of the director. The Augsburg College Orchestra presents programs of standard repertoire for orchestra alone as well as with soloists and choral groups. In addition to campus and local appearances, the orchestra tours in the Midwest. Membership is by audition. Larger campus musical groups also include the Repertoire Band and the Symphonia. MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND RECREATION Under the direction of the Department of Health and Physical Education, a wide range of recreational activities is arranged for general student participation. Every student is urged to participate in some activity for his own recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well as individual performance activities. Climaxing the intramural program is the Extramural Meet, a tournament for the winners of intramural schedules in various colleges. INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference. The college is represented annually by teams in football, cross country, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, tennis, and golf. PURPOSE AND PHILOSOPHY OF INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS It is the purpose of Augsburg College to provide an intercollegiate athletic program which is in harmony with its Christian philosophy. This philosophy is to be reflected in the conduct and outlook of both the players and the spectators. The educational program of the college recognizes that recreation and play are a fundamental part of human life, and that this phase of life needs to be cultivated if physical, mental, and emotional health are to be maintained. Intercollegiate athletics, as a phase of that program, gives recognition to the fact that competitive play can contribute to the development of student interests, skills, insights, and loyalties. More specifically, the following outcomes are sought: (1) The student participating in athletics should acquire and exhibit, both in and out of athletics, such basic qualities of character as self-discipline, honesty, sense of fair play, and cooperation. (2) The participant should develop the knowledge, interests, and skills which will be of special use to him in such vocations as teaching and coaching or recreational leadership, or in his own recreational activities. Far from being set apart from his educational goal or in any way competing with it, the student's participation in intercollegiate athletics must either contribute directly to this goal or be complementary to his other educational activities. (3) The student spectator should acquire and exhibit some of the finer qualities of Christian character, such as self-restraint, sense of fair play, appreciation of high-grade performance on the part of both opponents and fellow-students, and respect for individual personality. (4) The intercollegiate athletic program should contribute to the development of a unified and healthy "school spirit." Enthusiasm for intercollegiate athletics or other co-curricular activities should not overshadow pride in high scholastic achievement, nor can it take the place of a well-rounded and effective intramural and general recreational program. ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS In order to participate in certain extra-curricular activities, students must meet established eligibility requirements. Organizations check eligibility of candidates by submitting a list to the Director of Student Activities for approval. Eligibility f w participation in intercollegiate athletics is governed by the rules of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference. A student on academic probation may not be a member of the Augsburg College Choir, Concert Band, or the Orchestra. He is not eligible to participate in a major dramatic production, cheerleading, student publications, societies, or to accept elected or appointed student-government otfices or chairmanships. This list is not inclusive and o,ther activities may be designated. HONORS AND AWARDS The purpose of Beta Chi Epsilon is to honor those senior women who have maintained a high level of academic achievement and who have shown loyalty by giving service and leadership to the college community. In turn, it is the responsibility of these women to foster the development of academic excellence, leadership, and service among women students of Augsburg College. On the 1927 Class Cup for Scholarship Trophy is engraved the name of each s.tudent who has achieved the highest scholastic standing in his college graduating class. He must have attended Augsburg for a t least two years. Omicron Chapter of Lambda Iota Tau, a national honor society, is open to students with a major or minor in English or a foreign language, who have attained a high scholastic average and have presented a paper on a literary topic before a public audience. The purposes of the Timia Society, the Augsburg honor society, are to recognize academic achievement and to promote scholarship. Juniors and seniors who have earned a 3.5 grade point accumulative average are eligible for membership, while freshmen and sophomores with a 3.25 grade point average may be admitted as pledges. Augsburg has a Chapter of Pi Gamma Mu, the National Social Science Honor Society, which is affiliated with the Association of College Honor Societies. A high level of scholarship in the social sciences is required for election to membership. The Dean's List includes students who have achieved a grade point average of 3.5 or better in the previous term of work a t Augsburg College. The 1925 Class Cup in Athletics is awarded to the athlete who has made outstanding records both in athletics and in scholarship. The Harold A. Johnson Trophy, presented by Gerald L. Johnson in 1943, is awarded annually to the student who is judged to be the most valuable player on the basketball team. Outstanding seniors are nominated annually by a Student-Faculty Committee for membership in Who's Who Among Students in American Colleges and Universities. Special attention is given to scholarship, leadership and participation in extra-curricular activities such as athletics, drama, music organizations, societies, student government and community activities. Institutional services to students are organized and administered in accordance with plans and policies established by the Student Personnel Committee. Included are such services as Admissions, Counseling, Testing, Freshman Orientation, Student Records, The Student Health Service, Housing and Food Service, Placement, Student Employment, and Coordination of Student Activities. The administration of these services is centered in the Office of the Dean of Students. ADMISSIONS Pre-college counseling concerning admissions requirements, college entrance examinations, financial aids, and career planning is available from qualified personnel in the Office of Admissions. Counseling can be obtained either on campus or in schools and homes as the counselors travel throughout the Upper Midwest. In addition to high school seniors, sophomores and juniors are encouraged to use these services and also to visit the campus if at all possible. STUDENT PERSONNEL SERVICES COUNSELING Counseling services are maintained in an effort to assist each student to obtain the maximum benefits from the learning experiences offered a t Augsburg College. Matters such as uncertainty over vocational choice or educational planning, religious uncertainty, health or financial problems, personal and social adjustment and personal deficiencies can interfere with the learning process and are dealt with in counseling sessions. It is hoped that through counseling, students will develop a more realistic understanding of themselves and the surrounding world, and keener awareness of resources available to them as they meet the problems of daily life. At Augsburg the counseling process is carried on a t several levels. All faculty members participate in the counseling program, and each new student is assigned to a faculty counselor who works with him until he chooses a major field of study. At that time, the major adviser becomes his counselor. In addition, there are staff members who have specialized training in counseling and techniques for dealing with problems of adjustment. The personnel deans serve as special counselors. The counseling program is coordinated through the Director of Psychological Services in the Office of the Dean of Students in accordance with the plans and policies established by the Student Personnel Committee. RECORDS Individual student records are kept in the Records Office under the supervision of the Registrar. These records include admission data, academic achievement, student participation and achievement in non-academic activities, test scores, reports of counseling, and other information. The Student Personnel Office maintains a file of student government officers, of clubs and societies, including the constitutions, activities, schedules, and membership rosters. THE STUDENT HEALTH SERVICE The Student Health Service provides dispensary service with two registered nurses on duty. The college physician has daily office hours for consultation and for emergency treatment. Infirmary roloms are provided. The Health Service is located in Fairview Hospital, adjacent to the campus. Physical examinations are given to all seniors. Before registering, each entering student is required to have on file the report of a physical examination given by his family physician. Corrective treatment is prescribed where needed. Students who have personal problems are encouraged to seek help through counseling conferences. If a serious problem develops which demands professional skill, the student is referred to the offices of the personnel deans. Referrals may be made to the College Chaplain, or the College Psychologist. FRESHMAN ORIENTATION Freshmen and other new students participate in Freshman Days before the beginnkg of classes each year. The students take tests, attend classes, inspect the college facilities, and become acquainted with their fellow students, with the faculty, and especially with their own faculty counselors. The faculty counselors and students have several conferences during which they plan the student's program of study. All new students are given a battery of tests during Freshman Days. Scholastic Aptitude Test scores and special placement test scores are used by counselors to help students plan their initial programs. Personality inventories and the vocational interest profiles help the students to know more about themselves, in order to make a good choice of subjects and occupational goals. A special course in improvement of reading is offered for interested students. Freshmen who expect difficulty with the increased quantity and complexity of the reading material encountered in college are especially urged to enroll in this course. IJ HOUSING AND FOOD SERVICE In its residence program, the college aims to develop in the students Christian character, self-control, and thoughtful consideration of others. At the same time, the college realizes that students' happiness, comfort, and emotional adjustment in the residence halls are direct influences on their general efficiency in the classroom. In an effort to provide these opportunities for development, student residence councils assume the responsibilities for the administration of dormitory life policies in consultation with the head residents and personnel deans. Upper-class students serve as counselors in the residences and attempt to help residents with problems of personal adjustment. The head residents and personnel deans serve as resource people for these counselors and handle cases referred to them. All students not living at home are required to live in collegeoperated housing. Students desiring to reside in the city with relatives must first secure approval for such an arrangement from the Student Personnel Office. All students living in residences take their meals in the Commons. The college also provides a number of houses for men and women with a cooperative houseplan option. Residence halls are open to students a day before regular schedules become effective, and they close a day after the term closes. Students who wish to stay in residence during vacations must apply for the privilege. Rooms are furnished except for bed linen, towels, blankets, and bedspreads. Laundry facilities are available in each residence. Bed linens and towels may be rented with laundering service a t a reasonable cost. This service is required of all students in residence halls. An optional linen service is available to students living in houses. Students engage a room a t the beginning of the fall term for the entire school year. A room deposit is required of upper-class students to hold a room. This fee is payable a t the Treasurer's Office by May 15. Students who have not paid the room deposit by this date are automatically removed from the housing roster. No refunds are made after August 1. All men living in Memorial Hall, Mortensen-Sivertsen Hall and cottage housing, are required to pay a $20 key and breakage fee a t the beginning of each school year. At the end of the year the fee is refunded if the condition of the room and furniture is satisfactory and the key is returned. GRADUATE PLACEMENT The Placement Bureau assists seniors and alumni in securing positions. Continuous contact is maintained with business, governmental, welfare, and educational institutions a t the local, state, and national levels. The services of the Placement Bureau are free t o graduating seniors. Alumni seeking the services of the Placement Bureau will be charged a re-registration fee of $5. There is no placement fee. CO-ORDINATION OF STUDENT ACTIVITIES The Director of Student Activities assists student officers to maintain effective functioning of student activities, and keeps on file the club constitutions, rosters, and schedules of meetings. Faculty advisers to student organizations are approved by the Director. The program of student activities is a primary responsibility of the Program Commission and the Student Organization Commission in addition to other Boards and Commissions under the Augsburg Student Society. A weekly bulletin of events is prepared for the Echo by the Student Personnel Office. The college Master Calendar is kept in the Office of Student Activities. GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS Following are the requirements for graduation with the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College: 1. Satisfactory completion of the General Education Requirements described below. 2. Completion of a major. 3. A total of 180 quarter credits. (186 for students above junior standing in fall of 1968) 4. At least 54 credits in courses numbered above 50. 5. A minimum of "C" average in all courses taken. 6. Proficiency in English. 7. The last year of course work a t Augsburg. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS The general education program a t Augsburg College consists of core and distribution requirements as follows: 1. English 11, 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 2. History 1 or 2 or 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 3. Religion 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 4. Sociology 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 5. Physical Education 1, 2, 3 (one year) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 6. Art 1 or Music 30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 7. Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 8. Religion 21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 9. Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-18 10. Natural Science or Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12 11. Political Science or Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 12. Speech or Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 13. Religion (upper division) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 credits credits credits credits credit credits credits credits credits credits credits credits credits The first five courses listed above should be taken in the freshman year, except that students with majors in biology, chemistry, music, or medical technology may postpone history or sociology until the sophomore year. Religion 21 is required in the sophomore year. It is recommended that the general education requirements be completed in the first two years of college, except item 13 above. One upper division religion course should be taken in each of the junior and senior years. Students who enter college with a high proficiency in English will enroll in English 15 instead of English 11 and will substitute a literature course for English 12. The number of credits required in a foreign language is determined by proficiency examinations. The student is required to have the equivalent of four terms of a foreign language for graduation, that is, two terms of the beginning course and two terms of the intermediate level course. He is exempt from this requirement if he has had four years or more of one foreign language. In the natural sciences, two courses in biology, chemistry, mathematics, or physics satisfy the requirement. It is recommended that the two courses be taken in the same department. Students ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION who obtain a grade of A or B in the first course of science have the option of taking Philosophy of Science for the second course. Philosophy 21 and 22 are designed to meet the philosophy requirement. Philosophy 23 may be used also. Students may choose from Political Science 20, 21, 22 or Economics 22 for the requirement in political science or economics. The general education requirement in speech or literature will be satisfied by: Speech 11 or 51; English 35, 40, or 45. Upon request a student may substitute another literature course by permission of the instructor. MAJORS AND MINORS The following majors are offered: American Studies Art Biology Business Administration: Accounting Business Administration: Finance Business Education Chemistry Economics Elementary Education English French German Greek Health and Physical Education History Mathematics Medical Technology Music Natural Science Philosophy Physical Education Physics Political Science Psychology Religion Scandinavian Studies Social Sciences Sociology Spanish Speech Students are required to prepare a plan for the major with the head of the department offering the major. This is normally done in the spring term of the sophomore year. A student may earn a minor in any of the fields listed above except Elementary Education and Medical Technology. Minors are also offered in Library Science and Latin. For major and minor requirements, see departmental statements. ELECTIVE CREDITS Most courses of study are designed to give the student an opportunity t o elect credits beyond those which are required for the major and for general education. To ensure a bro'ad range 08felectives, a limitation of 60 credits has been set as the maximum number of credits from one department which may count toward the Bachelor of Arts degree. (Exception is made for music majors who may count 68 credits in music. Business Administration and Economics are c o n s i d e ~ dseparate departments for this purpose.) A student may earn up to five credits in independent study courses in one year. A maximum of ten credits earned by independent study may be applied toward the 180 (or 186) credits required for the degree. PROFICIENCY IN WRITING All students are required to take an English test a t the end of the sophomore year and must demonstrate a proficiency in writing in order to qualify for the A.B. degree. See under Department of English. DEGREE WITH DISTINCTION Graduation with distinction is determined as follows: Summa Cum Laude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.8-4.0 grade average grade average Magna Cum Laude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.5-3.79 Cum Laude .......................... 3.1-3.49 grade average + + To be eligible for these honors, the student must have completed a t least two years of work a t Augsburg, and his record at Augsburg, as well as his total record, must meet the requirements as given above. GRADE VALUES A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Superior, 4 grade points per credit B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Very good, 3 grade points per credit C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Satisfactory, 2 grade points per credit D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Passable, 1 grade point per credit F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Failure, 0 grade points per credit E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Condition I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Incomplete WP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Withdrew-Passing WF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Withdrew-Failing W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Course withdrawn during first four weeks; or student withdrew from college. S (satisfactory), P (pass), N (no credit) indicate level of achievement; they do not affect grade point average. CONDITIONS AND INCOMPLETES A condition or an incomplete received at the end of a term must be removed within the first five weeks of classes of the following term. If conditions and incompletes are not removed within five weeks of the following term, the condition automatically becomes a failure and the incomplete becomes the grade submitted by the teacher along with the Incomplete. The final grade after the con,dition examination is taken may not be higher than D. A fee of $5 is charged for an examination making up an incomplete or a condition received a t the end of a term. REPEATING COURSES A course which has been failed or in which a D has been earned may be repeated for credit. Only the credits and grade earned the second time are counted toward graduation. Courses in which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated for credit; they may, however, be audited. - REGISTRATION Students who have been accepted for admission should register on the days designated in the Calendar for this purpose. Those who register late are charged a late registration fee of $1 per day after classes begin. The last date on which a student may register for or enter a course is one week after the beginning of classes. Registration for audit requires the same procedure as registration for credit. Audit registration is considered equal to one-half the credit registration in determining load and fees. Registration means that the student accepts all the rules and regulations established by the school. No credit will be given a student for any subject for which he has not registered. The college reserves the right to cancel any course for whichthere is not sufficient registration. The normal registration is 15 credit hours. A credit hour is nonnally defined as one recitation period a week throughout a term. The privilege of registering for more than 17 credit hours is granted to students who have gained an average record of B, or three grade points per credit, in the preceding term. No student is permitted to carry work for more than 19 credits per term. Students working part-time are urged to arrange the amount omf their registration accordingly. CHANGE OF REGISTRATION AND CANCELLATION A student who desires to make a change in his registration should obtain a form from the Registrar's Office. The approval of the teachers concerned, the student's adviser, and the Registrar are needed. A fee of $2 is charged for each change of registration after the first three days of classes. No course may be added after the first week of classes. A course which is cancelled during the first four weeks of classes is followed by W. After the first four weeks and before the last three weeks of the term, a course which is cancelled is given a grade of WP if the student is passing and WF if he is failing the course. No course may be cancelled during the last three weeks of the term. A student who finds it necessary to leave school before the end of a term must cancel his registration at the Registrar's Office in order to remain in good standing. CLASSIFICATION IJ In order to be classified in one of the regular college classes, a student must be carrying a minimum of 12 hours of work in which college credit is given. Classification is based on the attainment of the following number of credit hours with a t least twice that number of grade points: Credits Grade Points 36 72 Sophomore 84 168 Junior 130 260 Senior Students are classified by this regulation a t the time of their registration each school year. Students registered for less than 12 credits are classified as special students. PROBATION AND DISMISSAL A student is placed on scholastic probation a t the end of any term in which his achievement is unsatisfactory. The following guidelines are used in placing a student on probation with the overall average entering in as an additional factor. First-year students with a grade point average o,f 1.5 or below Second-year students with a grade point average of 1.6 or below Third-year students with a grade point average of 1.8 or below Fourth-year students with a grade point average of 1.8 or below All students with 7 or more credits of F. In order to be removed from probation, a student must achieve a grade point average of 2.1 or better for at least one term. A student will usually be allowed to continue on probation for two terms. If his academic achievement has continued to be unsatisfactory, he will be dropped for low scholarship. CLASS ATTENDANCE Regular class attendance is required of all students in lo'wer division courses. Attendance in upper division courses is voluntary for juniors and seniors unless required by the teacher of the class. In classes for which attendance is required, a record of attendance is kept and periodic reports on absences are submitted to the Registrar. Students wh'o find it necessary to be absent because of illness or for other reasons should report the reasons for the absence to their teachers. For prolonged absence of over one week due to illness, the student may obtain an excuse signed by the Health Service if this is requested by the teacher. Students with an excessive number of absences not excused by the teacher may be dropped from the course with a grade of F. Absences for tours, field trips, and other instructor-arranged activities are cleared with the Dean of the College. Lists of participants, with information as to exact periods absent, are issued by the Dean to all instructors involved, but the student is still responsible for any work missed. Teachers deal with tardiness as they see fit. Students arriving in class late must assume responsibility for reporting their presence to the teacher. EXAMINATIONS Tests are given periodically throughout each term. In the middle of the fall term, reports of the grades attained by freshmen are made to the Registrar who forwards them to the counselors, parents, and students. Final reports are sent at the end of each term to the parents and students. Written examinations are regularly scheduled a t the close of each term. No student or class may arrange to take a final examination in any course before the examination week. Absence from a final examination will result in a grade of failure unless the student presents a reasonable excuse immediately to the teacher concerned. If a student has obtained permission from the Dean of the College to take a final examination at another hour than that scheduled, he is charged a fee of $5 for such an examination. Before the student takes the examination, he must obtain a statement from the Registrar's office and bring it to the teacher concerned. COMPREHENSIVE EXAMINATIONS Comprehensive examinations may be permitted in courses in which the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing believes the student has adequate preparation or background. Students who wish to take a comprehensive examination must apply in writing to this committee. When permission is granted, the necessary approval forms may be secured at the Office of the Registrar. A fee of $5 ($10 for students not currently enrolled) is charged for each credit hour and must be paid in advance. Examination questions and the answers will be filed in the Registrar's Office. UNIVERSITY COURSES By arrangement with the University of Minnesota, students may register for courses at the University. But such registrations will not be allowed unless the student has a C average in his courses at Augsburg. Also, the combined number of credits in any term must not exceed 17. The credits thus gained a t the University may be transferred to Augsburg College and counted towards graduation. COURSES OF STUDY Descriptions of the courses offered in 1968-70 are given on the following pages. Unforeseen circumstances may necessitate making changes. Courses with inadequate registration may be cancelled. Students should consult the schedule o,f classes t o determine definitely the current course offerings. NUlMBERING OF COURSES Courses numbered below 50 are lower division courses; those numbered 50 and above are classified as upper division. In general, courses numbered 1-19 are primarily for freshmen; 20-49 for sophomores; 50-74 for juniors; and 75-99 for seniors. SYMBOLS # Course may be taken with consent of the instructor irrespective of prerequisites. CREDITS Credits shown are in terms of quarter credits. Unless otherwise stated a four-credit course meets four times a week and a fivecredit course five times a week. A term or quarter is 11 weeks in length, and the normal load for a student is 15 credit hours per term. DIVISIONAL ORGANIZATION The college courses are organized into four divisions in order to make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairman for each division is appointed for a two-year term. Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental statements. DIVISION of the HUMANITIES Mr. Raymond E. Anderson, Chairman Department of Art Department of Classical Languages Greek; Latin Department of English Department of Modern Languages French; German; Scandinavian Studies; Spanish Department of Music Department of Speech DIVISION of NATURAL SCIENCES and MATHEMATICS Mr. Theodore Hanwick, Chairman Department of Department of Department of Department of Department of Biology Chemistry Health and Physical Education Mathematics Physics DIVISION of RELIGION and PHILOSOPHY Mr. Philip A. Quanbeck, Chairman Department of Philosophy Department of Religion DIVISION of the SOCIAL SCIENCES Mr. Einar 0. Johnson, Chairman Department of Business Administration, Economics, and Business Education Department of Education Elementary Education Secondary Education Library Science Geography Department of History Department of Political Science Department of Psychology Department of Sociology AMERICAN STUDIES Mr. Nicholl, Director of Program The aim of the program in American Studies is to develop the student's understanding of American culture, past and present, in breadth as well as some depth. The major is interdepartmental, built primarily upon American area courses now offered in various departments. The program should offer the student a good foundation for graduate studies in law and the ministry, for the M.A. in library science and the M.A.T. in secondary school teaching. The major would also provide a good background for careers in the U.S. Government, particularly civil service positions and the foreign service. Major: 56 credits, minimum Requirements for the major include a core of foundation courses (29 crs.); a program of elective courses for integrated study (minimum, 18 crs.) and American Studies 99 (5 crs.); and American Studies 95 (4 crs.), a seminar of concentrated study. The core of courses, to be taken in the departments of English, History, Political Science, and Religion aim to give the student a broad foundation of subject matter in major areas of American culture, past and present, and introduce him to the methodologies of various disciplines. The following are required core courses: English 45: Major American Writers (5 crs.) Prereq. Eng. 11-12 History 21-22: United States History (10 crs.) Prereq. Hist. 1 or 2 or 3 Political Science 20: American Government I, Foundations of Amer. Dem. (5 crs.) Political Science 21: Am. Gov't 11, Amer. National Gov't (5 crs.) Religion 63: American Protestantism (4 crs.) Prereq. Rel. 11 and 21 In his program of elective courses the student would attempt to achieve a measure of integrated study of major themes in American civilization. Papers written in Independent Study, Am. S. 99, would attempt to accomplish this. From the following elective courses the student must choose a minimum of 18 credits from a t least 3 departments: Education 87: School and Society (4 crs.) English 82: The American Novel (4 crs.) Prereq. Eng. 45 History 55: Twentieth Century United States History (4 crs.) History 56: History of American Foreign Policy (4 crs.) Prereq. Hist. 21 or 22 Political Science 22: Amer. Gov't 111, State and Local Gov't; Public Administration (5 crs.) Prereq. Political Science 20-21 Political Science 70: Constitutional Law I (4 crs.) Prereq. Pol. Sci. 20, 21, 22 Philosophy 65: American Philosophy (5 crs.) Prereq. Phil. 21 Psychology 81: History and Theory (4 crs.) Prereq. # Sociology 59: Religion and Society (4 crs.) Prereq. Rel. 11 and 21 Sociology 42: Rural American Community (4 crs.) Prereq. SOC. 11 Sociology 43: Modern Urban Community (4 crs.) Prereq. Soc. 11 Refer to course listings under the various departments for full descriptions of the above elective courses in the program. American Studies courses (required): 95 Seminar 4 crs. Focuses on a limited, significant problem or phenomenon in American culture. Use of primary source material from various disciplines. Practice in the integrated use of these materials for an understanding of the topic in depth. To be taken in the senior year. For majors or #. (Winter) 99 Independent Study 5 crs. Major themes or topics cutting across courses elected in the program are chosen by the student for integrated study. The writing of several papers of an interdisciplinary nature. To be taken in the senior year. For majors only. (Spring) MR. THOMPSON, chairman, MR. HOLEN, MR. MOSAND, MRS. JENSON; MR. MOLDER, MR. WESTPHAL, artists in residence DEPARTMENT The Department of Art endeavors to further the student's technical and conceptual understanding of art. Besides experience in the disciplines of drawing, print making, painting, sculpture, and ceramics, emphasis is given to the function of art in history and religion. Because of the place art has in contemporary life, students are encouraged to consider the areas of teaching, graduate study, commercial designing, and avocational art. ART OF In addition to the courses oirered for credit, students have the opportunity to study and discuss rr-ith -4ugust Molder, artist in residence, problems of art related to the m a h g of stained gIass windows. David Westphal, cinematographer in residence, is available to those interested in film making as a fine art medium. Major: 46 credits, including 7, 8, 12, 18, 21, 67, 83, 84, 85, 99. Minor: 26 credits, including 7, 8, 12, 18, 21 or 50, and 83 or 84 or 85. Majors prepanng for teaching in secondary or elementary schools are required to take 50. It is recommended that art majors and minors take Introduction to Fine Arts under the Department of Music. 1 I INTRODUCTION TO FINE ARTS 4 crs. Historical and topical studies in fine arts. The visual arts seen in relation to music. Participation in the cultural life of the community leading towards appreciation and criticism. [3 lect., 1disc. Fall, Spring, 1 7 DRAWING 2 crs. Drawing in pencil, charcoal, pastel, ink, and mixed media. Emphasis on still-life and interiors. [2 double labs. Fall, Winter, Spring.] 1 8 DRAWING 2 crs. Figure drawing. C2 double labs. Fall, Winter, Spring.] 1 12 COMPOSITION 6 crs. A study of the elements of form and composition. Two- and threedimensional studies executed on a small scale. C4 lect., 2 double labs. Fall, Winter.] 18 PAINTING I 4 crs. Painting in aqueous media and oil. Emphasis on still-life, landscape, and figurative painting. [4 double labs. Prereq.: 7. Fall, 1968-69. Fall, Spring, 1969-70.1 1 2 I SCULPTURE I 4 crs. Modeling head studies, figures, and animal forms in terracotta and plaster. C4 double labs. Prereq.: 7. Fall.] 1 25 GRAPHIC DESIGN 4 crs. A study of the techniques and goals of business art. A concern for graphic design through calligraphy, typography and the preparation of art work for reproduction. [Winter, 1968-69.1 UPPER DIVISION COURSES 1 50 CERAMICS I 4 crs. An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. C4 double labs. Winter.] 51 CERAMICS II 4 crs. A continuation of hand-building and glazing with an introduction to throwing techniques. [4 double labs. Prereq.: 7, 8. Spring.] 1 55 PAINTING II 4 crs. Further study of painting in oil and aqueous media. [4 double labs. Prereq.: 12, 18. Spring.] 1 58 ART IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS 4 crs. Theory, methods and materials of art in elementary education. C2 lect., 2 double labs. Spring.] 4 crs. 1 67 PRINT MAKING I Principles and methods of color printing and composition. Emphasis on the woodcut. [4 double labs. Prereq.: 7, 8. Spring.] 4 crs. 1 68 PRINT MAKING II Serigraphy and intaglio methods in plastic and copper. 14 double labs. Prereq.: 12, 67. Winter.] 1 78 SCULPTURE II 4 crs. Three major works in any three of the following media: steel (welding), plaster, lead, wood, fiberglass, and stone. [4 double labs. Prereq. 7, 8, 21. Winter, 196-9. Spring, 1969-70.1 1 8 3 ART HISTORY I 4 crs. Survey of architecture, sculpture, and painting in western civilization. Prehistoric to Renaissance. [Fall.] 1 84 ART HISTORY II 4 crs. Continued historical survey. Renaissance to the 1860's. [Winter.] 1 85 ART HISTORY Ill 4 crs. Modern art and its developing trends from the 1860's to the present. [Spring.] 1 99 STUDIO Ill 2-5 crs. Advanced study in either painting, sculpture, print making, or ceramics. Art majors will be granted up to 8 credits in this course. [Prereq. : second course in the studio area and#.] DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY MR. SULERUD, chairman, MR. HERFORTH, MR. MICKELBERG, MR. THORPE, MR. URDAHL It is intended that the offerings of the Department of Eiology should be extensive enough to meet the needs and interests of a tvide variety of students. For the nan-science major the aim is to pmvidc a reliable basic understanding nf biological science and, more generally, of the character of scieniifie Colmvlcclgc. The more ad\-anced courses are designed to provide a good preparation for students who elect to pursue the study of biological science for a career in the profession of biology or in a related area such as the medical profession. All students who intend to complete a major or minor in biology should plan their program carefully with specific reference to their intended career. It is important that a prospective binlogy major consult with the biology staff concerning this planning as soon es possible. In general, a broad background in the supportihg sciences and in mathematics is essential. Students who plan to enter graduate or medical school or to teach secondary school upon graduation must be certain to meet the appropriate preparatory requirements. Recommended fouryear programs for such students are given under Curriculums in the catalog as are the programs for pre-dental, pre-nursing and medical technology students. Major: Two programs leading to a biology major are available. Option I i s recommended, with few exceptions, for students who intend to obtain an advanced degree in biology, medicine or related fields. Option II may be preferable for potential secondary school teachers and others whose intended careers require relatively more work in biology and somewhat less in the related sciences. Option I: 38 credits in biology, including 11, 12, 72, and two terms of seminar; introductory chemistry (Chem. 15, 16; or 5, 6) and two terms or organic chemistry (Chem. 51, 52); one year of physics (Physics 21, 22, 23); two terms of calculus (Math. 41, 42) in addition to introductory math. Note: Medical schools also normally require quantitative analysis (Chem. 53). Option 11: 46 credits in biology, including 11,12, 72, one additional course in the 70 series, and two terms of seminar; four terms of chemistry, normally introductory chemistry (Chem. 15, 16; or 5, 6) and either two terms of organic Chemistry (Chem. 51, 52) or one term of organic chemistry (Chem. 23) and one term of analytical chemistry (Chem. 53); introductory mathematics (Math. 13, 14; or Math. 40; or equivalent). Minor: 30 credits in biology including 11 and 12; introductory chemistry (Chem. 15, 16; or 5, 6). Biology 1, 3, 4, 6 and 8 do not count toward a major or minor in biology. Biology 1and 6 satisfy the general education requirement in science; for this purpose Biology 1must precede Biology 6. H I PRINCIPLES OF BIOLOGY 5 crs. The basic concepts of biology. A general education course, not intended for majors in biology. Does not normally apply toward a biology major or minor. Students who receive a grade of B or better may be allowed to enter Biology 1 2 on consent of instructor. [4 lect., 1 double lab. Fall, Spring.] 4, 4 crs. 3 , 4 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY A professional course in the structure and function of the human body. Designed for student nurses only. [Biol. 3: 2 lect. and 2 double lab. Fall; Biol. 4: 3 lect. and 1double lab. Winter.] W 6 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY 5 crs. Designed to make the student aware of the structure and function of the human body. Required for physical education majors. Does not apply toward a biology major or minor, but does apply to the general education requirement in science if preceded by Biology 1. [4 lect., 2 double lab. Spring.] 8 MICROBIOLOGY 4 crs. Basic microbial features are considered as well as applications of microbiology to the fields of medicine and sanitation. For student nurses only. [Prereq. :Chem. 3.3 lect., 2 double lab. Winter, Spring.] 1 1 , 12 GENERAL BIOLOGY 6, 6 crs. A comprehensive introduction to biological science. For biology and other science majors. First term. molecular and cellular biology, genetics and development, evolutionary mechanisms. Second term: vertebrate anatomy and physiology, phylogenetic relationships of organisms, ecology. Must be taken in sequence. C5 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: Chem. 5 or 15. 11, Winter. 12, Spring.] 5 1 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY 5 crs. The major invertebrate types stressing classification, morphology, behavior, life history, and evolutionary relationships. [4 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq. :12. Fall.] 53 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY 6 crs. A comparative study dealing with the taxonomy, morphology, and evolution of the larger vertebrate phyla. [4 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: 12, Winter.] 61 PLANT MORPHOLOGY 5 crs. The structure, reproduction, and development of the major taxonomic plant groups. [4 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: 12. Fall, 1969.1 W 63 PLANT TAXONOMY 5 crs. Principles of plant classification with special emphasis on the flowering plants. Includes field collecting and classifying some plants indigenous to our state. [4 lect., 2 double lab. Saturday field trips required. Prereq.: 12. Spring, 1968.1 W 71 CELLULAR BIOLOGY 6 crs. A study of the ultrastructure, function, and genetics of cells. Laboratory work includes microtechnique, cytological studies, studies in cell physiology, and a n introduction to tissue culture. [5 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: 12, Chem. 23 or 51. Fall.] W 72 GENETICS 5 crs. The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in molecular, cellular and human genetics. Laboratory, with work on Drosphila and certain micro-organisms, is optional for one additional credit. [5 lect., 1double lab. plus individual work if lab is taken. Prereq.: 12. Spring.] W 73 GENERAL PHYSIOLOGY 6 crs. A study of physical and chemical processes occurring in animals with emphasis on the vertebrates. [5 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: 12, and Chem. 23 or 51. Winter.] 74 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY 6 crs. A consideration of the chemical, physiological, and morphological changes which occur during the development of organisms with emphasis on the vertebrate animals. Experimental as well as descriptive studies are included in the laboratory work. [5 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: 12. Spring.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES 76 MICROBIOLOGY 6 crs. An introduction to the study of micrclorganisms with emphasis on bacteria and viruses. Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology, genetics, and pathogenicity are considered as well as certain methods. [5 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq. : 12, Chem. 23 or 51. Fall.] E 81 ECOLOGY 5 crs. A survey of representative biological communities; the shtdy of reciprocal relationships between organisms and their environments. [4 lect., 2 double lab. Saturday field trips required. Prereq.: 12. Spring, 1969.1 91, 92, 93 SEMINAR I cr. each Discussions of topics based on biological literature and research. Topics may concern the history and philosophy of science as well as current literature. Biology majors are required to register for at least two terms in their senior year. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-5 crs. Individual work on a research project. [Prereq.: Previous arrangement with instructor. Fall, Winter, Spring.) MR. BUDGE, chairman, MISS LUND, MR. SABELLA, MR. SLESNICK, MR. TEDEFAIAK Majors in this department supplement the liberal arts program with general and specialized knowledge in business and economic affairs. The business administration major offers a basic core of courses, and then allows the student to choose a limited specialization in accounting or finance, and hence to prepare for careers in these fields. The economics major concentrates on fundamental theoretical and policy matters so that the student learns to analyze economic issues. He is prepared thereby for graduate study in economics. Either of these majors also can provide the background needed for general administrative careers in business, government, or various public and private institutions. In particular, either major could be the basis for graduate study in such fields as hospital and public administration, industrial relations, or law. DEPARTMENT OF ADMINISTRATION, ECONOMICS, AND EDUCATION BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Major in Business Administration-Accounting : 38 credits, including Bus. Ad. 1, 2, 31, 61, 62, 63, 81, 83. Major in Business Administration-Finance: 38 credits, including Bus. Ad. 1, 2, 31, 61, 62, 73, 78. Both programs also require Econ. 22, 23, 51, 58 or 91 or 92; and Soc. 61. Minor: 18 credits, including Bus. Ad. 1, 2 ; and two courses from Bus. Ad. 61, 62, 63, 73. Econ. 22, 23 also required. Other combinations may be allowed by permission. 1 , 2 PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING 4, 4 crs. Basic concepts of accounting, accounting for individual proprietorships, partnerships, and corporations. Special topics including manufacturing accounting, taxes, and budgeting. [I, Fall. 2, Winter.] 31 BUSINESS LAW 5 crs. Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code. [Fall.] W 61 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE 5 crs. Capital structures of business organizations, use of financial statements, cash flow, raising and control of short and long-term funds for a business enterprise. [Prereq.: 1 , 2 . Fall. 1 62 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING 5 crs. An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, capital stock and surplus accounts, current and longterm assets. [Prereq.: 1, 2. Winter.] 63 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING 5 crs. An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to investments, tangible and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and reserves, actuarial topics. Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level changes. [Prereq. : 62. Spring.] 73 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 5 crs. Financial problems relating to budgeting, short and long-term fund requirements, debt and equity choices, mergers and reorganizations presented in case materials. [Prereq. : 62. Spring, 1969-70.1 UPPER DIVISION COURSES 78 INVESTMENTS 5 crs. The nature of various types of securities. Analysis of securities of industrial, utility, and financial enterprises and various governmental units. Portfolio management. [Prereq. :41. Spring, 196849.1 8 1 COST ACCOUNTING 5 crs. Essential features of accounting for manufacturing emphasis on management control. [Prereq. 1, 2. Fall.] 82 TAX ACCOUNTING concerns with 5 crs. The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for individuals and various forms of business enterprises. [Prereq.: 1, 2. Winter.] 83 AUDITING 5 crs. Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checks and controls for accounting systems. [Prereq.: 63. Spring.] ECONOMICS Major: 37 credits, including Econ. 22, 23, 51, and 58. Soc. 61 and Bus. Ad. 1, 2 also required. Mathematics through course 43 is highly recommended for those planning on graduate study in economics. Minor: 22 credits, including Econ. 22, 23. 22 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS I 4 crs. Analysis of economic institutions, problems, and policies. Emphasis upon the foundations of economics, economic systems, and specific issues, such as unemployment, poverty, monopdy, inflation, role of government. [Fall,Winter, Spring.] 23 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS II 4 crs. Micro- and macroeconomic theory examined with the analytical tools of economics. Topics include determination of the level of national income and employment, money and bankjng. monetary-fiscal policy, economics of the firm, product and resource pricing and allocation, etc. [Prereq. : 22. Spring.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES E 5 1 INTERMEDIATE MICROECONOMICS 5 crs. Theory of demand, theory of the firm, price and output determination under various market conditions, factor price determination. [Prereq.: 23. Fall.] 52 ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT 5 crs. Determinants of growth, theories, and historic patterns. Analysis of the present developing nations a s to characteristics, problems, and policies to promote growth. [Prereq.: 22 or #. Winter, 196849.1 53 LABOR ECONOMICS 4 crs. Economics of the labor market. Wage determination, collective bargaining, role of unions, level of total employment, economic security, and governmental activity. [Prereq. : 22 or # Spring.] . E 58 INTERMEDIATE MACROECONOMICS 5 crs. Determinants of national income, employment, and price level analyzed via a macro-model. Some consideration of macremeasurement, the business cycle, growth, monetary-fiscal policy. [Prereq.: 23. Winter, 1961)-70.1 91 PUBLIC FINANCE 5 crs. Governmental taxation, spending, borrowing, and the impact of governmental finance on economic activity. [Prereq.: 22 o r #. Fall.] 92 MONEY AND BANKING 5 crs. Functioning of the monetary and banking system, particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis upon monetary theory and policy. [Prereq. : 23. Winter.] 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY 2-5 crs. Individual supervised projects designed to give the student opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. [Prereq.: #. Fall, Spring.] BUSINESS EDUCATION These courses a r e planned to prepare students to teach business education in high school, for stenographic and secretarial positions in business offices, for parish secretarial work, and to provide a n o p portunity for the development of business skills for personal use. Major: 51 credits, including 8, 10, 21, 22, 50, 53, 63; Bus. Ad. 1, 2, 31; Econ. 22, 23. Minor with secretarial emphasis: 26 credits, including 8, 10, 21, 22, 50 and 53. Minor with accounting emphasis: 25 credits, including 8, 50; Bus. Ad. 1, 2 ; and Econ. 22, 23. For those who have had elementary shorthand in high school, the major may be 47 credits and the minor, 22 credits. Students with two years of shorthand from high school may be exempted from a total of 8 credits in shorthand, but they must elect one other course in the business field. I ELEMENTARY TYPEWRITING 2 crs. The fundamental skills of typewriting. Emphasis on personal use. Not open to students who have had one year of high school typewriting. [5 hours. Fall.] 8 CALCULATING MACHINES 4 crs. Operation of ten-key and full-key adding machines and the rotary calculator. Introduction to automation. [4 hours. Fall, Winter.] 10 DUPLICATING, TRANSCRIPTION, AND RECORDS MANAGEMENT 4 crs. Operation of transcription machines, stencil and spirit duplicating machines. An introduction to and application of basic principles of filing and organization of records in the office. 14 hoilrs. Prereq.: 1 or equiv. Spring.] 21 ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND 4 crs. Fundamentals of Gregg shorthand (Diamond Jubilee) with emphasis on theory, reading and writing shorthand. Introduction to transcription. Not open to students who have had one year of shorthand in high school. [5 hours. Prereq. : 1 or equiv. Fall.] 22 INTERMEDIATE SHORTHAND 4 crs. Review for those with previous shorthand instruction. Development of speed and accuracy in taking and transcribing mate?ial dictated a t speeds of 80-100 words a minute. 15 hours. Prereq.: 21 or equiv. Winter.1 UPPER DIVISION COURSES W 50 ADVANCED TYPEWRITING 5 crs. Further development of typewriting technique in business letter arrangement, billing, tabulating, manuscript typing, and the typing of legal documents. [Prereq.: 1 or equiv. Winter.] 53 ADVANCED SHORTHAND 5 crs. Advanced study of Gregg shorthand. Rapid dictation and transcription of material dictated a t speeds of 100-120 words a minute. [Prereq.: 22 or equiv. Spring.] 63 SECRETARIAL PROCEDURES 4 crs. Dictation, business letter writing, telephoning, use of business and legal forms, personality development, writing application letters, and making applications for a job. An introduction to automation. [Prereq.: 22 or equiv. Spring.] 65 BUSINESS SEMINAR 3 crs. A study in special problems in the field of business education through research and-inforial discussion. Special emphasis on general business. l-Fd.1 DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY MR. AGRE, chairman,MR. ALTON, MR. GYBERG, MR. HOLUM, MR. INGEMANSON, MR. LYLE I t is the purpose of this department to give students an understanding and an appreciation of the nature of matter and the ways by which this has been elucidated. The curriculum in chemistry provides an opportunity to examine the chemical aspect of the structure, the power, and the beauty of one of the great intellectual accomplishments of man-modern science-and it provides dramatic examples of effective ways to handle certain types of problems. Courses in chemistry are offered as part of a liberal arts education, and as a preparation for: (1)high school teaching, (2) the study of biology, medicine, dentistry, pharmacy, medical technology, nursing and allied professions, (3) graduate study in chemistry and molecular biology, and (4) the chemical profession. The chemistry department is approved by the American Chemical Society for the preparation of chemistry majors. Students planning to majo-. in chemistry in preparation for graduate school, medical school, or high school teaching, are urged to consult with the chemistry staff a t the earliest possible time. Major: 40 credits, including Chem. 51, 52, 53, 61, and one additional upper division course. Also required are Physics 21, 22, 23; Math. 41, 42. Recommended for pre-medical students: 15, 16, 51, 52, 53, 61, and 62; for pre-dental students: 15, 16 (or 5, 6), 51, 52; for graduate study: 15, 16, and all courses above 50. Additional mathematics and physics strongly recommended for graduate study. Majors participate in informal, weekly seminars during the junior and senior years in Chem. 91. Minor: 27 credits; must include Chem. 15, 16 (or 5, 6) and other courses to complete the 27 credits. Chem. 23 and 53 are strongly recommended. Course 3 does not count toward the major or minor. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 3 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY 4 crs. Selected elements of general, organic, and biological chemistry are organized around the theme: the molecular basis of life. Designed for prospective nurses from Lutheran Deaconess, Fairview, Methodist, and Swedish Hospitals. 13 lect., 1double lab. Prereq.: H.S. Chem. Fall.] 5 , 6 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY 6, 6 crs. Primarily for non-majors. The concepts and laws underlying chemistry illustrated by examples from inorganic and organic chemistry. Semimicro qualitative analysis included in the laboratory. [5 lect., 2 double labs. 5, Fall. 6, Winter.] 6, 6 crs. 15, 16 GENERAL AND QUALITATIVE CHEMISTRY An intensive course for pre-medical students and future chemists; others only by permission of instructor. First term devoted to fundamental principles, and second to inorganic chemistry and qualitative analysis. [5 lect., 2 double labs. Proreq.: H.S. Chem., elem. alg., plane geom. 15, Fall. 16, Winter.] 6 crs. 2 3 ELEMENTARY ORGANIC CHEMISTRY Designed for medical technology and other students 1.. ho desire less than the more intensive two-term course. Aliphatic and aromatic compounds with frequent reference to bio-chemistry. [5 lect., 1 three-hour lab. Prereq. :5 or 15. Spring.] 5 1 . 52 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 6 , 6 crs. Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis on types of mechanisms and multi-step syntheses. Descriptive material is correlated by means of modern theories of chemical bonds, energyrelationships, and reaction mechanisms. Laboratory work is a study of techniques while synthesizing or identifying typical compounds. Normally taken in the sophomore year. [5 lect., 2 three-hour labs. Prereq. : 6 or 16. 51, Fall. 52, Winter.] UPPER DIVISION 53 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY 5 or 6 crs. Gravimetric and volumetric analysis with some instrumental analysis. Ionic equilibria and treatment of data. Normally taken in the sophomore year. Medical technology students register for 6 credits, others for 5. [4 lect., 2 three-hour labs. Prereq. : 6 or 16. Spring.] 61, 62 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY 6, 6 crs. Atomic structure, states of matter, gas laws, thermodynamics, thermochemistry, equilibrium, solutions, phase rule, electrochemistry, kinetics, and colloids. [5 lect., 1 three-hour lab. Prereq.: 53, Physics 23, Math. 42. 61, Fall. 62, Winter.1 63 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 5 crs. Organized around the problems of identifying organic compounds in the laboratory, the lecture topics include : structure-spectra correlations for TTe. UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; classical methods; use of the literature (inc. Beilstein); and further study in reaction mechanisms. IR and UV spectra routinely used. [4 lect., 2 four-hour labs. Prereq.: 52, 61, and some reading knowledge of German. Spring.] 1 72 QUANTUM CHEMISTRY 4 crs. Classical mechanics, uncertainty principle, Schrediiger's equation, approximate methods of solution, commutators, conservation laws, electron spin, angular momentum, the hydrogen atom, many electron problems. [4 lect. Prereq. :61 or #. Winter.] 8 1 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY 5 crs. Principles of atomic and molecular spectroscopy and their application to modern analytical methods. Includes instrumental methods, such as spectrophotometric, electro-analytical, and chromatographic techniques. [3 lect., 2 three-hour labs. Prereq. :53, 62 or #. Fall.] 83 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY 5 crs. Correlation of inorganic chemistry using the electrostatic, valence bond, and molecular orbital models. Coordination compounds are discussed using the ligand field theory. Preparations of typical inorganic compounds using a variety of techniques including vacuum manipulations. [4 lect., I four-hour lab. Prereq. : 62 or #. Spring.] 91 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR 0 crs. During the junior and senior years all chemistry majors will participate in weekly seminars to present and discuss research papers of general interest. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 97 CHEMISTRY RESEARCH Cr. arr. During the summer after the junior year or during the senior year, each chemistry major preparing for graduate study in chemistry may participate in independent research in cooperation with staff members. By staff permission only. [Fall, Winter, Spring, or special summer program.] DEPARTMENT OF CLASSICAL. LANGUAGES MR. COLACCI, chairman, SISTER M. GERTRUDE WARD The purpose of the courses offered in the department is two-fold; first to provide the students with a linguistic foundation in order that they may have a direct approach to the classical tradition which is an essential part of our Western literary heritage; second, to introduce the studects to some of the major works of the Greek and Latin world in the original language. Courses 11 through 52 are designed to meet the two-year requirement in New Testament Greek of most theological seminaries. GREEK Major: 42 credits in Greek. Also required: Latin 1, 2. Special arrangements will be made for students who intend to major in Greek. If the number of students is not large enough to permit regular offering by the College, provisions will be made so that they may complete the major at the University of Minnesota. When this is the case, in addition to courses 11, 12, 13, 51, 52, 59, they are required to take a t the University, five courses to be chosen from those listed under Greek, 61 to 163. Minor: 27 credits. H 1 1 , 12 BEGINNING GREEK 5, 5 crs. Theoretical and practical study of Greek grammar, with special emphasis an morphology. Translation exercises from and into Greek. CPrereq.: Latin 2 or 2 yrs., H.S. Latin or #. 11, Fall, 12, Winter.] 13 INTERMEDIATE GREEK 5 crs. Continuation of grammar with special emphasis on syntax. Reading and parsing of easy selections from classical and New Testament Greek writings. [Prereq. :12. Spring.] 5 1 , 52 NEW TESTAMENT GREEK 4, 4 crs. Selections from the synoptic Gospels and the book of Acts. Special emphasis is given to parsing and syntax of the Greek text. [Prereq.: 13. 51, Fall; 52, Winter.] H 55 GREEK EXEGESIS 4 crs. Selections from the Pauline and Catholic Epistles. Special emphasis is given to the syntactical and exegitical approach to the Greek text. COffered on demand. Spring.] H 59 CLASSICAL GREEK 4 crs. Selections from classical Greek prose and poetry. [Prereq. : 52. Offered on demand.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES LATIN Minor: 28 credits. Also required: Eng. 35. Courses 52, 53 offered only if there is sufficient enrollment. If they are not offered, a minor may be completed a t the University of Minnesota. Consult the department chairman a t Augsburg. Students who wish to major in Latin may complete all courses in Latin offered a t Augsburg, plus 61, 62, 63 and 9 additional credits in courses numbered above 63 a t the University of Minnesota. 1 , 2 BEGINNING LATIN 5, 5 crs. Theoretical and practical study of Latin grammar, with special emphasis on morphology. Exercises in translation from and into Latin. [I, Fall, 2, Winter.] 3 , 4 INTERMEDIATE LATIN 4, 4 crs. Continuation of grammar. Reading of prose and poetry selections from Latin authors; e.g. Caesar, Cicero, Livy, Vergil, Ovid, St. Augustine, and the Medieval Latin writers. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv., determined by placement test. 3, Fall; 4, Winter.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES 52 VERGlL 5 crs. Selections from Vergil's "Aeneid" and pastoral poems. [Offered on demand.] 53 CICERO 5 crs. Selections from Cicero's works. [Offered on demand.] ECONOMICS See under Department of Business Administration, Economics, and Business Education. DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION MR. JOHNSON, chairman, MRS. ANDEREGG, MR. FARDIG, MR. GROENHOFF, MRS. LUDEMAN, MISS MATTSON, MRS. PARKER, MR. M. QUANBECK The education curriculum has been designed primarily for those preparing to do public school teaching, although any student who is preparing to work with youth is encouraged to study in the area. The work in this department will qualify the graduate for teaching on the elementary or the junior and senior high school level. as well a s for further study in the field of education. The program is accredited by the State of Minnesota, the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, and the National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education. Admission to the education curriculum requires an application to be approved by the Committee on Teacher Education. Application must be made during the second semester of the sophomore year. Approval is granted on the basis of a satisfactory health report, favorable personality characteristics and a satisfactory scholastic achievement. For elementary teaching candidates, this means essentially a 2.5 grade-point average in work completed in the minor and a 2.0 over-all; for secondary teaching candidates a 2.5 in work completed in the major and a 2.0 over-all. Both are expected to maintain a 2.5 average in their major and 2.0 over-all average. Candidates in both fields must make application for student teaching as juniors and are required to meet the 2.5 major and 2.0 general average at this point. ELEMENTARY EDUCATION Major: 51 credits in professional education courses. In addition, the following general education courses are required: Psych. 5; Hist. 2 1 or 22; Math. 56; Geog. 14; and three terms of Group Activities (Ed. 52, 53, 54). See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 0 crs. 52, 53, 54 GROUP ACTIVITIES 1 , 11, 111 Required without academic credit as a laboratory experience in connection with Education 55 and 56. Includes such experience as teaching, supervising recreation, advising clubs in cooperation with city organizations and agencies. Three terms required. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 55 HUMAN GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT 4 crs. The growth and development of the human organism from conception through adolescence. Emphasis on process of learning, factors influencing learning. [Prereq.: Psych. 5. Fall.] 1 56 ELEMENTARY SCHOOL TEACHING 5 crs. The qualifications of teachers; the teaching profession. Survey of American schools: philosophies, curricula, policies, and practices. Learning theory and tests and measurements. Includes observation of teaching situations. [Prereq. : Admission to Elementary Education. Fall.] 1 57 METHODS AND MATERIALS: HEALTH, PHYSICAL EDUCATION, MUSIC 4 crs. Principles, methods and techniques for teaching health and physical education a t the elementary school level. Methods pertaining to rote singing, notation, rhythm, part singing. Integration of music in total elementary program. [Prereq. : 55, 56. Winter.] 58 ART IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS 4 crs. See under Department of Art. 1 63 METHODS AND MATERIALS: MATHEMATICS, SCIENCE 4 crs. Principles, methods and techniques of teaching arithmetic and science in the elementary school. Use of instructional materials. [Prereq. : 55, 56. Spring. I 64 METHODS AND MATERIALS: LANGUAGE ARTS, READING 6 crs. Objectives and techniques in the language arts : listening, speaking, writing, and reading. Application of principles of learning in acquisition of skills, interests, attitudes. Examinations of modern methods and materials. [Prereq. : 55, 56. Spring.] 65 METHODS AND MATERIALS: SOCIAL STUDIES 2 crs. Objectives, principles, methods and techniques in the social studies. Development of units. [Prereq.: 55, 56. Spring.] 15 crs. 77 PROFESSIONAL LABORATORY EXPERIENCE Student spends ten weeks in the classroom, assisting the regular teacher, and doing actual teaching. Supervision is carried out by the cooperating teacher and the college staff. This is followed by one week of seminar with discussion of problems encountered in the classroom. [Prereq. : # Fall, Winter.] . 79 CHILDREN'S LITERATURE 3 crs. Study of literature suitable to the elementary school child. Role of literature in the classroom, in life outside of school. Extensive reading and evaluation of children's books, compiling bibliography. [Prereq. : 55, 56 or #. Spring.] 87 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY 4 crs. ment of American education. [Prereq. : Senior standing. Winter, Spring.] Problems in education and the relation of the American school system to modern society. A study of educational philosophy and the development of American education. [Prereq.: Senior standing. Winter, Spring.] 0 SECONDARY EDUCATION For the Minnesota teacher's certificate students are required to complete 28 credits in professional education courses including 50, 52, 53, 54, 59, 83, 84, 87. All students must register for three terms of Group Activity (Education 52, 53, 54). Secondary education students must take Phy. Ed. 10 and Psych. 5 in addition to other general education requirements. 50 EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY 4 crs. Physical, mental, social and emotional development of adolescents with special emphasis placed on educational implication. The nature and conditions of learning. [Prereq.: Psych. 5 and junior standing. Fall, Winter.] 0 cr. 52, 53, 54 GROUP ACTIVITY I, 11, 111 Required without academic credit as a laboratory experience in connection with Education 50 and 59. lncludes such experience as teaching, supervising recreation, advising clubs in cooperation with city organizations and agencies. Three terms required. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] M 59 METHODS IN SECONDARY EDUCATION 5 crs. Teaching procedures, materials and problems at the secondary level. Three class sessions per week will be devoted to general methods and two to four class sessions to the specific methods and materials of the student's major field. [Prereq. : 50. Spring.] 68 TEACHING OF MUSIC IN ELEMENTARY AND JUNIOR HIGH SCHOOLS 4 crs. Materials, organization, and teaching procedures in the field of music a t the elementary and junior high school levels. For music majors. [Prereq.: 50. Spring.] 8 3 SEMINAR FOR STUDENT TEACHING 5 crs. Preparation for the student teaching experience including observation and planning. Special attention will be given to tests and measurements. [Prereq. : Admission to student teaching. Fall, Winter.] 84 STUDENT TEACHING 10 crs. Experience in observing and directing learning experiences a t the secondary school level under supervision of college and high school personnel. Course fee $20.00. [Prereq.: Admission to the student teaching program. Fall, Winter.] W 87 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY 4 crs. Problems in education and the relation of the American school system to modern society. A study of educational philosophy and the development of American education. [Winter, Spring.] 88 GUIDANCE 4 crs. The guidance function of the classroom teacher; tools and techniques used in studying students; and methods appropriate for student guidance, including counseling. [Fall.] W 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY 2-5 crs. Independent study offering students an opportunity to explore areas of specialization in education. Each student does research and presents a report of his findings on the requirements, present status, and future possibilities of his own field of interest. Conducted largely on a seminar basis. Open to seniors with the approval of the department. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] LIBRARY SCIENCE The following courses prepare the student to meet the state requirements for a minor in library science. Preparation for selection of books and related materials, efficient and effective management of library materials, intelligent use of library sources are included. While the minor in library science is planned to prepare the graduate in the area of school librarianship, it is also a valuable minor for any student planning a teaching career, since it introduces him to many avenues of curriculum enrichment. The courses provide a foundation for the student who wishes to do advanced work in the field of library science. Minor: 23 credits. 45 FUNCTIONS OF THE SCHOOL LIBRARY 5 crs. The role of the library in the school and community. Types of library services and activities; methods of evaluation. Organization of library materials, including cataloging and circulation. [Fall.] W 46 SELECTION OF LIBRARY MATERIALS 4 crs. Theory, principles and techniques of selection. An introduction to basic selection tools; analysis of book reviews and annotations. C3 lects., 1 disc. Spring.] UPPER DIVISION 58 THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE 5 crs. Characteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. Extensive study of book lists, book talks, story-telling and a wide exposure to individual titles of books and related materials. Emphasis on preparation of papers and bibliographies. C3 lects. Fall.] 59 INTRODUCTION OF REFERENCE MATERIALS 4 crs. Intensive study of outstanding and useful reference books most frequently used by students and librarians; bibliographies, indexes, and periodical guides. Development of skills in the performance of reference duties -of a librarian. Laboratory work. C3 lects. Winter.] 75 THE HIGH SCHOOL LIBRARY: 5 crs. MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE Survey and evaluation of library materials on the secondary level, with attention to their use in relation to school curricula as well as for personal interests and needs of young adults. Emphasis on preparation of papers and bibliographies. [3 lects. Prereq.: 45. Spring.] GEOGRAPHY 14 HUMAN GEOGRAPHY 4 crs. An intxoduction to the basic concepts and tools of geography followed by a survey of the distribution patterns to be found in our physical and human environment. [Winter, Spring.] DEPARTMENT OF MR. GRAY, chairman, MR. BERGSTROM, MR. BLY, MRS. BOLSTERLI, MRS. CHRISTENSEN, MR. DAHLEN, MRS. KARVONEN, MISS LILLEHEI, MRS. LIVINGSTON, MR. NICHOLL, MR. PALOSAARI, MISS PEDERSON, MR. SARGENT, MRS. TRAUTWEIN The aim of the Department of English is to develop the student's ability in oral and written expression, to increase his proficiency in reading and analyzing literature, to acquaint him with the English language and with the beginnings of Western literature and its development, especially in England and America, and to stimulate his appreciation and understanding of the fundamental human problems and situations revealed in great literature. The department prepares for the teaching of English in the elementary and secondary school and for graduate study. Major: 46 credits above 15, Including, 35, 45, 47, 61, 62, 84, plus one writing course above 15, one seminar, one modern literature course, and electives. Major for secondary teaching: 54 credits above 15, including course 55 in addition to those listed for the major. Writing course 31 required. Speech 12 or 52, or 55, and 60 or 66, as well as Library Science 75 are also required. Students preparing for graduate study should include 86, 88, and a t least one tsrm of Independent Study. Proficiency in one or more foreign languages is recommended. Foreign languages most generally required for graduate study in English are Latin, German, French. Minor: 32 credits above 15, including 35, 45, 47 or 61 or 62, 84, plus one writing course above 15, one seminar course, and electives. Minor for secondary school teaching: 32 credits including course 31 for the writing course, and 55 in addition to those listed for the minor. Minor for elementary school teaching: 24 credits above 15, including 31, 35, 45, 55, and 47 or 61 or 62. Concerning English Proficiency: Juniors who do not have a satisfactory grade on the sophomore English Test must improve their use of English in preparation for a second test. The English Department will, upon request, advise the student how to direct his studies in preparation for the second test. Satisfactory completion of course 11 is prerequisite to 12; satisfactory completion of course 12 or 15 is prerequisite to all other English courses. W I I COMPOSITION AND LITERATURE 4 crs. The study of language and composition with emphasis on expository writing. Attention to correct usage, logical organization, reading and analysis of expository and narrative selections, especially the short story. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] W 12 COMPOSITION AND LITERATURE 5 crs. Continued stress on expository writing, including the reference paper, the study and analysis of drama, poetry, novel. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] W 15 COMPOSITION AND LITERATURE 5 crs. Honors course for students with high proficiency in English. Covers basically the material listed under 11 and 12 with more emphasis on critical analysis. Students completing this course meet the freshman English requirement by completing English 35 or 40 or 45. [Fall.] W 2 1 INTRODUCTION TO JOURNALISM 4 crs. A brief survey of the ethics and history of journalism, with emphasis on the techniques and practices in news, feature, and editorial writing. rWinter.1 , 3 1 EXPOSITORY WRITING 4 crs. A course in expository and argumentative writing, including reading analysis of selected models. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] W 32 CREATIVE WRITING 4 crs. Study of the techniques of descriptive and narrative writing, both prose and poetry. Class discussion and evaluation of the student's work. [Fall.] W 35 THE CLASSICAL TRADITION 5 crs. Study of the works of selected Greek and Roman writers in the various genre, and the influence of the classical tradition on later Western literature. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] W 40 LITERARY CLASSICS 4 crs. Reading, analysis, discussion of selected European classics from the Renaissance to the Modern Age, chiefly non-English writers. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 45 MAJOR AMERICAN WRITERS 5 crs. Works of selected American writers from Colonial times to the present, noting their contribution to the historical development and the literary movements of American literature. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 47 MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE LITERATURE 5 crs. The development of Western literature, chiefly British, from "Beowulf" to Shakespeare through study of significant works and their relation to the literary and historical context. [Prereq.: 35 or #. Fall, Spring.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES . 55 INTRODUCTION TO MODERN ENGLISH 5 crs. A study of modern English viewed from a historical perspective, with reading in recent linguistic studies. Designed to give the student an introduction to structural linguistics and a view of the development of the English language. [Spring.] 6 1 BRITISH LITERATURE, 16 16-1 800 5 crs. Reading, analysis, and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical poets through Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. [Prereq. :47 or # .Fall.] 62 BRITISH LITERATURE OF THE NINETEENTH CENTURY 5 crs. Study of the works of the major Romantic and Victorian poets, critics, essayists and novelists and of the major literary movements of the century. [Prereq. : 61 or # Winter.] . 72 MODERN FICTION 4 crs. Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly British and American, of the twentieth century. [Winter.] 74 MODERN POETRY 4 crs. Study of the work of selected twentieth century poets, chiefly British and American, with attention to recent criticism. [Spring.] 78 ADVANCED WRITING: PROSE AND POETRY 4 crs. A course for students with demonstrated proficiency in writing. Assignments based on students' needs and interests. Class discussion of students' work. [Prereq. :31 or 32 or #. Spring.] 80 THE BRITISH NOVEL 4 crs. Survey of the development of the novel in England through study of the work of selected major novelists from the eighteenth century to the present. [Winter, 196%70.] 82 THE AMERICAN NOVEL 4 crs. A study of major and representative wokks of selected American novelists. [Winter, 196849.1 84 SHAKESPEARE 5 crs. Study of ten or twelve major plays-comedies, histories, tragedieswith attention to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for reading -and analysis. [ ~ r e r e i . :47. Spring.] 86 MILTON 4 crs. A study of major poems and selected prose with reference to the intellectual and historical background of Milton's works. [Prereq.: 61 or #. Spring, 196849.1 88 CHAUCER 4 crs. Study of CXmucer's works and language, with emphasis on "The Canterbury Tales." [Prereq. :47 or #. Spring, 1968-69.1 9 0 , 9 1 , 9 2 ENGLISH SEMINAR 3, 3, 3, crs. Course 90, methods and problems of bibliography and research; 91, a major American or British writer; 92, studies in criticism. Open, with limited enrollment, to any junior or senior with permission of the instructor. [90, Fall. 91, Winter. 92, Spring.] 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY 2-5 crs. Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of B or above. Provides directed independent study in the area of the student's choice. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] As an aid to students who are handicapped in their college work by inefficient reading skills, Augsburg College offers a non-credit class in Improvement of Reading. The fee for the class is $25 per term. Arrangements to take the course must be made at the time of registration for the fall term. FRENCH AND GERMAN See under Department of Modern Languages. GEOGRAPHY See under Department of Education. GREEK See under Department of Classical Languages. DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND EDUCATION MR. ANDERSON, chairman, MISS ANDERSON, MR. NELSON, MISS OLSON, MR. PEARSON, MRS. PETERSON, MR. PFEFFER, MR. SAUGESTAD The aim of the Department of Health and Physical Education is to promote health and physical fitness through a well-rounded physical education program, to develop character and good sportsmanship, to further the worthy use of leisure time, and to provide an effective training program for prospective teachers of health and physical education. All students are required to take a physical examination as a part of the registration procedure before participating in any phase of the physical education program. One year of physical activities, course 1, 2, 3, is required of all students. Physical Education major: 40 credits including 11 or 13, 23, 31, 32, 43, 51, 52, 71, 72. Broad teaching major in Health and Physical Education: 68 credits including 10, 11 or 13, 23, 31, 32, 43, 50, 51, 52, 57, 59, 60, 71, 72, 73, Biol. 6, plus P.E. 82 for men, and Soc. 31 for women. Physical Education teaching major: 53 credits includhg 10, 11 or 13, 23, 31, 32, 43, 51, 52, 59, 71, 72, and Biol. 6. Physical Education teaching minor: 29 credits including 10, 23, 31, 32, 43, and 72. Health teaching mfnor: 31 credits including 10, 50, 51, 60, 73, and Soc. 31, and Biol. 6. Coaching endorsement: 25 credits including 10, 43, 51, 82, and Biol. 6. Coaches entering their first head-coaching assignment in Minnesota Public Schools are reauired to have a t least a coaching endorsement in the field of physical education. Sports included under this requirement are football, basketball, track, hockey, wrestling, and baseball. 1, 2, 3 PHYSICAL ACTIVITIES 1/3, 1/3, 1/3 crs. Two hours per week. Meets the general education requirement. [I, Fall. 2, Winter. 3, Spring.] 10 HEALTH AND FIRST AID 5 crs. Modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the individual and the community. Includes also the American Red Cross First Aid Course. [Winter, Spring.] I I , 13 SWIMMING AND AQUATICS I , I cr. Theory and practice in teaching swimming, life-saving and water safety. Open only to majors and minors. C2 hrs. per wk. 11, (Women), Fall. 13 (Men), Spring.] 23 TEAM SPORTS 5 crs. Theory and practice in teaching and officiating team sports. Separate sections for men and women. [lo hrs. per wk. Spring.] 31 INDIVIDUAL AND DUAL SPORTS 5 crs. Theory and practice in teaching individual and dual sports. Separate sections for men and women. [lo hrs. per week. Fall.] 32 RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES AND RHYTHMS 4 crs. Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet games, low organized games, noon-hour activities, camp nights, relays, modified games, simple rhythmic games, folk and square dancing. C8 hrs. per wk. Winter.] 43 HISTORY AND PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION 5 crs. History, principles, and philosophy of physical education. [Spring.] 50 INSTRUCTOR'S COURSE IN FIRST AID I cr. Methods and materials in teaching the American Red Cross First Aid Course. [Prereq.: Currently valid Standard First Aid card. Winter.] 51 KINESIOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE 6 crs. Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the action of the muscular system. The major effects of exercises upon the systems of the body. [5 lect. and 1hr. arr. Prereq. : Biol. 6, Chem. 5. Fall.] 52 ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND EVALUATION 4 crs. Physical education for the exceptional child with special reference to the analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and the role of physical education. Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in physical education. [Winter.] 57 TEACHING OF HEALTH EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS 2 crs. Methods and materials. Offered in connection with course 5 under Department of Education. [Winter.] 59 TEACHING OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS 2 crs. Methods and materials. Offered in connection with course 59 under Department of Education. Separate sections for men and wGrnen. [Spring.] UPPER DIVISION 60 SCHOOL HEALTH EDUCATION CURRICULUM 4 crs. Curriculum content in a school health education program. [Fall.] 7 1 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING 5 crs. Curriculum analysis and preparation. Administrative techniques and procedures. [Fall.] 72 SELF-TESTING ACTIVITIES 4 crs. Theory and techniques of teaching stunts, tumbling, and special fitness activities. Men and women meet separately. C8 hrs. per wk. Winter.] 73 ADMINISTRATION OF SCHOOL HEALTH EDUCATION PROGRAM 5 crs. Methods, techniques, and procedures. [Spring.] 82 COACHING OF SPORTS 4 crs. Theory and techniques of coaching. Prevention and care of athletic injuries. [Winter.] 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-3 crs. Directed intensive study in the area of Health Education or Physical Education. Open only to majors. DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY MR. CHRISLOCK, chairman, MR. GISSELQUIST, MR. GUSTAFSON, MR. HAUGE, MRS. JENSEN The Department of History aims to introduce students to the study of history as an intellectual discipline; to prepare students for secondary teaching and graduate work; to deepen students' understanding and appreciation of their own and other civilizations; and to enhance students' effectiveness as contributing members of society. Major: 49 credits. Minor: 33 credits. Both the major and minor require History 1, 2, 3, 21, 22, and 3 credits of seminar work. 1 , 2, 3 WESTERN CIVILIZATION IN A WORLD SETTING 4, 4, 4 crs. Western civilization from its beginnings in the Ancient Near East to the present. Other great world civilizations and their relationship to the West are surveyed. Course 1 carries the survey to 1300; course 2, to 1815; and course 3, to the present, becomes a survey of world civilization. Students may take any one, any two, or all three courses. [All offered each term.] 5, 5 crs. 2 1 , 22 UNITED STATES HISTORY The development of the ideas, institutions, and culture of the American people. Special seminar for one additional credit for students selected for the honors program. C21, Fall, ,Winter. 22, Winter, Spring.] 2 5 SCANDINAVIAN HISTORY 5 crs. See under Department of Modern Languages. UPPER 3 M S I O N COURSES W 55 TWENTIETH CENTURY UNITED STATES HISTORY 4 crs. Exploration in depth of such topics as the Progressive Movement, the New Deal, the background of World War I and World War n, and the coming of the Cold War. (Prereq. :22, Winter.) 56 HISTORY OF AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY 4 crs. The relationship of .foreign policy to general American development is stressed. [Prereq. :21 or 22. Spring.] 1 57 HISTORY OF SOUTH AND SOUTHEAST ASIA 4 crs. Modern period since 1800. Historical survey of cultural and political institutions. Expansion and consolidation of European power in the area, Western impact on non-European societies, nationalist movements and emergence of independent governments after World War 11. [Fall.] 1 61 ANCIENT HISTORY 4 crs. A cultural and political history of ancient civilizations and their contributions to modern cultures. [Fall.] 1 62 ENGLAND TO 1714 Emphasis is placed on constitutional development. [Winter.] 66 EUROPE IN THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY 4 crs. 4 crs. The main emphases are: the study of this century as the most critical period in the emergence of the modern state; and the beginning of a secular and scientific world view. [Spring.] 1 68 CHINA AND JAPAN SINCE EARLY NINETEENTH CENTURY 4 crs. A study of the major domestic developments in, and foreign affairs of China and Japan. [Prereq.: 3 credits of Western Civilization or consent of instructor. Winter.] 1 71 EUROPE IN THE AGE OF REVOLUTION, 1780's t o 1850 4 crs. The period in which major revolutionary movements periodically erupted in Europe. Population movements and economic changes which contributed to the "isms" that articulated the demands for change. [Fall.] 1 74, 75 EXPANSION OF EUROPE 4, 4 crs. The spread of European people, ideas, and power into the non-Western world and the impact on non-Western peoples. Case studies from Africa, South America, and Asia are used to illustrate exploration, trading post empires, the plantation system, adaptation and rejection by nonEuropean peoples, colonization, and economic and territorial imperialism. [74, Winter. 75, Spring.] 1 82 TWENTIETH CENTURY EUROPE 4 crs. Europe from the outbreak of World War I to the present. [Fall.] 1 95 SEMINAR OR ADVANCED READINGS 3 crs. Topics will vary from year to year. Students may earn up to 9 credits in this course. [Prereq. : #. Fall, Winter, Spring.] LATIN See under Department of Classical Languages. LIBRARY SCIENCE See under Department of Education DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS MR. GULDEN, chairman, MISS DURKEE, MR. FOLLINGSTAD, MRS.NAUCK The Department of Mathematics aims to develop the student's knowledge and skill in the major branches of elementary and higher mathematics, an appreciation of its cultural and practical values, and the background for teaching and for professional and graduate study. Major: 24 credits above 43, inclucling 58, 67, 72, 73, 83, 84. Teaching major: 32 credits above 43, including 58, 61, 64, 67, 72, 80, 83, 84. Recommended for those considering further study: 40 credits above 43, including 58, 61, 64, 67, 72, 73, 83, 84, 85, 92. Minor: U credits above Math. 43. See under Curriculums for suggested course of study. W 13, 14 INTRODUCTION TO COLLEGE MATHEMATICS 5, 5 crs. A liberal arts course in mathematics with an introduction to analytic geometry, abstract algebra, trigonometry, logic, statistics, differential and integral calculus. Primarily for students not intending further study of mathematics. [Prereq.: Higher Algebra and CEEB placement. 13, Fall, Winter. 14, Winter, Spring.] 40 MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS I 5 crs. An introduction to the concepts and terminology of mathematical analysis through the areas of algebra, logic, functions, systems. Students may not receive credit for this course if they have credit for 13, 14 (or 19). [Prereq.: Higher Algebra, Trig, and CEEB placement. Fall.] 4 41, 42, 43 MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS 11, Ill, IV (Calculus1 5, 5, 5 crs. Topics of the elements of plane and solid analytic geometry integrated with differential and integral calculus including calculus of several variables, applications, and series. [Prereq.: 40, or #. 41, Winter. 42, Spring. 43, Fall.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES W 56 BASIC CONCEPTS OF ARITHMETIC 4 crs. Presents the patterns of mathematics underlying arithmetic and g e e metry. Emphasis is placed on the inductive techniques of discovery of such patterns. Includes the ideas of modern elementary school mathematics curricula. Primarily for elementary education majors. [Fall.] 58 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 4 crs. Ordinary differential equations with applications, series solutions, systems of differential equations ; solution by special transforms ; numerical methods; and an introduction to partial differential equations. [Prereq.: 43. Winter.] 61 LINEAR ALGEBRA 4 crs. A course intended to aid in making the transition from the concrete to the abstract. Such topics as elementary matrix algebra and its application to the physical and social sciences; linear equations; vector spaces and linear transformations ; unitary and orthogonal transformations ; the characteristic equation of a matrix and bilinear, quadratic, and Hermitian forms are presented. [Prereq. :43. Fall.] 1 64 MODERN GEOMETRY 4 crs. An analytic study of advanced Euclidean, projective, non-Euclidean, and finite geometries. An introduction to the geometry of transformations of the plane. [Prereq.: 43. Spring.] 67 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS 4 crs. An analytic study of probability, distribution, random sampling estimation of parameters, central limit theorem, tests of hypotheses, regression, and other topics in statistics. Calculus and set theory are stressed as tools for modern mathematical approach. [Prereq.: 43. Spring.] 1 72, 73 MODERN ALGEBRA 4, 4 crs. The basic algebraic systems presented from an abstract point of view. Topics include the theory of groups, rings, fields, vector spaces and modules, and linear transformations. A development of the real and complex number systems. [Prereq.: 43. 72, Winter. 73, Spring.] 1 80 FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS 4 crs. The underlying structure of mathematics considering set theory, mathematical logic and the axiomatic method. Applications are made to various branches of mathematics such as number theory, algebra, geometry, and topology. [Prereq. : 43, Winter.] 83, 84, 85 ADVANCED CALCULUS 4, 4, 4 crs. Considers the fundamental notions of calculus for functions of several variables. A treatment of differentiable forms and manifolds in ndimensional Euclidean space as well as a more traditional vector analysis approach. Stress is placed on the theory of functions of real and complex variables especially during the last term. [Prereq.: 43. 83, Fall. 84, Winter. 85, Spring.] 1 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY 2-5 crs. Student chooses an area to study independently; meets with a mathematics faculty member at least one hour per week. [Prereq.: 73 and 85. Fall, Winter, Spring.] COMPUTER SCIENCE 45 COMPUTER SCIENCE 4 crs. Theory of modern digital computers. Terms such as algorithms, flow charts, storage, control, input-output units, and simulation are defined. Includes a survey of computer applications. A particular computer language is presented and used to solve a variety of problems. [Prereq.: Math. 42, Fall term. None, Winter. Fall, Winter.] MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY MAJOR See under Curriculums. MR. LANDA, chairman, MISS AASKOV, MISS ANDERSON, MRS. BALTINA, MRS. BONDEVIK, MRS. CAIRNS, MR. CREPEAU, MR. HANSEN, MRS. JAUNLININS, MRS. JOHNSON, MRS. KINGSLEY, MISS ROZENTALS, MR. SANDVEN, MR. WHITESIDE The Department of Modern Languages seeks to give the student a knowledge of a modern language : its pronunciation, its structure, and its idiomatic expression, in terms of listening, speaking, reading and writing skills. At the same time it aims to develop in the student a sympathetic jnterest in the history and life of the people whose language he is learning, transmitting the best of their literary, cultural and religious heritage. DEPARTMENT OF MODERN LANGUAGE The department prepares specifically for communication skills, for teaching at the junior and senior high school level, and for graduate study. The beginning and intermediate courses of a second modern language are needed for graduate study. Two terms of Latin are also recommended. Students may not receive credit for both 3, 4 and 5, 6 in the same language. O FRENCH Major: 30 credits above 6 including 55, 72, 74, 84; and two of 56, 57, 63, 64, at least one of which must be 63 or 64. Minor: 15 credits above 6 including 55 and any two of 56, 57, 63, 64, 84. 1, 2 BEGINNING FRENCH 5, 5 crs. Provides basic experience in understanding, speaking and reading French with oral and writing practice in the basic structural patterns of the language, both in class and in laboratory assignments. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 3, 4 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH 4, 4 crs. Continues training in aural-oral skills, structure of the language and reading comprehension that will lead to cultural appreciation and the reading knowledge needed for general pursuits. Grammar review, selected reading and laboratory practice included. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. Fall, Winter, Spring.] 5, 6 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH 4, 4 crs. Continues training in comprehension, conversation and reading skills with grammar review as a means to accuracy and facility in oral and written expression. Class discussion, selected reading, and laboratory material with cultural emphasis. Required for continuing study in French. [Prereq. :2 or #. 5, Fall. 6, Winter.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES . . 55 FRENCH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 5 crs. Thorough practice in correct oral and written expression with the aims of both fluency and facility. Classroom and laboratory emphases on VOcabulary enrichment, organization of materials, accuracy of pronunciation and grammatical refinement. Required for majors and minors. [Prereq. :6 or #. Fall.] 56, 57 FRENCH CIVILIZATION 5, 5 crs. The development of political, social, intellectual and artistic movements and their outstanding manifestations as essential to the understanding of the French people. Readings, lectures, reports, discussions and laboratory materials in French. [Prereq.: 6 or permission of instructor. Spring. Offered on demand.] 5, 5 crs. 63, 64 SURVEY OF FRENCH LITERATURE The study of major French authors and literary movements in France, with the reading of whole literary works where possible. Lectures, discussion, oral and written reports in the language. One term required for the major. [Prereq.: 55 or # .] 72 THE FRENCH NOVEL 5 crs. Significant and representative French novels that show the evolution of this prose form to the present. Emphasis on literary works with lecture, discussion, reports in the language. [Prereq.: 55, and 64 or #. Spring, 1969.1 74 THE FRENCH DRAMA 5 crs. Significant and representative French plays that show the evolution of this genre from the classical to the modern period. Emphasis on the literary works with lectures, discussion, reports in the language. [Prereq. : 55, 63 or # .Spring, 1970.1 84 ADVANCED FRENCH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 5 crs. Extensive training in accurate and effective speech and writing, with attention in listening and reading to the characteristic levels of French expression. Emphasis on refinement in style, organizational techniques, variety in form and subject. For majors and those intending to teach French. [Prereq.: 55, and 57 or #. Junior or senior standing. Fall.] 9 2 FRENCH SEMINAR 4 crs. Study in depth of an author, topic or genre in French literature for advanced students. Discussion and papers in French. May substitute for 72 or 74. [Prereq.: 55, 63, 64 or #. Junior or senior standing. Winter, on demand.] W 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN FRENCH 2-5 crs. Individual study of a topic, movement, genre of interest to the advanced student. May serve to replace 72 or 74. No more than 3 credits may be earned in a given term. [Prereq.: 55, 63, 64 or #. FaU, Winter, Spring.] GERMAN Major: 30 credits above 6, including 55, 72, 74, 84, and any two of 56, 57, 63, 64. At least one of 63, 64 recommended. Minor: 15 credits above 6, including 55, and any two of 56, 57, 63, 64. W 1 , 2 BEGINNING GERMAN 5 , 5 crs. Provides basic experience in speaking, understanding, and reading the German language, and comprehension of its structure through the acquisition of basic patterns of expression. Laboratory experience in the language is an integral part of the course. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 4, 4 crs. 3 , 4 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN A terminal course for students not intending to continue in German. Provides a foundation for reading knowledge adequate for cultural and professional purposes. Some experience in oral expression and understanding of spoken German. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. Fall, Winter, Spring.] 5 , 6 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN 4, 4 crs. Continued conversation and composition to further comprehension and facility in expression. Selected readings for class discussion in the foreign language, with cultural emphasis. Laboratory work required. [Prereq. : 2 or equiv. 5, Fall. 6, Winter.] W 5 5 GERMAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 5 crs. Intensive practice in the spoken word, with emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Audio-oral exercises in language laboratory. Required for teachers, majors, and minors. [Prereq.: 6 or equiv. Fall.] UPPER DWISIOrj COURSES 56, 57 GERMAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE 5, 5 crs. Topics dealing rrith the intellectuaI, geo.gaphic, artistic, and scientific history of thc German-speaking countries, including attention to contemporary developments. Class discussions and lecmcs supplemented with demonstration materials. Taught in Ckrman. [Prereq.: 55, or 56, Winter. 57, Spring. Offered on demand.] +. W 63,64 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE 5, 5 crs. From the beginning to modern times. Reading of significant authors in German, supplemented by lectures on the history and development of German literature and culture. Reports and discussion of selected works. For majors and minors. Taught in German. [Prereq.: 55 or equiv., or#. 63, Winter. 64, Spring. Offered on demand.] 72 GERMAN NOVEL AND NOVELLE 5 crs. Reading in German and discussion of well-known prose writers representing various periods and movements in German literature. Especially for majors. [Prereq.: Any two of 56, 57, 63, 64, or equiv. Spring, 196849.1 W 74 GERMAN DRAMA 5 crs. Reading in German and class discussion of outstanding dramatic works in the various representative periods (classical, 19th century, naturalism, impressionism, expressionism.) Especially for majors. [Prereq. : Any two of 56, 57, 63, 64, or equiv. Spring, 1969-70.1 W 84 ADVANCED GERMAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 5 crs. This course aims to give the major and prospective teacher more intensive training in oral expression, with stylistic refinement and organizational practice in writing. Laboratory work required. [Prereq. : 55. Fall.] 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY 2-5 crs. May serve as substitute for German 72 or 74, if necessary. It is suggested that no student register for all five credits within one term. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] SCANDINAVIAN STUDIES Major: 30 credits above 6, including 25, 26, 55, 72, 74, 84. Minor: 19 credits above 6. Teaching minor: 19 credits, including 55, 72 or 74, 84. 5, 5 crs. 1 , 2 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading, and writing. Stress on spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Laboratory work and regular class attendance expected. [I, Fall, Winter, Spring. 2, Winter, Spring.] 4, 4 crs. W 3, 4 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN A terminal course for students not intending to continue with Norwegian language study. Vocabulary building and study of syntax through extensive readings in Norwegian literature. Some experience in oral expression. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. 3, Fall. 4, Winter.] 4, 4 crs. W 5, 6 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN Continued conversation and composition to further comprehension and facility of expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used as basis for class discussion and exercises. Brief literature survey. Laboratory work expected. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. 5, Fall. 6, Winter.] 1 25 SCANDINAVIAN HISTORY 5 crs. A survey of the history of Norden, including Finland and Iceland, with particular attention given to the historical development of political democracy. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. [Fall, 196%70.] 26 MODERN SCANDINAVIA 5 crs. A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with special emphasis on con- ditions and developments in the twentieth century. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable but not required. [Spring, 1964-70.1 55 NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 5 crs. Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Some attention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and to differences between the two official languages of Norway. Laboratory work expected. [Prereq.: 6 or equiv. Spring.] 62 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC 4 crs. See description under Department of Music. This course may substitute for 25 or 26 for the major or minor by permission d the department chairman. CSpring.1 1 72 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL 5 crs. Lectures will give a survey of the Scandinavian novel. Class discussion based on assigned reading of selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerlef, Par Lagerkvist, Knut Hamsun, Haldor Laxness, and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required to do assigned readings and written work in the Norwegian language. [Fall, 196849.1 UPPER DIVISION COURSES 74 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA 5 crs. Assigned readings will incIude dramatic works by lbsen, l3prnson, Stsfndkrg; Ua~:trfirirrt,Nunk, and o t h ~ rtwentieth century dramatists. Lectures stress Ibsen and Strindberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors w.ill be required to do assigned readings and twitten work in t h e Nor~reaian Imguage. [Spring, 1868-83.1 W 84 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 5 crs. Further intensive -training in ma1 and written rx-presslon in Nonvegian. Some attention given to the other Seandinatqan Ianpages and to the historical deveIopment of x ~ ~ t t e g i a nLabmatory . work. Required for all majors and tcaching minors. [Prer~q.:55 or equiv. FaU, 196S70.1 W 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-5 crs. This is primarily intended as an enrichment course, tfiough it may serve as a substitute for 72 or 74 under special conditions. Paper must he n ~ i t t c nIn Konx-egian. Available any term to majors and minors. LFaII, Winter, Spring.1 SPANISH Major: 30 credits above 6, including 55, 72 or 74, 84; and any two of 56, 57, 63, 64, of which at least one must be 63 or 64. IMinor: 15 credits above 6, including 55, and any two of 56, 57, 63, 64, 84. W 1 , 2 BEGINNING SPANISH 5, 5 crs. Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading and writing of elementary Spanish. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 3, 4 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH 4, 4 crs. Grammar review with emphasis toward reading comprehension and cultural appreciation. Further laboratory work. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. 3, Fall, Spring. 4, Fall, Winter.] 4, 4 crs. W 5, 6 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH Continued conversation, composition, and review of grammar to further comprehension and facility in expression in Spanish. Further laboratory work. Required for the major and minor. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. 5, Fall, Winter. 6, Winter, Spring.] UPPER DIVISION OOURSES W 55 SPANISH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 5 crs. Thorough oral and written practice in correct expression with the aims of fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Extensive laboratory work. [Prereq. :6 or equiv. Fall.] 56 SPANISH CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE 5 crs. Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish contribution to world civilization through its historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic movements. In Spanish. [Prereq.: 6 or equiv. Winter or Spring. Offered on demand.] W 57 REPRESENTATIVE HISPANIC AMERICAN AUTHORS 5 crs. An introduction to Spanish American literature. Lectures, discussions, written and oral reports in the language. [Prereq.: 6 or equiv. Winter or Spring. Offered on demand.] 111 63, 64 SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE 5. 5 crs. A stady of representative authors in Spanish literatare, supplemented by lectures on the literaty movements and develuyment of Spanish l i t ~ r a ture. Lectures, rliscussion. ~irittcn and oral repc~rts in t l ~ clanguage. Laboratory w r k , !Pwreq.: ki or eqnlv. 83, KLnt~r.a,Spring. Offered on demand.] 72 SPANISH NOVEL 5 crs. Study of the outstanding novelists of the nineteenth and twentieth century in Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. [Prereq.: 63 or 64, or equiv. Fall, 1968.1 74 SPANISH DRAMA 5 crs. Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature in Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. [Prereq.: 63 or 64 or equiv. Fall, 1969.1 84 ADVANCED SPANISH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 5 crs. Aims to give an extensive training in oral expression, organizational practice in writing with stylistic refinement. Appreciation of differences in speech existent in the Spanish-speaking countries. Laboratory work required. For majors and those intending to teach Spanish. [Prereq.: 55. Spring.] 92 SEMINAR 4 crs. Study in depth of an author, topic or genre in Spanish or Hispanic American literature. Discussion and papers in Spanish. May substitute for Spanish 72 or 74. [Prereq.: 63 or 64 and Junior standing. Winter. Offered upon demand.] 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY 2-5 crs. Individual study of an author, theme or movement of interest to the student. May substitute for Spanish 72 or 74. It is suggested that no student register for all five credits within one term. [Prereq.: 63 or 64. Fall, Winter, Spring.] MR. SATEREN, chairman, MR. BEVERLY, MR. COAN, MR. EKLOF, MR. GABRIELSEN, RiISS HENNIG, MR. JOHNSON, MR. KARLEN, MRS. MOEN, MR. NIELSEN, MR. SA170LD, MRS. THUT, MR. VUICICH The Department of Music offers training to students who wish to be- come teachers of music, directors of choral and instrumental ensembles, or who are primarily interested in performance, as well as preparation for those who expect to pursue the study of music on the graduate level. General instruction is afforded other students who wish to broaden their cultural background with an understanding of and appreciation for the music of the masters. Through its performing organizations, both choral and instrumental, the department gives all students of the college varied experiences in creating music as a participant. Further enriching the program are opportunities, open to all students of the college, for private instrumental and vocal instruction with professionally qualified teachers. DEPARTMENT OF MUSIC Major: 68 credits. Courses 1 through 22, 50 or 53, 54, 57, 58, 60-62, and 76; 12 credits in applied music, and two years as a member of one of the college music organizations. Teaching major: 57 credits. Courses 1 through 22, 50 or 53, 54, 58, 60, and 61; 9 credits in applied music, and two years a s a member of one of the college music organizations. Minor: 27 credits. Courses 1-3, 20, 57, and 4 elective credits; 3 credits in applied music, and one year a s a member of one of the college music organizations. One public performance in their area of specialization is required of majors during either the junior or senior year. This requirement may be fulfilled by satisfactory participation in the bimonthly Performance Workshops. Formal public recitals are encouraged and, upon recommendation of the department, may be given in fulfillment of the requirement. Sophomores, juniors and seniors are required to attend the bimonthly Performance Workshops. Freshmen are encouraged to attend. All majors and minors are required to pass a piano proficiency examination by the end of the sophomore year. It includes: (a) major and harmonic minor scales with triads and inversions, played two octaves, ascending and descending, hands together and with correct fingering, a t moderate speed and from memory; (b) a Bach two-part invention or a classical sonata; (c) a romantic or modern piece showing expression; and (d) sight reading pieces of hymn-tune grade. One of the pieces (b or c) must be played from memory. During his junior and senior years, a student who has been certified as a music major by the Department of Music is given required applied music lessons in the area of his concentration without extra cost provided such study is with a member of the Augsburg College music faculty. The total of applied music credits earned under this provision may not exceed six. See under Curriculums for suggested courses of study. l THEORY l 4 crs. Principles of notation, major and minor scales, intervals, triads and rhythms, and their application in written exercises; aural skills, sight reading, dictation, and part-singing. [5 lect. Prereq.: Passing theory entrance test. Fall.] 2 THEORY 2 5 crs. The use of scales, intervals, and chord formations in written exercises. Harmonization of figured and unfigured bass and melody. [Prereq.: 1. Winter.] 3 THEORY 3 4 crs. Sixteenth century vocal counterpoint with examples from the music of Palestrina and di Lasso. Writicg two-, three-, and four-part polyphony in the church modes. [Prereq.: 2. Spring.] 20 THEORY 4 4 crs. Advanced work in harmonization; modulation, advanced chord progressions, suspensions, retardations, and ornaments of music. [Prereq.: 3. Fall.] W 21 THEORY 5 4 crs. Eighteenth century counterpoint with examples from the music of J. S. Bach; synthesis of tonal harmonic and contrapuntal writing. Writing two- and three-part inventions, a four-voice fugue, and a chorale prelude. [Prereq. : 20. Winter.] 1 22 THEORY 6 4 crs. Form and structure in music; harmonic analysis. [Prereq.: 21. Spring.] 1 30 INTRODUCTION TO THE FINE ARTS 4 crs. The development of music from 1600 to the present through the study of selected works of great composers from each period. Emphasis is placed upon relationships between music and the other fine arts. Participation in the cultural life of the community leading towards appreciation and criticism. For the non-music major. [Winter, 1968-69. Fall, Spring, 1969-701. 1 50 CHORAL TECHNIQUE 4 crs. UPPER DIVISION Fundamentals of voice culture as related to choral ensemble; methods, COURSES materials, and techniques. [Spring.] 4 crs. Class instruction in the techniques of playing reed and string instruments. [Fall.] 1 53 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE 1 54 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE 4 crs. Class instruction in the techniques of playing brass and percussion instruments. [Winter.] 1 57 CONDUCTING 3 crs. Techniques of conducting, preparation of and conducting choral scores, organization and administration of choral ensembles. [3 double periods. Prereq.: 22 or #. Winter.] 1 58 CONDUCTING 3 crs. Preparation of and conducting instrumental and combined vocal-instrumental scores, organization and administration of instrumental ensembles. [3 double periods. Prereq.: 57 or #. Spring.] 1 60 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC 5 crs. Music of the Renaissance, Baroque, and Classical eras. [Fall.] 1 6 1 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC 4 crs. Music of the Romantic and Modern eras. [Winter.] 1 62 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC The music of Scandinavia since 1700. [Spring.] 70 HYMNS AND MUSIC OF THE CHURCH 4 crs. 4 crs. Development of the music of the Christian church, with special attention to the Protestant heritage. Designed for the general student as well as for organists, choir directors, and pre-theological students. [Fall.] 1 76 ORCHESTRATION AND CHORAL ARRANGING 4 crs. The craft of orchestrating and arranging music for instrumental and vocal ensembles of varying sizes and types. 14 1ect.-labs., 1 disc. Prereq.: 22, 53, 54, 58. Fall.] 1 87 PERFORMANCE WORKSHOP 0 cr. Student recitals affording opportunity for public performance. Acquaints students with a repertoire of musical excellence. [Two evenings per month. Fall, Winter, Spring.] APPLIED MUSIC Vocal and instrumental instruction is available to all students. Credit for the first term of lessons is given to majors and minors only after completion of. the second term in the same area with the same teacher. Others receive one credit for ten thirty-minute lessons per term. Occasional lessons are available without credit. For statement of fees see under Financial Information. 1 PIANO I cr. Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, accompanying. Only those credits earned in piano after the piano proficiency examination has been passed may be applied toward the music major or minor. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 1 ORGAN I cr. Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, hymn-playing, accompanying. [Prereq.: Basic piano technique and #. Fall, Winter, Spring.] 1 VOICE I cr. Correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, breath control, flexibility, ear-training a s needed, interpretation of song classics-both sacred and secular. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 1 WOODWIND INSTRUMENTS, BRASS INSTRUMENTS, STRING INSTRUMENTS I cr. Technique as needed, repertoire, performance. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS The musical organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music student, but for any student of the college who wishes to participate in groups affording opportunity for musical expression. Membership for the full year is required of participants. CHOIR Membership is by audition and restricted to 65 singers. [4 rehearsals per wk. Fall, Winter, Spring.] CONCERT BAND Membership is by audition. [4 rehearsals per wk. Fall, Winter, Spring.] ORCHESTRA Membership is by audition. [3 rehearsals per wk. Fall, Winter, Spring.] CHORAL CLUB, REPERTOIRE BAND, SYMFONIA, INSTRUMENTAL ENSEMBLES Membership is by audition or consent of director. [2 rehearsals per wk. Fa, Winter, Spring.] MR. SANDIN, chairman, MR. BAILEY, MR. CHRISTENSON, MR. JOHNSRUD The department of philosophy conceives its task as an instructional department in a liberal arts college to be twofold: (1) to make a significant contribution to the liberal education of all students regardless of their college major; and (2) to provide a strong undergraduate program of study for students who desire to complete a major or minor in philosophy. Major: 46 credits, including 41, 42, 43; either 23 or 51; and either 8 1 or 4 credits of 99. Minor: 32 credits, including 41, 42, 43, and either 23 or 51. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 21 PROBLEMS OF PHILOSOPHY 4 crs. Seeks to give the student a basic understanding of the nature and aims of philosophy, an acquaintance with some of its central problems, and a mastery of the terminology employed in philosophical discussion. Designed to meet the General Education requirement in philosophy. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY 22 INTRODUCTION TO ETHICS 4 crs. Approaches ethics through a consideration of movements, such as relativism, naturalism, etc.; or problems, such as the nature of the good, conscience, etc.; or important figures, such as Plato, Kant, Hume. Designed to meet the General Education requirement in philosophy. . . . . . . . . [Spring.] 23 LOGIC 5 crs. A study of the formal rules of sound reasoning. Topics discussed include : the nature and functions of language ; fallacies in reasoning ; definition; principles of deductive reasoning; induction; a brief introduction to the notation of modern symbolic logic. [Fall, Spring.] 41 ANCIENT AND EARLY MEDIEVAL 4 crs. A historical survey of the outstanding men and movements in the development of philosophical thought from the Greeks through St. Thomas Aquinas. [Prereq.: 21 or #. Fall.] W 42 LATE MEDIEVAL AND EARLY MODERN 4 crs. A survey course in which the development of Western philosophical thought is traced from the breakdown of the Medieval synthesis to the systems of Kant and Hegel. [Prereq.: 21 or #. Winter.] 43 RECENT AND CONTEMPORARY 4 crs. A survey of the most important trends in Western philosophical thought in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. [Prereq.: 21 or #. Spring.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES 5 1 SYMBOLIC LOGIC 5 crs. Treats deduction and the analysis of statements by means of special symbols. Topics include propositional functions and quantifiers, the logic of relations, the concept of an axiom system. [Prereq.: #. Winter.] 61 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION 5 crs. An inquiry into the nature of religious faith and experience, with special attention to the problem of the nature of religious language. [Fall, 1968-69.1 63 PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE 5 crs. A stcdy of the meaning, methods, and implications of modern science by means of an analysis of basic concepts, presuppositions and p r e cedures. [Prereq.: 23 or #. Winter.] 65 AMERICAN PHILOSOPHY 5 crs. American philosophical thought from colonial times to the present. Puritanism, and Revoluntionary period, transcendentalism, idealism, pragmatism, naturalism, and realism. [Fall.] 71 ETHICS 5 crs. An inquiry into the principles of morals and ethics, the nature of moral experience, and an analysis of the language of ethical discourse. [Winter, 1968-69.1 73 METAPHYSICS 5 crs. An inquiry into the nature of metaphysics, the function of metaphysical language, and an examination of major historical and contemporary views. [Prereq.: #. Winter, 1969-70.1 75 EPISTEMOLOGY 5 crs. An inquiry into the bases of claims to knowledge of various sorts and into the possibility of general criteria of truth and falsity. [Prereq.: # .Fall, 1969-70.1 H 81 SEMINAR IN PHILOSOPHY 5 crs. A careful study of some selected man or movement in the Western philosophical tradition, with heavy emphasis on the careful reading of primary source materials. [Prereq. : #. Spring.] 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY 2-5 crs. For philosophy majors. Individual study and research on some philosophical topic of interest to the student, worked out in consultation with the faculty advisor. CPrereq.: #. Fall, Winter, Spring.] PHYSICAL EDUCATION See under Department of Health and Physical Education. DEPARTMENT MR. HANWICK, chairman, MR. KWE, MR. SPIESS OF PHYSICS Recognizing the importance of physics in contemporary life and realizing that keeping abreast of the rapid advances in some areas is almost impossible, although necessary, it is the desire of the department to bring to the students not only the basic concepts, but also insights into recent developments. By so doing it is hoped that challenges will arise, be met, and so stimulate sound thinking, perceptive judgment, and an interest in experimental techniques. To this end the department prepares some students for graduate studies and some for the teaching profession. The liberal arts tradition is served by offering courses that will enable a student to follow developments with some degree of comprehension. Major: 48 credits, including 21, 22, 23, 51, 52, 61, 62, 63, 81, 82, and 5 credits of 77. Recommended for graduate school: 53, 70, 75, 83 in addition to courses listed for the major. Minor: 29 credits. H l ASTRONOMY 4 crs. A descriptive course requiring only elementary mathematics. Our solar system, the stars, and galaxies. The necessary optical i n s h m e n t s are explained, and use is made of a 12" reflecting telescope. Occasional night viewing. [Fall, Winter.] 3 INTRODUCTION TO PHYSICS 4 crs. A survey of physics, touching on some aspects of mechanics, heat, sound, electricity and magnetism, optics and atomic physics. The goals, methods and concepts are studied in a historical and contemporary context. Not intended for majors in physics. C4 lect., 2 hrs. lab. Spring.I 1 2 1 , 22, 23 GENERAL PHYSICS 5, 5, 5 crs. A rigorous study of the concepts of mechanics, fluids, heat, sound, optics, electricity, and magnetism, and some aspects of modern physics. For majors in physics and other specified fields. Must be taken in sequence. [5 hrs. 1ect.-recit., 2 hrs. lab. Prereq.: Math. 41. 21, Fall. 22, Winter. 23, Spring.] 1 5 1 , 52 MECHANICS 4, 4 crs. The classical equations of motion are presented for a single particle, a system of particles, and for rigid bodies. Stationary and moving frames of reference are used. Must be taken in sequence. [Prereq.: 23, Math. 58. 51, Fall. 52, Winter.] 53 MECHANICS 4 crs. A restatement of classical mechanics employing Lagrange's equations. Rigid body mechanics and small oscillations are included. [Prereq.: 52, Math. 58. Spring.] 1 6 1 ELECTRONICS 5 A review of D.C. and A.C. circuits b e f e e introducing the electron and some circuit applications. The study of solid state diodes transistors with applications to certain circuits. [4 lect., 2 hrs. lab. req. : 23, Math. 43. Fall.] crs. tube and Pre- 1 62, 63 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM 4, 4 crs. Treats the classical electromagnetic theory using vector calculus throughout. Topics include electrostatics, magnetostatics, solutions of Laplace's and Poisson's equations and the use of Maxwell's equations to the solution of problems in electromagnetic wave phenomena. [Prereq.: 61, Math. 58. 62, Winter. 63, Spring.] 70 OPTICS 5 crs. Both geometrical and physical optics are presented with the greater emphasis on the latter. Reflection and refraction, interference, diffraction and polarization. [ 4 lect., 2 hrs. lab. Prereq.: 23, Math. 43. Spring.] 1 75 MODERN PHYSICS 4 crs. A phenomenological introduction to modern physics that includes the Special Theory of Relativity, atomic theory, radiation, particles and nuclear models. [Prereq.: 23, Math. 43. Fall.] I cr. 77 ADVANCED PHYSICS LABORATORY Independent laboratory investigations. Numerous experiments including mechanics, electricity, spectroscopy, nuclear physics. Students may take this course five times for credit with the last term devoted to some research project. [3 hrs. per wk. Prereq.: 23. Fall, Winter, Spring.] 1 8 1 , 82 THERMAL PHYSICS 4, 4 crs. Study of thermal properties, using as illustrative material the properties of gases, low temperature phenomena, and Curie's law substances. Three main divisions : classical thermodynamics, kinetic theory, and an introduction to statistical mechanics. [Prereq.: 52, Math. 84. 81, Fall. 82, Winter.] 1 83 INTRODUCTION TO SOLID STATE PHYSICS 4 crs. A study of the physical properties of solids, particularly the properties exhibited by atoms and molecules by virtue of their location in a regular crystal lattice. [Prereq.: 82, Math. 84. Spring.] UPPER DIVISION DEPARTh'IENT OF POLITICAL SCIENCE MR. STENSHOEL, chairman, MR. DEWEY, MRS. NOONAN Augsburg's offerings in political science are intended to facilitate an understanding of the processes, concepts, and institntins of governance; to provide an intellectual basis for effective and informed citizenship; and to help prepare interested students for additional work at the graduate or professional level, in such areas as law, political science, public administration, and international relations. Major: 45 credits in political science, plus 5 credits in Social Statistics (Soc. 61). Political science courses required include 20, 21, 22, and a t least one course in each of the following areas: Comparative Government (numbered in the 50's) ; International Relations (60's) ; Public Law (70's) ;and Political Theory (80's). Minor: 27 credits, including 20, 21, 22; and a t least one course in each of three of the four areas indicated above. A maximum of nine credits toward a political science major may be earned from among certain specific courses offered by the departments of history and economics. For information, see the Chairman of the Department of Political Science. . . Course 20, 21, or 22 will meet the general education requirement in political science or economics. 20 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT I: FOUNDATIONS OF AMERICAN DEMOCRACY 5 crs. The nature, assumptions, and conditions of democratic politics in the United States. Historical, economic, social, and constitutional factors are considered, as well as the roles of political parties and interest groups. The American system is compared briefly with democratic and nondemocratic alternatives. [Winter.] 2 1 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT II: AMERICAN NATIONAL GOVERNMENT 5 crs. The Presidency, Congress, and the Supreme Court as instruments of conflict and consensus in the American political system. The role of the national government is examined in the context of social and economic interdependence and of ideological and pragmatic conflict. [Spring.] 2 2 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT Ill: STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENT; PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 5 crs. Problems and patterns of state and local government, including urban and metropolitan development and intergovernmental relationships. Public administration is introduced from several perspectives : as discipline, as political process, as concrete expression of the positive state. [Fall.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES . . 50 COMPARATIVE DEMOCRATIC GOVERNMENTS 4 crs. A comparative analysis of the respective political theories, institutions, and processes of selected democratic states. [Prereq.: 20, 21, or 22, or #. Winter.] 51 CONTEMPORARY COMMUNIST GOVERNMENTS 4 crs. The political processes of the Soviet Union and other Communist states are analyzed in terms of ideological assumptions, the party role and institutional forms. [Prereq. : 20, 21, or 22, or #. Fall.] W 60 INTERNATIONAL POLITICS 4 crs. General theories of international politics, the basic factors involved in international relations, and the formulation of foreign policy as background for study of recent international problems. [Prereq.: 20, 21, or 22, or #. Fall.] 62 COMMUNIST FOREIGN POLICIES 4 crs. Analysis of the motivation, formulation, and implementation of foreign policies of Communist nations, with emphasis upon the Soviet Union and China. [Prereq. :51 or 60. Spring.] 70 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I 4 crs. The legal-political-philosophical role of the judiciary in the American constitutional system is analyzed via a study of significant cases decided by the U.S. Supreme Court. [Prereq.: 10 credits in American Govt. or #. Winter.] W 71 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I I 4 crs. A continuation cf course 70, emphasizing the protections afforded individ~lc.1righ's and liberties cnder the Bill of Rights and the Fourteenth Amendment. [Prereq. : 70. Spring.] W 80 POLITICAL THOUGHT TO 1800 4 crs. Analysis of selected readings from outstanding political philosophers from Plato throxgh Burke. Emphasis is placed upon elements reflected in Western democratic thought. [Fall.] W 8 1 RECENT POLITICAL THOUGHT 4 crs. Conflicting ideologies of recent political thinkers, including anarchist, Communist, elitist, and democratic views. [Winter.] W 84 CONTEMPORARY POLITICAL ANALYSIS 4 crs. An investigation of the theory-building and model-building of selected contemporary political scientists, and of their philosophical and methodological assumptions. For majors in political science. [Spring.] W 9 5 SEMINAR 3 crs. Consult department chairman for information concerning terms and subject matter. [Prereq. : # .] W 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Registration by special permission. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 2-5 crs. DEPARmNT OF PSYCHOLOGY MRS. DYRUD, chairman, MRS. ANDEREGG, MR. HOLMAN, MRS. HOWARD The objectives of this department are: (1) to acquaint the student with the principles and methods in the scientific study of behavior; and (2) to enable the student to better understand the processes which influence behavior. Emphasis is on the study of human behavior. . . .. . . Major: 36 credits, including 5, 59, 61, 62, 64, 81, 91, and 99. In addition, Soc. 61 is required. Minor: 24 credits including 5, 59, and 87. 5 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY 5 crs. A study of basic processes underlying behavior. The general principles and methods of psychology are examined as they apply to the many areas of specialization in psychology. [Prereq.: So. or #. Fall, Winter, Spring.I 7 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY SEMINAR I cr. Offered in connection with course 5 for one additional credit. I t includes advanced readings and discussion on general psychology topics. [Prereq.: #. Fall, Winter, Spring.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES 50 EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY 4 crs. See under Secondary Education. 5 1 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: CHILD 4 crs. Development of personality and/or behavior of children, with emphasis on theoretical considerations and empirical findings regarding socialization, cognition, family relationships, and general psychological development. [Prereq.: 5 and concurrent registration in or completion of statistics. Fall.] 52 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: ADOLESCENT 4 crs. Development of personality and/or behavior patterns of adolescents, with emphasis on theory and empirical findings regarding physical and sexual development, parent-child relationships, identity and the peer group, cognitive development and achievement, and social class differences. [Prereq.: 5 and concurrent registration in or completion of statistics. Winter.] 53 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: ADULT 4 crs. Development of personality and/or behavior patterns of adults, with special emphasis on young adults. Some theory and empirical findings regarding personality, values, interests and vocational choice, sexuality, adjustment and behavior change. A brief discussion of findings in geriatric psychology. [Prereq. : 5 and concurrent registration in or completion of statistics. Spring.] 55 HUMAN GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT 4 crs. See under Elementary Education. W 59 PSYCHOLOGICAL MEASUREMENT I 4 crs. Theory and principles of measurement and testing. Examination given to the purposes, construction and use of measurement devices in personnel work of business and industry. [Prereq.: 5, and Soc. 61. Fall.] . 60 PSYCHOLOGICAL MEASUREMENT II 4 crs. Administration and interpretation of standardized tests of intelligence, aptitude, interest, achievement and personality. Special emphasis given to the use of the Revised Stanford-Binet and Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale in supervised practice situations. [Prereq. : 59. Winter.] W 61 PERSONALITY I: APPROACHES TO PERSONALITY 4 crs. A study of the dynamics of human adjustment with emphasis on behavior that customarily falls within the normal range. Includes an introduction to major theories of personality. [Prereq.: 5. Fall.] W 62 PERSONALITY II: ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY 4 crs. A study of the sociological, biological, and psychological factors involved in abnormal behavior. Contains an examination of diagnostic categories, treatment, and research in mental illness. [Prereq.: 61. Winter.] W 64 EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY 4 crs. An introduction to experimental n~ethodologyin psychology : experimental design, operations, and data analysis. [Prereq.: 5 and Soc. 61. Spring.] W 75 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY See under Department of Sociology. 5 crs. 81 HISTORY AND THEORY 4 crs. A survey of ideas and events of importance in the development of current areas of psychology. [Prereq.: 13 crs. in psych. or #. Fall.] 85 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY 4 crs. An introduction to the basic principles, methods, and techniques of counseling. Consideration given to goals and ethical problems in a counseling relationship. [Prereq. : 62. Winter.] 87 DIFFERENTIAL PSYCHOLOGY 4 crs. Survey of individual and group differences and factors such as age, heredity, sex and environment which contribute to variations in ability and temperament. [Prereq. : 5. Fall.] 91 SEMINAR IN PSYCHOLOGY 3 crs. A study of psychological problems in the contemporary world. [Prereq.: 17 crs. in psych. or #. Spring.] 99 RESEARCH PROBLEMS 2-3 crs. Independent study in which students conduct individual research projects. [Prereq. : # . Fall, Winter, Spring.] MR. P . A. QUANBECK, chairman, MR. BENSON, MR. COLACCI, MR. FRETHEIM, MR. RTANDSAGER, MR. OLLILA, MR. SKIBBE The courses in religion are intended to assist the student in his reflection on the meaning of the Christian Church through the study of its beliefs, its scripture, and its mission. The graduation requirement includes 18 credits in religion. Of these credits 10 must be in the lower division, and at least 8 must be upper division. Freshmen are required to take course ll: sophomores, course 21. Courses ll and 21 are prerequisites for all upper division courses. Only one of courses 53, 54 may apply toward the graduation requirement. Requirements for transfer students will be determined a t the time of admission. Major: 46 credits, including one course from each of the following groups of courses plus one seminar: 51-59; 61-63; 71-74; 81-85. Also required are: two courses each in history, literature, philosophy (above 21); and one course in either sociology or psychology (above 5). Two courses of upper division Greek may be counted toward a major in religion. Minor: 26 credits. DEPARTMENT OF RELIGION W I l INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY 5 crs. .An inrroduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue beriveen the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. 1 Fall, Winter. S ~ ~ r i n1g . 21 BIBLICAL STUDIES 5 crs. The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The task of biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and the emergence of the church. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES W 5 1 THE TEACHING MINISTRY OF THE CHURCH 4 crs. The historical development and theological foundation of education in the church, The relationship of the teaching and preaching ministries. Methods and means of teaching, and the task of Christian education today. [Winter.] 52 THE THEOLOGY AND FORM OF CHRISTIAN WORSHIP 4 crs. A study of the origin of Christian worship, the development of the various liturgical traditions and the recent liturgical innovations. Attention will be given to both the theology and the form of worship. Visits will be made to a variety of worship services. [Winter.] 53 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS I 4 crs. A study of primitive religion and several religions of the Near East, including Islam and Zoroastrianism. [Fall.] W 54 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS I1 4 crs. A study of several religions of the F a r East, including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, and Taoism. [Winter.] 59 RELIGION AND SOCIETY 4 crs. See under Department of Sociology. W 61 EARLY CHRISTIAN FATHERS 4 crs. The development of certain f ~ n d a m e n t a ltheological doctrines from the time of the Apostolic Fathers up to the Ecumenical Councils of the early church. [Fall.] W 62 THEOLOGY OF THE REFORMERS 4 crs. An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers of the sixteenth century. Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther, John Calvin, and other representative figures. [Winter.] 63 AMERICAN PROTESTANTISM 4 crs. The Protestant ethos in the United States. Special attention to the rise of religious liberty, revivalism, the American denominational structure, and the responses of American Protestantism to the challenges of its environing culture. [Spring.] 71 JESUS AND HIS INTERPRETERS 4 crs. Consideration of the New Testament Documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing with their content, literary structure and relationships. Attention to the variety of interpretations given the person of Jesus, including the "quest for the historical Jesus." [Fall.] 4 crs. 7 2 THE THEOLOGY OF PAUL A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical background, his relationship to the early church, and some of the themes to be found in his writings. [Spring.] 73 THE MESSAGE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 4 crs. The various types of Old Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of Hebrew thought with emphasis on the message of the prophets. [Winter.] 74 STUDIES IN GENESIS ONE TO ELEVEN 4 crs. A detailed study of these chapters, with discussion of their theological significance and their background in Israel and the ancient Near East. Special attention will be given to interpretive problems, particularly a s related to history and science. [Fall.] 81 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY 4 crs. An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological thought today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of the continuing theological task of the Christian Church. [Spring.] 82 CONTEMPORARY ROMAN CATHOLIC THEOLOGY 4 crs. New trends of Roman Catholic theology a s expressed in the writings of some of its representatives. Relation of new theological and biblical insights to the dogmatic definitions of the church. [Fall.] 83 CHRISTIAN ETHICS 4 crs. The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action. [Fall.] 84 CHRISTIAN VIEW OF MAN 4 crs. The Christian doctrine of man and salvation. Its uniqueness and relevance to certain other contemporary views of the nature and destiny of man. [Spring.] 85 THEOLOGY OF THE ECUMENICAL MOVEMENT 4 crs. A study of the theological factors inherent in the origin, the various participating churches and the main results of the modern Ecumenical Movement. Representatives from various religious groups will be invited to lecture and lead discussions. [Winter.] 86 SEMINAR 4 crs. Special study in some field of theology. Registration is by permission of the instructor. 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY 2-5 crs. SCANDINAVIAN STUDIES See under Department of Modern Languages. SOCIAL SCIENCE MAJOR See under Curriculums. MR. TORSTENSON, chairman, MR. BLOOM. MR. HUSFLOEN, MRS. MADSON, MR. NELSON, MR. NORDLIE, MR. VETVICK The objectives of this department are to help students attain a better understanding of society, its social order and forces of social change; to prepare students for social service occupations and for post-graduate studies in such fields as sociology, social work, industrial relations, urban planning, etc. The Department seeks to maximize its urban setting by promoting research and participant-observation experiences in the TwinCity Metropolitan region. DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY Major: 50 credits consisting of 20 lower division credits a.nd 30 upper division credits, including 61, 62, 76, 91. Psych. 5 also required. Philosophy of Science i s strongly recommended. Major with Social Work Sequence: 50 credits consisting of 20 lower division credits and 30 upper division credits including 51, 52, 53, 54. 55, 56, 61. Psych. 5 also required. Minor: 25 credits including 12, 43, 61. Sociology 11 is prerequisite to all other sociology courses. W I I MAN IN MODERN SOCIETY 4 crs. The cultural and structural dynamics of the Western world as seen through sociological perspectives. A focus on normative patterns, social organizations, social institutions, and socialization in the context of social change. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] W 12 SOCIAL PROBLEMS 4 crs. The dynamic processes a t the root of contemporary social problems in the context of historical, social and cultural change. [Winter, Spring.] W 31 MARRIAGE AND FAMILY 5 crs. The course is designed to help the student in his preparation for marriage and parenthood and focuses on such issues as the interpersonal relationships of dating, selection of a marriage partner, constructive use of the engagement period, early marriage adjustments, childbirth, discipline of children, and sex education. Integral parts of the course include films, personal analysis papers, and the discussion of case studies. A secondary emphasis is given to such sociology of the family concerns as tracing the family historically and cross-culturally, and viewing the contemporary American family against a background of modern society and social change. [Winter, Spring.] W 41 INTRODUCTION TO ANTHROPOLOGY 4 crs. Man's prehistory and contemporary primitive societies. An analysis of the origins of life and man, race and culture, and cultural and social anthropology including subsistence and crafts, marriage and kinship, social control, religion and magic, personality and culture, and cultural growth. [Fall.] W 42 RURAL AMERICAN COMMUNITY 4 crs. The social origins, development, and contemporary forms of rural society and the small community. The historic roots of the American rural community; rural social movements; and rural life in world perspective. [Winter.] W 43 MODERN URBAN COMMUNITY 4 crs. The cultural and social organization of the city in historical perspective including the forms, processes, and problems of the modern metropolis. [Spring.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES W 51 FIELDS OF SOCIAL WORK 4 crs. Examines basic concepts and values in the practice of social work; historical development and trends in Social Policy and Programs in the U.S.; and surveys the social services offered through the various public and non-profit agencies and institutions. [Prereq.: Concurrent registration in 54. Fall.] 52 INTRODUCTION TO METHODS OF SOCIAL WORK 4 crs. Provides a beginning understanding of the three methods of social workcasework, group work, and community organization. Explores basic concepts of human growth and behavior and social process and their relationship to the methodology of social work. [Prereq.: 51, and concurrent registration in 55. Winter.] 53 WELFARE ISSUES IN MODERN SOCIETY 4 crs. Examines Social Welfare's responsibility and relevance to the problems of modern society including poverty, mental illness, automation, deviant behavior, mental retardation, and civil rights. Explores some of the recent experiments and new approaches to these problems both within and outside the Social Welfare field. Points up some of the current and re-occurring issues within and about Social Welfare in modern society. [Prereq.: 52 and concurrent registration in 56. Spring.] 54,55,56 FIELD EXPERIENCE IN SOCIAL AGENCIES I cr. per term Students are assigned five hours per week to work in a social agency such as a settlement house, or a hospital, public welfare, family service correction and services to the mentally retarded. Responsibilities vary according to the agency. From one to four students are assigned to each agency. The agency provides the supervision and recommended grade for the course. No credit given unless all three quarters are completed. Must be taken concurrently with Soc. 51, 52, and 53. [54, Fall. 55, Winter. 56, Spring.] 57 SUMMER WORK STUDY IN CORRECTIONS AND SOCIAL SERVICE 5 crs. A summer experience for undergraduate students combining independent study and paid work experience in the fields of Corrections and Social Services. 59 RELIGION AND SOCIETY 4 crs. An examination of the social sources and structure of the church. Particular emphasis is given to the study of bureaucracy and its relation to religious systems. Some exploration of the changing patterns of society and the relationship of these changes to the institutional church. [Fall.] 6 1 INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL STATISTICS 5 crs. Scientific methods of collecting, organizing, comparing and interpreting socio-psychological data. Constructing graphs and tables, finding measures of central tendency, variability and association, and h y p e thesis testing. IPrereq. : high school algebra or equir. Fall, Spring.] 62 SOCIAL RESEARCH 5 crs. Methods of investigation in sociology and psychology. An examination of procedures and problems of the research prccess. An analysis of research designs and techniques. The construction of questionnaires and other data-gathering tools. [Prereq.: 61. Winter.] 5 crs. Non-normative behavior with an emphasis upon crime and delinquency. Gang-delinquencv, white-collar crime, organized crime. The theories of crime causation, treatment, and prevention. [Spring.] W 73 CRIME AND DELINQUENCY M 75 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY 5 crs. Society and the individual, the socialization process, the development of personality, the impact of group norms. The various theoretical schools of social psychology. Selective forms of collective behavior such as cro-.vd, rumor, and audience. [Fall.] 82 RACIAL AND MINORITY GROUP RELATIONS 5 crs. The historical, cultural, structural and psychological dimensions of minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism and civil rights in the American setting. [Winter.] 83 INDUSTRIAL SOCIOLOGY 5 crs. Large-scale organizations in contemporary industrial society. Bureaucracy, decision-making.. formal and informal or~anizational structure and labor-management relations. [Spring.] 85 SEMINAR IN THE MODERN METROPOLIS I cr. A study of the nature, dynamics and challenges of the emerging metropolitan community. 91 MODERN SOCIOLOGY THEORY 5 crs. The development and nature of the major theoretical schools of contemporary sociology, in the context of their historical settings in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. [Winter.] SPANISH See under Department of Modern Languages. DEPARTMENT OF SPEECH MR. ANDERSON, chairman, MISS COLE, MRS. OLSON This department aims to foster in students those skills which contribute to meaningful self-expression and effective leadership. It seeks to develop platform skills, intelligent speech compositions, and critical listening hzbits. It aims, through courses in interpretative reading and drama, to stimulate an appreciation of fine literature and drama. Major: 40 credits. Students who do not plan to go into secondary or elementary school teaching should consult with the department regarding preparation for graduate school or other post-graduate opportunities. Teaching major: 44 credits. For secondary education students: 11, 32, 12 a 52, 51 or 55, 60, 61, 66, and 76. In addition, a course in logic is required, but credits in this course do not count toward the major. Minor: 28 credits. Teaching minor: 28 credits. For secondary education students: Y, 32, 51 or 55, 60, and 66. Course 76 is strongly recommended. For elementary education students: ll, 16, 60, 61, ond 76. For elementary education students, courses 16 and 76 are recommended. Elementary education students who have had speech in high school may request substitution of course 16 to fuliill the literature/speech requirement. Normally, courses 11 and 51 fulfill this requirement. I I BEGINNING SPEECH 4 crs. Basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening. Meets five times per week. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] I 2 FORMS OF PUBLIC ADDRESS 4 crs. Public speaking projects with emphasis on style, audience psychology, and adaptation to various situations. [Prereq. : 11. Winter.] 16 STORY TELLING AND CREATIVE DRAMATICS 4 crs. Selection of stories for various age groups. Techniques, observation, and practice in story telling and creative dramatics. Recommended for parish workers and elementary school teachers. [Fall, 196849.1 2 1 DEBATE I cr. Practice in debating the intercollegiate debate question of the year. Participation in intercolle$ate debates. Open to all students. May be repeated four times for credit. [Fall, Winter.] 28 STAGECRAFT 4 crs. Construction, painting, and other aspects of scenery preparation. Open to all students. [Winter.] 32 ACTING 4 crs. An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations. [Spring.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES H 5 1 ARGUMENTATION 5 crs. Application of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debates. [Fall.] 52 PERSUASION 5 crs. Theory of persuasion and propaganda; study of great speeches; practical work in speech writing. [Prereq. :11. Spring, 1968-69.1 55 GROUP LEADERSHIP AND DISCUSSION 5 crs. Theories of group leadership: principles and types of discussion; practice in discussion techniques. [Winter.] 60 INTERPRETATIVE READING 5 crs. Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading prose, poetry, and drama. [Fall, Winter.] 61 INTRODUCTION TO DRAMATIC ARTS 5 crs. An introduction to history of the theater and to theories of drama and dramatic production. [Fall.] 66 STAGE DIRECTION 5 crs. Theory and practice of stage direction with laboratory exercises in planning productions and conducting rehearsals. [Spring.] 67 LIGHTING AND SCENE DESIGN 5 crs. History, theory, and practice of stage lighting and scene design. [Fall, 196%70.] 68 DRAMA IN THE CHURCH 5 crs. History of drama in the church, reading and discussion of plays, study of uses of drama by the local congregation. [Spring, 1969-70.1 76 SPEECH PATHOLOGY 5 crs. Physical and psychological factors underlying normal and abnormal speech. An introduction to principles and methods of speech correction. [Winter.] 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-3 crs. Selected topics in oral interpretation, acting, theater history, rhetorical theory, or speech pathology; individual projects with emphasis on the use of primary sources and methodolgy of research. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] SPECIAL PROGRAMS OF -- STUDY AFFILIATION WITH SCHOOLS OF NURSING Student nurses in the Schools of Nursing a t the Lutheran Dwconess, .Swedish, Fairview, and ~ e t h o d i i tHospitals in Minneapolis receive some of their instruction at Augsburg College. Application for admission to the Schools df Nursing should be made to the hospitals directly. MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY In cooperation with the Minneapolis General and Swedish Hospitals, Augsburg offers work which enables the student to receive a college degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first three years of this work are taken a t Augsburg and a final twelve-month program is completed a t one of the two hospitals. CORRECTIVE THERAPY [7 A program in Corrective Therapy worked out in cooperation with the Veterans Administration Hospital is available to students who complete a major in Physical Education a t Augsburg. Tke program requires 250 hours of clinical observation. practice, and orientation under the direction of the Chief of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation Service at the Veterans Hospital. The work may be done either during the senior year or after graduation. It carries no college credit. SPAN Augsbrrrg participates in the SPAN (Student Project for AmiQ among Nations) program. Tnis is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges in the state. Qualified students are selected to spend a summer in informal study abroad. -4ppplications are made in the spring of the sophomore year. JUNIOR YEAR ABROAD [7 Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg College students may spend their sophomore or junior year in study a t a number of European educational institutions. These institutions are: The University of Oslo, Norway; Schiller College and The Goethe Institute in Germany; and The Institute for American Universities a t Aix-en-Provence in France. Study a t other institutions may be possible through special arrangements. Applications for such foreign study must be approved by the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. In addition, the student's program of study while in Europe must be approved by his faculty adviser prior to making application to the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. A year of foreign study is recommended only for students with good scholastic records whose programs of study can be followed satisfactorily a t the institutions chosen. Credit earned through foreign study can usually be applied to the student's graduation requirements as electives or, occasionally, as elements of his major sequence. Such credit ordinarily does not satisfy the general education requirements with some exceptions such as the study of a foreign language. HONORS PROGRAM For superior freshman sudents, some special accelerated sections are available in such subjects as English and History. For superior students of all classes, special colloquia are offered each term. Many departments of the college offer a program through which the student can earn honors in his major field. Students of high ability who are interested in pursuing an honors curriculum are invited to write to the Director of the Honors Program for infomation regarding the Honors Programs which may be open to them. Honors students are selected on the basis of previous academic achievement and test results. NORTH-SOUTH STUDENT EXCHANGE PROGRAM In order to promote better understanding in the area of race relations and to encourage better cultural exchange between the students of Augsburg College and colleges in the South, Augsburg has entered into an agreement with various southern colleges whereby an interchange of students may take place. This exchange may take place during either the second or third, term, or both, depending upon the schedules of the cooperating colleges. In order to qualify for the exchange program, the Augsburg student must secure the approval of his/her parents (if he/she is a minor), his/her major adviser, and various college officials. A further general requirement is approval by the student exchange board which will, among other things, require a grade point average of a t least 2.50. Further details and application forms may be secured from the office of the Dean or the President of the Student Society. THE PASS/NO CREDIT GRADING SYSTEM Effective with the 196748 academic year, a Pass/No Credit grading system is available to juniors and seniors only, applicable to a maximum of one course per term. The provisions of the system are as follows: 1. Juniors and Seniors only may choose to be graded on the 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. basis of Pass/No Credit instead of a regular grade for a maximum of one course in any one term. The Pass/No Credit option may not be applied to courses in the student's major field. Each department of the college shall determine which, if any, of the courses it offers may not be taken by any student on a Pass/No Credit basis. Students will be informed by the Registrar's Office a t each registration day of the courses which may not be taken under the system. Although credits earned under the system will be counted toward fulfilling the requirements for graduation, Pass/No Credit grades will not be used in computing the student's Grade Point Average. The student must exercise the option of taking a course under the Pass/No Credit grading system at the time of his registration for the course, and may not change after the end of the first week of the term. Under the Pass/No Credit grading system, the grade of 'S' shall be assigned to the student earning the equivalent of a grade from 'A' to 'C'; the grade of 'N' to the student earning the equivalent of a grade from 'D' to 'F'. AUGSBURG SUMMER SCHOOL Students may earn up to ten credits of college work in a sixweek summer session from June 24 through August 2, 1968. For 1969, tentative plans call for a similar six-week term beginning June 9, followed by a short term of three weeks set for July 21 through August 8, during which additional five credits may be earned. Most courses will meet mornings, Monday through Friday. Others will meet for longer periods two evenings a week, in order to accommodate part-time students employed during the day. Eligible to attend Augsburg summer school are present students and graduates of Augsburg and other accredited colleges and universities, as well as recent high school graduates whose class standing and scores in college aptitude examinations indicate a high probability of success in college work. Courses to be offered during the summer sessions will be determined, in part, by demand. Most will not require prerequisites. In addition to formal classes, provisions are being made for independent study in several areas, and for individual instruction in voice and instrumental music. For 1968, summer tuition for 8-10 credits is $220.00, plus a registration fee of $5.00. The latter fee will, however, be waived for those completing registration not later than June 14. Private lessons will be charged separately. A single board and room charge for the 1968 summer session will be $100.00, and will provide morning and noon meals exclusive of weekends, and a room from the evening of June 23 through the morning of August 3. For specific information, interested persons are asked to write: Director of Summer School Augsburg College Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404 CURRICULU'MS The following courses of study are outlined as guides for the student and his adviser in planning a program for a selected major, or a particular vocational objective. GENERAL LIBERAL ARTS The course of study given below suggests a sequence which may be followed to include the required general education courses. For electives, students should take care to include all courses required for the major field of study. Requirements for the major are listed under departmental headings. Term FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 History 1, 2, or 3 Sociology 11 Foreign Language Electives H. P.E. 1. 2, 3 I Term 11 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 5 4 - 4 - - 5 5-6 - 4 5 5 1/3 1/3 1/3 SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Natural Science or Math. Art 1 or Music 30 Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22, or Economics 22 Electives Term JUNIOR Religion Philosophy 21 Speech 11 or Literature Electives I II III Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 - - 4 4 - SENIOR Religion Electives I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 4 4 5-6 5-6 4 - - - 6 - - - 4-5 6 Term I II m Cr. Cr. Cr. 12 12 12 AMERICAN STUDIES MAJOR The following program is suggested for a major in American Studies. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 History 1, 2, or 3 Sociology 11 Foreien Laneuaee ~ i s t o 621. 22 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR Economics 22 (Optional) Speech or Literature Art 1 or Music 30 Religion 63 Sistory 55. Psychology 81s Sociology 42'; 43' Philosophy 65 Electives (non-major) SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Natural Science or Math. Philosophy 21 English 45 Political Sci. 20. 21 - - 4 -4 - - 4 4 4 4 - - 4 4 4 4 - - 4 4 SENIOR Sociology 59. Political Sci. 70* Histon 56' ~ d u c a i i o n87. English 82. Political Sci. 22' American Studies 95 American Studies 99 Electives (non-major) * Electives in the major program ART MAJOR WITH HISTORY MINOR AS PREPARATION FOR GRADUATE STUDY FRESHMAN I Term I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Relieion 21 F o r & n Language Natural Science or Math. Philosouhy 21 Art 21Art 18, 55 History 2 History 61 I Term I1 III Cr. Cr. Cr. JUNIOR Religion Art 83. 84 Art 67 Art 50 History 3 Speech 11 or Literature Music 30 History 21, 22 Elective Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 4 - 4 4 - 4 4 - 4 - 4 -- 4 5 5 - 4 4 - SENIOR Religion Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or Economics 22 Art 68 Art 78 History 95 History 71 Art 99 Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. - Cr. 4 Cr. - -- 4 8 - 4-5 4 4 3 - - - 4 - 8 ART MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Art. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 Foreign Language History 1, 2, or 3 Art 7 Art 8. 12 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR Religion Art 83, 84 Art 67 Art 50 H. P.E. 10 Education 50 Education 52, 53, 54 Education 59 Music 30 Electives Term I 11 m Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Natural Science or Math. Philosophy 21 Speech 11 or Literature Term I 11 I n Cr. Cr. Cr. Art ---. 21 -Art 18 and 55 Psychology 5 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR Religion Education 84 Education 83 Education 87 Pol. Sci. 20. 21. or 22 or Economics 2 2 Art 68, 99 Art 78 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. BIOLOGY MAJOR The following program is recommended for students who plan to do graduate work in biology. Where choices of biology are indicated, the student should choose carefully the course best suited to his field of interest. At least one term of botanical work is usually desirable. Biology 72 is required. FRESHMAN Religion 11 Englsh 11. 12 History 3 Sociology 11 Chemistry 5 or 15 Chemistry 6 or 16 Biology 11, 12 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR ---------- Foreign Language Physics 21. 22. 23 Biology 61; 71; or 76 Biology 63, 72 or 74 Pol. Sci. 20, 21. or 22 or Economics 22 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Speech 11 or Literature Chemistry 51, 52, 53 Mathematics 40, 41, 42 Biology 53 or elective Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 - 6 6 1 / 3 1/3 1/3 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR Religion Foreign Language Art 1 or Music 30 Philosophy 21 or 23 Biology 51, 71, or 76 Biology 73 or elective Biology 72. 74, or 81 Biology 91, 92, 93 Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. BIOLOGY MAJOR FOR SECONDARY SCHOOL TEACHING The program suggested below provides for the recommended courses in chemistry as well as for a good background in the biological sciences. When making the choices between the biology course options, it is important that the various disciplines of biology are represented. Biology 72 and one other course in the 70 series are required. Term Term FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11. 12 History 3 Socioloev 11 I I1 111 SOPHOMORE Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 - - - - 5- 6 - 6 - 4 4 6 - - 6 1/3 1/3 1/3 Relieion 21 ~ o r G g nLanguage Biology 51 Psychology 5 Chemistry 23 H. P.E. 10 Mathematics 13 or 40* Mathematics 14 or elective* Religion Speech 11 or Literature Foreign Language Education 50. 59 Chemistry 53' Biology 61. 71, or 76 Biology 53 or 73 Biology 63, 72, or 74 Education 52, 53, 54 I I1 I11 5 5 5 - 5 5 - - 5 - - 6 5 - - Term Term JUNIOR I Cr Cr. Cr. TI I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 4 4 4 5 4 5 5-6 6 5-6 0 0 0 - -- - SENIOR Religion Art 1 or Music 30 Biology 61, 71, or 76 Biology 72, 74, or 81 Biology 91, 93 Education 83 Education 84 Education 87 Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 Philosophy 21 or 23 I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 - 5-6 - - 5-6 1 - 1 - 5 10 4 4-5 4 - - - - - Elective if the student is allowed to take Mathematics 40 rather than Math. 13 and 14. MAJOR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION) Students with a major in Business Administration may specialize in accounting or finance. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Business Administration. Term FRESHMAN I I1 I11 SOPHOMORE Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 21 Foreign Language Business Ad. 31 Economics 22, 23 Philosophy 21 Speech 11 or Literature Art 1 or Music 30 Electives Relieion 11 E n g E s h 11, 12 History 1. 2, or 3 Business Ad. 1. 2 Sociology 11 Natural Science or Math. Elective H. P.E. 1. 2, 3 Religion Foreign Language Sociology 61 Business Ad. 61 Economics 51 Business Ad. 62, 63 Electives I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 4 - - 5 5 5 - 5 5 - 4 5 - 5 - 5 - 5 5 4 4 - - Term Term JUNIOR Term I I1 I11 Cr Cr. Cr. SENIOR I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Business Ad. 81 Business Ad. 83 Electives MAJOR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (FINANCE SPECIALIZATION) FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 History 1, 2, or 3 Business Ad. 1, 2 Sociology 11 Natural Science or Math. Elective H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 5 4 4 4 - - 4 5-6 5-6 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 -- - - - - SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Business Ad. 31 Economics 22, 23 Philosophy 21 Speech 11 or Literature Art 1 or Music 30 Electives Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 5 5 - 5 - - 4 4 JUNIOR Religion Foreign Language Sociology 61 Economics 51 Business Ad. 61, 62 Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Term I 11 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR Religion Business Ad. 78 Business Ad. 73 Electives BUSINESS EDUCATION MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 Foreign Language History 1, 2, or 3 Business Ed. 1 Business Ed. 10 Sociology 11 Philosophy 21 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR Religion Education 50 Education 52. 53. 54 Education 59 Business Ad. 1, 2 Business Ed. 50 Economics 22, 23 Business Ed. .63 Art 1 or Music 30 Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Relieion 21 ForGgn Language Natural Science or Math. Speech 11 or Literature Psychology 5 Business Ed. 21 Business Ed. 22 Business Ed. 53 Business Ed.. 8 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cy. Cr. 4 - 6 - - SENIOR Religion Education 84 Education 83 Education 87 H. P.E. 10 Business Ad. 31 Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. CHEMISTRY MAJOR The following course of study meets the requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree a t Augsburg College and is approved by the American Chemical Society for students who plan to do graduate study in chemistry. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 History 1, 2, or 3 Mathematics 40 Chemistry 15, 16 or 5, 6 Mathematics 41, 42 H. P.E. 1. 2, 3 JUNIOR Religion Chemistry 61. 62 Chemistry 63 Mathematics 83 Foreign Language Philosophy 21 Chemistry 91 Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 5 6 - 5 - 5 - 4 6 - 5 5 1/3 1/3 1/3 SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Chemistry 51, 52 Chemistry 53 Physics 21, 22, 23 Mathematics 43 Sociology 11 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion €hemism 81. 83 C h ~ m l s m$2 Forcim L ~ ~ g u a g e Speech 11 or Literature Pol. Sci. 80. 21. or 22 or Economics 22 Art 1 or Music 30 Chemistry 91 Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 6 6 5 5 - 5 5 4 - - 5 - - Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 4 5 - 5 - 4 4 - 4 - - DENTISTRY Students planning to enter the pre-dental curriculum should take geometry, trigonometry, and higher algebra in high school. Courses in physics and chemistry are highly desirable. The following schedule will meet the requirements for admission to most dental schools. Prospective dental students, however, should inquire of the dental schools in which they are interested about specific requirements. Term FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11. 12 Mathematics 40. 41 Biology 11, 12 ' Chemistry 15, 16 or 5, 6 H. P.E. 1. 2, 3 I Term I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 4 - 5 5 5 - 6 6 6 6 1/3 1/3 1/3 - SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Pol. Sci. 20, 21 or 22 Sueech. Lit. or Hist. ~;ychology 5 Chemistry 51, 52 Physics 21, 22, 23 I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - 5 - - 4 - - ECONOMICS MAJOR The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Business Administration, Economics, and Business Education. Term FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 History 1, 2, or 3 Natural Science or Math. Sociology 11 Electives H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR Religion F o r s g n Language Sociology 61 Economics 51, 58 Electives I Term I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - 4 5 4 5-6 5-6 - 4 - - 10 1/3 1/3 1/3 - - - Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - 4 4 - SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Philosophy 21 Speech 11 or Literature Art 1 or Music 30 Business Ad. 1, 2 Economics 22, 23 Electives I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 5 5 - - 4 - - 4 - - 4 4 4 4 - 4 4 - Term SENIOR Religion Electives I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 15 12 15 ELEMENTARY EDUCATION Students planning t o prepare for elementary school teaching are required t o complete the following curriculum. Except where a choice is indicated substitutions may be made only upon the approval of the Director of Elementary Education. Since the optional subjects and free electives are limited, the program must be followed carefully from the first year. For the science-mathematics general education requirement, elementary education students are required to take one course in biological and one in physical science. For the speech-literature requirement in general education, they are required to take Beginning Speech unless exempted. The major in this program is Elementary Education. Each student is required t o complete a minor. Variations in the requirements of the minor from those prescribed by the department may be permitted subject to special departmental approval. An academic major is highly recommended. FRESHMAN Religion 11 Engljsh 11, 12 Foreign Language Historv 1. 2. or 3 ~ i o l o & o a lscience H. P.E. 10 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1. 2. 3 Elective (minor) JUNIOR Relieion ducati ion 55 Education 56 Education 52, 53, 54 Geography 14 Education 64 Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 5 4 5 5 - 4 5 - 5 - 4 1/3 . 1/3 . 1/3 . - 4 - - - - - - - Term I 11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 5 - 4 - 0 0 0 - 4 - - 6 rn SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Psychology 5 Phvsical Science poi. ~ c i 20, . 21 or 22 Music 30 History 21 or 22 Elective (minor) SENIOR Relieion r ducat ion 77 Philosophy 21 Speech 11 Education 79 Education 87 Education 65 Electives (minor) Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 4 5 4-6 - 5 4 5 - 4 5 - - ~ - - Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - - Elective (minor) JUNIOR AND SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL TEACHING Each state sets certain requirements for obtaining a teacher's certificate. The program outlined below satisfies the requirements for certification a t the junior and senior high school level in Minnesota and most of the neighboring states. The student should, during his sophomore year, apply t o the Committee on Teacher Education for admission t o the education curriculum. He will also need to apply for student teaching during the junior year. Admission will be determined on the basis of scholarship and other qualifications. Areas in which students may obtain teaching majors or minors are: Art Business Education English-Language Arts English Speech Foreign Language French German Scandinavian Studies Spanish Health and Physical Education Mathematics Music Natural Science Biology Chemistry Physics Social Sciences History Political Science Minors for teaching are also offered in Latin and Library Science. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 Foreign L a n g ~ a g e History 1, 2, or 3 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 Electives JUNIOR Religion Philosophy 21 Speech 11 or Literature Education 50, 59 Education 52, 53. 54 H. P.E. 10 Electives in the major Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 4 5 5 5 4 - 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 5-6 5 - Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - - 4 - 4 5 4 0 0 0 - - 5 - 8 8 8 SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Music 30 or Art 1 Natural Science or Math. Pol. Sci. 20, 21 or 22 or Economics 22 Psychology 5 Electives SENIOR Reliigon Education 83. 84 Education 87 Electives in the major Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. ENGINEERING The following program is recommended for students who plan to enroll in a school of engineering. Students planning t o enter this program should have completed four years of high school mathematics and be qualified by the Mathematics Placement Test to enter Mathematics 41. Those who plan t o transfer to the Institute of Technology at the University of Minnesota will also need, in some cases, a course in Rigid Body Mechanics (Statics) and Engineering Graphics. These may be taken in summer session a t the U. of M. FRESHMAN Relieion 11 ~ n g l k h11. 12 Sociology 11 Mathematics 40, 41, 42 Chemistry 15. 16 or 5, 8 H. P.E. 1, 2. 3 JUNIOR Religion Physics 75 Physics 62, 63 Physics Lab. Mathematics 83, 84 Biology 11, 12 or, Elective Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Religion 21 History 1, 2, or 3 Literature Sociology 12 Physics 21, 22, 23 Mathematics 43. 58 Art 1 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 4 ENGLISH MAJOR The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department o'f English. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11 or 15 Enelish 12 or 35. 45 Foreign Language History 1, 2, or 3 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR Religion Art 1 or Music 30 English 61. 62, 84 English 72 or 74 English Elective Electives* Term I TI I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4-5 - 5 5 5 5 4 - A - - Term I II 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. ---4 - 5 - - 4 5 - 5 SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Pol. Sci. 20. 21. or 22 or ~conomics'22 Speech 11 Philosophy 21 Natural Science or Math. English 35 or 45 or Elective in the major English 47; and 31, 32, or 78 SENIOR Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - - Term I 11 n I Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion English 90 Electives* * Electives recommended for students planning to enter graduate school: English 80 or 82, 86, 88, 92, 95; and foreign language. ENGLISH MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11 or 15 Enelish 12 or 35. 45 Foreign Language History 1, 2, or 3 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Speech 11 and 12. 52 or 55 Pol. Sci. 20, 21. or 22 or Economics 22 Philosophy 21 Natural Science or Math. English 35 or 45 or 55 English 47, 31 Term I 11 I n Cr. Cr. Cr. JUNIOR Religion Psychology 5 Education 50 Education 52. 53. 54 Education 59 ' English 61. 62, 55 English 72 or 74, 84 Speech 60 or 66 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 5 - 4 0 0 0 5 5 5 5 - 4 5 5 - - - - - Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - 10 5 SENIOR Religion Education 84 Education 83 Education 87 H. P.E. 10 Art 1 or Music 30 English 21 or 40, 86 or 88 English 90. 91, or 92 Library Science 75 -- -- -45 . 4 4 3 -- - - 4 - 5 FRENCH, GERMAN, SPANISH MAJORS FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Modern Languages. Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. FRESHMAN Religion 21 Intfr. Foreign Language Sueech 11 or Literature ~ h i l o s o p h y 21 Pol. Sci. 20. 21, or 22 or Economics 22 Art 1 or Music 30 H. P.E. lo* Electives or 56, 57 Religion 11 English 11, 12 Beg. Foreign Language History 1. 2, or 3 Sociology 11 Natural Science or Math. H. P.E. 1. 2, 3 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. JUNIOR Religion Education 50' Education 52.. 53.. 54' Education 59* Psychology 5. Conversation 55 Survey 63, 64" Literature 74~~~c~~~.;- 72- or -- Term I I1 I11 Cr, Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE 5 5 5 - - 5 - - - Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR Religion Education Education Education Ad. Conv. and Comp. 84 Literature 72 or 74 Indep. Study 99 Electives 5 - 2 5 - - - 5 2 5 5 5 5 Students who do not plan to take t h e education sequence may substitute 92. 99 or other electives for these courses. * * Courses 56, 57 may be elected for either 63 or 64. - GREEKMAJOR Students who plan to major in Greek should confer with the chairman of the department regarding electives and courses to be taken in the senior year. Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 History 1, 2. or Latin 1, 2, 3 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 - - 5 3 JUNIOR Religion Greek Philosophy 41, 42, 43 Speech 11 Electives Term I fI 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 - 8 8 - - Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Naturll Science Greek 11. 12, Philosouhv 21 POI. sG. 30, 21, Econ. 22 Art 1 or Music SENIOR Religion Greek Literature Electives Math. 22 or Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - - BROAD MAJOR IN HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION FOR TEACHING Two teaching majors are offered in the Department of Health and Physical Education. Students are urged to read carefully requirements listed in the departmental course descriptions. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 Foreign Language History 1, 2, or 3 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 10 H. P.E. 23 H. P.E. 11, 13 (W,M) H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR Religion Education 50 Education 52, 53, 54 Education 59 Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 Econ. 22 Art 1 or Music 30 H. P.E. 57' H. P.E. 51, 52 H. P.E. 71, 72 H. P.E. 82 or Soc. 31. Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOWOBE - - 5 1 1 1/3 1/3 1/3 H' P E: 335. P.E. 43 R. P.E. 5D' Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 4 0 0 0 - - 5 - - - 6 5 - - 2 4 4 4-5 4-5 4 - - SENIOR Religion Education 84 Education 83 Education 87 Philosophy 21 H. P.E. 73. H. P.E. 60. Speech 11 or Literature Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - - 5 - 4 4 5 4 4 - n - 10 - -- -4 - - - 4 - - Starred courses are required for the broad major in Health and Physical Education but may be omitted for the Physical Education teaching major. HISTORY MAJOR The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged t o read carefully the statement under the Department of History. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 Foreign Language History 1, 2, 3 Sociology 11 301. Sci. 20, 21 or 22 or Economics 22 H. P.E. 1. 2, 3 JUNIOR Religion Foreign Language History Economics Art 1 or Music 30 Minor or Elective Literature Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - - 4 5 - 5 5 4 4 4 - 4 4-5 1/3 1/3 1/3 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - 5 5 4 8 4 4 - - - 4 - 4 4 - - 4 SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Laneuage Historv 21, 22 P h i l o s o ~ h y 21 Psychology 5 Natural Science or Math. SENIOR Religion Foreign Language History Seminar Minor or Elective Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 5 - - 5 - 4 5 4 5 5-6 5-6 - Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. HISTORY MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS FRESHMAN ~ n g l i s h11, 12 Foreian Language History 1, 2, 3 Sociolonv 11 ~ c o n o m i c s 22 H. P.E. 1. 2. 3 JUNIOR Religion Education 50 Education 52. 53. 54 Education 59 -~ -.-... Art 1 or Music 30 Geography 14 Political Science 20. 22 H. P.E. 10 History Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - 4 5 - 5 5 4 4 4 4 - 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 - - Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language History 21, 22 Philosowhv 21 ~ s y c h o i o g y5 Natural Science or Math. SENIOR Religion Education 84 F,ueech 11 or Literature History History 95 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 5-6 5-6 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. LAW College preparation for law school is flexible, and does not require a specific course of study or a particular major. Students considering law as a profession are urged to study the requirements and suggested curricula for the following majors: American Studies, pages 50 and 108. English, pages 68 and 114. History, pages 34 and 116. Political Science, pages 92 and 121. While any of the above majors is appropriate as a pre-law curriculum, other majors are also highly acceptable. For most law schools a broad background in the liberal arts constitutes a better preparation than specialization and expertise in narrower fields. While not all law schools require a baccalaureate degree as a condition for admission, it is normally to the advantage of the student to have completed his undergraduate degree program. Nearly all law schools in the United States require applicants to take a standardized Law School Admission Test, administered several times each year a t prescribed times. Students interested in law as a possible vocation should contact the pre-law adivsor, chairman of the Department of Political Science. MATHEMATICS MAJOR The following course of study is designed for students who have a strong background in mathematics from high school. Students who lack this background may need to complete Mathematics 13, 14 before registering for Mathematical Analysis. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11. 12 Foreign Language History 1, 2, or 3 Math. 40, 41, 42 H. P.E. 1. 2, 3 JUNIOR Religion Mathematics 83. 84, 85 mathematics 72, 73 Philosophy 21 Speech 11 or Literature Mathematics 61 Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 5 5 5 4 - - - - - 5 5 5 1/3 1/3 1/3 Term I LI I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 - 4 4 4 4 4 - - - - - SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Pol. Sci. 20. 21, or 22 or Econ. 22 Socioloev 11 ~6riign"~anguage Art 1 or Music 30 Physics or Chemistry Mathematics 43, 58, 64 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - - - - 4-5 4 4 4 4 5-6 5-6 5 4 4 - - - Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR Religion Mathematics 67 Mathematics 80 Mathematics 99 Electives MATHEMATICS MAJOR 0 FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 Foreign Language History 1, 2, or 3 Mathematics 40, 41, 42 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 Cr. C 4 5 5 5 - - - 4 5 5 5 1/3 1/3 1/3 Foreign Language Sociology 11 Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or Econ. 22 Mathematics 43, 58. 64 Physics or Chemistry 4 - 4 4 - - - 45 5 4 4 5-6 5-6 - I Relieion Art l or Music 30 Education 50, 59 Speech 11 or Literature Psychology 5 Mathematics 83. 84 Educatiun 52, 53, 54 Philosophy 21 Mathematics 61. 72 Elective Term II I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 4 5 - 4 5 4 4 0 0 0 4 - -- SENIOR Term I Religion Education 87 Education 84 Education 83 mathematics 80 Mathematics 67 Mathematics 99 H. P.E. 10 Electives I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - -4 - 10 4 - ~ MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY MAJOR Students may c,omplete a course of instruction leading to the Bachelor osf Arts degree with a major in medical technology by completing three years of academic work a t Augsburg College and twelve months of preparation at General Hospital or Swedish Hospital in Minneapolis. A minimum of 24 credits each of biology and chemistry, and one term of mathematics, is required. A college course in physics is strongly recommended. The program outlined prepares students for certification in medical technology, and it also includes the Augsburg graduation requirements. In the senior year students taking this program must register a t Augsburg a s well as a t the affiliated hospital. FRESHMAN Relieion 11 ~ngnsh 11, 12 History 2 Sociology 11 SioloEv 11. 12 ~ h e m G t r y'5 or 15 Chemistry 6 or 16 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR I Term Term I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 5 4 - - - 4 - 6 6 6 - - 6 - 1/3 1/3 1/3 I Term I1 I11 SOPHOMORE I I1 In: Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 21 Foreign Language Art 1 or Music 30 Speech 11 or Literature Mathematics 13 Chemistry 23 Biology 53 or 73 Biology 72 SENIOR Cr. r. -. . C . Cr. -. Religion Foreign Language Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or Economics 22 Philosophy 21 or 23 Physics 3 Chemistry 53 Biology 71 or electives Biology 76 - 4 - - - - 5-6 6 4 4 4-5 4 - 4 - - Lectures, laboratory and practical work at General or Swedish Hospital for 12 months. 45 credits 4 6 - - MEDICINE Since mo'st pre-medical students at Augsburg have gone to the Medical School of the University of Minnesota, the following is based on its requirements for admission. Information for other medical schools may be obtained from "Medical School Admissions Requirements," published by the Association of American Medical Colleges, and available in the Augsburg library. It is the responsibility of the individual student to see that he has completed the requirements for admission to the medical schools to which he intends to make application. The "Minimum Requirements" for the Medical School, University of Minnesota, as translated into courses a t Augsburg College, are as follows: Credits 12 12 12 Biology 11, 12 Chemistry 15. 16 ChemIstrv 51. 52 &jal science and Humanities General electives Recommended: Physical Chemistry 61 Mathematics 42 (calculus) 5 5 Medical schools emphasize the word "minimum" in listing their minimum requirements. In addition to the required and recommended courses listed, pre-medical students are encouraged to take a t least two additional courses in biology and one course in psychology. Some medical schools require or strongly recommend this work. Broad studies in the liberal arts are highly desirable. Pre-medical students normally complete a major in either biology or chemistry. The minimum requirements for a biology major are shown under Department of Biology; for a chemistry major under Department of Chemistry. Students are strongly urged to consult these departments early for advice on scheduling these majors. MUSIC MAJOR FOR TEACHING The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Music. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 Foreign Language History 1, 2, or 3 Music 1, 2, 3 Applied Music H. P.E. 1, 2. 3 JUNIOR Religion Education 50 Education 52, 53, 54 Education 68 Education 59 Art 1 Music 53'. 54 Music 60, -61 Music 57, 58 Music Organization Applied Music Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 4 5 - 5 5 - 5 - - 4 5 4 1 1 1 1/3 1/3 1/3 4 Term I 11 In Cr. - .. Cr. - - . Cr. . - . - - 4 - - 4 0 - 0 0 - 4 5 4 3 0 1 3 0 1 - - 5 - 4 4 4 - 0 1 - SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Sociology 11 Psychology 5 Natural Science or Math. Music 4, 5, 6 Applied Music Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 4 - - 4 5 - 4 1 - - - 5-6 5-6 4 4 1 1 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR Religion Education 84 Education 83 Education 87 Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or Economics 22 H. P.E. 10 Philosophy 21 Music Organization Electives MUSIC MAJOR FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 Foreign Language History 1, 2, or 3 Music 1, 2, 3 Applied Music H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 4 5 - SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Natural Science or Math. Sociology 11 Music 4, 5, S Applied Music Music Organization Elective Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - 4 4 1 0 4 4 5 - 4-5 4-5 4 4 1 0 - 1 0 - JUNIOR Religion Art 1 Music 60, 61, 62 Music 53*, 54 Music 57, 58 Applied Music Music Organization Electives * Term I II m Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 4 5 4 4 4 1 0 3 1 0 - 4 - 4 - 4 - 3 1 0 4 SENIOR Religicn Pol. Sci. 20. 21. or 22 or ~ c o n o m i c s22 Philosophy 21 Music 76 Applied Music Music Organization Speech 11 or Literature Electives I Term IIm Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 - - 4-5 - - 4 - 1 0 1 0 4 - 1 0 4 8 10 - 5 Choral Technique may be substituted for Instrumental Technique in the fall term. NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS A major in natural science consists of 63 credits in science and mathematics with at least 27 credits in each of two of the areas of biology, chemistry, physics; or at least 27 cred,its in each of three of the areas of biology, chemistry, mathematics, physics. The following program is suggested. I Term nrn Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Term 1IIm Cr. Cr. Cr. For& Language Art 1 or Music 30 Natural Science or Math. Pol. Sci. 20. 21. or 22 or Economics. 22 Psychology 5 Term I I1 m Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Philosophy 21 Speech 11 or Literature Education 50, 59 Natural Science or Math. Education 52, 53, 54 H. P.E. 10 - 4 -4 -9 8 0 0 - 5 4 - 4 5 8 0 Term SENIOR Religion Natural Science or Math. Education 84 Education 83 Education 87 ~ n 0. Cr. Cr. - - 10 5 - 4 - 13 13 - - - - 4 - PHILOSOPHY MAJOR FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 Foreign Language History 1, 2, or 3 Sociology 11 Philosophy 21 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 Electives JUNIOR Religion Speech 11 or 51 or Literature Philosophy Elective Electives Term I II m Cr. Cr. Cr. ---5 4 5 5 5 4 - SOPHOMORE 4 - - - 4 - - 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 - - 4 Religion 21 Foreign Language Natural Science or Math. Art 1 or Music 30 Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or Economics 22 Phdosophy 23 Philosophy 41. 42, 43 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR Term I n m Cr. Cr. Cr. -5 4 - 5-6 5-6 4 - - - - 5 4 - - 4-5 - 4- 4 Term I II I11 Cr. Cr. (Sr. Religion Philosophy 99 Philosophy Elective Electives PHYSICS MAJOR The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Physics. m FRESHMAN Religion 11 Enelish 11. 12 ~ o & i g n~ a $ u a g e Math. 14 or 40 Mathematics 41. 42 History 1, 2, or'3 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR Religion Physics 61 Physics 51, 52 Mathematics 83, Art 1 or Music Physics 62. 63 Physics 77 Electives Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 5 5 5 5 - 5 5 4 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 - - - - - Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Physics 21, 22, 23 Mathematics 43 Mathematics 58 Pol. Sci. 20, 21 or 22 or 3conomics 22 Philosophy 21 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr Cr. SENIOR Reliigon Physics 81, 82 Physics 77 Speech 11 or Literature Electives POLITICAL SCIENCE MAJOR 0 The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Political Science. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 History 3 Philosophy 21 Math. or Natural Science Sociology 11 Political Sci. 20, 21 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR Religion ~ o r e i g nLanguage Political Sci. 60 Political Sci. 80, 81. 84 Economics 22. 23 Psvcholow 5 ~iferaturF Elective Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 4 5 4 4 - 5-6 5-6 4 5 5 1/3 1/3 1/3 - - - - Term I 11 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - 5 5 4 4 4 4 - 4 4 - - - SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Art 1 or Music 30 Sociology 61, 62 Philosophy 23 Political Sci. 22, 50 Computer Science 45 History 21, 22 SENIOR Religion Political Sci. 51, 62 Political Sci. 70, 71 Foreign Language Electives Tern I I1 111 Cr Cr Cr. Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 - PSYCHOLOGY MAJOR IJ FRESHMAN Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Term I I1 I11 Cr Cr. Cr. Religion 21 Foreign Language Philosophy 21 Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or Economics 22 Art 1 or Music 30 Speech 11 or Literature Psychology 5 Electives Religion 11 English 11, 12 Natural Science or Math History 1, 2, or 3 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr Cr. Cr. - 4 4 4 5 4 - - - - 4 4 4 - Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR Religion Psvcholoev ~&ychol Psychology Psychology Electives 81 o99 ~~ 91 Elective RELIGION MAJOR Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 Natural Science History 1, 2 Sociology 11 Electives H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 Math. I Term n m Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 21 Religion .-P O ~ . 2"i. - 20,-21,-or or Economics 22 Art 1 or Music 30 Philosophy 21 Electives I Religion Philosophy Foreign Language Psychology 5 Electives SOPHOMORE Term I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 4 4 4 - 4 4 5 - 4 6 - - - SENIOR Term I II rn Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Religion 86 Literature Sociology Electives SCANDINAVIAN STUDIES MAJOR The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Modern Languages. Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 11 Eneldh 11. 12 scGa. 1. 5 EListov 1. 2. or 3 Natural Seience or Math. Soziology 11 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 - - 5 Term I II I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 21 Scand. 5, 6 Scand. 55 Scand. 26 or Economics 22 H. P.E. 10. Art 1 or Music 30 Term I nrn Cr. Cr. Cr. - - Religion Psychology 5. Education 50. duoa at ion 52, 53, 54. Education 59. Scand. 72 Philoso~hv 21 Scand. -74Scand. 62 Electives SOPHOMORE - 4 5 - - 4 0 0 - - 05 5 - 4 - SENIOR Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Education 84' Education 83' Education 87; Scand. 84 Scand. 99 Electives * Students who do not plan to take the education sequence may substitute electives for these courses. SECRETARIAL WORK The first year of the f'ollowing program provides preparation for certain office positions. Completion of the second year provides more advanced training. A student who has had similar courses in high school may be admitted to advanced classes on the basis of his proficiency in the subject. An outline of the requirements for teaching business subjects in high school appears under Business Education. A secretarial-work certificate is awarded on completion of the twoyear program. A student in the two-year program must select three courses from the general education requirement making a total of 90 credits. FIRST YEAR Religion 11 Enelish 11. 12 ~ u i i i e s s~ - d 1. Business Ed. 50 Business Ed. 21. 22 Business Ed. 53 Business Ed. 10 Electives H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. SECOND YEAR Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 21 psychology 5 Speech 11 Busixess Ad. 1, 2 Business Ed. 63 Business Ed. 8 Electives SEMINARY Completion of the pre-seminary curriculum is intended to prepare the student for admission into a theological seminary course. The following program gives the approximate pre-seminary course. It does not specify a major or a minor. The student should seek the counsel of the seminary adviser as early as possible since the major selected by the student may affect the choice of courses even in the freshman year. FRESHMAN Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 11 English 11, 12 Historv 1. 2. 3 ~ o r e i & ~anguage' Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1, 2 3 JUNIOR Religion Greek Philosophy 41, 42, 43 Speech 11 Electives SOPHOMORE Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 21 Natural Science or Math. Foreign Language Philosophy 21 Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or Economics 22 Art 1 or Music 30 Electives Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 5 5 5 4 4 4 - 4 - - SENIOR Term I 11 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Greek Literature Electives * Since Latin 2 is a prerequisite to Beginning Greek. students who have not studied Latin in high school will need to take Latin 1, 2 in college. SOCIAL SCIENCE MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS A major in the social sciences consists of 65 credits including at least 37 credits in history; 4 credits in geography; and 8 credits in each of economics, political science, and sociology. The following program includes the requirements for a teaching major in the social sciences. FRESHMAN Term I I1 111 Cr Cr Cr. Religion Education 50 Education 52, 53, 54 Education 59 Art 1 or Music 30 Geography 14 Political Sci. 20, 22 H. P.E. 10 Economics 23 History Term I I1 111 Cr Cr. Cr. Religion 21 Foreign Language History 21, 22 Philosophy 21 Psychology 5 Natural Science or Math. Religion 11 English 11, 12 Foreign Language History 1, 2, 3 Sociology 11 Economics 22 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR SOPHOMORE Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - 4 0 0 0 - - 5 4 4 5 5 - 5 4 4 4 - - - - SENIOR Relieion ducati ion 84 Education 83 Education 87 Sociology 12 Speech 11 or Literature History History 95 Electives Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. A social science minor consists of 45 credits including at least 29 credits in history; and 4 credits in each of the following: geography, economics, political science, sociology. SOCIOLOGY MAJOR The following program is recommended for students who plan to study sociology in graduate scho,ol. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11. 12 Foreign Language History 1, 2, or 3 Socioloev 11. 12 A& 1 ~ u s i c30 H. P E . 1. 2, 3 or JUNIOR Religion Philosophy 63 Sociology 31 Sociology 61,' 62' Psychology 5 Speech 11 Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 4 5 5 5 4 - - 4 - - 4 - - 4 - 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 - 5 - 5 5 5 - SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Natural Science or Math. Foreign Language Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or Economics 22 Philosophy 21 Sociology 41. 42, 43 Electives SENIOR Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 5-6 5-6 - - 4 - - - - 4-5 4 - 4 - 4 4 4 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Sociology 75' Sociology 82, 83 Socioloas 91. * Required for the major. SOCIOLOGY MAJOR WITH THE SOCIAL WORK SEQUENCE The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Sociology. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11. 12 Foreign Lannuaae ist tory 1,r .2 3 Sociology 11, 12 Art 1 or Music 30 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR Religion Sociology 51.' 52.* 53. Sociology 54,* 55,' 56" Sociology 61; Psychology 5 Sociology 31 Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - 4 5 5 5 4 4 - - 4 - -4 1/3 1/3 1/3 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Religion21 Foreign Language Natural Science or Math. Soeech 11 or Literature ~ b l Sci. . 2 0 , 21, or 22 or Economics 22 Philosophy 21 Sociology 42, 43 Elective SENIOR Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 4 4 5-6 5-6 - 4 - Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Sociology 75. 82 Psychology 61, 62 Electives Required for the major. SPANISH MAJOR See under Curriculum for French major. 0 SPEECH MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Speech. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 Foreign Language History 1, 2, or 3 Sociology 11 Art 1 or Music 30 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR Religion Soeech 61 ~ b l .Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or Economics 22 Speech 60 Speech 51. 55 Education 50 Educction 52, 53, 54 Education 59 H. P.E. 10 Electives Term I 11 n I Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Langu.age Speech 11 Natural Science or Math. Philosophy 21 Philosophy 23 Speech 12 or 52 Speech 32 Psychology 5 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 4 - 4 5 5 6 4-5 - - 6 4 5 - Term I I1 III Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR Relieion speech 16 Speech 76 Speech 66 Education Education Education Electives Term I 11 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. or 67 84 83 87 PERSONNEL THE BOARD OF REGENTS Officers of the Board Mr. Dr. Dr. Mr. Leonard F. Ramberg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chairman Luthard 0.Gjerde . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vice-Chairman Philip S. Dybvig . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . Secretary Herbert A. Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Treasurer Mr. Ernest A. Alne, Pasadena, California Partner, Alne, Warnick & Mayhew Mr. Elmer L. Andersen, St. Paul, Minnesota Chairman of the Board,, H. B. Fuller Company Mr. Albert E. Anderson, Minneapolis, Minnesota Assistant Manager, Augsburg Publishing House Mr. Marvin F. Borgelt, West St. Paul, Minnesota President, Bituminous Surface Treating Co. Dr. Philip S. Dybvig, St. Paul, Minnesota Vice President and Business Manager, Luther Theological Seminary Mr. Jerome Formo, St. Paul, Minnesota Vice President, Plastics, Inc. Dr. Luthard 0. Gjerde, Minneapolis, Minnesota Executive Director, Lutheran Social Service of Minnesota Dr. John K. Grotting, Minneapolis, Minnesota Physician and Surgeon Mr. Ruben G. Hovland, Northfield, Minnesota High School teacher, Northfield Public Schools; Farming Mr. Herbert A. Johnson, Minneapolis, Minnesota Director, Special Markets, Investors Diversified Services Mr. John Lienemann, Minneapolis, Minnesota President, Minnesota National Life Insurance Company Mr. G. S. Michaelsen, Minneapolis, Minnesota Professor, Director Environmental Health & Safety, University of Minnesota Dr. E. Clifford Nelson, Northfield, Minnesota Professor, St. Olaf College The Rev. David W. Preus, Minneapolis, Minnesota Pastor, University Lutheran Church of Hope Mr. Cyrus Rachie, Appleton, Wisconsin Senior Vice President and General Counsel, Aid Association for Lutherans t:. I ,l.t Mr. Leonard F. Ramberg, Minneapolis, Minnesota Vice President, Northwestern National Bank Mr. Clair E. Strommen, St. Paul, Minnesota General Agent, Central Life Assurance Company The Rev. Johan Thorson, Eau Claire, Wisconsin Senior Pastor, Grace Lutheran Church Mr. John L. Werness, Minneapolis, Minnesota Partner, Werness Brothers Funeral Chapel Mr. John R. Winsor, Wayzata, Minnesota Partner, Piper, Jaffray & Hopwood ADMINISTRATION Oscar A. Anderson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . President Kenneth C. Bailey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dean of the College Burton P. Fosse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vice President for Business Affairs Kenneth P. Fagerlie ............. Vice President for Development Glen W. Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dean of Students Fern I. Martinson .................. Associate Dean of StudentsDean of Women Mildred Joel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registrar, Secretary of the Faculty Beverly Wegge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant Registrar Karlis Ozolins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Librarian Carl R. Hammarberg ......... Director of Placement and Testing S. V. Hjelmeland ............ Associate Director of Development Jeroy Carlson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Alumni Relations Richard Holy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Church Relations Donald Sorlien . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Public Relations John Bostrom .............. Manager of Publications and Sports Michael Walgren . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manager of Music Organizations and Convocations Donovan Lundeen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Admissions Mark Johnson ................ Associate Director of Admissions Marilyn McKnight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Admissions Counselor Richard Berg .............................. Business Manager Eugene Ecklund ..................... Director of Plant Services Elton L. Erdahl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Controller Mrs. Elaine Swanson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Food Services John J. Salchert ............................ College Physician Orlin Mandsager .............................. Campus Pastor Irving Hoe1 ........................... Manager of Book Store Bjarne Landa ......................... Curator of the Museum Agnes Tangjerd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Archivist Mrs. Julie Thompson ............. Director of Student Activities PRESIDENT'S BOARD OF ADVISORS Dr. Walter H. Judd, Washington, D.C. Former Congressman from Minnesota, Chairman Mr. Oscar H. Batzli, Minneapolis, Minnesota Batzli Electric Company Mr. Robert J. Bjorklund, Minneapolis, Minnesota Agency Manager, Bankers Life Company Mr. Robert P. Boblett, Minneapolis, Minnesota President, A. D. Strong Company Mr. R. J. Brix, Minnetonka, Minnesota General Manager, Sears, Roebuck & Company Mr. Robert W. Fischer, Minneapolis, Minnesota Vice President, First National Bank Mr. Armand Evans, Chanhassen, Minnesota President, Warner Hardware Company Mr. J. Roscoe Furber, Minneapolis, Minnesota Vice President, Northern States Power Company Mr. A. L. Gallop, St. Paul, Minnesota Executive Secretary, Minnesota Education Association Mr. Roy N. Gesme, Minneapolis, Minnesota Gamble-Skogmo, Inc. Mr. Elling Halvorson, Seattle, Washington President, Elling Halvorson, Inc. Mr. Donald T. Knutson, Minneapolis, Minnesota President, The Knutson Companies, Inc. Mr. Paul W. Kraemer, Hopkins, Minnesota President, Minneapolis Gas Company Mr. Lloyd L. McBurney, Excelsior, Minnesota Chairman of the Board, Tescom Corporation Mr. Hoyt C. Messerer, Cedar Falls, Iowa President, First National Bank Mrs. Burton F. Myers, Minneapolis, Minnesota Homemaker Mrs. George N. Nelson, Minneapolis, Minnesota Homemaker Mr. William A. Nelson, Jr., New York, New York President, Gilbert Systems, Inc. Mr. Wendell L. Olson, Minneapolis, Minnesota President, Fourth Northwestern National Bank Mr. Donald Padilla, Minneapolis, Minnesota President, Padilla, Sarjeant, Sullivan and Speer, Inc. 0 Mr. Leslie C. Park, Minneapolis, Minnesota Vice Chairman, Executive Committee, Baker Properties, Inc. Mr. Raymond Plank, Wayzata, Minnesota President, Apache Corporation Mr. Dean B. Rar dall, Excelsior, Minnesota Vice President, Honeywell, Inc. Mr. Olaf G. Sandbo, Columbus, Ohio President, 0.G. Sandbo Company The Honorable Luther Sletten, Minneapolis, Minnesota Judge of the District Court General L. J. Sverdrup, St. Louis, Missouri Chairman of the Board, Sverdrup & Parcel and Associates, Inc. Mr. Arnulf Ueland, Minneapolis, Minnesota Midland National Bank Mr. Lester P. Wakefield, Excelsior, Minnesota Chairman of the Board, Jefferson Transportation Co. Dr. A. Cabot Wohlrabe, Minneapolis, Minnesota Physician and Surgeon COMMI'ITEES OF THE FACULTY Administrative Committee: 0. Anderson, Bailey, G. Johnson, Fosse, Fagerlie President's Cabinet: 0. Anderson, Miss Martinson, Miss Joel, Sorlien, Berg, Ecklund, Mrs. Swanson, Mrs. Thompson, M. Johnson, Mandsager Faculty Senate: 0 . Anderson, Bailey, P. Quanbeck, Skibbe, R. Anderson, Nicholl, Torstenson, Gisselquist, Agre, Sulerud Educational Policies: Bailey, 0 . Anderson, Sandin, Ollila, Miss Pederson, Karlen, Follingstad, Mickelberg, M. Quanbeck, Stenshoel, Miss Joel Library: Miss Kemmer, Fardig, Thorpe, Bergstrom, Colacci Student Personnel: G. Johnson, Miss Martinson, Benson, Gustafson, Mrs. Karvonen, Gulden Admissions and Student Standing: Bailey, Miss Joel, Holum, Miss Rozentals, Mrs. Dyrud, Holman International Education: Mrs. Johnson, Mrs. Jensen, Miss M. Anderson, Miss Joel, Mrs. Kingsley Athletics: E. Anderson, Mickelberg, Savold, Dahlen, Kiive Faculty Social Functions: Miss Lund, Holen, Mrs. Anderegg, Miss Kemmer, Miss M. Anderson Teacher Education: E. Johnson, Miss Mattson, Mrs. Parker, E. Anderson, J. Johnson, Ollila, Mrs. Olson Faculty Personnel Policies: Pfeffer, Budge, Mrs. Jensen, Sateren, Holum t:; ,C: '% D *Judicial Council: Nelson, Chrislock, Herforth, Stenshoel *Student-Faculty Council: 0.Anderson, Bailey, G. Johnson, Miss Martinson, Fretheim, Mrs. Kingsley *Convoctations:Agre, Miss Aaskov, Mrs. Noonan, Benson "Religious Life: Mandsager, Husfloen, Miss Martinson Archives: Miss Tangjerd, Miss Kemrner, Chrislock, Landa, Miss Mortensen * Joint Student-Faculty Committees THE FACULTY Ruth Aaskov (1960-63, 1965), Assistant Professor of French B.A., Augsburg College, 1953; M.A., Middlebury College, 1960. Courtland Agre (1959), Professor of Chemistry B.CH.E., 1934 and Ph.D., 1937, University of Minnesota. Earl Alton (1960), Associate Professor of Chemistry (on leave 1967-68) B.A., St. Olaf College, 1955; MS., 1958 and Ph.D., 1961, University of Michigan. Lyla Mae Anderegg (1959), Assistant Professor of Education and Psychology B.A., University of Minnesota, 1945; M.A., Northwestern University, 1947. Ernest Anderson (1946), Professor of Health and Physical Education, Basketball Coach B.A., Augsburg College, 1937; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1947. "Hildur Anderson (1965), Librarian I, Catalog Librarian A.A., North Park College, 1938; B.S., University of Minnesota, 1941. "Joyce M. Anderson (1966), Instructional Assistant in Health and Physical Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1965. Mary Marie Anderson (1965), Instructor in Spanish B.A., St. Olaf Co'llege, 1962; M.A., Middlebury College, 1964. Oscar A. Anderson (1963), President of the College B.A., St. Olaf College, 1938; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1942; LL.D., Concordia College, 1963. Raymond E. Anderson (1949), Professor of Speech B.S., 1946, M.A., 1950 and Ph.D., 1959, University of Minnesota. "Stewart C. Anderson (1967), Instructional Assistant in Biology Kenneth C. Bailey (1965), Dean of the College and Professor of Philosophy B.A., St. Olaf College, 1950; M.A., 1952 and Ph.D., 1960, University of Minnesota. Valeria Baltina (1967), Instructor in German Diploma, Municipal Gymnasium, 1926; Diploma, 1931 and Magester der Philologie, 1933, University of Latvia. John Benson (1963), Assistant Professor of Religion B.A., Augsburg College, 1955; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1959; M.A., 1961 and Ph.D., 1967, Columbia University. *William Bergstrom (1963), Assistant Professor of English B.A., 1950 and M.A., 1952, University of Minnesota. "Robert E. Beverley (1966), Assistant Professor of Music B.M.E., 1946 and M.M., 1948; Northwestern University. "Vernon M. Bloom (1965), Instructor in Sociology B.A., 1956 and M.S.W., 1959, University of Minnesota. Philip M. Bly (1967), Instructor in English B.A., St. Olaf College, 1961. Margaret J. Bolsterli (1967), Assistant Professor of English B.A., University of Arkansas, 1952; M.A., Washington University, 1952. "Dagrun Bondevik (1967), Instructor in Norwegian B.A., Logndal Gymnas, Logndal, Norway, 1955; Kristiansand Officiale Laerarskole, 1955-59. Bruce P. Budge (1960), Assistant Professor of Business Administration B.S., 1953 and M.S., 1957, University of Idaho. Penelope Cairns (1967), Instructor in French B.A., Carleton College, 1964; certificate, McGill University French Summer School, 1962; M.A.T., Duke University, 1967. Carl H. Chrislock (1952), Professor of History B.A., Augsburg College, 1937; M.A., 1947 and Ph.D., 1955, University of Minnesota. Bernhard M. Christensen (1938-63), President Emeritus B.A., Augsburg College, 1922; Th.M., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1927; Ph.D., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1929. :':Gracia Christensen (1959-60, 1961-62, 1963), Instructor in English B.A., Hunter College, 1932; M.A., Radcliffe College, 1935. Thomas J. Christenson (1967), Assistant Professor of Philosophy B.A., Concordia College, 1963; M.A., 1965 and Ph.D., 1967, Yale University Robert W. Clyde (1967), Director of the Social Science Research Center with rank of Associate Professor B.A., Coe College, 1949; M.A., Rockford College, 1958; Ph.D., State University of Iowa, 1964. "John R. Coan, Jr. (1966), Artist in Residence of Music (Brass) B.A., University of Minnesota, 1953. Mario Colacci (1952), Professor of Classical Languages D.Th., Pontificium Atheneum Roman Major Seminary, 1932; L.R.B., Pontificium Institutum Biblicum de Urbe, Rome, 1934; D.Litt., University of Naples, 1940. Ailene Cole (1956), Associate Professor of Speech B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1936; M.A., University osf Minnesota. 1949. Thomas E. Crepeau (1964), Assistant Professor of German (on leave 1967-68) B.A., College of St. Thomas, 1958; M.A., University of MinnesMa, 1964. K. Berner Dahlen (1941), Associate Profess'or of English B.A., Augsburg College, 1931; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1940. Carlyle C. Dewey (1967), Assistant Professor of Political Science B.A., 1962 and M.A., 1964, University of Minnesota. Beverly C. Durkee (1965), Assistant Professor of Mathematics B.A., 1952; B.S.L., 1953; B.S.Ed., 1963; M.A., 1965, University of Minnesota. Grace H. Dyrud, (1962), Associate Professor of Psychology B.A., 1957 and Ph.D., 1963, University of Minnesota. Wilfried Edner (1967), Visiting Professor of Modern Languages Diploma, 1954, and Ph.D., 1963, Bavarian State University, Erlangen, West Germany. *Edgar E. Eklof (1967), Artist in Residence of Music (Voice) B.A., University of Minnesota, 1951; M.A., Manhattan School of Music, 1955. Kenneth P. Fagerlie (1963), Vice President for Development B.A., Augsburg College, 1950. Sheldon Fardig (1962), Associate Professor of Education B.A., Carleton College, 1940; M.M., 1952 and Ph.D., 1966, Northwestern University. Henry G. Follingstad (1962), Assistant Professor of Mathematics B.E.E., University of Minnesota, 1947; C.D.T. diploma, Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc., 1950. Burton P. Fosse (1953), Vice President for Business Affairs B.B.A. and B.M.E., University of Minnesota, 1949. Terence E. Fretheim (1961-63, 1967), Assistant Professor of Religion B.A., Luther College, 1956; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1960; Th.D., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1967. Stephen Gabrielsen (1963), Instructor in Music, Director of Male Chorus (on leave 1967-68) B.A., Augsburg College, 1963, M.A., University of Minnesota, 1966. Daryl Gibson (1954), Associate Professor of Music (Brass Instruments) (on leave 1967- ) B.S., 1934 and M.A., 1941, University of Minnesota; Ph.D., University of Iowa, 1947. Orloue Gisselquist (1956), Assistant Professor of History B.A. 1943 and M.A., 1956, University of Minnesota. William S. Gray (1966-67), Associate Professor of English (on leave 1967-68) B.A., Centenary College, 1950; M.A., Louisiana State University, 1962; Ph.D., University of Exeter, 1964. *Edwin L. Groenhoff (1966), Instructor in Education B.A., Northwestern College, 1955; M.Ed., Macalester College, 1957. Dean B. Gulden (1966), Assistant Professor of Mathematics B.A., Augsburg College, 1963; M.S., University of Minnesota, 1967. Donald R. Gustafson (1961-63, 1966), Assistant Professor of History B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1955; M.A., University of Wisconsin, 1956. Arlin E. Gyberg (1967), Assistant Professor of Chemistry B.S., Mankato State College, 1961; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1967. Carl R. Hammarberg (1953), Director of Placement and Testing with rank of Assistant Professor B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1932; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1948. Leif E. Hansen (1961), Assistant Professor of Scandinavian (on leave 1967-68) B.A., Concordia College, 1947; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1950. Theodore J. Hanwick (1956), Professor of Physics B.E.E., 1933 and M.S., 1937, Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn; Ph.D., New York University, 1950. *Kare Hauge (1967), Instructor in History B.A., University of Oslo, 1965; Alliance Francaise, Diplome Superior, 1964. Melvin Helland (1941-64), Professor Emeritus B.A., Augsburg College, 1915; C.T. Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1918; S.T.M., 1919 and Ph.D., 1930, Hartford Seminary Foundation. *Katherine A. Hennig (1966), Artist in Residence of Music (Voice) B.A., 1933 and M.S., 1956, University of Minnesota. Robert S. Herforth (1966), Assistant Professor of Biology B.A., Wartburg College, 1960; M.S., University of Nebraska, 1963. Norman Holen (1964), Instructor in Art B.A., Concordia College, 1959; M.F.A., Iowa State University, 1962. Thomas R. Holman (1966), College Psychologist and Assistant Professor of Psychology B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1959; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1966. John R. Holum (1957-58, 1959), Professor of Chemistry B.A., St. Olaf College, 1950; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1954. "Richard F. Holy (1967), Lecturer of Business Administration and Economics B.S., 1954 and J.D., 1955, University of Wisconsin; B.A., Luther Theological Seminary, 1959. Mary T. Howard (1965), Assistant Professor of Psychology B.A., West Virginia State College, 1948; M.A., University of Kansas City, 1952; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1967. Richard Husfloen (1962-63, 1964), Assistant Professor of Sociology B.A., Augsburg College, 1961; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1964; M.Th., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1964. James W. Ingemanson (1967), Instructor in Chemistry A.B., Augustana College, 1965; B.S., Iowa State University, 1967. Valija Jaunlinins (1965), Instructor in German Interpreter, Heidelberg University, 1948; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1964. *Irene Khin Khin Jensen (1955-56, 1959), Associate Professor of History B.A., Rangoon University, Burma, 1949; M.A., Bucknell University, 1951; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1956. *Olive J. Jensen (1966), Lecturer in Art B.A., St. Olaf College, 1953; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1963. Mildred V. Joel (1947), Registrar with rank osf Associate Professor B.A., Augsburg College, 1940; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1947. Einar 0. Johnson (1956), Professor of Education B.A., Concordia College, 1938; M.A., 1950 and Ph.D., 1961, University of Washington. Glen W. Johnson (1961), Dean of Students with rank of Assistant Professor B.S.E., University of Nebraska, 1952; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1959. James D. Johnson (1961), Instructor in Music (Piano) B.A., University of Minnesota, 1956; M.A., Julliard School of Music, 1958. *Mary E. Johnson (1962), Assistant Professor of French B.A., Smith College, 1947; M.A., Columbia University, 1950. Sherman J. Johnsrud (1960-61, 1965-66, 1967), Assistant Professor of Philosophy B.A., St. Olaf College, 1953; M.A., University of Chicago, 1955. Robert Karlen (1959), Assistant Professor of Music B.M., New England Conservatory, 1950; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1959. Joanne Karvonen (1965), Instructor in English B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1961; M.A., University of Georgia, 1962. Grace E. Kemrner (1966), Librarian I, Acting Head Librarian B.A., Augsburg College, 1958; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1967. Priidu Kiive (1966), Instructor in Physics B.A., Berea College, 1953; M.A., University of Buffalo, 1959. :!:Mimi B. Kingsley (1947), Associate Professor of Spanish B.A., Maryville College, 1936; M.A., University of Mexico, 1944. Bemhardt J. Kleven (1937-46, 1947-65), Professor Emeritus B.A., Augsburg College, 1922; M.A., 1930 and Ph.D., 1941, University of Minnesota. "Carolyn R. Knutson (1966), Librarian I, Reference Librarian B.A., Grinnell College, 1955; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1965. Boyd N. Koehler (1967), Librarian I, Circulation Librarian B.A., Moorhead State College, 1966; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1967. Bjarne E. Landa (1947), Professor of German B.A., Voss State College, Norway, 1925; B.A., 1928 and M.A., 1930, University of Southern California; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1952. Bertha Lillehei (1937-40, 1960), Assistant Professor of English B.A., Augsburg College, 1934; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1960. (on leave 1967- ) Lorraine K. Livingston (1960), Assistant Professor of English B.A., 1930 and M.A., 1932, University of Minnesota. Ruth G. Ludeman (1967), Assistant Professor of Education A.B., Colorado State College, 1959; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1961. Gertrude S. Lund (1950), Associate Professor of Business Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1936; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1951. David Lyle (1964), Instructional Assistant in Chemistry B.A., Augsburg College, 1964. *Kay L. Madson (1966), Instructor in Sociology B.A., Augsburg College, 1962. Orlin L. Mandsager (1960-61, 1962), Campus Pastor and Instructor of Religion B.A., St. Olaf College, 1956; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1961. Fern Martinson (1964), Dean of Women-Associate Dean of Students B.A., Concordia College, 1947; M.A., Syracuse University, 1950. Martha M. Mattson (1960), Associate Professor of Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1928; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1932. Erwin D. Mickelberg (1956), Associate Professor of Biology B.A., Augsburg College, 1954; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1964. *Kathryn Moen (1967), Artist in Residence of Music (Organ) B.A., Luther College, 1941; M.A., Northwestern University, 1947. *August Molder (1963), Artist in Residence and Instructor of Art Graduated, 1938 and LL.M., 1944, University of Tartu, Estonia. Gerda Mortensen (1923), Professor Emeritus and Executive Secretary of Centennial Committee B.S., University of Minnesota, 1923; M.A., Columbia University, 1928. John B. Mosand (1967), Instructor in Art Examen Artium, Gymnasium, Trondheim, Norway, 1954; Norwegian Institute of Technology, 1957-60; University of Illinois, 1960-61. Arthur Nash (1922-66), Professor Emeritus B.A., Augsburg College, 1922; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1938. Cecilia Y. Nauck (1966), Instructor in Mathematics B.A., Hofstra University, 1964. Edor C. Nelson (1946), Associate Professor of Physical Education, Football and Baseball Coach B.A., Augsburg College, 1938; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1947. t:; ,C: Gordon L. Nelson (1967), Assistant Professor of Sociology B.A., 1958 and M.A., 1959, University of Minnesota; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1963; M.A., University of Chicago Divinity School, 1965. Grier Nicholl (1961), Associate Professor of English B.A., Wesleyan University, 1951; M.A., Columbia Teachers College, 1956; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1964. *John L. Nielsen (1966), Artist in Residence and Instructor in Music (Brass) B.A., Iowa State Teachers College, 1956; M.A., State University of Iowa, 1963. Norma C. Noonan (1966), Assistant Professor of Political Science B.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1959; M.A., 1962 and Ph.D., 1965, Indiana University. David Nordlie (1961), Assistant Professor of Sociology (on leave 1967-68) B.A., Augsburg College, 1960; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1965. Douglas J. Ollila (1966), Assistant Professor of Religion B.A., Augsburg College, 1953; B.D., Suomi Theological Seminary, 1956; Th.D., Boston University, 1963. Esther J. Olson (1960), Associate Professor of Speech B.S., 1945; M.A., 1945 and Ph.D. 1956, University of Minnesota. Judith Olson (1965), Instructional Assistant in Physical Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1965. *Nils W. Olsson (1967), Visiting Professor of Scandinavian A.M., 1938 and Ph.D., 1949, University of Chicago. Karlis Ozolins (1955), Librarian with rank of Associate Professor (on leave 1967-68) B.A., Augsburg College; 1951; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1952; M.A., 1961 and M.Ed., 1966, University of Minnesota. Ronald G. Palosaari (1965), Assistant Professor of English (on leave 1967-68) B.A., 1955 and B.D., 1959, Bethel College; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1963. *Patricia A. Parker (1960), Assistant Professor of Library Science B.S., Eastern Michigan College, 1949; M.A., University of Michigan, 1952. Howard E. Pearson (1956), Assistant Professor of Physical Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1953; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1957. Anne Pederson (1932-44, 1946), Professor of English B.A., Augsburg College, 1932; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1945. LaVonne Peterson (1950), Associate Professor of Physical Education for Women B.A., Augsburg College, 1950; M.A., Montana State University, 1954. Ronald D. Pfeffer (1966), Instructor in Physical Education B.S. Concordia College, 1962; M.S., University of Montana, 1966. Martin Quanbeck (1938), Professor of Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1929; M.A., 1933 and Ph.D., 1952, University omf Minnesota. Philip A. Quanbeck (1957), Professor of Religion B.A., Augsburg College, 1950; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1951; M.Th., 1954 and D.Th., 1957 Princeton Theological Seminary. Gunta Rozentals (1965), Assistant Professor of Spanish B.A., 1956 and M.A., 1961, University of Minnesota. Edward M. Sabella (1967), Assistant Professor of Economics B.S., University of Rhode Island, 1960. Robert T. Sandin (1958-60,, 1967), Professor of Philosophy B.A., Bethel College, 1949; B.D., Bethel Theological Seminary, 1954; M.A., 1956 and Ph.D., 1959, University of Minnesota. '!:Lars A. Sandven (1967), Instructional Assistant in Norwegian Richard Sargent (1967), Instructor in English B.A., University of North Carolina, 1965. Leland B. Sateren (1946), Professor of Music B.A., Augsburg College, 1935; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1943; L.H.D., Gettysburg College, 1965; D.Mus., Lakewood College, 1965. Edwin J. Saugestad (1960), Assistant Professor o,f Physical Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1959; M.A., University d Minnesota, 1964. A. Mayo Savold (1952), Associate Professor of Music B.A., Luther College, 1941; M.Mus.Ed., MacPhail School of Music, 1963. Marjorie H. Sibley (1961), Librarian I1 (on leave 1967-68) B.A., 1942 and M.A., 1943, University of Illinois; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1961. Eugene Skibbe (1964), Assistant Professor of Religion B.A., St. Olaf College, 1952; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary, 1956; D.Th., University of Heidelberg, 1962. '"Frank L. Slesnick (1967), Instructor in Economics B.A., Oberlin College, 1964. George Soberg (1926-65), Professor Emeritus B.A., Augsburg College, 1926; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1950. James R. Spiess (1967), Instructor in Physics B.A., Augsburg College, 1964; M.S., University of Colorado, 1967. *Charles A. Stendahl, Jr. (1967), Instructional Assistant in Biology *Roger R. Stem (1967), Instructor in Computer Science B.S., 1961 and M.A., 1964, University of South Dakota. Myles C. Stenshoel (1965), Associate Professor of Political Science B.A., Concordia College, 1948; M.A., 1958 and Ph.D., 1965, University of Colorado. Ralph Sulerud (1964), Assistant Professor of Biology B.A., Concordia College, 1954; M.A., University of Nebraska, 1958. *Agnes B. Tangjerd (1940), Librarian Emeritus and Archivist B.A., St. Olaf College, 1920; B.S., 1939 and M.A., 1944, University of Minnesota. *Rolf K. TedefaIk (1967). Instructor in Business Administration Graduated, Hvilans Gymnasium,Sweden, 1955; Commissioned, Military Academy, Sweden, 1956; B.S.B., University of Minnesota, 1964. Philip J. Thompson (1959), Associate Professor of Art (on leave 1967-68) B.A., Concordia College, 1955; M.F.A., Iowa State University, 1958. Neal 0.Thorpe (1967), Associate Professor of Biology B.A., Augsburg College, 1960; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1965. John Thut (1947), Associate Professor Emeritus B.A., Goshen College, 1923; B.Mus., 1930 and M.Mus., 1934, American Conservatory of Music. *Vera Thut (1947), Instructor in Music (Piano) B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music, 1927. Renate Tietz (1963), Librarian I, Acquisition Librarian B.A., 1962 and M.A., 1965, University of Minnesota. Joel S. Torstenson (1938-42, 1947), Professor of Sociology B.A., Augsburg College, 1938; M.A., 1940 and Ph.D., 1959, University of Minnesota. *E. Margaret Trautwein (1950-54, 1961), Assistant Professor of English B.A., Augsburg College, 1937; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1953. Erling J. Urdahl (1943), Professor of Biology B.A., Concordia College, 1930; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1940. *Leo B. Vetvick (1966), Instructor in Sociology A.A., 1948, North Park College; B.A., 1953, Augsburg College; diploma, North Park Seminary, 1955. Eugene Vuicich (1967), Assistant Professor of Music B.S., University of Minnesota, 1949; M.M., Indiana University, 1967. *Sister Marie Gertrude Ward (1967), Assistant Professor of Classical Languages B.A., College of St. Catherine, 1940; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1945. Beverly A. Wegge (1966), Assistant Registrar B.S., St. Cloud State College, 1958. *David Westphal (1966), Artist in Residence in Art Dale R. Whiteside (1967), Assistant Professor of Modern Languages A.B., Augustana College, 1956. Robert M. Zeller (1965), Director of Instructional Services B.A., Augsburg College, 1965. "'Alvin A. Arens (1966-67), Assistant Professor of Business Administration B.B.A., University of Minnesota. *Norman K. Bakken (1966-67), Lecturer in Religion A.B., Augsburg College, 1947; S.T.M., Hamma Divinity School, 1954; Th.D., Union Theological Seminary, 1963. *Eric 0. Giere (1966-67), Artist in Residence in Music (Voice) B.A., Luther College, 1949; M.A., University of Iowa, 1964. :'tLoren E. Halvorson (1966-67), Adjunct Professor and Director, Academic Town Meeting B.A., St. Olaf College, 1949; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary, 1953; Ph.D., University of Chicago, 1958. 'Vohn W. Knudsen (1966-67), Instructor in Business Administration, Economics and Business Education B.A., St. Olaf College, 1962. *Mary C. Preus (1966-67), Instructor in Classical Languages B.A., Luther College, 1963; A.M., Harvard University, 1964. '!:Harley J. Refsal (1966-67), Teaching Aide in Modern Languages "Henriette Rodary (1966-67), Instructional Assistant in Modern Languages *Marjorie Rodberg (summer, 1967), Librarian I, Assistant Catalog Librarian B.S., University of Minnesota, 1963. David A. Sjogren (1966-67), Teaching Aide in Biology '!'Paul H. Zimmennan (1966-67), Instructional Assistant in Health and Physical Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1966. Part-time faculty Ahlson, Margaret Ann . . . . Williston, N. Dak. Anderson, Allen Kenneth . . . . . . . . Paynesuille . . . . . . . Benron Anderson, Barbara W e n Minneapolis Anderson, Carol Louise . . . . . . Anderson, David Elbert . . . . . Grossion Anderson, Donald Eric . . . . . . . . . . Robbinsdale Anderson, Janet Marie . . . . . . . St. Paul Anderson, John Luther . . . . . . . . . . .C l i m . . Badger, la. Anderson, Karen Ann . Anderson, Mary Kay . . . . . . . . . . Red Wing Andreasen, John Gabriel . . Viroqua, Wis. . . . . . . Glencoe Arlt, Nancy Jeanne . . . Hinckley Ausmus, Duane G . Bagley, Harold James . . . . Zimmerman . . Robbinsdale Bakke, Judith M Beiningen, Janet Marie Cnnbr Benson, Carolyn Mae . . . . . . . . IIin~ropuIix Berg. Anita Christine . . . IT>ldl Berg, David Clarence . . . . . Minneapolis Bcmsvr)m. llnhrfi D P U I I ! ~ .\linncapnl~: Ilcri... Lmr;or~:\ nk:unrl . . Ilinr>opoik B!d:r. Rn.;s!d Pichord . . Sfishrd. Tl'mh nlnm. Cochcrjne T;lir.>betlr Bricrll-n E-XF?. Thc1r1at 5 P l!inncape!fi Rol:ta.l. PIJAIAil.:rnm(i . . .lli-u~~:ap+~#i . :\1inr~-2poIi$ Eokrb~l.Flo<.gmia !.I no~rn~?:. C1t.1-IPS I?<ril> afic,rap& h : h - Tir1.b lr>~ir!g*::-n For: I;:nr:cir. On: , COK. h ~ ~ i cC*x .n i c LII*, . 3Iimrrrrrolir E r n z w r ~ I:IIIP5w;m~ll~r , Ddmrnh. la. BCII>~~,IIJT.Ri~,iianl n'ilhom . IE~ncc,mliBruzek, Barbara . . . . . Minneionka Buhler, Joan Butterfield ... Carlson, Lee Diron Cartwright, Paul Otis Cerkvenik, Paula Kay . Christenson, Bruce G. . Cole, Larry .... Coleman, T. Patrick . . . . Coltvet, Benjamin H . . . . Coltvet, Helen B . . Corson. Corbin G Coryell, Charles Emerson Daniels, Brian Howard Danielson, Margaret C. Davis, Kathleen Marie Degen, Heidemarie . Delany, Marjorie Drews, Ellen Udine Minneapolis Anoka Princeton, N.J. .... Edina , Minneapolis Minneapolis Estheruille, l a Esiherville, In. Stockton, Calif. . Richfield .... Onalaska, Wis. . Minneapolis . . . Minneapolis i:rm;A-!urr am Main 1l'rj-r Germany . . . Waucou, Wis. Minneapolis , . , Egesdal, Miriam Ruth , Emerson, Douglas A. Engle, Judith Lynn . Erickson, Caren D. ....... Erickson, Janet Kathryn Erickson, Judith J. . . . Erickson, Judith Marie Erickson, Karen Kaye Ericson, Rodger Tilden Estenson, Grace Rolinda Elmore ?q-m.sci!lr ze;l$.*!d St. Pau! Rich,GrZJ . K~rWwr llinmcpolt, . Ricllficld . S?mch/i~:Id . Sun5urg ... . . , , . . . Thief Riuer Falls Ferber, Rebecca Ellen Fercheq Duane V. . . . Niagara Falls, N.Y. . . . . St. Louis Park Finke, Rodger Gary Fist, Le Mar Jack . . . . . . . St. Louis Park Fischer, Alberta Mary Elizabeth . . . . . Winona Franson, C. Vinal . . . . . . . . . . Richfie! Frick, Phyllis G , .... Minneopohs G i l b e m n , JoAnn Gayle . . . . . . Minneapolis . . . . . . . . Duluih Gilleland, Richard E Grant, Ordean Leonard . . . . . . . . . . . . . Austin .. . . Sheridan, Wy. Greenfie14 John Nelson . Gunderson, Darlene Ojakangas . . . Moniicello Gustafson, Jack Edward . . . . . . . . . . . . . Osseo Haag, Mary Lynne Kurth . . . . . . . . Hutchinson Hallcock, Beverly Marie . . . . . Northfield Hamberg Sandra Diane Edstrom Red Wing Hanse, Joel G. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Morris Hansen Jean Mosal . . . . . . . . . Richfield . . . . . Richfield Hanson, Cynthia Ann . . . . . Thief River Falls Hanson, Ronald A. . . . . . Minneapolis Hanson, Thomas Frederick Minneapolis Hanwick, Theodore Thor . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wesibrook Hauberg, Lila Lee Hedman, Dave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Seattle, Wash. Helvig, Mary Lee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Truman Hendricksoq Alan Albert . Negaunee, Mich Hendrickson, John R , Jr . . . . . . Minnetonka . . . . . . . Maple Lake Hoekstra, Harold J. ... Brooklyn Center Hoff, Larry Eugene Hokkanen, Jerry David . . Kimble . Piermont, S. D d . Holm, Marilyn Franzen ...... Tigerion, Wis Holm, Steven Andreas Holmgren, Sharon Joy . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Holtan, Judith Ann . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis . Radcliffe, la. Hoversten, Linda Marie Huntzicker, Carol Diane Nelson Minneapolis . Permock Huseby, Edward J . Jacobson, David R Joesting, Susan Jean Johns, Russell H . Johnson, David Lawrence Johnson, Dennis Carl , Johnson, Donna Marie Johnson, Douglas Arthur Johnson, Duane Elmer . Johnson, Gary Steven Johnson, Gay A. . . Johnson, Irene M. Johnson, Karen Janice Johnson, Mardelle B Johnson, Robert Leslie . Johnson, Sally Ann . Johnson, Sandra Lee . Joing, Bonnie Jean Minneapolis . . . . St. Paul .. .. . Gheni, N.Y Bloomington Lake Mills, la. . Minneapolis Lahr, N. Dak. Columbia Heights Red Wing . Grantsburg, Wis . . Minneapolis , . Minneapolis ... Kirkland, Ill. . Willmar McCaIlsburg, Ia . . . Annandale . Minneaoolis . . Hector Kalberg, Eileen Marguerite . . Pmkers Prairie Kalpiq Kathleen L Klemp, Joy Carol . . . . . . . . . . . . Ezcelsior Klepp, John DeWayne . . . Bag* .... Ezcelszor Koepcke, Janet Lorraine . Kosloskc, Daryl Gordon . . Fairmonl Kotval, Sandra Jeanne . . . . . . . . Broweruille Kristenson, Allan Jerome Wanamingo . Kruse, Verland E. . Bloomingion KJ-110, Loren Jon Burnsuille . . Faribauli Landa, Mark Lange, Walter 5. Minneapolis . . . . . Minneapolis Larsen, Oliver A , J r , St. Paul Larson, Allen James . Newman Grove, Neb. Larson, Carole Jane Ht.c:nr Larsou, Mary Lynn LaSalle, Judith Carol I I ~ ~ ~ ~ t o r ~ o Lce, Henry Albert Ccn:rr.v. ;llbrr:a Can f.aCr.isr. R'i. Lee. Thomas Robert , <(!~iir .ihdja, Z:hiop~c Legesse, Hagos Lund, John W .Ilirms;unkc Lund, Karen 0 . . . Rusm~i Lundgren, Ida Elizabeth St. Croiz Falls, Wis . Minneapolis Luoma, Gracia A. Nydahl . Maas, Jerry LeRoy Mattison, Donald Roger Mattson, Dean ElRoy Mattson, Kathlyn Elvera Mattson, Philip Dale . . . . McCaughan, Charles A McGregor, Thomas Robert Meland, John Kristoffer Miklos, Geraldine Charron . Miller, John Richard Minear, Spencer E. . . Moland, Lucille Sharon . . Moore. James Ral-mond , Mork, Richard 3Iilk1n Morreim, Jeanne Wanner Muehlenthaler, Sharon B Myrvik, Karen Ann . . Minneapolis Minneapolis Luck, Wis Roseau , Milaca . . Bloomingion Minot, N. Dak . Minneapolis , Minneapolis Minneapolis Minneapolis Malia, Ill. , . Si. Paul . Benson cumberland, Wis . . St. Paul . Rockford, Ill. Nelson, Anne Moen ........ Hillsboro, N. D d . Nelson, Blair Russell ............... Lakeville Nelson, Jacqueline .................. Richfield Neseth, Carmen Lois .......-......... Kenyon Nor& Sandra Roth ..............., .. St. Paul N o m , Grant Marvin .......... Clayton, Wis. N o m l d , Douglas Berg ....... Wooduille, Wis. Nygaard, Marie T. ......... Columbia Heights Oelschlager, Karen .............. Wanamingo Oguamanam, Cletus Onyeama ... Abba, Nigeria Olson, Gracia Naorni ............. Robbinsdale Olson, Joseph Andrew ............ Minneapolis Olson, Larry Howard ........... Granite Falls Olson, Mary Ann ...............Minneapolis Olson, Sanfred N . .................. Roseville Ostby, John Leonard ............ Minneapolis Ostenson, Karen L. ................. Dennison Palmgren, P a ~ c i aClaire ............ St. Cloud Paulson, Dennis Edward ............ Clitherall Pautz, Lynn Eagen . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Pearson, Wayne Kenneth . . . . Brooklyn Pmk Persons, Warren Lee - . . - . . . . . . . Minneapolis Peterson, Darrel A. .................. Fmwell Peterson, Janice L. ............. Minneapolis Peterson, Ronald David .............. Cosmos Petzke, Bonita Kae .................. W i l l m r Pierson, Diana L. ............... Minneapolis Pinke, Paul August ................ Hustings Podas, Gary Charles ........... Minneapolis Poeschel, Richard Albert ............ Ezcelsior Popp, Kathleen Ann ............... Hutchinson Prokofieff, Philip E. . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Quam, Marilyn A. ................. Kenyon Ree, James R. ................St. Louis Pmk Rejff, Paul G. ................... Si. Paul Reiman, Dennis B. .................Princeton Rindal, Terence W . ................. St, Paul Ring, Vernice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wanamingo Robbins, Richard Raymond . . . . . . Minneapolis Ronning, Donald David . . . - . . . .Fmgo, N. Dak. Ronning Sharon Bjugstad ........ Barron, Wis. Rosenquist, A d e l i e E. ........... Alezandria Rossing, Melvin 0. ...... Tulem, Madagascar Rosvold, L , Beverly ............... Cottonwood Rued, Mary Margaret . . , ....... Minneapolis Rykken, Dennis Neal . . . . . . . . . . . . . W i l l m m Minneapolis Sandau, Ivan D. ................. Minneapolis Sandin, Shirley Ann . . . . . . ., .......... Minneapolis Sather, Bonnie Louise Sawai, Noboru ................. Minneapolis Sawyer, Carol Ann ...... Newman Grove, Neb. Scharmer, Bonita Boll . .,............ Winona Schulz, Niles R. . . . . . . . ., ........ Zumbrota Schumann, Carolyn A. ............ Long Lake Scot% Michael David ............ Beloit, Wis. Senn, James A. ........ , ........... Hopkim Severson, Roland 0. . . . . . Blanchardville, W i s Sexton, Lela M. ................. Chicago, Ill. Shaleen, Esther A. ................ Richfield Shores, Stanley Bernard ............. W i l l m m Sigurdson, Eunice E. . . . . . . . . .New Hope Simonson, Ronald Marvin . . . . . . . . . . .McGraih Sorenson, Richard Edward . . Eau Claire, Wis. Sprague, P a ~ c i aJean .... , , . . St. Louis Park Stavmu, Soterios G. .. Diorios, Kyrenia, Cyprus Stende, John R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Stenson, Charles 0. ............... Minneapolis Stensrud, Alan T. ............. Golden Valley Stivland, Rodney L. ................. Lowry Strand, Carol Ruth .. , ........ Silverton, Ore. Streufert, Paul R. ........... Columbia Heights Strom, Dale L. ................... Richfield Struve, James Kenneth .............. Rochester Sundberg, Lois E. .................... Fridky ... Thimsen, Marcia Ann ............ Minnetonko Thompson, Judy M . .............. Minneapolir ....... Badger Torrin, Darryl Douglas Arne1 Torstenson, Beth Marie . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dawson Torstenson, Sylvia Steinbeck . . Lake Pmk, la. Wagner, Dean Eldon ......... Lake Mills, la. Wagner, Nicholas E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul Fmington Wall, Kathryn Elizabeth Wallen, Lynn Louise .............. Richfield Warzyniak, Robert W . ......... Lester Prairie Weimer, Martha E. . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Westby, Steven Arnold ............ Robbinsdale Will, Connie D. Clarine ........ Wmrsau, Wis. Williams, Richard Keith ............ Austin Windingstad, Ronald M. . . . . . . . . . . . . Dawson Woida, Duane Arthur ......... Peshtigo, Wis. Woolson, Cynthia Lee .............. Hmings ........ Zimmerman, Paul Henry, Jr. ...... Zumbrota Zinn, Richard Carlton ............... St. Paul GRADUATES, 1967 (through August 31) Aas, John Edward ........... Pelican Rapidr Adams, Marcia Louise ............ Minneapolis Albaugh. Marilyn Rae ............... Aurora Anderson. Barbara J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Osakis Anderson, Bruce Edward .-........ Eagle Bend Anderson, Joyce Ardell . . . . . . . . . . . .Austin Anderson, Patricia P. . . . . . . . . . . . Smgeant Andreason, Shirley M. .......... Minneapolis Arends, Ardell Martha . . . . . . . . . . Wubasso Asp, Julie Ann . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Peterson Asper, Victoria Sharon . . . . . . Frederick. Wis. Axberg, Robert Atle . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Bnrnaal. Lnis b . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Smwd N w j Rarsners. .bite > M e . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1J'a~wm BaidL;lld.~.Szndm Jcm . . . . . . . . . . . . . W n l m Bntnldm, S!eph.cn Kolmer . . . . . . . FfinnicpoEis Ecouclair ir.Sil&~l 31, . New Roclford. iV Dak. Ecnsorr. I7n:lcr; R . . . . . . . . . . Rw,kl?-rr Crnlrr ............... d i i w o ~ a n e ~ Carol . >J+k Bdhk@.c,Iuel Lce . . . . . . . . . . . . . C m o n Fdh Hnlllt M u i l ~ pfmn ............. H u f c k i m n Bp[Imnn. L.4. ............... ?rlimnpolis Born-ic!c S k v m i7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . RndcIif!~.Ic. Brdtsch Keith nirhml . . . . . . . . . . . . . .%+n~ilk &ewerh Chstanm T. Elizabeth ...... S!. PR::~ Burke, Ronald C. . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Chilgren, Donald L. ....... St. Anthony Village Christianson, Donna Dean . . . Wolf Point, Mont. Cina, Stephen Alan ................ Richfield Clawson, John T . ............... Bloomington Cooper, Grant William ........... Minneapolis Dahlquisf Kathleen . . . . . . . Minneapolis Danielson, Thad Carl ..........Amarillo, Tezas Deden, Ruth Ann ............... Zumbrota Doering, Sandra Lee ............. Robbinsdale Dolan, Mary Margie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H a m 1 Donald, William Paul ............ Minneapo1i.i Dunham, Loren J. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Enlund. Marian I ................. Richfield Enstad, John C. ......... , ...........-. Revere Erickson, C o ~ o eLeRq. . . . . . Cannon Falls Erickson, Douglas R. . . . . . . . . . .Seattle, Wash. Erickson. Elaine Marie . . . . . . . Minneapolis Erickson. Steven I. ................. Cambridge Evenson, Larry Kent . . . . . . . . . . .Hamka . . . - . . . . . . . . . . Dululh Feddick, Kathleen A. . . . . . . . Ceylon Fenrich, Robert C. ...... . . . . . . . Milaca Feryson, Ronald Morris Filreis, Lucille Randall ................ Edina Fischer, Janet Susan ............ Buffalo Lake Forseth, Stephen W . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Frovik, Terry James . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Gaard, Marilyn Kay . . . . . - . Boyceville, Wis. Geisness, Carmolita K. . . . . . . . . . . . . Alerandria Gerschwitz, Paul Roy . Streaky Bay, S. Australia . . . - . . . .Minneapolis Gierke, Alan Raymond Gisselquist, Kathleen Margaret Kraft Minneapolis Gisselquisf Rebecca Joan ...... Sioux City, l a Gjerde, Ruth Ann . . . . . . . . . Miles City, Mont. Goldenman, Dennis Alan ......... Zimmerman Gosewisch, Lorraine J. ........... Racine, Wis. Gronberg, Sharon Merle Hendrickson . -Id Groth, Fredric Ivan &hu Grover, John Robert ............. Rock&, Gundale, John David $4 h k wk Gunderson, Barry L. &&ttm Gunderson, Karen Mildred , Wash. Hamen, Bruce Lyle Hansen, Lee Anne W i b Haugen, David Allen M q > Hedquist, Willard A. &W Heitman, Sharon Kathleen ...... South St. Paul Heleesen, Rebecca L j n n .. , ......... Burnsville Helgesen, Sonja Jean Minnetonka Robbinsd.de Helskom, Gary K. .....:.......... Hetland, Duane Gordon Radcliffe, Highum, Gayle Elaine RILEhford ................... :....... Fa .......... ... .............. .................. ............. ................ ............ .a.4..... .-..........-.. ...'.....'lory Zumbrota Ia ................. Hirdman, Hoeft, Ardis Freda Hoffman, Sheldon Minneapolis Hofteig, John Haldor ............. , ... Mound Hokamon, Dale H. ............... Minneapolis Hosman, Robert Mur, , , Oak Lawn, 111. Hoveland, Dawn Diane .............. St. Paul Huber, Ronald R. ............... Montgomery Hueoson. Eueene Leiehton ......... Easi Chain Huseby, Rebecca Ann ............. Albert Lea Jacobson, Carol Beske ................ Atwater Jacobson, Karen Lee ................. Hawick Jensen, Cheryl Marie ............... St. Paul Johnson. Bonita Phyllis ........... Minneapolis Johnson. Dale I. ................. Rockford, Ill. Johnson, Kaylene Ruth New Richmond, Wis. Johnson, Lance S. ............... ,. .. S t Paul Johnson, Peter N. ... Tananariue, Malagmy Rep. Jorgensen, Michael Theodore ...... Minnetonka Kivi, Eileen Emch ................... Glenme Klune, John Gradie ...... .; ...... Minneapolis Knutson, David Walter ............... St. Paul Lamprccht, Gloria Dianne ........... Wabasso Lanes, Mary Lou ................ Montevideo Lang, Donald George ............. Lamberton Larsen, Frederic Clinton Culbertson, Mont. Larson, Karen A. Virginia ,. Climas Larson. Linda Rae Lechnyr, Patricia Ann ............ Minneapolis Lee, Robert Lloyd Wells, Mich. Leschensky, James E. ................... Edina Lewis, Janice Joan Coon Rapids Lewis. John Carl ............... Minneapolis Lewis, Pichard John Coon Rapids Liebers, Myma Gail .... , ........ Wmerly, la. Lier, Peter C. ................... Minneapolis Lillquist. George E., Jr. ... Spring Lake Park Lindekugel, Sandra Pleis ......... Lake Crsytal Lindell. Jamcs Gerald. Jr. ...... South St. Paul Lohn, ~ a r y~ o w a r d ............... ' Hayfield Dell Rapih, S, Dak. Loken, Ruth Mae Lyons, Kenneth Russell .......Columbia Heights ............ ..,. ... .... .................... ........... ....... ............... ............... ............. ......... Madsen, Janet Marie .................. Canby Minneapolis Magnuson, Stanley Richard Mattson, Carol Jayne ...............Lakeuille Madison, Wis. McKnight, Marilyn S. ............ Osseo Menzel, Lawrence H. .... , Zimmerman Meyer, Marlys Bertha Michaelsen, Jennifer Else ......... Minneapolis Eden, S. Dak. Miller, Dennis D. Moe, Eleanor Solveig ............. Viroquq Wis. Moore, Susan Diane Christianson ... Minneapolis Willmar Mork, Carol J. ..................... Munderovski, Roy Vitauts ........... Owdonna Munson, Diane Shirley ........... Robbimdale ....... ......... ............ ............... St. Paul Nelsen, Kay Eileen .................. Nelson, Linda Louise ............ Barron, Wis. Nelson, Paulette ....................... Spicer Mirznegpolis Nelson, Philip John ...........:.. Nelson, Susan Ann ............. Spooner, Wis. Nerdrum, Carol Joan ............ Stanley, Wis. Niles, Richard Allen .................. Hopkins Nordin, Marion Eileen Rudser ... Golden Valley Nyquist. Joel Victor .................. Cokato Columbia Heights Ocel, Roger ................. .................Ocomo, Wis. .................. Roseuille ............... Spring Valley Olsen, Myron Lee Omundson, L. Jean Overholt, Suzanne Ozbolt, Anthony C. .......... Kansas City, Mo. Pederson, Thomas Calvin Stmbuck Persson, Maxine Marie ........... Minneapolis Petersen, Cheryl Christine Robbinsdale Peterson, Daniel Lean Jackson Peterson, Donovan David ......... Minneapolis Peterson. Gerald B. ............... Minneapolis Peterson, Kenneth R. Minneapolis Peterson, Ronald Steven Vincent Minneapolis Pimnan. William V.. Jr. ............... Anoka Pudas, Grant Peter ............... Minneapolis ............. ......... ................ ............ ... ............ Minneapolis Rakow, Dorm Edward Ramnarine, David James CFlmcron .... Skeldoa Guyana Refsal, Harley J. .................... H o f f m n Reiff. Jamcs E. St. Paul Frank ............ *M Rice' Linda Jane ................. Roe. Janice Elaine . . - - . .* - - - FQ+E?,N. D+ ....................... - Ruona' RUpp' Emma - *-*' ............ .. ' '.... ' ' ....' ..a P~ Ann .......... trr(?maca* M i h Sackreiter. Dennis Arthur Sahl, Thomas James ............. Salo. Susan Sandbo, Mark R. ............... Minneapolis Sather. Sylvia Carolyn ............ Minneapolis Schlachtcnhaufen, Salame Ann . . Dcs Moines, la. Scholla, Muriel Berg .............. Bird Island Forest Lake Schrocder. Marian Ethel Scbultz, Michael Louis .......... Lester Prairie Lester Prairie Schwartz, John Norman Selstad. John Leslie ............ Minneapolis Nmhua, N. Hump. Senner. Priscilla Ruth Scttcrholm, Richard Dale ...... Brooklyn Center Sjerslee. Sallic Stephenson ......... Minneapolis Sjogren, David August ...... , .......... Hector Skottegaard, Robert Charles ....... Minneapolis Slavik, Robert Alan .............. Minneapolis Sletten, Jerilyn Kay ............. Barron. Wis. Smith, Paul D. .............. , .. Seattle, Wash. Snyder, Thomas Stanley ......... Minneapolis Sorenson, John Arthur ............ Minneapolis Sparks, Carol1 ................... Minneapolis Stensvaag. Ruth Ingrid ........... Minneapolis Glencoe Stradtmann, Phyllis Ann Strornmen, Mary Ellen ......... Rockford, 111. Stromsmoe, Gail Marie ...... Thief River Falls ... Minneapolis Sulzbach, Ann E. ......... , Suomela, Adele Joan Hermes ...... Minneapolis Swanson, Karen Dahlin .......... Minneapolis Swenson, Joan A. Alden Minneapolis Minnea~olis Syl~.ester,David Ernest RUUd' .............. "X ........................... ........... ......... ...... ............. .......... ........... ............ Teige, M. Philip Wateruille, Maim Tesdell, Darlene Joyce ............. Slafer, In. Thiesfeld, Susan Paulette ............. Glencoe Thompson, Robert Nathen Lake Lillian Tibbitr, Lorene Monmn ............... Canby Tinseth, Phyllis Dianna ............. Willmar Center City Titmd, Mark .................... True, David Jon ............. Columbia Heights ........ Utgaard, Stuart Brady Vaagenes, Bonnie Bicri ..... Star Prm'rie. .............. St. Wis. Paul Walen, Barbara E. ............... Minneapolis Wall, Geraldine Neff ............ Minneapolis Warner, Ronald Dean ....... Granduiew, Wash. Wcsley, Lynn Carol ................. St. Paul Westenno. Mary Ellen ........... Minneapolis White, Clyde Edward ............ Minneapolis Wilfrid, Luther Jon ............. Minneapolis Wilson: Carolyn Jean ............... Hayfield Woida, Karen Leslic Horton ......... St. Paul Wold, Philip Arlen ...........S i o u City, la. Wood, Virginia Joanne ......... New Brighton Wyckoff. Madeleine Jeanne . . Colun~biaHeights Youngquist, Michael William Richfield Yue, Samuel Ka-Sheng ............ Hong Kong Yuzer, Barbara Ann Wood Lake ....... .............. . Graduates - 1870-1965 ................................ 3496 OF Graduates - 1966 ..................................... 247 GRADUATES Total ................................................ 3743 SUMMARY ENROLLMENT SUMMARY AUGSBURG COLLEGE, 1966-67 Class Senior ..... Junior .... Sophomore Freshman . Special .... Nurse (D. H.) Nurse (F. H.) Nurse (M. H.) Nurse (S. H.) Total ..... First Term Men Women Total Second Term Men Women Total Thii Term Men Women Total 98 158 218 242 31 95 156 211 232 28 91 154 205 254 28 747 112 149 204 255 26 35 210 307 422 497 57 35 44 44 44 44 79 948 79 1695 98 150 199 254 25 34 40 41 75 916 193 306 410 486 53 34 40 41 75 1638 732 92 150 198 259 24 34 35 41 75 908 183 304 403 513 52 34 35 41 75 1640 TOTAL ACADFJMIC YEAR Class Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Junior ................................... Sophomore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Nurse @. H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Nurse (F. H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Nurse (M. H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Nurse (S. H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Total .................................... Men Women 105 162 222 256 35 114 157 207 262 31 35 44 44 79 973 780 Total 219 319 429 518 66 35 44 44 79 1753 TOTAL STUDENT ENROLLMENT, 196G1967 Men Students ......................................... 780 Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 973 Total ..................................................1753 'DEX Academic Administration . . . Accounts. Payment of . . . . . Accreditation . . . . . . . . . . . . . Administration . . . . . . . . 41. Admission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Advanced Placement . . . . . . . Advanced Standing . . . . . . . . Affiliation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. Aims and Obiectives . . . . . . American Studies . . . . . 50. Archives. The . . . . . . . . . . Art. Department of . . . . . 51. Athletics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Attendance. Class . . . . . . . . . Awards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 13 2 128 22 23 23 102 7 108 9 108 32 46 34 Biology. Department of . . 54. Board. Cost of . . . . . . . . . . . . Board of Regents . . . . . . . . . Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Business Administration . 57. Business Education . . . . . 59. 109 12 126 8 110 111 Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4. 5 Campus Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Cancellation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Chapel Service. The . . . . . . . . 24 Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . 60. 111 Classical Languages . . . . . . . . 62 Classification of Students . . . 45 Clubs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Coaching Endorsement . . . . . 72 Co-curricular Program . . . . . 29 College Center . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Committees of the Faculty . . 130 Comprehensive Examinations 47 Computer Science . . . . . . . . . 77 Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Convocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Corrective Therapy . . . . . . . . 97 12 Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Counseling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Courses of Study . . . . . . . . 48 C d i t s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Curriculums . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 American Studies . . . . . . . . 108 Art . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Biology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Business Administration . . 110 Business Education . . . . . . . 111 Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Dentistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Elementary Education . . . 112 Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 General Liberal Arts . . . . . 108 German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Greek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Health and Physical Ed. . . 115 High School Teaching . . . . 113 History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Medical Technology . . . . . . 118 Medicine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 Ministry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Natural Science . . . . . . . . . 120 Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Political Science . . . . . . . . . 121 Pre-Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Scandinavian . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Sectetarial Work . . . . . . . 122 Seminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Social Science . . . . . . . . . . 123 Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Degree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dentistry. Pre-Dental Courses Discipline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Distinction. Degree with . . . . . Divisional Organization . . . . Dramatics . . . . . . . . . . . 30. 41 111 24 Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Education. Department of . . . Education. Elementary . . 65. Education. Secondary . . 66. Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Eligibility Requirements . . . . . Employment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engineering. Pre-Engineering Course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . English. Department of . 68. Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Entrance Requirements . . . . . Examinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 58 112 113 42 34 20 43 48 100 114 114 146 22 47 12 Faculty. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Financial Assistance . . . . . . . 14 Financial Information . . . . . . 12 Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52, 85 Food Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78, 115 General Education Requirements . . . . . . . . General Information . . . . Geography . . . . . . . . . . . German . . . . . . . . . . . . . Grade Values . . . . . . . . . Graduates . . . . . . . . . . . . Graduates (1870-1 966). Summary of . . . . . . . . Graduation Requirements Greek . . . . . . . . . . . . . Health and Physical Ed. . 72. Health Service . . . . . . . . . . . High School Teaching Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . . Historical Sketch . . . . . . . . . . History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34. Honors . . . . . . . . . . . 34. 43. Hospital Affiliation . . . . . . . . . Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Humanities. Division of the . . Natural Sciences and Mathematics. Division of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 North-South Student Exchange Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Norwegian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Numbering of Courses . . . . . . 48 Nursing. Affiliation with Schools of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 115 37 113 7 116 103 102 38 48 Incompletes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Intercollegiate Athlfetics. Purpose and Philosophy of . . . . . . . 32 Journalism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Junior Year Abroad . . . . . . . . 103 Laboratories. Natural Science 10 Latin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Liberal Arts Curriculum . . . . . 108 Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Library Science . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Loan Funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. 3 Majors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . 76. Medical Technology . . . 103. Medicine. Pre-Medic Courses Membership in Educational 2 Associations . . . . . . . . . . . . Metropolitan Opportunities . 27 Ministry. Preparation for the 123 Minors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Modern Languages. Department of . . . . . . . . . . 77 Music. Departmtent of . . 83. 119 Music Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Musical Organizations . . . 31. 86 42 117 118 118 Objectives and Aims ...... 7 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Pass/No Credit Grading System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Payment of Accounts . . . . . . . 13 Personnel Services. Student . . 35 Philosophy. Department of 87. 120 Physical Education . . . . . 32. 72 Physical Plant . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Physics. Department of . . 90. 120 Placement Service for Graduates . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Plant. The Physical . . . . . . . . 8 Political Science . . . . . . 92. 121 Pre-Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Pre-Seminary Curriculum . . . 123 President's Board of Advisors 129 Probation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Psychology. Department of . . . . . . 94. 121 Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Recreatio'n . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24. 32 Refunds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Regents. Board of . . . . . . . . 126 Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Registration. Change of . . . . . 45 Religion and Philosophy. Division of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Religion, Deparhnent of . 95, 122 Religious Activities . . . . . . . . . 24 Repeating Courses . . . . . . . . . 43 Requirements, Graduation . . . 41 Room Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Scandinavian Studies . . . 80, 122 Scholarships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Sec~tarialCourses . . . . 59, 122 Seminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Social and Recreational Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Social Sciences, Division of the 50 Social Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Sociology, Deparhnent of 97, 124 SPAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82, 115 Special Programs of Study . . 102 Speech, Department of . 100, 124 Student Activities, Coordinution of . . . . . . . . . 39 Student Government . . . . . 27 Student Personnel Services . . 35 9 Studio Building . . . . . . . . . . . . Summer School . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Suspension of Students . . . 24, 45 Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Teacher's Certificate . . 64, 113 Transfer and Advanced Standing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Tuition and Fees . . . . . 12 University Courses . . . . . . . . . Upper Division Requirements 47 41
Show less
Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1990
Title
Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1990
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
AUGSBURG COLLEGE INTERIM 1990 Augsburg College Minneapolis AUGSBURG COLLEGE INTERIM 1990 Introduction ..*..* ...-....-...*.......2 • .......................................3 About this Catalog .....................3 Calendar Options .....l..4..tt...*H...*...MH1.1..II... 3 Visiting S...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE INTERIM 1990 Augsburg College Minneapolis AUGSBURG COLLEGE INTERIM 1990 Introduction ..*..* ...-....-...*.......2 • .......................................3 About this Catalog .....................3 Calendar Options .....l..4..tt...*H...*...MH1.1..II... 3 Visiting Students .......................4 .....................5 UMAIE Courses .......................48 Other Courses ...........................49 Augsburg Lifetime Sports ......50 Augsburg Courses Introduction t o Interim I n t e r i m is an integral part of the schoolyear at Augsburg College. The College follows a 4-1-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week~ a n u a r ~ Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a four-course load during Fall and Spring semesters. Students can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course. Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/No credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the P/N system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of which at least three must be Interim courses (or one Interim less than the number of years of full-time enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one Interim for graduation). It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. For More Information Interim Office (Memorial 230) Interim Secretary, Kay Thomsen, 330-1025 Interim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson, 330-1192(Memorial 114b) Interim Calendar 1990 ...............................Interim Registration .............................................Late Interim Registration ............................................................ s t Day of Interim October 30 - November 3 December 4 January 2 Class I 9:00 a.m. Class I1 la0 p.m. January 3 January 16 ....................................................Last Day for CanceUAdd .............................. Last Day for Determining Grading System with Regisbar January 19 .....................Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses January 26 .................................................................. I nt i Ends ....................... ................................................... Validation of Spring Class Registration January 30 January 31 Spring Semester Begins Thc time and number and length of meetings as well as the beginning Zimc will bc arranged the first day of class. The daily schcdule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time: Time I: 8:00 a.m. to Noon (on the first day of classes Time I classes will begin at 9:00 a.m.) Time 11: 1:00 p.m. to 5:00 p.m. Note: Martin Luther King Day will be observed at Augsburg with a special convocation on Monday, January 15, at 1 p.m. About This Catalog Tfwcataloglists coursesby departments. Departments atrlisted in alpkabctical odcr. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offcrcd by Augsburg but recognized by the collegc for Interim crcdit. Further descriptions and information a h u t tltw courws are available in the Intcrirn Office, Mcmoria1230. Studcnts may aIsu rcgistcr for one of the li fctimc sports 1istcd a t t hc cnd of the Catalog. Options International Interim-Students arc invited to bc part of one of the 23 international interims offcrcdby the Uppcr Midwest Association for lntcmationfll Education (U M AIE). Thcsc course opportuni ties arc listed near the cnd of this catalog. Internships-January Interim internships must be planned in advance. Students electing an internship must meet departmental requirements and present a signed internship learning agreement plan to theInternshipOffice (Murphy Place, Rm. 8) no later than the last day of Fall classes (Friday, December 8). The Learning Agreement forms are available in the same office. Internships during Interim must involve full-time work placements for approximately 4 weeks. Assistance for planning your internship is available in the Internship and Cooperative Education office. Independent or Directed Study-Studentsmay elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibilityfor more than one independent study per Interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: 1. Meet departmental requirements. 2. Present to the Registrar for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member. This proposal must be submitted at least one week before registration and no later than December 4. Appropriate study proposal forms can be obtained in the Interim Office. Interims at Other Schools-Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these Interims can be consulted in the Interim Office. The Interim Secretary will help students in applying for registration at other schools. Registration for Interims at the other Twin Cities colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the Interim at other 41-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the Religion requirement. Visiting Students Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4 schools for the January Interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other students will be charged $650 for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to the Interim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the Interim office at their own school. There is an applicationprocessingfee of $10. Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Interim Office. Courses Art The Florida Keys: Art, Biology and Creative Writing Instructors: Phil Thompson, Ralph Sulerud, & John Mitchell This interdisciplinary program of study will be based at Aupburg Collcg~and for about ten days at theNcwfound Harbor Marinc lnstitute and wiIl involve thrce distinct coursc offerings for credit: 1 1 Drawing and Wa tercolar, taught by Phil Thompsonof the Art.Dcpnrtrncnt; 2) Marinc t3iology Studies, taught by Ralph Sulcrud of the Biology Dcpartrncnt; and 3) Crcalivcr Writing: Ttie Prose Poem, taught by John Mitchcll of Ihc Englisl~Dcpartrncnt. The Interdisciplinarycon~porrcntwill involvc a t least thrce daysof ficld lripsconductudby tlicinsti tu tc and itsper.wnncl: patch rccfsrs,mangovcswamps, tide pools intcrtidnl cornmunilies, seagrass systems, ctc. Studcnts will also have opporlunitics to visit Kcy Wcst and thc Ernest Hcmingway House. The instrucloss will cadi provide introductory lccturcs and exercises on campus during thc first wcckbcforc departure, emphasizing thc rncthods and goals of Ihcir rcspcctivc disciplincs. Each studcnt will pnrticipa te in a projcct for cnch discipline as well as complete the rcqttircmcnts for thc coursc for which crrclit will be given. The fee for transportation, lodging, and most meals will be approximately $1200. Drawing and Watercolor in the Florida Keys ART 116-40011 Instructor: Phil Thompson An introduction to the fundamentals of design in nature and the basic techniquesof drawing and watercolor. There will be practice in drawing and watercolor media as a method of documenting and interpreting travel experience. We will study the visual implications and history of coastal landscapes. Evaluationwill be based on the quality of the drawings and paintings along with participation and artistic growth factors. Students will be required to provide their own drawing and painting materials. Prerequisites: Permission of instructor Distribution: Art-Music Time: I Room: Old Main 4 W Life Drawing ART 247-40001 Instructor: Norman Holen A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art students. The figure will be depicted in various settings with a variety of media for varying lengths of time. The poses will extend from three minutes to an hour. You will be introduced to the 2B and 4 8 pencils, colored pencils and the felt tip pen. Fee: $30 due the first day of class Distribution: Art-Music Time: I Room: Old Main 17 Biology Plants and Civilization BIO 102-40002 Instructor: Erwin Mickelberg Adiscussion of the impact that plants have made on almost every area of our society. Historically they have influenced world exploration, politics, military campaigns, health care, religious'beliefs, crime and many other areas of our social history. We will take a look at an array of topics ranging from the spice trade to the Lindbergh kidnapping and thc influence that plants played in each incident. Grades will be based on examinations. Distribution: Biology/Chemistry Time: I1 Room: Science 205 Viruses: At the Threshold of Life BIO 116-40003 Instructor: Robert Herforth Most biologists consider viruses to be the simplest form of life. Most viruses consist basically of a few genes surrounded by a protein coat. They are able to function and multiply only as parasites inside living cells. For all their seeming simplicity, some of the most dreaded diseases afflicting humans are caused by viruses, including polio, rabies, AIDS, and some forms of cancer. This course will begin with a short history of some major discoveries on viruses, followed by a study of the structure of viruses, and their multiplication in and effects on living cells. We will also look at the ways in which the body defends itself against viral invasion, at the development of vaccines and new anti-viral drugs, and at some important diseases caused by viruses, including AIDS. Grades will be based on several quizzes and exams given during the course. Distribution: Biology-Chemistry Time: I Room: Science 213 Florida Keys Marine Biology Sf-udies BIO 14040049;340-40050 Instructor: Ralph Sulerud The Florida Keys provide an excellent site for the study of marine organisms and marine ecology. About two weeks will be spent at the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute located on Big Pine Key. The institute offers laboratory facilitiesand field trips in addition to housing and a dining hall. Field trips will permit the study of diverse habitats suchas thoseof shallowbays, coral reefs, mangrove swamps and intertidal areas. Organisms from these communities and others will be investigated onsite and in thelaboratory. A marine biologist will be available to lead the field trips and conduct specialized classes. Preparation for the excursion to the keys will be made during the first week. This will include an introduction to marine biology utilizinga variety of audiovisual materials. The final week will be devoted to study and the preparation of a paper. The course will have an interdisciplinary component with students interacting with students from John Mitchell's writing class and Philip Thompson's art course and with each student completing a project related to one of the other disciplines. Evaluation will be based on overall participation in the program, a final examination and a paper on a selected topic related to marine biology. Upper division students will do a special research project. Further information will be found listed under THE FLORIDA KEYS at the beginning of the list of courses. Prerequisites: Permission of Instructor and for upper division credit, Biology 111 and 112 or equivalent. Time: I Room: Science 212 Business Entrepreneurship BUS 295-40079 Instructor: John Cerrito Thc objcd of this c l ~ s is s to provide students who are not majoring in busincss with cntrcprcncurial skills for starting and running a small busincss. The student will be exposed to various aspects of small business management and will be required to prepare a business plan for a "model" busincss. The student will be evaluated on the basis of the "model" plan, on tests and performances on small business case studies. Business majors may not take this course for credit. Time: I Room: Murphy Place 3 Chemistry A Laboratory Introduction To Chemistry CHM 113-40005 Instructor: Earl Alton Substancesarc changcd in to ncw ma tcriaIs; colors change, solids wparatc out of solution. Chrrnislry is thc scict~ce which tries to ttnderstclnd tl-tcsc and many othcr changes occurring in rnatkr ~rourldus. Onc way to bccomc introduccd to chcmistr and 10 cxarnplcs of problem solving in thc scicnccs is to o lalwntory cxpcrfmcnts. This c o n r s prcscntsan i ~ ~ t r o d u c ttoi ochcmislry ~~ using thc laboratory as the dlief arena for inslruction. Students will bc intro- d duccd to rncasuremcnls, rcactinns,cl~cmicalproblcmsolving such as idcntificatian of simple ions in soIt~tionand dctcnnination of amounts of rnatcrials bawd upon the colors of solutions. A fcw expcrimcn ts may invcllvc m k ing ncw rnatcrials. Tn all cases, propcr attention to tcchniqucs and snfc practices in thc laboratory i s expected. Rc orts will bt rcquircd for each cxpcrimci~t.Tho course wi 1 meet cvcry wcckday afternoon for thrcc hours. 'I'hc gradc will bc bascd upon the qualiy of the laboratory work, tl~claboratory rcpnrts summanzing the work, and an exam at the end of the course. Distribution: BiologylChemistry Time: I1 Room: Science 322 P H High Vacuum Technology and Gas Dynamics CHM 325-40004 Instructor: Joan Kunz High vacuum technology is crucial to many current "high technologies," including advances in experimental science in all fields, production of semiconductors and superconductors, and manipulation of gases and "sensitive" materials. Despite this, general awareness of high vacuum technologies lags far behind their development. This course will acquaint the student with technologies currently employed in producing and monitoring a high vacuum environment, and with the physical behavior of gases and surfaces under vacuum conditions. Activities will include both seminars and laboratory sessions, some in conjunction with Physics 325. Students will learn to use high vacuum pumps and gauges, a modern mass spectrometer, and PC-based computer controllers and computer-compatible sensors. Grades will be based on laboratory work, two quizzes, and a paper. Prerequisite: Chemistry 351 and 353, or Physics 245 Time: I1 Room: Science 319 Computer Science H Fortran CSC 270-40012 Instructor: Larry Ragland A study of the FORTRAN programming language for students wi th some previous knowledge of programming. This course will expand a student's knowledge of programming and programming languages through presentation of the features of FORTRAN together with programming techniques for using those features. This course will involve lectures and programming assignments in FORTRAN. Evaluation will be based on the programming assignments and examinations. Prerequisites: One course with a study of computer language (e.g., CSC 170 or MAT 175) Time: I Room: Science 112 Economics Principles of Microeconomics ECO 113-40006 Instructor: Satya Gupta An introduction to microeconomics: the theory of the household, firm,market structures and income distribution. There will be an application of elementary economic theory to market policy. Grades will be based on tests in class. Distribution: Economics/PoliticalScience Time: I Room: Library 1 Histo y of Economic Thought ECO 219-40013 Instructor: Richard Hemog A chronological study of the major economic thinkers in the context of the political, economic, and social settings of the time. Emphasis will be on tracing long-term secular trends in economic thinking in an attempt to provide a framework for understanding and analyzing current social problems. I. Ancient Economic Thinking 11. The Medieval Period 111. Mercantilism IV. Classical V. Socialist/Utopian VI. Modern Primarily lecture/discussion depending on class size. If small class (less than 101, seminar style may be more appropriate. A major research paper (minimum of 10 pages) would be required. Final exam would be essay on three of five topics. Distribution: Economics/Political Science Time: I Room: Old Main 27 Business, Government and Society: Economic Analysis of the Legal Foundations of Business ECO 319-40007 Instructor: Milo Schield Objectives: To understand, utilize and evaluate, the policy tools from rnicroeconomicanalysis; the applicationof these tools to analyze social behavior (cf. marriage, children, divorce, crime, etc.); the economic analysis of basic legal topics (property, contract and tort liability); the economic analysis of the legal foundations of business (price controls, quotas, tariffs, taxes and strict liability); the use of economicefficiency as a normative criteria (Isan inefficient legal remedy an unjust solution?). Textbooks: Posner: The Economic Analysis of Law; Kuperberg & Beitz: Law, Economics and Philosophy. Math Level: No calculus; only geometry and verbal reasoning. Approach: Readings, lecture, discussions, weekly quizzes, paper and final. Evaluation: Quizzes (15%),final (30%),paper (40%)and participation (15%). Audience: Students interested in the relation between business, government and society (specifically those interested in strategic planning, public affairs or political economy). Prerequisites: Upper class standing and one of the following courses: Microeconomics, Political Philosophy, Law in the U.S.,Western Political Thought or Complex Organizations (Sociology) or permission of instructor. Time: I Room: Murphy Place 2 Contemporay Economic Relations Between East and West ECO 319-40010 Instructor: Magda Paleczny-Zapp In this course, we'll explore motivations for economic cooperation between countries with different political and economic systems. This will be followed by the analysis of theconditions for East-West economiccooperation and its patterns. Wc'll focus on rcccn t developmcnts in joint cconomic and industrial cooperation. Students will share an understanding of cconomic relations at the national Icvcl and scc how nations with diffcrcnt cconomic and political systems employ the principles of politics and economics to their own domestic and international affairs. Using comparative means, institutions and systems that drive commerce and governance will be explored and clxplaincd i~~cluding rcccnt inst i tu tinnal changes in the directing of forcign tradc in ccntrally-planncd economics. Thcn, at thc global Icvel, the cffccts of GATT, EEC and CMEA on East-West economic relations will be examined. At the end of the course, we'll try to identify trends and alternatives in the 1980s. There will be a mid-tern test, a final exam (take home) and a research paper. Prerequisites: Economics 112 (Macro) Time: I Room: Foss Mini-Seminar H Economic Research Methods: Theory and Application ECO 495-40008 Instructor: Ed Sabella The primary objective of h i s course is to provide a rclativcl non-tcdmical cxposi tion of the more c~mrnonly usc research tcchniqucs in business administration and the social sciences. The basic assumptions of the classical linear re ression model will be presented along with methods or dealing with violations of those assumptions. Time permitting, other research techniques such as discriminant analysis, factor analysis, principal components and the Bayesian approach will be examined. It is assumed that the student has a limited but basic understanding of the techniques of statistical inference. Results will be generally presented without proof, with reliance placed on intuitive justification. Grades will bebased on weekly assignmentsand on a final. Prerequisites: Bus. Admin. 279 or equivalent course or consent of instructor Time: I1 Room: Science 213 d' 7 Education International Education EDS 3534054 Instructor: Rich Germundsen Modem communication, ease of intercontinental travel, and the proliferation of supernational corporate structures demand increased awareness of other nations' cultural infrastructures. This course presents anexamination and comparison of selected Western and non-Western educational systems as well as an investigationof possible careers in international education. Special attention will be directed toward Scandinavian, Central and South American models. There will be lectures, discussions and guest speakers. Student evaluation will be based on quizzes, class participation, and an investigative project. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing, or permission of instructor; Orientation to Education; Principles of Sociology or a modern history course. Time: I1 Room: Library 4 Media Technology EDE 341-40015 Instructor: John Bowlis Students will be involved with the psychological and physical dimensions of communicationthrough the use of instructional and informational technology. Class members will be exposed to the selection, preparation, production and evaluation of effective audio-visual materials for teachingbeaming situations. Computer training will be included and each student will leave the class with word processing skills. Studentswill survey current softwarematerials foreducational and instructional settings. This is a hands-on course intended for elementary and secondary education majors. Grades will be based on projects, papers and final exam. This is a one-half credit course. Prerequisites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Education program in process. Time: I Tuesdays, Thursdays and alternate Fridays Room: Foss 170 Discovery Learning in the World of Kindergarten EDE 375-40016 Instructors: Mary Endorf, Bruce Drewlow This class prepares students for the unique experiences and responsibilities of a kindergarten classroom. This class will: A. Stress kcy adul t/child relationships. B. Stress curricuIum developmcn t and instructional systems w I~iclzarc su pprtcd by current research and practices in cducation settings. C. Strcss kcy adult/child relationships. D. Strcss process-"how to learn". E. Sharc rcscarch-bascd findings about developmentally appropriate classroom organizational plans. F. Rccagnize canlinui tics and discontinuities in development (characteristics of the kindergarten child). G. Examine appropriate developmental instruction practices. H. Examine appropriate curriculum design and instructional programs meeting the needs of the kindergarten student. I. Explore current methodologies in the instruction of the kindergarten child. J. Include guest speakers and field trips. Objcctivcs of thc class: At the cornplction of this class thc studcnt will bc ablc to identify: c 1, Dcvelopmenbl ncods of t l ~ kindcrgartcn. Discuss thc diffcrcnt approachcs to kindcrgartcn 2. education and the theories bchind thcsc approachcs. 3. O r g a n i a~classroom cnvironmcnt to mce t khc Icaming needs of students. 4. Identify and create a curriculum plan for teaching kindergarten that meets both the students' needs and the teaching style of the teacher. Grades will be based on projects, discussion and examination. This is a onehalf credit course. Prerequisites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Education program in process. Time: I Mondays, Wednesdays and alternate Fridays Room: Library 4 Kindergarten-Elementa y Curriculum: ~ a n g u a g Arts e EDE 387-40014 Instructor: Vicki Olson This course will involve an examination and pre aration of materials and resources for language arts at the indergarten and elementary levels. It will be an on-site course taughtinconjunctionwi th Dimvcty-Lcamingin theworld of Kindergarten. TIICclass will mcct a t Willard Elementary School and will involve classroom work with children. This is a one-half credit course. Prerequisites: EDE 255 or EDS 265 Time: I Room: Library 4 E Human Relations EDS 388-40017 Instructor: Mildred Mueller This class provides vnluahle insight intu tile valrres, cornmunicalinn icchniquus, cr~llural Inorcs and otlicr unique cl~aractcristicsof major minority groups in Minnesota. T h i s class is taiight from n pcrspcctivc of minority group members with i r i l~ractionfrom class rncrnbcrs. How do you blend and honor the diverse cultures in a classroom setting? How might you gain more knowledge of our global society? Students will develop interpersonal relation skills applicable to teachine and other vrofessional vocations. This is a one-hafi credit couise. Prerequisites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Education program in process. Time: I1 Tuesdays, Thursdays and alternate Fridays Room: Old Main 21 Student Teaching EDS 48140018; EDE 481-40022 EDS 482-40019; EDE 482-40023 EDS 483-40020; EDE 483-40024 EDS 484-40021; EDE 48440025 Instructors: Marie McNeff, Ann Fleener, Vicki Olson Observing and directing Icarning under supervision of college and secondary scl~oalpersonnel. This is a full day experience in a school. Grading is P/N only. Prerequisites: Acceptance in Education Program and permission of instructor. The Prose Poem: Creative Writing in the Florida Keys ENG 234-40031; 345-40033 Instructor: John Mitchell The purpose of this course is to introduce students to creative writing and to refine the creative writing of more experienced students through attention to fidelity of imagery and integrityof simile,metaphor,rhythm, and sound. The prose poem is a friendly, productive form to achieve these goals because of its emphasis upon down-to-earth personal observation and reportorial response to the natural and human environment, which, in this case, will be the Florida Keys. Instruction in the history and techniques of the prose poem will be accompanied by some attention to the literary response of Ernest Hemingway and Wallace Stevens to Key West. Some interdisciplinary experience with Phil Thompson's course in drawing and watercolor and Ralph Sulerud's course in marine biology, as a way of facilitating "seeing." Grading will be based upon the quality and progress in writing ten revised prose poems. Students who take the course for upper division credit will be required to do additional reading and to make oral reports to the class based on this reading. Further informationwill be found listed under THE FLORIDA KEYS at the beginning of the list of courses. Prerequisites: Permission of instructor and, for upper division credit, one college course in creative writing. Time: I1 Room: Old Main 12 Re-visions: Contemporary Drama in English (1975-present) ENG 249-40026 Instructor: Douglas Green Questions of ethnicity, class, language, gender, and sexuality pervade recent drama in English. These issues are revitalizingboth contemporary drama and productions of classic texts. We will examine how dramatic works of the late 70s and the 80s, written in English, have been shaped by and have addressed issues ranging from racial tension and interactionto sexual preference,both here and abroad. For comparative purposes, we will also view a few filmson related topics and attend at least two productions in the Twin Cities. There will be moderate fees for three local productions. Students will keep a journal, write two in-class essays, and one short paper. (Theremay also be occasional quizzes.) A series of group projects, which include a long paper and some performance, will conclude the course. Distribution: English-Speech Time: I1 Room: Old Main 27 Five College Fiction Writing Workshops ENG 362-40027 Instructor: Julie Schumacher Participants in this fiction workshop will need energy, enthusiasm, a love of literature, and a dedication to their own--and to other students'-work. Students will write 25 to 50 pages of fiction in addition to in-classexercises and assignments. Although we'll study contemporary short stories by established and lesser-known writers, most of the class time will be spent on discussions of student fiction. (Participants will be responsible for the cost of duplicating their stories.) We'll work on establishing a sense of place or setting, on developing interesting characters and a distinctive "voice," on composing dialogue, and oncreatingeffectivestructures for our fiction. Conferences with the instructor will be an integral part of the class. Grades will be based on the originality, imagination and beauty of the written work, and on critical and helpful engagement in workshop discussions. Attendance is mandatory. Prerequisites: Some experience in fiction writing, one writing course beyond the freshman level, and permission of Professor John Mitchell. Time: I1 Room: Old Main 21 Erdich, Hassler: Two Contemporay Upper Midwest Writers ENG 364-40080 Instructor: Ron Palosaari Louise Erdrich and Jon Hassler are talented ana wellknown writers from this area. We will read several works by each, noticing each writer's strengths and weaknesses. We will, to a degree, place their work in the context of modem American literature. Each student will write two papers, each on a different author. One paper will be the basis of an oral report. The course grade will be based on the papers, the oral presentation, short quizzes and class participation. Students must have S tuggerford read before the first class. Prerequisites: One college level American literahue course or two other college literature classes. Time: I Room: Old Main 12 French French Literature in Translation FRE 243-40030 Instructor: Ruth Aaskov What is there about French literature that merits the English translation of so much of it? What is its attraction, its power, its human and artistic significance for the reader? With these questions in mind, we will read, react to, and analyse a variety of shorter French works available to us in English. We will explore masterpieces of earlier times like those of Rabelais, Montaigne, Voltaire, Balzac, and Flaubert, as well as significant 20th Century works. Reading and discussion of the common core works will be followed by your personal study of a chosen short work to be shared with the class via a short comparative paper. Mini-lectures and study guides will help attentive reading of the works and developing your communication and critical skills. Evaluation will include your progress in group work and discussion, your demonstrated understanding in reading, writing assignments, quizzes, and independent study. We hope to attend Bernstein's Candide as a class. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission of instructor. Distribution: Literature Time: I Room: Old Main 25 General Studies Transitions: Women's Life Careers GST:245-40009 Instructor: Diane Busico Are you wondering how you cnn s u c c d in a "man's world"? Puzzling out your options for rnarriagc, coswr, and/or children? Troubled will) Iiow to practically and emotionally juggle all of your divcrse roles? This seminar is an exploration of the various pathways womenchoose in balancing home and work life. A1though it promises no concrete answers to compelling questions, it will arm you with some useful information for making choices for the present and plans for the future. The mdctal, familial, and individual forces sl~apingthe choices womcn makc conccming family and carccr arc sbdicd via texts, journnl nrticlcs, films, and p s r Iccturcrs. Shldcn t pcrforrnancc is asxsscd through essays and a rcsctlrch project. Time: I Room: Old Main 22 Health and Physical Education M Recreational Rhythms and Activities HPE 23240032 Instructor: Pam Schreurs Theory and practice in teaching and pcrfnrming Amcrican heritage and international folk daners. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. Thc majority of the coursc grade is based on participation in classactivities,a teaching assignment, and a written test. This is a one-half credit course. Time: I1 Mondays, Wednesdays and alternate Fridays Room: Melby 202 W Sailing in the Virgin Islands .IL I HPE 455-40034 Instructor: Joyce Pfaff .Designed for thc beginning and in tcrmcdiatc sailor interestcc1 in the art and practice of sailboat:cruising. Thc course will focuson taking tho participant to a compctenl levcl of sailboat handling (anchoring,mooring, helming and crewing). The student will live aboard a 42-foot fixed-keel sailboat with fiveor sixother peopleand will functionasan active crew member. Acbal on-ihc-watcr instruction will bc the rnnjnr part of thccoursc. This will bc supplcmcnIcrl by scssions dcaling with safcty,boa t handling, boa t systcns, provisioning, trip planning, piloking and navigation. Sailing will includc cntiscs la various islands and cays in tl~cBritish and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. + I l Evaluation will be based on individual demonstrated competencies in crewing and leadership in the role of "acting captain". A daily ships log will be kept by all participants and a final written exam will be given. P/N grading only. The course will last Januar-4-22.The fee of $2300includes round-trip transportation from Minneapolis, administrative fee, boat rental, snorkeling gear and two meals a day. Final payment is due October 31. Prerequisites: Permission of Marilyn Florian, Women's Athletic Director Distribution: Lifetime sports History Women in Refonn in Modem America HIS 225-40042 Instructor: John Jenswold "Reformer" was a role played early and frequently by American women in public life in the 19th and 20th Centuries, individually and collectively. In this course, we will investigate theevolutionof that roleand the way that it has been exercised in the past 150 years. We will study the interaction of women with reform movements in an effort to discover how women influenced major reform efforts and how, in turn, those movements reshaped the role of women in an industrializing and urbanizing society. Our investigation will include several books, primarily biographies of such reformers as Elizabeth Cady Stanton, Margaret Sanger and Jane Addams and studies of such movements as suffrage, antislavery, educational reform, political reform, women's rights, and peace activisni. Discussions of these readings will be supplemented by lectures on larger historical issues. Grading will be based on short papers, two essay exams, and class participation. Distribution: History-Philosophy Time: I1 Room: Old Main 13 H The Japanese-American Experience: Relocation and Redress HIS 240-40028; 340-40029 Instructor: Khin-KhinJensen This course will focus on Japanese-Americanexperiences in the U.S.A. Perspectives on immigration patterns, geographic settlements, literature and contributions to the American economy and society will be explored. Special attention will be given to the forced evacuation of the Japanese Americans during World War 11, how and why they were uprooted from their homes and businesses and placed in so-called "American concentrationcamps", their adjustments to life behind barbed wire and their attempts to overcome this trauma. The recent Redress Bill in Congress, the constitutionalimplicationsof the order of evacuation and the role of the Supreme Court will be explored. Content and Procedure: Lectures, class discussions, audio-visual~,student reports and student projects. There will be a final exam. Upper Division students will also write a paper and present an oral report in class. Lower Division students will do a project and reports on audiovisuals and readings. Fees: Students should budget about $15 for film rentals and an ethnic meal in a restuarant in the Twin Cities. Prerequisites: None for lower division; one college history course or instructor's permission for upper division Time: I Room: Old Main 13 History of Ancient Israel HIS 363-40038 Instructor: Richard Nelson The history of ancient Israel is the history of a peripheral state. Yet, this minor state is central in the development of western culture because of its unique religiousexperience. This course will consider the poli tical, social, and economic history of Israel within the context of the ancient world. We will begin with a consideration of the cultures which prefaced the rise of Israel, continue through Israel's classic age (Patriarchs, Exodus, Conquest, Monarchy, Exile, Restoration) and conclude with the destruction of Jerusalem by Titus in 70 A.D. and the formation of Christianity. Classes will include both lecture and discussion. Grades will be based on quality of discussion, two examinations, and a term paper (8 to 10 pages). Traditional grading. Prerequisite: A college level history course or permission of instructor. Time: I Room: Music 22 The capstone of t h e ~ ~ u ~ sFirst b u rYear ~ Experience (FYE) Program is a special Interim course designed for first year students. For the 1990 Interim there will be a single course with three sections, each taught by a different faculty member. The course will provide full credit and will satisfy the Fine Arts distribution requirement. Art and Idea: Aesthetic Experience in France, 1650-1900 INS 190-40035 Instructors: Julie Bolton, Marilee Klemp, Kristin Anderson How do we see? How do we listen? How do we respond to theatre? What is the nature of art? How are ideas conveyed in art forms? What do the visual arts, music, and theatre have in common? How do they reflect the society in which they were created? Is art timebound or timeless? All art forms are linked to a particular time and place. We see that the visual arts, music and theatre always reflect the spiritual and intellectual climate of its time. Using examples of music, art and theatre created in France in the years 1650-1900, the course will explore how to appreciate and understand the various art forms, examine the relationships among the arts, and consider the expression of enduring themes and ideas at different points in time. Students will participate in the course through various readings, including reading plays, studying scores and listening to recordings, and reading primary source material connected to the art pieces considered. Using the resources of the college and the city, students will also attend a special performance of the Augsburg Faculty Artist Series, visit art collections, including the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, attend music performances, including the Minnesota Orchestra or the St. Paul Chamber Orchestra, and attend performances of Bernstein's Candide at the Guthrie. Students will be expected to attend all required performances and museum visits, write analyses of the various art works or performances, and write a paper integrating the different arts and time periods studied. There will also be quizzes on material covered. Costs for tickets to performances should not be more than $15. Prerequisite: Freshman status Distribution: Fine Arts Time: 11, The class will normally meet during Time 11, but students will be expected to attend alimited number of off-campus events (some evenings andlor weekends) as a part of the class work. Room: Music-Sateren Interdisciplina 2 Appropriate Technology II Economics, The nvironment and INS 218-40043 Instructor: Tom Morgan The objective of this course is to develop a clearer sense of the critical importance the physical environment and our natural resources play in the economic well-being in our global economy. We will first briefly review historical relationships between the physical environment, technological and economicdevelopment. We willconsider alternative (appropriate) technological applications being experimented with as potential solutions to environmental problems. Course material will be presented through a blend of reading, lecture, discussion and site visits. Course grade will be based upon short papers and presentation of research into specificenvironmental/technologicalissues. Time: I1 Room: Science 319 An Introduction t o Islam INS 225-40045 Instructor: Amin Kader This course is designed by a practicing Muslim to present his perception of Islam to non-Muslims. The course will cover the ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and tenents, Islamic law (Sharifah),Islamic economic and political systems and Islamic patterns of life. There will also be a consideration of the differences between the Islamic sects (Sunnis, Shi'its, Sufis, etc.). There will also be some effort to deal with the similarities and differences between Islam and both Christianity and Judaism, and a visit to one of the mosques in the Twin Cities. A paper and at least one examination will be required. Distribution: Minority-Urban Studies Time: I1 Room: Murphy Place 1 Augsburg Goes To Business INS 321-40055 Instructor: Tina Wagner This seminar is an experiential opportunity for students with any major who wish to learn more about work environments and choosing career paths. The goal of the seminar is to provide a better understanding of the diversity in organizations, and the varied environments in which they must operate. The objectives of the class are: 1. to develop a more clear understanding of how the different functional areas of an organization operate on a day-to-day basis, and how these areas are integrated into the overall operation of a firm. 2. to develop and explore personal and career goals, and how a "fit" is established between an individual and an organization. 3. to examine the extent to which "textbook approaches" correspond to "real world" situations and are able to accommodate practical application. Class time will be divided between on-campus lecture, discussion and off-campus visits. Students will visit six different types of organizations in the metropolitan area including non-profit and corporate. Class discussions will focuson assigned readings, interpretations of the results of vocationally-oriented tests, and the issues relevant to the selection of career paths. Students will keep a journal of their experiences and observations. Grades will be determined on the basis of the journal, a class presentation, and on a research paper, the topic of which will be negotiated with the instructor. Prerequisite: Sophomore status or above Time: I1 Room: Murphy Place 3 H Finite Mathematics MAT 121-40044 Instructor: Suzanne Doree A study of the finite mathematics models involved in elementary statistics: sets, counting techniques, probability, averages, deviations, and distributions. This course should provide students with the mathematical tools sufficient to understand simple statistical and probabilistic information. Class sessions will include lectures, discussion, and group activities. Homework, a midterm exam, and final exam will be the primary basis for course grades. Prerequisites: Math placement: Group I11 Time: I1 Room: Science 112 Math and its Applications: Succeed With Math MAT 132-40046 Instructor: Bev Stratton Are you a math avoider? Do numbers and symbols scare you? Do you wonder why a student majoring in humanities or social sciences needs to know some mathematics? Would you like to improve your math skills, be more at ease with math, and maybe even l e a n to like math (a little)? If you answered yes to any of the above questions, this course is for you. The course will focus on problem solving, puzzles, modeling, and some of the applications of mathematics to such areas as sociology, biology, and business. Students will learn the relevance of mathematics to many occupations and gain confidence in their abilitiesto work with numbers and quantitative reasoning. Evaluation will be based on short quizzes, a problem solving journal, and a project. Prerequisite: Placement Group I11 Time: I1 Room: Science 212 Cognizers MAT 235-40075 Instructor: Larry Copes The major goal of this course is to gain insight into how machinesand people think and learn by studyingattempts to get computers to do the same. We shall study the contributionsof a variety of disciplines, including artificial intelligence, psychology, neuroscience, philosophy, linguistics, and anthropology. Demonstrations of "intelligent" computer programs will lead to discussions of how closely their cognitive processes resemble those of humans. Evaluation will be on the basis of two half-session examinations and a full-session final. Prerequisites: one course of psychology, philosophy, computer programming or anatomylphysiology. Time: I1 Room: Science 112 Modern Geometry MAT 351-40036 Instructor: Bev Durkee A study of transformational geometry by synthetic and coordinate methods, including complex variables, and an introduction to hyperbolic non-Euclidean geometry. Emphasis will be on proof and methods of proof. Class Sessions will include lectures, discussion, and problem solving activities. Assignments will provide the primary basis for course grades. Prerequisites: MAT 122 or 125 Time: I Room: Science 319 Music Sounds and Sights of Europe MUS 179-40047 I Instructors: Robert Karlen and Roberta Metzler The churches and cathedrals of London, Cologne, and Munich inspired the building of places of worship in this country; the orchestras of these cities represent some of the oldest and finest of their kind; and have been long emulated by our ownensembles. Theoriginalscoresof Handel's "Messiah" in London's British Museum, the home and paintings of Rembrandt in Amsterdam, the awe-inspiring Cologne cathedral, are only a few of the highlights of our encounter with the sounds and sights of Europe. Theatre and concert performances, a Gilbert and Sullivan operetta in London, and visits to world-renowned museums and architectural landmarks are planned. For those with a special interest in music therapy, visits will be made to the Nordoff-Robbins Centrein England and hospitalsresearching music and medicine in Herdecke and Ludenscheid, West Germany. The comprehensive fee of $2,245 includes travel to nine cities in three countries (England, Holland and Germany), breakfast daily, five group dinners, and several cultural performances. Registration for this interim must be made before October 27at theInternationa1ProgramsOffice,2018 Eighth Street. This course is offered on a P/N basis only. Philosophy The Ethics of Killing and Letting Die PHI 146-40053 Instructor: David Apolloni Is abortion wrong? Is killing a terminally-ill person murder? Are there some crimes for which capital punishment is justified? Is there such a thing as a just war? These questions and the various answers proposed arouse deep emotions and often hostile confrontations among many groups in our society. All too often, complex moral issues get reduced down to simplistic slogans when these groups campaign to maintain or change laws on these issues. This course will utilize readings on these complex and burning moral issues as an introduction to ethics and critical moral thinking. We will consider some philosophical theories on the nature of moral obligation and personhood to help us get past emotions and slogans to a much deeper and informed understanding of the philosophical problcms which lic behind thc controversies surrounding aborlion, euthanasia, capital punishment, and war. The course will combine lecture and class discussion on some contemporary philosophical readings on killing. Students' work will be evaluated on the basis of four (2 to 3) page papers (each on some aspect of one of the topics) and class participation. Time: I Room: Old Main 11 Philosophy of Science PHI 365-40037 Instructor: Ken Bailey Sometimesitis said that welive in the Age of Science. What does that mean? In what sense(s)might such a statement be said to be true or false? On the other hand, some astrologers say that we have just begun the Age of Aquarius, the Water Bearer, who is supposed to usher in an age of peace and prosperity. Are these two notions in conflict? Are they compatible? Is it really true that only science can say something meaningful about Reality? Are there any limits to scientific method? What does science have to say about values? How do you recognize a pseudo-science? These and other questions about scientificmethods, scientific knowledge, and applications of science to human life will be examined. (Is your future written in the stars?) Primarily a discussion course. Grades will be based upon a mid-term and a final examination; course participation; and a study project. Prerequisites: Suggested Philosophy 130 (logic) and one course in a natural science Time: I1 Room: OM 11 Physics II Introduction to Weather r..lL .? - -. I -\- I I PHY 106-40052 .-, Instructor: Noel Petit A study of the science of meteorology which will provide a working knowledge of the principles of atmospheric science. Attention will be given to four basic areas observing the weathcr changes and understanding thc world's climate. Rclalccl topics to bc includcd arrr: hydrology (study of the carth's water cyclc), pollution, cconomic effects of the wcathcr, and wcatl~cr'simpact on world e m n ts. This coursc is clcsigncd to be an elective or satisfy t l ~ Mathematics-Physics c distribution requirement for the liberal arts srudcnt. The course will have two weeks of class lecture and laboratory followed by a two-week trip through the Southeast United States visiting major weather facilities. The itinerary will include stops at Kansas City, Missouri; Oklahoma City, Oklahoma; Vicksburg and Gulfport, Mississippi; Tampa, Miami, Cocoa Beach, Daytona Beach and Gainesville, Florida. At each site there will be a tour and explanatory program for the functions of that facility. Topics of the visits will be severe storms, control of the water in the Mississippi River basin, automated weather observation at sea, television station weather facilities, hurricane tracking, weather satellites, and agricultural weather. During the trip the student will maintain a jnurnal of weather and site visi ts. Daily wca tlwr maps will lw crcalcd using portablc wcai her sqlcllitc reception s y s tcm carried on the trip. This trip will not only allow visits of oprrational wcathcr facililics, but also will allow the student to experience the full range of climates across the U.S. from north to south. Daily quizzesand lectures will be given during the travd. Gsadcs will bc bawd upon the journal, two hourly examinations and an individual projcct completed during the trip. Thc cost will l x approximately $700. Initial deposit due by October 27, Prerequisites: High Scllool Algebra Distribution: Mathematics-Physics Time: I Room: Science 28 4 High Vacuum Technology and Gas Dynamics PHY 325-40039 Instructor: Mark Engehretson High vacuum tcchnolngy is crucial to many a]trcn t "high tmlmologies," i~icludingadvanccsin expcrimcntalscicncc in a11 ticlclq production of scrniconductors and superconductors, and manipulation of gascs and "sensitive" mat^ rials. Dcspitc this, gcncral awarcncss of high vacuum technologics lags far bchind thcir rlcvclopment. This courw wil I acquaint thc student wit 1.1 technologies currently crnploycd in producing and monitoring a high vacuum environment, and with thc physical behavior of gases and surfaces under vacuum conditions. Activities will include both seminars and laboratory sessions, some in conjunction with Chcmistry 325. Students will learn to use high vacuum pumps and gauges, a modern mass spectrometer, and PC-l~scdcnrnp~~ter controllers and compu ter-cornpa liblc sensors. Grades will be based on laboratory work, two quizzes, and a paper. Prerequisites: Chemistry 351 and 353, or Physics 245 Time: I1 Room: Science 30 Spreadsheet Physics PHY 151-40058 Instructor: Jeff Johnson Spreadsheets (e.g., Lotus 1-2-3)have been used extensively in business for years. However it is also possible to solve physics problems without using high-powered mathematics. Spreadsheets allow the student who is not an expert in mathematics to experience physics on a more intuitive level. We will use Lotus 1-2-3 to solve problems in a wide variety of physics areas including planetary motion and projectile motion. Some of the problems investigated might be in areas other than physics. Grading will bebased on spreadsheet projects, homework and a final exam. Prerequisites: Math Level I11 Time: I Room: Science 30 Political Science Social Justice in America POL 140-40059 Instructor: Andy Aoki Social justice is one of the burning issues of modem politics. For moral theorists, the nature of socialjustice is a continuing challenge; For practical politicians, it is a question which can bc ignorcd but not avoidcd. From pmatal caw for poor women to mcdical c a p for the elderly, most important public policy debates involve questions of social justice. To adequately consider these policy questions, one must have some conception of social justice. In this class, you will work to develop your ideas of social justice, and to understand how they apply to public policies. The policies to be considered will vary depending on student interest, but the range of possible issues is vast, including such topics as student financial aid, jobs programs, school choice, aid to the poor, Social Security, environmental protection, and military service. The majority of class time will be spent in discussions. Participation is essential. Reading will be fairly light, but everyone is expected to actively engage in class activities and discussions. No prior knowledge is needed, but an interest in public issues is important. Requirements will consist of short papers, class participation, and a brief final exam. Although the workload is moderate, the course is mentally demanding. Rigorous thinking about social justice can be troubling; some questions will be provocative and disturbing. Students should be willing to tackle difficult intellectual challenges; doing so will enable you to gain a better understanding of some of the most difficult problems of our time, and to make a greater contribution to efforts to deal with those problems. Distribution: Economics/Political Science Time: I Room: Old Main 16 Politics in Scandinavia POL 250-40040 Instructor: Einar Vetvik The course objective is to give a basic knowledge of the political systemsand important current policy issuesin the Scandinavian countries. The course will present an overview of the basic structure and main features of government, politics, policy issues, political behavior and leadership in the Scandinavian welfare-state model. There will be one paper and one exam as assignments for the course. The model of teaching will consist of lectures, seminars and group discussions. Distribution: Economics/Political Science Time: I1 Room: Old Main 29 Difficult Judicial Choices: How the Courts Reshape Political Institutions POL 475-40041 Instructor: Phillip E Fishman The course is designed for political scienceand socialwork students and others who are concerned with institutional operation and change/reform. Text and case-studies will bemploycd to examine the role of the federal judiciary in: prison reform, mental health and the right to treatment, equal housing, school busing, police and immigration policy in the '90s. Coutsc objcctivcs are to assist the studcnk 1) to understand the judicial processand how judges makepolicy; 2) to learn how liability iscstabfishedand appropriate remedies are fashioned for rclicf; 3).to explore thc dynamic conflict between the federal bench and political and administrativeinstitu tions. The instructoruseslecture and hypothetical cases as key tools of instruction. There will be one exam and one mini-paper during the brief course. In addition, students will be assigned on-site field visits to a Minnesota penitentiary, a metropolitan police station, a United States immigration court and a mental health facility. Prerequisites: Junior or senior standing Time: Tuesday, January 26-9:30 p.m., and each Monday and Wednesday thereafter Room: Old Main 16 Political and Cultural Diversity in the USSR and Eastern Europe POL 459-40073 Instructors: Norma Noonan and William Wright The course which begins in January and continues for 14 weeks into the spring semester is an overview of the political, cultural and national forces which both divide and unite the East European nations and the U.S.S.R. A joint course of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities and the University of Minnesota, this course will feature weekly guest lecturers, weekly discussions, extensivereadings and a research paper. There may also be shorter analytical essays and a final. This is a special course which will be offered only once. As designed, it is impossible to complete it within the four-week Interim period, so students able to take the course only for the January segment should not enroll or ask for an exemption to finish the course in January. No exemptions will be granted. Students may also register for this course as a spring term course and so take another interim course. Prerequisites: One course in political science or history dealing with the USSR or Eastern Europe; or permission of instructor. Time: Wednesdays 1:15-3:15 p.m. (January through March) Room: Science 315 Psychology The Self Symbols as~ e v e a l e din Myths and PSY 340-40061 Instructor: Norm Ferguson This course will explore concepts of self from psychological, cultural, and theological perspectives. A variety of myths and symbols will be examined with the intent of gaining knowledge about how they function as representations of "the self." The objective of the courstz is to gain a d e p m understanding of one's individual self and of how thc conccptualiza[ions of your w1f have t e n molded by a variety of social, cultural, and historical influences. The content of the courx willinclude topics such as: the impact of science on myth; thc mythologics of romantic love, war, and peace; the process of individuation; and metaphors of psyche logical transformation. Class time will be devoted mainly to the discussion of the assigned readings. Students will bc expected to bE p w pared for class by doing the readings and to be actively involved in the class discussions. Students will be given some of the responsibility for leading discussion. Evaluation will be based on: (1) class participation, (2) a course journal, and (3) four or five short (600-800 word) papers. Prerequisite: General Psychology Time: I Room: Old Main 21 Psychology of the Legal System PSY 335-40056 Instnr ctar: Nancy Steblay The US. Iegal system wilt be investigated from the p r spectivc of psychological theory, research and practice. A specificfocus will beon the social psychologyof courtroom procedures with considmation of such topics as jury sclectian, ~yclwitnessevaluation and jury decision making. Class readingsand discussion will also cover such broader areas as morality, justice, ethics and victimization. Guest lccturcrswill include members of the legal and psychological cornrnunities. Evaluation methods include tests and written work; students will also be responsible for contribution to classroom discussion. Prerequisites: A general psychology course Time: I1 Room: Old Main 16 1 Idealism and the Adolescent PSY 370-40074 Instructor: Duane Johnson Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life of the adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such idealism will be considered. Idealism directed toward other persons and society will be the main focus. Thiscourse will bcconductcd asa scminarwitha highlevel of studmt contribution and pasticipation. Attendance at each class %session i s wquired. Procedures wit1 include dass discussion, frequent short papers, and frequent oral rcprts. Studcnts will be requircrl to seek out and interview persons in the adolcsccnt level of development. Typing or equivalent word processing will bc required. Students are required to read The Moral Life of Children by Robert Coles before the start of the interim. This book will be available in the Augsburg Bookstoreby November 1st. Content of the book will be discussed in the first few class sessions and will provide a base for further learning in the course. This course is offered only on P/N basis. Time: I Room: Old Main 23 Religion Eastern Orthodoxy REL 420-40062 Instructor: Lynne Lorenzen Eastern Orthodoxy is the primary religion of Greece, Russia, and thc Bastcm Bloc countries. We will explore the history, theology, liturgy and sacraments in the Orthodox Tradition. Class will include Iccture, discussion, slide pncsentation and an evcning liturgy. Requirements incIude one exam and two short papera Tl~rccpaperback booksarerequir~d.Attendance at thest. GrcgoryofNyssa liturgy an January 10 at 6:30 porn.and at the icon slide presentation on January 17 are also required. Prerequisites: Religion 111or 221 Distribution: Religion (Only one Interim course may be used toward graduation requirements.) Time: I1 Room: Old Main 25 The Lutheran Heritage REL 345-40057 Instructor: Eugene Skibbe The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the world. We will not only examine the Lutheran Church as it is at the present time, bu t also study its origin in the 16th century and its dcveloprnent and cultural influcncc during 450 years of history. One short text will introduce us to the Evangelical Lutheran Church in America, formed in 1988; a second text will give us an insight into the global organization and broader social issues related to the Lutheran World Federation. A third book, writtcn by the President of the College, will show us the roots of the Lutheran Church in the Bible and the confessional writings; and a fourth text will give us an over-view of the history of this church. Lecture and class discussion will deal with explaining these things, plus noting the Lutheran witness to the gospel of JcsusChrist in art, music, missions, philosophy, sociology,and theology. Therewill be three examsplussome brief written assignments. Students will be expected to be present the first day of class and to purchase all required materials on that day in class for about $25.00. Please bring your check book or cash. Prerequisites: Religion 111 or 221 Distribution: Religion (Only one Interim course may be used toward graduation religion requirements) Time: I Room: Old Main 18 f The Other Side o Paradise: Tourism, The Mi i t a y and Cultural Confrontation in Hawaii [q "G' REL 251-40063;349-40067 Instructors: John Benson and Duane Addison We invite you to come to Hawaii with us for a special class. Other January Interim courses go to Hawaii as well, but this one will be distinctive. Saying "Hawaii" can conjure up images of beaches, palm trees, and winter tans. We will not ignore these aspects of Hawaii, but we will also probebeneath the image projected to most tourists. We will study how Hawaii "works"-politically, economically, and culturally. Three social problems in particular tourism, militarism, and cultural confrontation will provide the focus of this learning experience from a Christian ethical point of view. First we will look at some less attractive aspects of the tourism industry. Who benefits and who loses? Representatives of Hawaii's diverse peoples and viewpoints will offer insights into the ecological, economic, and political consequences of marketing the islands as a tourist paradise. Secondly we will learn to see the U.S. military presence on the islands in a new way. Many Americans associate Hawaii with the bombing of Pearl Harbor and World War 11. But the presence of the U.S. Pacificcommand continues to have significant implications for both the people and ecosystems of Hawaii. Finally, culturn1 conflict and confrontation in Hawaii will be studied. Many immigrant groups havc come to the islands: Japnesc, chine.^, Filipinos, Tongans, Samoans, Portuguese,mainland Americans, and others. The interaction of these groups with native Polynesians yields a high degree of cultural diversity. We will learn about the exploitation and racial tensions that exist, as well as ways in which diversity is appreciated and celebrated. The cost for the course is $1,995.00, and it can be taken for religion or crosscultural credit. We will visit the islands of Oahu, Hawaii, and Maui, traveling via buses, vans, and planes. Our accommodations will vary, including a camp in the mountains, another camp on the beach, and several tourist-level hotels. Grades will be based on degree of involvement, the quality of contribution to the discussions and a journal. Upper division credit will require a special project which will involve a presentation to the group. Distribution: Religion Prerequisites: Permission of instructor; for upper division credit, one course in college level religion, East Asian culture or introductory sociology or anthropology* The Theology of Marriage REL 343-40070 Instructors: Curt Paulson, Cathy Paulson Marriage has been described in terms of a free fall, a decision which we often make with a portion of our brain and all of our heart. This course will take nothing from the heart, whether you are married or not, but it will increase your sureness and the possibility for meaning/intimacy in your life with a significant other. Within the context of Christian teachings, many theories, with particular attention given to the work of C. G. Jung, will be studied and applied to the marital relationship and secondarily to the family. There will be lectures, discussion, and visiting resource persons. Evaluation will be based on class participation, and an examination. Two books will be required. Prerequisites: REL 111or 221 or permission of instructor. Distribution: Religion (Only one interim course may be used to meet religion requirements.) Time: I Room: Old Main 10 C J q t'b West Afrzcan Religion and Culture ' I i REL 241-40072 I! L d Instructor: Brad Holt Off thebeaten track of American tourists, this journey will focus on meeting African people, observing their religious rituals, music and art, and pondering their history. We will converse with urban and rural Africans of different faiths, different levels of education, in different climates. After visiting the collections of African art in London, we will journey to Nigeria, an English-speaking nation, and the most populous of all African states. There we will encounter the three basic religious traditions of Africa: African Traditional Religions, Christianity, and Islam. Each will bring intriguing surprises, as they reflect African culture in ways different from what can be found in the U.S.A. First we will visit Ibadan, largest traditional African city and metropolis of the Yoruba people. We will explore the contemporary forms of the ancient Yoruba tradition, observe the work of the babalawo or diviner, and the dramatic worship services of the Aladura Christian churches. We will visit the universities of Ibadan and Ife to dialogue with Nigerian professors and students. At Benin, site of the ancient Kingdom discovered by the Portuguese in the 1400s,we will observe the world famous bronze sculptures in the Benin Art Museum. We will meet different traditions among the Igbo people, whose culture has been so dramaticallydescribed in the novels of Chinua Achebe. We will see the forces of change in the "Middle Belt" of Nigeria, where in the villages the competition is sometimes keen among the three religious traditions. We will stop to swim and to view African animals in the Yankari Game Reserve. Finally, we will visit the far north and the historic city of Kano, former trading center for the trans-Sahara trade routes, where camel trains can still sometimesbe discovered. The grand mosque and museum will help us understand the Hausa and Fulani traditions of Islam in Africa. Through it all, we will live simply, encountering life in a Third World country that is struggling to find appropriate blendsof Africanand Western culture. We will travel light, and experience the taste, the music, the art, and the worship of one of Africa's most energetic nations. Evaluation: Each day participants will engage in structured dialogue and individual journal writing. Two short tests will be given. Required Readings: Lawson, Religions of Africa; Parrinder, Religion in Africa; Kalu, The Nigerian Story. The cost of $2,195 includes all air and ground transportation, accommodations and excursions, breakfast and one dinner in London, breakfast and all dinners in Nigeria. Registration must be made before October 27 at the International Programs Office, 2018 S 8th Street. This course is offered om a P/Nbasis only. Social Work Exploring Human Semices SWK 257-40060 Instructor: Mary Lou Williams This course offers students the opportunity to explore career aspects of the human services vocations, a valuable tool in selecting a career goal and a college major. Knowledge is gained by working in a professional human service organization or agency and talking with human service professionals and others who participate in an organized approach to respond to human needs. This course offers a "hands on" experiential approach to learning. Students will volunteer 20 hours per week under the direction of an agency representative. In addition, students will attend a specific small group seminar for three hours per week during which agency experiences will be shared and readings discussed. Evaluation will be based on performance in the agency, written subjective summary, brief journal summary, and final exam. Time: I Room: Murphy Square 1 Issues of Homelessness SWK 339-40051 Instructor: Edwina Hertzberg The intent of this course is: 1. To expand the student's knowledge of homelessness in an historical context; 2. To expand the student's knowledge of the reality of homelessness in the Twin Cities; 3. To expand the student's understanding of the causative factors which contribute to persons being homeless: economic, employment, personal; and 4. To explore possible resolutions of homelessness. Readings, guest lectures, field visits to sites serving homeless people, participant observations and volunteer experience will be utilized to fulfill the above objectives. A seminar format will be used in the classroom for discussion/exploration of the topic. Field notes from participant observations, class participation and a research paper exploring one aspect of the topic will form the basis of evaluation. Fee: $30.00 Non-social work majors are particularly invited to enroll in this course. Prerequisites: SOC 111,121, SWK 257,361, or consent of instructor Time: I1 Room: Old Main 22 Field Work III SWK 46640065 (full course) SWK 466-40064 (112 course) Instructor: Francine Chakolis The objectives of the class are to use supervisory relationships to increase interpretive as well as social work performance competence; to promote gradual entry into direct social work practice; to increase competence in the client contact phase of the problem-solving process; to increase student self-awareness in regard to professional practice interests, areas of strength, and areas for personal/professional development; to promote competence in the full process of problem solving, with special emphasis on analysis and resolution stages. Course content will be continuation of Field Work I1 educationally focused field placement in a social service agency. Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field placement, plus one hour per week in faculty facilitated supportive seminar help on campus. Evaluations will be made in writing by the Field Instructor using previously developed contract and social work evaluation forms. Note: Course is offered for half (466-40064) (15 hours per week) or full (46640065)(30 hours per week) credit. If for full credit, half of the credit will be based on non-client contact tasks. Prerequisite: SWK 462 (Field Work 11) Time: To be arranged Sociology IPrinciples of Sociology (with emphasis on the Health Care System) SOC 121-40071 Instructor: Barbara Johnson Sociology is a unique way of understanding the world. As an academic discipline and a profession, sociology provides insights into culture, roles, groups, interaction, inequality and social structure. It is an essential tool for discovering the world and one's place in it. The emphasis for illustrations and exercises will be directed to the health care system. Cross-cultural comparisons will be drawn. As such, the course will be useful for future health care providers and related professionals and for consumers as well. This course covers the same concepts and meets the same objectives as the regular term course. Therefore students can expect daily written and/or reading assignments. Three exams will be given. Distribution: Psychology/Sociology Time: I1 Room: Library 1 Racial and Minority Group Relations SOC 265-40066 Instructor: Jeny Gerasimo This course considers the dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. The course format will include lectures, films, readings, and an opportunity for off-campus participant observation. Members of the class can expect evaluation to be based on a combinationof classparticipation,a research project, and a final examination. The course is offered only on a P/N basis. Distribution: Minority-Urban Time: I Room: Music 23 Spanish Beginning Spanish SPA 111-40048 Instructor: Mary Kingsley Beginning Spanish I is the first half of the beginning sequence, the goal of which is to introducethe student to the most basic vocabulary and grammar in order to prepare him or her either to go on to additionalstudy of Spanish or to use it at an elementary speaking-understanding level at the end of the second course. The emphasis is on spoken Spanish, but secondary goals are to develop reading and writing skills as well. After interim, students will be prepared to continue with Spanish 112 in the spring. The approachused in class will be proficiency oriented and grammar explanations will be given as needed to clarify those in the text. Evaluation will include class participation, a test on each chapter and a written and an oral final exam. Distribution: Foreign Language Time: I Room: Old Main 29 Speech- Communication Movement for the Theatre SPC 226-40068 Instntctor: Martha Johnson In this course students will explore principles and styles of movement used in the art of acting. The goal will be to increase the student's ability to communicate through movement, by examining the principles of discipline, freedom, clarity, timing, concentration, and rhythm. Masks and improvisationwillbe introduced as tools for corporeal expression. All different aspects of movement will be explored: body stance, facial expression, gesture, walking, etc. Movement exercises will be built around short scenes, poems, and speeches. Some principles of Oriental movement will also be introduced. Studcnts will be given rcquired rcadings on thc principles of movement. Thcy will be askcd to write one final paper on course content and requircd rcadings. Attending plays and class rnovcment presentations will also bcrcquired, as wcll as two play reviews. Grading will k bas& an class work, final papcr, and rnovcmcn t prcsen tations. The class will be designed for thosc who desire to increase their skiIls as actors, and also for those preparing for such ficlds as teaching, law, thc minishy, ctc. Time: JJ Room: Tjornholm-Nelson Theatre Documentary Video SPC 347-40069 Instructor: Deborah Bart Documentary Video is a video production course which integrates lecture and criticism with hands-on experience dealing with non-fiction subjects. Students will work as production teams, gaining experience in field production and cdi ting. The production teams will produce a thirty minutcdocumcntary piece. Evaluation will bebasedupon studcnt journals, critiques and a paper. This course requires additional lab time for editing. There will be a $20 lab fee. Prerequisites: Broadcast Production I Time: I Room: Foss A-V Seminar W W E Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which offers overseas learning expcricnces during the Interim. Further information about the following courses can be obtained from Kathleen Lutfi at International Programs Office, 2018 Eighth Street (330-1655)or from the Interim Office. Registration for these Interims ends October 27,1989. Thesecoursesare offered on a P/N basis only and generally carry a lower division number. AMERICAN WRITERS AND ARTISTS IN EUROPE W ANTIQUITIES OF GREECE W ART AND ART HISTORY: THE EUROPEAN EXPERIENCE W N W W W W W W W W AUSTRIA, ITALY AND THE EASTERN CAPITALS: THE HAPSBURG HERITAGE BIOLOGY AND NATURAL HISTORY OF THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS THE BRITISH THEATRE CONTEMPORARY SOCIAL ISSUES IN THE USSR ECOLOGICAL SAFARI IN EAST AFRICA EUROPE AND THE DAWN OF CAPITALISM THE EUROPEAN ROOTS OF MODERN SCIENCE FRANCE AND THE FRENCH THE FRENCH-AFRICAN CONNECTION: PARIS AND DAKAR GERMAN LANGUAGE AND CULTURE: MUNICH, SALZBURG AND VIENNA INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS AND CULTURE IN A EUROPEAN ENVIRONMENT JAPAN: A WALK THROUGH TIME LAW INLONDON MALAYSIA: THE CROSSROADS OF ASIA MEXICO'S FUTURE: PROSPECTS FOR DEMOCRACY AND DEVELOPMENT PEACE STUDIES: THE COLD WAR VS COMMON SECURITY IN EUROPE THE SOVIET UNION AND EASTERN EUROPE IN THE GORBACHEV ERA VOLARE! ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND CULTURE IN ITALY WEST AFRICAN RELIGION AND CULTURE Other Courses These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but have been approved for credit by the college. Most carry a tuitioncost plus other expenseswhich are the responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a P/N basis. Fuller descriptions and details for registering are available in the Interim Office. Outward Bound HPE 212-40078 Check for information in the Interim Office for material on dog sledding and snowshoeing on the Minnesota-Canadian bordcr or for whi te water canoeing and desert campingon the RioGrandein theDecernkr 27 through January 27 period. There is a cost of approximately $1,275 (the Outward Bound organiwtionhas sclmescholarshipsavaitablc). Washington D.C. Interims Leaders on Leadership: The National Agenda P O L 398-40076 Law and Society: An Examination of Issues and Principles P O L 398-40077 These interims begin January 1and contlnue unti1 January 20. Information on either of the above programs, housing and financial assistance is available from Dr. MiIda Hedblom in Memorial 117A. Augsburg Lifetime Sports The following activities are available to students during Interim and students may register for these classes as well as for a regular course. This activity does not carry official credit, but does meet the lifetime sports requirement for graduation. Students may participate in this class without registering for the course, but will be expected to pay any fees whether or not the student registers for the course. American Karate HPE 002-40081 Instructor: Mike Teitelbaum The form, basic techniques and practical usage of American Karate, taught by a certified Third Degree MKA Black Belt instructor. Fee of $25.00. Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: 1200-1:00 MWF Room: Melby Racquetball HPE 002-40082 Instructor: Brian Ammann Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: I Tuesdays, Thursdays and alternate Fridays Room: Melby Badminton HPE 00240083 Instructor: Brian Ammann Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: I Mondays, Wednesdays and alternate Fridays Room: Melby
Show less
Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1990
Title
Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1990
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
Augsburg College is a four-year, fully accredited liberal arts college affiliated with The Evangelical Lutheran Church of America. Located in the heart of Minneapolis and St. Paul, the small college environment, about 2,700 students during the academic year, is enriched by the many cultural...
Show more Augsburg College is a four-year, fully accredited liberal arts college affiliated with The Evangelical Lutheran Church of America. Located in the heart of Minneapolis and St. Paul, the small college environment, about 2,700 students during the academic year, is enriched by the many cultural, sport and recreational activities in this vibrant metropolitan area. An active summer combining classes and metropolitan events is a lelightful and broadening experience. 4ugsburg in the Summer Augsburg College provides a diverse summer curriculum including regular courses, internships, independent studies and student teaching over two terms. Term I runs from May 29 -June 22, Term I1 runs from June 25 -August 3. This brochure presents the Summer School Program and was correct at the time of publication. ! .mer 1990 Term I Term I1 April 23 April 23 May 29-30 June 25-26 May 31 June 27 b Beginning of Preregistration b Confirmation-of Registration Classes Begin Balance of T u p n Due Last Day to: Change Grading Option Drop Class Without Notation Register with a Late Fee of $50 (no registrations will be accepted after this date) - Holiday - None July 4 Last Day to Withdraw from Class (W) June 12 July 16 Classes End June 22 August 3 Grades Due in Registrar's Office June 27 August 8 , Y ~ Q UN E E D T I I I I 1 1 I Summer Students may take one course during Term I and two courses during Term 11. Unless otherwise indicated, all courses carry a value of one course credit, the equivalent of four semester credits or six quarter credits. Courses fulfilling Augsburg distribution requirements are so noted in the course descriptions. Course Levels are indicated by the first digit of the three digit course number: 1 or 2, lower division, primarily for freshmen and sophomores; 3 or 4, upper division, primarily for juniors and seniors; and 5, graduate level. Courses Regularly Taught during the academic year are more fully described in the Augsburg College Catalog. If you need more information about a special summer offering, please contact the Summer School Office. Independent Study and Internships, in addition to those listed, may be pursued during the summer in a number of departments. Internships involve work experience related to the academic program in an agency, government, or industry. Consult the Summer School Office for information. Students Needing Housing may obtain information from the Director of Housing. I Persons Planning to Attend Summer School are advised to preregister as soon as possible, since courses without substantial demand may be dropped. I The College Reserves the right to cancel listed courses. I T Information and Forms Eligibility Additional information and registration forms may be obtained from the Summer School Office. Write or call: Persons in Good Standing at regionally accredited colleges and universities, graduates of such institutions, and students admitted for the next Fall Term are eligible to attend Augsburg Summer School. Good standing implies that the student has been admitted and not subsequently dropped by that institution. AUGSBURG COLLEGE SUMMER SCHOOL OFFICE Murphy Place 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, MN 55454 (612) 330-1786 Elizabeth Vander Schaaf, Director Jay Dixen, Secretary Financial Aid Financial Aid is limited to the GuaranteedStudentLoan.An~studenttaking one course is regarded as a half-time student for the summer and is eligible to apply for a Guaranteed Student Loan. &tact the Financial Aid Office to make loan arrangements (330-1046). Other Persons wishing to take summer school work should contact the Director of Summer School to ascertain eligibility under special circumstances. Acceptance as a summer student does not imply admission as a regular student Augsburg College. Tllose wishing to beginadegreeprogramatthecollege should apply for admission through the Officeof Admission, P erm I Summer School students are required to confirm their registrations on May 29 or 30. Term I1 registrations must be confirmed on June 25 and 26. This procedure includes confirmation of all preregistered courses and applies to intc ships and independent studies as well as to regularly scheduled courses. b Confirmation of Registration will taKe place at the Registrar's Office, 114 Science Hall, between 8:30 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. on May 29 and 30, and June 25 and 26. The Balance uwed for tuition must be paid before registration ~nfirmed. Augsburg students please note: Balance due on Augsburg accou~~r from previni~q rm/s must be paid in full before confirmation of registration. ' .-Late Fee of $50.00 will be assessed for Term I registrations completed on May 31. A late fee of $50.00 will be assessed for Term I1 registrations completed on June 27. Registrations will not be accepted after these dates. To Change Your Registration, cancel your registration, add a course, or drop a course and enroll in another course, fill out a Cancel/Add form at the Registrar's Office. There is a charge of $5.00 for changing a registration after the first day of each term. This must be done by 3:30 p.m. on May 31 for Term I courses and by 3:30 p.m. on June 27 for Term I1 courses. his procedure applies to internships and-independent studies as well as scheduled courses. Any refund or adjustment of fees is determined according to the Tuition Refund Policy. Fees L The Tuition Charge for 1989 Summe School courses is as follows. ,$540.00 full-credit courses, $320.00 for halfcredit courses, and $160.00 for fourth,edit courses. Audits are charged at tl~itionrat-= lict-d above. tuition and is non-refundable and nontransferable except when a course is cancelled due to low enrollment. When this happens, you may elect to receive a deposit refund or substitute anoth Starting April 23 you may preregister for Summer School courses at the Registrar's Office on an ongoing basis during regular office hours. Each course preregistration must be accompanied by a $50.00 tuition deposit. This deposit is applied to designated course To )id Disappointment in course selection, preregistration is recommended. Many courses with limited enrollment fill early. Conversely, courses with low preregistration enrollment may be cancelled before tl first day of the term. 1- Tuition Refund Policy The $50.00 per course deposit is not refundable. Refund of all or part of the remaining fee is calculated from the date of the student's official course cancellation at the Registrar's Office. Schedule of Refunds: Prior to the second scheduled class meeting - 100%of the refundable portion of the fee. Prior to the fourth scheduled class meeting - 75% of the refundable portion of the fee. Prior to the sixth scheduled class meeting - 50% of the refundable portion of the fee. Note: Collrses with fewer that1 12 scheduled class sessions will use a prorated version of the schedr~leofrefi~nds Campus Location 35W from the North - Take Washington Avenue exit and turn left on Washington (turns right onto Cedar Avenue), turn left at Riverside, right at 21st Avenue S. 1-94 East from Minneapolis - Take 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25th Avenue, turn left at Riverside, turn left at 21st Avenue S. 1-94 West from St. Paul Take Riverside exit, turn right at Riverside, turn left at 21st Avenue S. 35W from the South - Follow 1-94 St. Paul signs (move to right lane after each of two mergers). Take 25th Avenue exit and turn left on 25th Avenue, turn left at Riverside, turn left at 21st Avenue S. Nondiscrimination Pol icy Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admission policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. I mourn mma May 29 - June 22,1990 ART 107-8100 DRAWING Bollman Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, pastels. Subjectsinclude still-life,figures, building interiors, exteriors, experimental work. Dist.: Yes. 6:00-9:00 p.111 M,T, W,TIi OM17 ART 118-8101 ART 335-8102 Bollman PAINTING I AND Il Watercolor - Acrylic; translating the visual world of nature, landscapes, still-life, using design concepts, developing personal cxpression and exploring variety of techniques. Weekly critiques. Dist.: Yes. 6:00-9:00 p.111 M,T,W,TIt OM17 k HUMAN BIOLUC Mickelberg Basic biologicalconcepts from an anthropocenhicpoint of view. An attempt to answ-sfi~h questions as: What makes man just another member of the biotic foldlDoes man have a niche in the ecosystem? What influence does man have on the environment? What influence does the environment, especially the urban environment, have on man? (A student may not receive credit for both 101 and 1 3. Dist.: Yes. : G-in.m. M,T,W,Th,F SC1205 BUS 221-8104 PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTIN !k Introduction to business activities S drtd ic concepn fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. Dist.: N 8:30-l0:50 0.111. M,T, W,TIt,F OM22 BUS 222-8105 PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I1 Herzog A continuation of BUS 221. Introduction to business activities, accounting for corporations. Basic concepts and fundamentalsofmanagerialaccounting,planningandconbolling processes, decision-making and behavioral considera tions. (Prereq.: BUS 221) OM13 6:OO-9:00 p.ttt. M,T, W,Th BUS 252-8106 PRINCIPLES OF MARKETING Meziou Basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic and technological factorsas they affectproduct, promotion,marketingchannel and pricing decisions. Dist.: No. 5:00-8:00 p.ttr. M,T, W,Th OM11 BUS 279-8107 QUANTITATIVE METHODS Morgan An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling distributions, inference, and estimationwithemphasison their use in applied problems in business and economics. (Prereq.: Math Placement Group 111or a grade of at least 2.0 in MAT 104.) OM11 9:30-11:50 a.rn M,T,W,Th,F BUS 322-8108 ACCOUNTING THEORY AND PRACTICE I Kader Analysisof accounting theorypertaining tofinancialstatements, income concepts, current and non-current assets. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: BUS 221, ECO 113. 6:OO-9:00 p.ni. M,T,W,Th Oh BUSIECO 199-8109 INTERNSHIPS Kader Arranged with individual faculty in the nonartment of Business Administration & Economicc Ifi ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES ~abella ~ e c ~ n o m i c i r n ~ l i c a t i o nproblemsfacingametrosof urban environment Ry independent study nist.: Yes. Arranged ECO 112-8111 Gupta PRINCIPLES OF MACKueCONOMICS Introduction to macro-economics;na tional income analvsis, monetary and fiscal policy, nomic growth. Dist.: Yes. 9:30-ll:50 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F OM13 ECO 292-8112 EAST-WEST TRADE ZaPP An analysis of the conditions for East-West economic cooperation. A focus on recent developments in joint economic and industrial cooperation. An identification of trends and alternatives in the 1990s. 9:30-11:50a.m. M,T,W,Th,F OM16 allocation, analysis of consumer nomics. Prerequisite: ECO 113 6:00-9:00 p.111, M,T, W,Th '-- d SCI. EDE 253-8114 EDS 264-8115 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION IN AN URBAN SETTING Gerrnundsen Study and investigation of variousaspectsof the teaching profession. Dist.: Yes, wlicn combined with EDE 363 ur EDS 052. (1/ 2 course) 6:OO-9:00 11 111.M, W OM25 EDE 341-8116 EDS 341-8117 MEDIA TECHNOLOGY I'sycliological n ~ i dpliilosopli~caldiniensic~nsof coininu~iicntiontliroi~glithe use of instructional tcclinology. Selection, preparation, production, and evaluation of cffcctiveaudio-visual niateriaIsf~~rteacliing/Icarniugsih~ations. Dist.: No (1/2 course) 72:OO-3:00 )1 111 T,Ur TOSS175 EDE 375-8118 rIISCOVERY IN THE WORLD OF CINDERGARTEN ~ n d e r ~ a r t ccurricu~uni,niatcria~s, li Lab. arr. Prcrcquisitc to studen t teaching at kindergarten level and to obtaining a license fur teaching at that level. Dist.: No. (1/2 cuursc) Prcrcq : Consent of instructor 1.7 930-71:50 0.111 M, W EDE 382-8119 KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: MATHEMATICS Drewlow Examination and preparation of materials and resources for mathematics instruction at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Dist.: No. (1 / E .5:30-8:30 /l.rrr. T,TIr OM22 EDE 383-8120 KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: PHYSICAL EDUCATION, HEALTH Lindow Examination and preparation of materials and resources for pliysical education and healtli at tlie kindergarten and elenientaryle\,els. 1.ab.experiences. Dist.: No. (1 /2coursc) 5:OO-8:OO J!.III. T,Tlr EDE 388-8121 EDS 388-8122 HUMAN RELATIONS Mueller tccliEmphasis on tlie study of values, 11f cc~~~imunicatioii niqucs,a~idof tlie majr1rminc1rity groupsiii Minnesota for 'lie develc~pniciitof interpersonal relations skills appliable to tccicliingand other prolcssional vocations. Open to all Dist : NO (1 /2 course) Ilrquired for all Elcmcntary and Secondary I<ducatioii ~najors OMIO 5:.?0-5:30 11 III M, W ENG 111-8123 EFFECTIVE WRITING Swanson limplinsis is on exposition, including Icariiing research tccliniqucsand writiligcriticalrcvicws Atlcastonc work of literature is assigned Attentic)n is given to increasing sti~deiits'cffcctivcncss in choosing, organizing, and dcvcloping topics, tliiiiki~igcritically,and rcvisingforclarity and style The ~ i i i n ~ n i upassing ~n gr,idc for this course is 2 U Dist: Yes 9:30-1 1:501i 111.M,T, W,111,F OM27 ENG 282-8124 SPECIAL TOPICS: INTRODUCTION T O AFRICANLITERATURE Bodziok Tlicsh~dyofthecmerin 'Iiterat~~reofAfricaanditsstn~ggle g.h to find its own cultural ~deiititywithin tlie uneasy co-existenccof Western c u l t ~ ~ r e a ncenturies-old d traditions Also included in the coursc are some African-American writers who have tried to discover the sigiiificaiicc of their lost African licritagc. 12:OO-.3:00 11.111M,T, W.TI1 OM13 BEGINNING GERMAN I Steinmel Classroom practice speaking, understanding and r e a d i ~ l ~ basic German for students with iio previous backgruuiid in German Dist : Yes 8:30-70:50 n.111 M,T, W,7'11,F OM72 SPA 111-8126 BEGINNING SPANISH I (Section I) SPA 111-8127 BEGINNING SPANISH I (Section 11) Kingsle Aims to develop four basic skills: Uiidc ding, speaning, reading and writing of elementary S1 h. lntroduction to culture of Spanish-speaking world uist.: Yes 8:.30-70:50 n.111.M,T, W,Tlr,F fSectii1111) OM78 11) 5:30-7:50 }'.III. M,T, W,Tlr,F (S~~ctioli OM7 HPE 410-8128 Borstad u, and relationsliGs to cornm:n~ty health program and re: sources. Dist.: No. ~ r c r e ~ z s i tHPE e : 3% 5:30-8:30 J I . I ~ I . M,T, W,TII O M HIS 341-8129 TOPICS IN EUROPEAN HISTORY: WWII Zehnder Bcgiiis with a study of Llic failule of liberalism, the rise of Fasclsni, and the power ( ~ natic,iialism f in the pre-war era, followed by an cxani~natio~i of the coursc of the war itself Concludes with an nltempt to understand post-war Europe including the state of Eastern Europe, the success of the Ixft, and tlicatte~npttodcvclopo new Europcan unity (Students wlio earned crcdit for Topics in European History offered in Suiiiiiicr Sessioii I, 1988, niay not takc tliis coursc for crcdit ) T.ourcr division students may takc this course with the permission of tlic History Dcpart~iicnt. Dist : Ycs Additional work required for u u u c r division crcdi t 12:00-3:OO 11I I I M,T, W,llr, ', ,I ? MAT 173-8130 MATH OF INTEREST Kaminsky Have you ever wondered why womenl~avebemcliarged more than men for annuities and receive lower pension benefits than men? Or why women have paid less than men for life insurancc? Or how life insurancc premiums are calculated? Or how installment loan payments arc figured out? Or how much money to invest in order to accumulate a certain lump sun1 or annual payment at a certain date in the future? Then this course may be meant for you. These and other interesting and useful topics in the mathematics of financial transactions will be covered. This course should be useful for students in business and economics or for any s t u d c ~ ~i~ltcrested ts in careers in finance-related fields Dist.: Ycs 6:00-900 11111 M,T, W.Tlr OM27 1 PHI 130-8131 { LOGIC Apolloni Suppose someone gives you reasons, and then says you .. .. . . . must accept a particular conclusion Must you? When does a conclusion validly follow from premises? Here we examine therulcswhicligovcrli valid argumentsand work to develop your ability to recognize and construct sound arguments. Dist : Ycs OM23 X:30-70:50 fl 111 M,T, W,TII,F - r - PHY 103-8132 PHYSICS FOR THE LIFE SCIENCES Arge An introductory course in which the applications, problcnis, and experiments arc selected not only to illustrate fundamental principles, but also to demonshate the relevance of pliys~csto the life sciences. Tlie course is de~ ; ,to~ serve ~students ~ ~ in ~ biology, . i psychology, physical ion (therapy programs), medical technology and lealth science programs. The course is also a very r~tao~eelectiveordistributionrequirementfor theliberal arts student. Prerequisite: Math Placement Croup I11 Dist.: Yes. POL 453-8133 THE FRAMEWORK OF GERMAN UNIFICATION Hedblom '~liiscoursewillanalyze thepolitics,economics,and social changeofGerman reunification in relation toEurope,botli Wcst and East Close analysis of West German reunification initiatives, East German reform initiatives and West European reactions, all key elements in the creation of single Europe. Dist.: Yes (Also satisfies either comparative politics or international relations areas for political science major.) Independent Seminar in Tern1 [with fuur ?ssions, independent assignments, short papers Scniiardates: June 1,8,15, and 20. ,1111-11 :lJO 11 III 1 POL 455-8134 ANATOMY OF THE USSR Noonan The course will analyze the politics, economics and social cha~igcoftheconteniporary Soviet Union. Closecxami~iation of glasnost, perestroika, new thinking and democratization as political processes of tlie Gorbachev era. Dist.: Yes. Independent seminar, seminar-discussio~i/lccturc sessions, ~ n d e p e n d c writtc~i ~~t assignments, short papers. Seminar dates: May 30, June 6 , 11, 18, and 22, (Students must attend all seminars.) SC1319 10:00- 12:00 IIOOII. POL 199-8135 POL 399-8136 INTERNSHIPS Arrnrr~cd Hedblom POL 499-8137 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1 REL 445-8138 THE BIBLE: LANGUAGE AND INTERPRETATION Quanbeck A study of the use and fuiictio~iof language in the Bible. Tlie importance of recognizing the varied character of language for understanding tlie Bibhcal text. Grades will be based on class participation, a presentation to the class and an examination. Dist.: No. I'rereq.: Re1 111 or 221, or consent of instructor. R:30-10:51111.1rr. M,T,W,TIi,F OM25 SWK 399-8 INTERNSHIPS AlVrnr~gcri M. Brown SWK 499-8140 INDEPENDENT STUDY Armrlged M. Brown 329-8141 ~NTERCULTURAL OMMUNICATION Lapakko his coursc will cxplorc bc~tlithe prc)blems and the potcntial of communication between persons of diffcrcnt cultural groups. Factorssucli asetlinocc~itrism,stereotyping, prejudice, role expectations, values, and nou-verbal synibols will be examined. 9:.?0-11:511 fl.111.M,T, W,Tlr,F OM10 k r ugsburg college ~urnmek 1 June 25 - August 3,1990 - ART 132-8150 PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION D ~ ~ i ~ ART 132-8151 Friederichsen PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION 11) Thecamera used as a tool for visual creativib and cxpression; black and white, color and photographic processcs. Need access to a 35mmcamera. Dist.: Yes. Estimated cost of film, etc.: $125.00-$150.00. (Class size limited.) 1:30-5300 }?.IJI. M, W (Sectio~rI) 6:00-9:30 y.rrr. M, W (Sectio~i11) 0 ~ 4 BUS 175-8152 COMPUTERS FOR BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS Her2 Introduction to computerized data processing: BAS LOTUS, DBASE,word processing, computerized business graphics. Dist.: No Prerequisite: Hi h school algebra. G:00-9:30 p.rrr. M, W FOSS20 A BUS 222-8153 PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I1 Stoller Introduction to business activities, accounting for corporations. Basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting, plaiiiling and controlling processes, decisionmaking and behavioral considerations. Dist.: No. Prerequisite: BUS 221 8330-9:55n.r11. M,T, W,TIi,F - ON'BUS 242-8154 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT (SECTION I) BUS 242-8155 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT (SECTION 11) Cemto rm I L : , ~ I I . I I ! . . I I I I ~ I I : , organization, Developmentof the I;II.II[ staffing, planning al:, I t I I ; I I I . 'I 1 1 1 , I ~ , ! i l i rof ~ ~ authority, accountability and I - W I.I I; .il~~i:: ~ ~ l , . .In,\i;,..l!. of the role of the professional manager. Dist : No 6:00-9:30 p.111.T,TIi (Sectiurl I ) 6:00-9:30 y.rrr. M, W (Sectiorr 11) OM11 b PRINCIPLES OF MICROECONOMICS Sabella Introduction to micro-economics, the theory of the housed hold, ~ firm, ~ market i ~ structures h ~ ~and ~income distribution. Applicationof elementary c----7mic theory tomarketpolicy. Dist.: Yes. 6:00-9:30p'n1' OM22 ' -^ ECO 315-81 MONEY A. .- JANKING (SECTION I) ECO 315-8161 MONEY AND BANKING (SECTION 11) Gupta Monetaw and bank in^ svstems, varticularlv commercial hanks .II\L~ the ~ e d e r a ~ ~ < e s e~ryvset e n monetary ~; theory .lnJ volicv. Ilist: No. Prereu.: Fco 112.113 6:00-930 ;.In. M,W (Sectiolt 1)' :00-9:30p.111.T,Th (Section 11) EDE 376-8162 KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: SOCIAL SCIENCES Endorf Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Lab. experiences. Dist.: No. (1/4 cou 9:30-11:15n.1n. M,W (lurie 25-luly 9) EDE 386-8163 KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: V. Olsen CHILDREN'S LITERATURE Examination and preparation of materials and resources for children's literature at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Lab experiences Dist.: No (1/2 course) 9:30-11:15 n rr~.T,Th L4 EDE 387-8164 KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: LANGUAGE ARTS Therres 1- ..1111111,111011 ~11:~ 1 I ~ I L ~ ~ . I I - , I I II L~~ materials II and resources t h 9 1 I Iil1yu.r):~: .lrl.. ,,! 1111, 1 ~ 1 1 ~!:,irtenand ~1v: elementarylev~ 1 , I . . L I ~ \ . \ I iIi ~t m ~ a ~ b mI ~m' ?>O , I I . I I EdE255orEdS265.) 1 1 10 1 ' > / 8 J t l 1 I!? L4 EDE 388-8165 BUS 323-8156 HUMAN RELATIONS Clemmons ACCOUNTING THEORY AND PRACTICE I1 Kader I 1,11~11,1~.i*. O H t l ! , ~ : , 1 1 1 ~ 1-I~ 1.1l114"., I ~mmunication twh~ \ I I , I I I , I ~ V ~ , <111111!11; ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ :~It;~11i~(~~~1taiiungtoinvestmcnts, L ~ ~ ~ I I I L I I I L . ... . I I L I I ('1 I I I V I I I . L ~ I .I ~ I I IIIV ~ ~ ~:r-jl~p;in I Mlnnesatafor l . ~ ~ ~ ; ,, 1r1i1~~ 11l1~1 1 ~ r ~ : ! , i l b : ~ , II.,,,~I..WI ..l:abilitiesand reserved, .I< 111.11 1.11 lh11111 ? ~ I ~ 1 1 ~ 1 ~ ~ 1 ~ , ~ 1 ~ ~ 1 1 ~ ~ ~ I 1 . 1 ~ ~ i ~ o:I;,, i ~ i n c o1m1 IeIdIeI t~1'1e. IrI::II.:I mIi - 1*1:r-,wn.llr ~ k t i o n sskills apyli. t , 1 1 ~ I l( #~ I~t , . ~ ( l u r i ! .,111~1 IIIIIC.I ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ t ~ % m n a l v w uOpen kionti I I I I 1I I I ~ n g e(Prerequisite: 1 , ~ . ~ 1I 1I I . . ~ :m-lh$ ( 1 I '. L ~ ~ I I - . , , I;,) quiradf~~rallElrmu~~t~ BUS 322) Dist.: No. and Secondary Education majors. 6:00-9:30 p.111.M,W OM22 8:30-10:15n.rrr. M,W OM10 BUS 199-8157 INTERNSHIPS Kader Arranged with individual faculty in the Department of E,, -82-8166 Business Administration and Ecoiiomics INTRODUCTION TO SPECIAL EDUCATION Metcalf Introduction to the field of special education Examines the nature, causes, and educational interventions for ECO 110-8158 such V.I I . ~ > ~ I ~ I I I . L ~ ,hi. I I ~mental L,,> retardation, physical disECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES Sabella abililv, I : L . . ~ 11::: .411,I k 1v.1onimnsirment, learninl 'isabiliStudy ofeconomicimplicatioiisofproblemsfaciilgametrotie, I I I I I .a edness. Dist.: I . urbanenvironment. By independentstudy only. Dist.: Yes. Arrn~iged f j t ENG 241-8167 INTRODUCTION T O CINEMA ARTS Mitchell An investigation of the artlstlc qualities and tlie historical development of tlicfil~nmedium l'liccoirrscincl~rdcsthe viewing and discussing of both feature length and short fil~ns Some class periods will be cxtc~idcdto view films. 6:00-9:.30 / ~ , I I I Tr7l'1r FOSS775 ENG 282-8168 ENG 482-8169 ENCHANTMENT OF EVIL Griffin Evil, tliouglit tlie poet Edmund Spcnser, is a sort of encliant~ncnt In literature, evil is often interesting, charming, witty, and cvcn admirable Evil is also a liar Behind the magical facade lies cniptincss and despair. Wlicrc evil is the most self-import'int, it is likely to be the most ridiculousor trivial Thcco~irsewillbegin witha s t ~ ~ of dy Rcna~ssanccwritcrs like Sliakcspcarc, Marlowc and Milton and conclude with works of 20th Century writers IikeC S Lewis, Tolkien, and Iris Murdoch Dist : yes. 6:OO-9:30 y.rrr M, W OM23 GER 112-8170 BEGINNING GERMAN 11 Steinmet; Classroom practicein speaking, understanding and rcading basicGerman. Lab. Dist.: Yes. OM1 1 8:70-95.5 n 111. M,T, W,Tlr SPA 112-8171 BEGINNING SPANISH I1 (Section I) SPA 112-8172 BEGINNING SPANISH I1 (Section 11) Kingsley Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of cleinmtary Spanish. Introduction to culture of the Spiinish-speaklll- world. Dist.: Yes 8:10-9:55n r r r M,T, W,TII (Si,cliur~I) 5:30-7: 15 11 111. M.T, W,Tlr (S~ctiorr11) OM18 HPE 320-8173 SCHOOL HEALTH CURRICULUIVI D( Techniques for developing a course o f ' k . I y based growth and development for grades ! ? f 2 Special worl units in nutrition and diseases. Dist.: No. Prcrcquisitc Consent of instructor, Ar'rnrr~cd. A HIS 341-8174 TOPICS IN EUROPEAN HISTORY: EASTERN EUROPE UNDER THE HABSBURGS Zehnder This course will focus on three themes: 1)Thebackground of the pcoplcsof East Central Eurupe and tlie Balkans and tlieir current condition, 2) The ingenious institutions of the Habsburgs that successfully met tlie challenge of Rcf'ormation, Libcral~sm,and Nationalism, 3) Tlie great cultural co~itributionof the Habsburgs at the meeting point of Latin, Gcrman, and Slavic societies, c g Mozart, Freud ctc Luwer division students may take this coursc with per~iiissionof the History Department Dist : Yes 10:OS-1 1:.30n 111 M,T, W,Tlr,F OM1 1 INS 225-8175 AN INTRODUCTION T O ISLAM Kader This coursc wrll examine the ideological foundations of Islam, its b a s ~ cconcepts and tcnets, Islamic law, economic and political systems and Islamic patterns of life Tliere will also be a considcratio~iof tlic diffcre~iccs betweell the Islamic sects and some cffort to deal with tlie similarities and differences between l s l a ~ nand both Christianity a ~ i dJ~ldaism Dist : Yes 6:00-9:30 11 J I I . 1',Tlr OM25 MUS 130-8176 INTRODUCTION TO MUSIC IN THE DunhaFINE ARTS Kelationsliip between music of each period and the 0th fine arts. For non-music majors Dist.: Yes 70:05-7 1:30 n 111 M,T, W,Tlr PHI 120-8177 ETHICS Apolloni Somcti~iicsyou say tha r t a i n action is right or condcln~iit as wrong. Why d o you thinkit is riglit? Because you like it? Are there better reasons for thinking something right or wrong? This course takes a long, hard look at possible grounds for making moral decisions, and at the moral judgenients about personal and social issuresulting from them Dist.: Yes. 8:30-9:55 n 111 M.T, W,Tlr,F OM16 - EEE PHY 101-8178 ASTRONOMY Arge Study solar system, stars, galaxies. Explain optical instruments; use 12-inch reflecting telescope, 8-inch Celestron, 3-inch Questar. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisite: Matli Placement Group I1 6:lJO-9:30 }I.III. T,TIi OM10 POL 160-8179 WORLD POLITICS Cmz Introduction to tlie processes and lssucs of international politics, including the dynamics of the international tem. theories of international relatio~is.and a focus recent problems. Dist.: Yes. p.1~.M,T, W,Tlr OM23 I POL 475-8180 THE LEGAL PROCESS Fishman Tlie coursc seeks to provide the undergraduate student with an introductory understanding of tlie fu~ictioning of our legal system. As such, it will explore: the law's interdependence with tlie social environment; tlic law's social junctions; the social and moral limits of tlie law; and, tlic lawnsa system, describing tlie aspectsand problems of each of tlie law's agencies - courts, legislative, administrative, and executiveagencies. (No class June25 and 27. Additional classes July 6 and 13.) OM25 6:00-930 p 111. M, W POL 199-8181 POL 399-8182 INTERNSHIPS Arrnrrgc-d Hedblom . :IOLOGY :265-8192 ItACIAL AND MINORITY GROI -RELATIONS * Bloom Tlie dimeiisi~~iis of racial and minority group relations. Majoratteiitir)~iisfocuscdLlponprejudice,racisni,alid the roleofself-understandi~ig.(I'/N gradiugoiily.)Dist.: Yes. 05-8184 ;ENERAL PSYCHOLOGY Leitschuh OM16 M,W i n introduction to the methods and approaches u s e d h 6:00-9:30/1.111. ~sycliologyfor the purpose of understanding behavThe shucture of tlie field of psychology, including its SOC 356-8193 najor sub-areas, is emphasized. Dist.: Yes. ISSUES IN CONTEMPORARY :30-955 0.111. M,7, W,TII,F OM12 CORRECTIONS Bloom Analysis of adult corrcct~onalprograms and processes. .'SY 362-8185 Lectures, discussion, and site visits tocorrectioiial instituABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY Leitschuh tions and government offices. D ~ s t ,No. : An intruductioii to maladaptive human behaviors 1:30-5:00v.rr1;T,Thr "' " 6 from the social, organicand psychological poi~itsofview. . - -- -Visitation to a variety of community service agencies COMM will accompany classroom learning. Dist.: No. THEATREARTS --I'rereq : 15Y 105 10:05-~~1:.30n.111 M,T, W,TII,F SPC 226-8194 -MOVEMENT FOR THE F THEATER Students will explore principles and styles of niovemci* REL 366-8186 used in tlie art of acting. Tlie goal will be to illcrease tliCHRISTIANITY IN MODERN AFRICA Halt student's ability to communicate through movemciit, b This coursc will focus on two regions of Africa: the examining the principles of discipline, freedom, c'--"West a n d tlie South. Studelits will be introduced to timing, concentration, and rhythm. Masks and iml traditional African culture and religion, tlie iiitroduction sa tion will beintroduced as tools forcorporealexpressio~ of Christianity, and the present develop~lleiitof indigcAll different aspects of movement will be explored: body nous clii~rchesin West Africa. The newer "Independent stance, facial expression, gesture, walking,etc. Movement African Churches" will be studied, as well as attempts to exercises will be built around short scenes, poems, and formulate "African Christian Theology." A major section play excerpts. Some principlesofOrieiital movement will of tlie course will focus on contempor wpunses also be introduced. of churches in South Africa to tlie apart1 system of 10:05-21:3 . M,T,W,TIi,F THEATER racial segrcgation. Dist.: Yes 1:30-3:1511 111. M,T, W.711 SPC 345-8195 ORGANIZATIONAL REL 441-8187 COMMUNICATION Lapakko INS 495-8188 An examinatioii of the c,, of c~nirnu~iication ill FEMINISM AND CHRISTIANITY Strattonl organizational settings Focuses 011such topics as supeThe objectives of this course include gaining knowleage rior-subordinate relationships, formal and informal con1about feminism and Christianity: the history of women, ~nunicationnetworks, management styles, power and feminist theory and history, the impact of the Christian authority, motivatio~iof employees, organizational cultradition on societal roles of women and men, contempoture, perforinaiiccappraisal, effective useof meetings, and rary feminist views of Christianity, and about the Bible, sources of commuiiicatio~iproblc~ns111 the workplace women in the Christian tradition, feminist theology and Designed to enliance comniunication skills of both manethics, women in the church, worship and spirituality. agersand subordinates Studentsboth investigate thelit90th women and men are welcome. Dist.: Yes eraturc on orgaiiizatio~~al communication and attempt to :00-9:30 p 111 M,W OM13 apply it to tlieir own experiences in organizations. 5:3O-9:W p.m. M,W OM10 ..r...,LLr SWK 260-8189 HUMANS DEVELOPING Peters Provides knowledge of Iiuman growth through tlie life cycle,and of theinterplay ofsociocultural, biologica1,and psychological factors wliicli influence tlic growtli of individuals and families in contemporary American families. Growth related to populations and groups which represent ethnic and/or life-style diversity. Dist.: No. 10:05-11:30n III M,T, W,TII,F SWK 399-8190 INTERNSHIPS A rmlr ~<yed SWK 499-8191 INDEPENDENT STUDY AI I . ~ I I , ~ L ~ OM16 Brown Brown - SPC 414 -8196 INS 414 -8197 Nilsson FEMINIST RHETORIC .ican fe~nin~sts will be nnaThe rhetoric of selected lyzed to develop a rlietc perspective on American feminism, and to develol skill in rhetorical criticism .-... c.20 o.nn .. ...r r ! . OM23
Show less
Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1991
Title
Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1991
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
AUGSBURG COLLEGE INTERIM 1991 .................................................................. 2 ............................................................................3 ..........................................................3 ......... ......................................... ...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE INTERIM 1991 .................................................................. 2 ............................................................................3 ..........................................................3 ......... ......................................... ....~................... ....,.,.,.. .. . ....... .......44 ..........................................................5 .............................................................34 .................................................................35 ............................................36 Introduction Calendar About this Catalog Options Visiting Students Augsburg Courses UMAIE Courses Other Courses Augsburg Lifetime Sports Introduction to Interim Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The College follows a 4-1-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Because one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a four-course load during Fall and Spring semesters. Students can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course. Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/No credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the P/N system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of which at least three must be Interim courses (or one Interim less than the number of years of full-time enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer student enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one Interim for graduation). For More Information Interim Office Memorial 230) Interim*tary, Kay Thoat =lo25 Interim Dimtor, Dr. Don Gustafsonat 330 - 1119 Memorial 114b) It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title 1Xof the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. Interim Calendar 1990 .............................................................Interim Registration ........................................................................... Late Interim Registration ......................................................................................... First Day of Interim October 29 -November 2 December 3 January 2 Class I 9:00 a.m. Class I1 1:00 p.m. ........+..C..H...U .....................................U..U...Y.m..r..La~tDay for CanceYAdd ...................Last Day for Determining Grading System with Registrar January 3 January 16 January 18 January 30 February 4 ..................................................Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses .................................................................................................... Interim Ends ................................................................................ Spring Semester Begins The time and number and length of meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. The daily schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time: Time I: 8:00 a.m. to Noon (on the first day of classes Time I classes will begin at 9:00 a.m.) Time 11: 1:00 p.m. to 5:00p.m. Note: Martin Luther King Day will be observed at Augsburg with a special convocation on Monday, January 21, at 1:00p.m. About This Catalog The catalog lists courses by departments. Departments are listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the College for Interim credit. Further descriptions and information about these courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial 230. Students may also register for one of the lifetime sports listed at the end of the Catalog. Options International Interim - Students are invited to be part of one of the 27 international Interims offered by the Upper Midwest Association for International Education (UMAIE). These course opportunities are listed near the end of this catalog. Independent or Directed Study - Studentsmay elect a progt-am of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent study per Interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: 1. Meet departmental requirements. 2. Present to the registrar for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member. This proposal must be submitted at least one week before registration and no later than December 3. Appropriate study proposal forms can be obtained in the Interim Office. Interims at Other Schools - Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-14 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these Interims can be consulted in the Interim Office. The Interim Secretary will help students in applying for registration at other schools. Registration for Interims at the other Twin Cities colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Note that Interim Courses at Macalester, Hamline and St. Thomas begin on January 7 . Most courses taught during the Interim at other 4-14 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the Religion requirement. Visiting Students Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-14 schools for the January Interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other students will be charged $708 for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to the Interim Director for application fonns or use the forms provided by the Interim Office at their own school. There is an application processing fee of $10. Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Interim Office. Courses The Florida Keys: Marine Biology of the Florida Keys and Writers of The Florida Keys This interdisciplinay program will involve about two weeks of study i n southern Florida. It will be based at the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute on Big Pine Key during most of this period but there will also be a brief trip to the Everglades. Two distinct course offerings are availablefor credit, taught by Ralph Sulerud and John Mitchell. Descriptions for these courses can be found in the appropriate departmental sections of this catalog (Biology and English.) The interdisciplinay component will involve several days of field trips conducted by the personnel of the institute. Unique communities such as coral reefs and mangrove swamps will be studied. There will be plenty of opportunity for snorkeling, and scuba diving is available for those who are certified. Students will also make several visits to Key West, and will study some of the writings of Key West authors (see page 12). All students will participate in these activities and i n certain classes i n addition to completing the specific requirements of the course for which credit will be given. It is intended that relationships will become apparent between the biology of the Florida Keys and the writing which has emerged from this interesting environment. A fee of approximately $1,200 will be charged for transportation (including airfare), lodging, most meals and the services (field trips, lab facilities, classes, etc.) of the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute. Marine Biology of The Florida Keys BIO 140-41048; 340-41049 Instructor: Ralph Sulerud The Florida Keys provide an excellent site for the study of marine organisms and marine ecology. Most of approximately two weeks in Florida will be spent at the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute located on Big Pine Key. The institute offers laboratory facilities and field trips in addition to housing and a dining hall. Field trips will pennit the study of diverse habitats such as those of coral reefs, shallow bays, mangrove swamps, seagrass communities and tide pools. Organisms from these communities and others will be investigated onsite and in the laboratory. A marine biologist from the institute will be available to lead field trip and conduct specialized classes. Upon termination of the program at the institute there will be a short trip to the Everglades to experience yet another interesting environment. Preparation for the excursion to the keys will be made during the week prior to the trip. This will include an introduction to marine biology utilizing a variety ol audiovisual materials. The final week will be devoted primarily to study and the completion of course requirements. The course will have an interdisciplinary component. Biology students will interact with students from John Mitchell's Key West Writers course. Further information concerning this component will be found listed under The Florida Keys in the Interdisciplinary section of this catalog. Evaluation will be based on overall participation in the program, a journal based on daily experiences, and one or two exams. Upper division students will also do a special research project which will be the basis of a paper. Prerequisites: Permission of instructor. For upper division credit, Biology 111 and 112 or equivalent. Distribution: BiologyIChemistry Time: I Room: Science 213 Molds, Mushrooms and Humans BIO 141-41047 Instructor: Esther McLaughlin The course will make familiar the "fifth kingdom1' of o'ganisms, fungi,often neglected in undergraduate curricula. 'Ihe biology and classification of fungi,their mle ir the ecosystem (rotting and other activities),and their medical, industrial and commedal importance will all be covered in ledures, student pmentationsand field trips. Evaluation will be via tests,quizzes, and graded presentations. Some classroom demonstrationsof fungal typesand forms will be included. Distribution: BiologylChemistry Time: I1 Room: Science 205 Chemistry for Changing Times CHE 100-41001 Instructor: Arlin Gyberg 'Ibis is a non-labontorychemistry course W on the popular book by JohnW. Hill of the s m title. It is not a traditional chemistry come and does not assume a science backgod. Basic science and math are introdud early and taught as needed for understandmgthe various topics and implications. 'Ihemumedoes assumethe studentis in-ted in and concerned about the relationshipof chemistry to life and living. Chemistryhas been intimately a part of liberal eduation for centuries. The early scientists we= considered to be philosophersand their societies were philosophical societies. In recent decades the human seeking of pemnal independem has led to chemistrybecorning a part of everyday life to the point of actual dependare on chemistry. We live in a world of pesticides, fertdkm, plastics, "thepill", food additivesand processed foods, vitamin supplements, the energy crisis, chemical dependency, biocides, pollutants, drugs, searching for life on other planets, genetic manipulation, and it goes on and on. Emotions and mental disorders can often be traced to chemical imbalance. The common bgged out, grumpy feeling after an afternoon nap is a mult of a chemical imbalance. The nature of a hangover is the result of a complex systemof alked body chemistry. Even learning appears to be the mult of chemicalreaction to forma "memory molecule". Most of the problems we face are molecular in nature. What then but chemistry can better help us to understand ourselves, our society, our world, and our universe? Come pin us as we take a molecular look at the hummamWion This course will be offered in a lecture/discsussion format Films will supplementthe lechm/discsussion periods. Daily quizzes willbe used for evaluation This course meets a distributionneed but does not satisfy prerequisitesfor Chemistry 106or 116. Prerequisite: High School Algebra Distribution: Biology-Chemistry Time: I1 Room Science 315 A Labaatory Intro&m to Chemisty <31M113.41002 Instructar: JoanKunz Substances changed into new materials; colors change; solids v t e from solution a m i stry is Lhe scimcc which trim to dcrstand these and many other c h a n p wmning in the ma ttm around us. An intemting way to become introduced to &anistry and to problem solving in the sciences is to do laboratory q x r h e n t s . 'Ihis muse presents an introduction to chemistry using the laboratory as the chief arena for instruction Studentswillbe introduced to measurements, reactions, synthesesand chanical problem solving such as idcntifiation of simple m p u n d s in solution and dekmination of amounts of matuials prrscnt in a sample Pmpr attention to techniques and safe practices in the laboratoryis scpeded. The course will meet each week day fot thm hours. Course grades will be based on the quality of the laboratmy work, tl-e I a h t m y reports ~summri;jngeach eqmimk),and an e m at the end of tlw murse. Distributiom Biology/Chemistry Time:I Room Science 315 COBOL CSC 27141003 Instructo~:LanyRagland A study of the COBOL progmning languagefor studentswith someprevious howledge of pmgrammhg. This course will expand a student's knowledge of p r e gramming and pmgmmkg languagesthrough pmentation of the features of COBOL together with programming techniques for using those features. Thiscourse will include lechms and programmingassignments in COBOL. Evaluation will be based on the progaming assignments and examinations. Pnsequisite: One course with a study of computer language (eg, CSC 170) Time:I Room: Science 112 Puinciples of Miaaeconornics ECO 1l%4100Q Instrudo~Satva Guvta ~n introdkon bmicroeconomics: the theory of the household, firm, market structuresand income distribution the^ willbe an applicationof elementaryeconomic theory to market policy. Grades will be based on tests in class. Distribution: Economics/Political Science Time:I Room: Library 1 C 0 n ~ o r a . EcommicRelatim y Betzueen East and West ECO 319-41037 Instructo~Magda Palemy-Zapp In this course,we'll explore motivations for ecommic cooperation between countries with different political and economic system 'Ihis will be followed by the analysisof thc conditionsfor East-West economic cooperation and its pattans. We'll focuson m t developmentsin pint economic and indusbial cooperation. Students will share an understandingof economic relations at the national level and see how nations with diffemt economic and political systems employ the principles of politics and economics in their own domestic and international affairs. Using compamtivemeans,institutions and systems that drive cornmaw and g o v m c e will be explored and explained, including recent institutionalchanges in the dm&& of foreign trade in centrallyplanned economics. Then, at the global level, the effects of GAlT, EEC, and OMEA on East-West economic dations will be examhed. At the end of the course, we'll try to identify trends and alternativesin the 1980s. 'Ihere will be a mid-term test, a final scam (takehome),and a paper. Prerequisite: Economics 112(Macro) Time: I Room: Old Main 21 EcrmomicMysis ofHumanActz*~~l~ and Orgm'mtbns ECO 31%41038 Instrudac Milo Schield Objective: To use thetoolsof modernmicm-emnomics to analyze a wide variety of humanactionsand hurrranoqpizati011~ Issues Understandinginvestmentsin human capital (education,marriage, familyIsocial clubs, charities, etc.) Undastanding the n a W I growth and mnsequencesof pmperty rights (an economic theory of law, an economic theory of Western history, an economic theory of capitalism,etc.) Understandingthen a W , growth and consequences of public choices (publicopnizations and economicefficiency, voting, politicians, an economic theory of bureaucracy and an economic theory of the State). Textbooks: Henri LePage: ' T o m m w Capitalism1', RadniRadnitzkyand Bemholz: "Emnomic ImperMsm". Math Level: No calculus;some geometry. Rimarily vehd reasoning. I quizzes,paper and final. Approach: Readhgs, lechmsI~ o n sweekly Evaluation: Quizzes (3at 100/0),final(200/0),book wviews (20%0),paper (20'31)and attendance/parlicipation (~WO). Prerequisites Uppewlass standing or an upper-divisioncourse in Political Science, Sociology, Philosophy or Economics, or else the permission of the Instructor. Time: I1 Room: Science319 For more Economics listings, see Page 36 Human Relations EDS 38841050 Instructor: Carolyn Clemmons This class provides valuable insight into the values, communication techniques, cultural mores and other unique characteristicsof major minority groups in Minnesota. This class is taught from a perspective of minority group members with interaction from class members. How do you blend and honor the diverse cultures in a classroom setting? How might you gain more knowledge of our global society? Students will develop interpersonal relation skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. This is a one-half credit course. Prerequisites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Education program in process. Time: II Tuesdays, Thursdays and alternate Fridays Room: Old Main 10 Discovery Leaming in ihe World of I(mdergmten EDE 37541005 Instructor: Bruce Drewlow This class students for the unique experiencesand rrsponsibilitiesof a kindergarkmcla~~~~~)m~classwill: A. Stms key adult/child relationships. B. S~RSScurriculum developmentand instructionalsystems which are supportedby current mearchand practices in education settings. C. Stress key adult/child relationships. D. Stress process - '%ow to learn". E. Sharemearchhsed findingsabout developmentally appropriateclassmom organizational plans. ER mntinuities and discontinuities in development (characteristicsof the kindergarten child). G. Examine appropriatedevelopmental instructionpractices. H. Examine appropriatecurriculumdesign and instructionalpmgrams meeting the needs of the kindergarten student. I. Explore current methodologies in the instruction of the kindergarten child. J. Include guest speakem and field trips. Objectives of the class: At the completionof thisclass the studentwillbe able to iden* 1.Developmental needs of the kindergarten 2. Discuss the diffe~ntapproachesto kindergarten educationand the theories behind these approaches. 3. Organizea classroomenvironment to meet the learning needs of students. 4. Identify and create a curriculumplan for teaching kindergarten that meets both t h students1needs and the teaching style of the teacher. Grades willbe based on projectsIdiscussion and examination. This is a one-half credit COum. Pmequlsites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Educationprogram in pmcess. Time:I Mondays, Wednesdays and alternate Fridays Room: Library 4 wtiw o f t h r n w q s ENG 13641051 Instructo~JohnMitchell This course offers a study of literatureas it relates to setting, in this case an environment that willbe studied and experienced biologically, ecologically, and culturally in with the mading of essays, poetry, and fiction. 'Ihe study of the environment co-(E itself will involve an interdisciplina~~ program based at the Newfound H a h r Marine Instituteon Big Pine Key about 30 miles from Key West. The main text will be The Key WestRtnder: l'he Best ofthe Key West Writers,18B1990; in addition, studentswill read one novel from a variety of choices. It is said that at any given time there are about 50 writas living in Key West. They have included Stephen c1-ane,John Dos Passos, Wallace Stevens, Ernest Heminpay, Wbeth Bishop, Robert Frost, TennesseeWilliams, Thomas Sanchez, Thomas McGuane, and nunemus others. Field trips during the twe week stay will involve excursions into the culturally and racially diverseArt Deco District of Miami Beach; snorkelingin the coral reefs; trips to the "back country"of the mangrove islands; visits to the homes of writem like Emest Haningway and TennesseeWilliams; and an excursion into the Evqlades. A wonderful interplayof environment, culture, and literaturewill result and the student will be an informed y c e rather than a men? tourist. Studentswillbe scpected to keep a journal and to write a final paper about 1G12 pages in length, based upon the use of environment as literary setting. This interdisciplhq program will involveabout two weeks of study in southern Florida. It willbebased at the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute, Big Pine Key during most of this period but the^^ will also be a brief trip to the Everglades. Two distinct course offerings m availablefor d t , taught by Ralph Sulerud and John Mitchell. Descriptions for these c o r n can be found in the appropriate deparhental sections of this catalog (Biology and English) The interdisciplinarycomponent will involve several days of field trips conducted by thepemmnel of the institute. Unique communitiessuch as coral reefs and mangrove swamps will be studied. Them will be opportunity for snorkeling, and scuba diving for thosewho are certified. Studentswill also make several visits to Key West, and will study writings of Key West authors. All students will participate in theseactivities and in catain classes in addition to completingthe specificr e y h m m t s of the course for which d t will be given. It is intended that mlationships willbecome apparent between thebiology of the Florida Keys and the writing which has emerged from this interesting environment. A feeof approximately$1,2mwillbe dmged for bansportation (includinga m ) , lodging, most meals and the services (field trips, lab facilities, classes, etc.)of the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute. Pm.requisites:Permission of instruct01 Distribution: EnglishISpeech Time: I Room: Old Main l2 The S h a t Stay -Elements of Fidm 1 I mG~1007/MW10a) Instructoc Kathryn Swanson What is fiction? What is good fiction? What elements of fiction should be considered ,in making an evaluation? In this course, students will find answersto thesequestionsby mding a variety of fictional works and by writing their own fiction. Although the course will not involvea systematic analysisof the history of the form of the short story, we willbegin with tales and fables and we will &a sufficientnumber of classics for the student to appnxiate the historical developmentfrom Poe to Beattie. 'Ihe c o w willinvolve practice in ways of aplitaature and will include study of the basic critical terminollogy, so it would be an appmpriatecourse for studentswho have not yet studied literatureat thecollegelevel. Students are scpectedto readthe storiesand novel, participate in class discussions, write an analysisp a p on a selected short story, write an original short story, and take several quizzes and a finalscam Students talang thiscourse for upper division d t will m d an additional novel and p~epw a substantialpapg/class presentation bsed on it. All students will be asked to contniute$5 to enable printing and distributionof sel& original fiction from theclass. Prerrquisite: Effective Writing Distriiution: EngIiWSpeech Time: I Room: Music 22 Speech Communi*: W m Mimniiiie, Social C h ,and their VioftheEnglishLanpge ENG ZL9-4l057 Instructm JohnSchmit 'Ihe speech that we use, as much as theclothes that we wear, marks us as members of a p u p . We adopt the laripage of thecommunity to which we wish to belong, and, conversely, by njeclingthe languageof a community we are seen to reject the community itself. Speech communitiesare delineated linguistically, but are definedas culW units. 'Ihe l a n m of each must encompass those conceptsand name those things that the c u m l holds to be important. 'Ihiscourse will conduct an emmination of issuescentralto analysis of the speech communitiesof women, minorities and socialstrata. Students willlx asked to focustheir individual study on an issue of pasonal intevst. 'Ihe come will combine ledme and student-initiated discusion Each student will be evaluated on thebasis of two examinationsand a short (8 page) p a p . Distribution: Urban Studies,or Women's Studies, or Minarity Studies Time: II Room: Old Main 27 ReSisi0n.s: ConternpmaryDmma in English (1975-pment,l ENG 24941009 Instructm Douglas Gram Questions of ethnicity, class, language, gender, and sexuality pervade recent drama in English. These issues are revitalizing both contemporary drama and productions of classic texts. We will examine how dramatic works of the late '70s and the '80s, written in English, have been shaped by and have addressed issues ranging from racial tension and interaction to sexual preference. (We sometimes survey cumnt drama on several such topics, like class, gender, and language in 1989, and sometimes concentrate solely on plays about one issue, like sexual orientation in 1990.) For comparativepurposes, we will also view a few films on related topics and try to attend at least two productions in the Twin Cities. There will be moderate fees for the local productions. Students will keep a journal, write two in-class essays, and one short paper. (Theremay also be occasional quizzes.) A series of group projects, which include a long paper and some performance, will conclude the course. Prerequisite: ENG 111(Effective Writing) is strongly recommended Distribution: EnglishISpeech Time: I1 Room: Old Main 18 Recreational Rhythms and Activities HPE 232-41042 Instructor: Carol Enke Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and intemational folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities.The majority of the course grade is based on participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test. This is a one-half medit course. Time: I1 Mondays, Wednesdays and alternate Fridays Room: Melby 202 Administration and Supemision of the School Health Program HPE 410-41043 Instructor: Richard Borstad Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experiencein classroom and community. Periodic exams covering lecture and textbook assignments; written summaries of professional journalarticles; in-class activities, including a presentation on a teaching method. Pmequisik HPE 320 (School Health C m i d u m ) Time: I Room: Murphy Place2 CoachingofBasketbaZ1 HPE 477-41090 Instruchm Brian Ammann ?heory, tdmique and administrativeaspects of mchingbas-. Exams, on-thefloora>aching~~es,danduscoutingreportdbethemethodsofevaluation Thisisa &f cradit catrse. Time I, Tuesdaysand Thursdaysand alternateFridays Room: Melby 111 Coachingof Volleyball HPE 48341054 Instructo~:Marilyn Florian This c o r n deals with the theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaclng volleyball. A small part of the grade willbe based on completed assignments; the mapr portion of the grade will be based on tests.This is a one-half credit course. Time: I, T and Th and alternate Fridays Room: Melby 111 Officiating of Basketball HPE---- 41041 Instructor: A1 Kloppen This course will focus on learning the rules and mechanics of the game of basketball. There will be practical experience on the floor. Students completing the course should be ready for certification by the Minnesota High School Association. Grade evaluation will be based upon tests, papers prepared and performance on the floor. While there are no prerequisites, it is highly advisable that students have some basketball playing experience. This is a one-half credit course. Time: 11, Tuesdays and Thursdays and alternate Fridays Room: Si Melby 202 The 18SOs:Ameuica'sWatershed HIS 33841056 1nstrucl.o~JohnJenswold lkpmion! War! b b r wiolerm! Ruml mlution! Psycholo@ccrisis! mal dislmkion! Political comption! Racial conflict!Thc 18% was a dynamicdecade of crisis and challmge in almost every a s p 3 of American life. This rmwrlcable landmark d d e pmvidcs a window through which we a n examine a n u m b of nwpr t h m and W s taking s h a p in d m American d e t y , p l i tics, economics, culture, and fordp @icy. We'U appmach thederade thmgh the mdqpof such contemporary writers as JaneAddams, ATbert Bevcridge, E u p e V. Debs, Theodoxv Dr&, The People's Party, Jacob Riis, Frederick Jackson Turner, Thontein Veblen, and Booker T. Washington. These readings - and their historical contacts- will provide the basesof ledures and discussionson the rcIwant topics of the dmde under study. Evaluation will be b a s d on short papers on tlac m d i n p and on one essay exarnination, as well as on classdiscussionsof the assigned material. Prerequisites: HIS 221 or HIS 222, (US. Survey)or consent of instructor Time: I Room Old Main l3 The capstone of the Augsburg First Year Experience (FYE)Program is a special interdisciplinary Interim course with places reserved for first year students. For the 1991 Interim there will be a single course with three sections, each taught by a difierent faculty member. The course will provide fill credit and will satisfy the Fine Arts distribution requirement. A few students who are not freshmen will be permitted in the course. Art and Idea: The Baroque in Europe INS 191-41011 Instructors: Julie Bolton, Merilee Klemp, Kristin Anderson How do we see? How do we listen? How do we respond to theater? What is the nature of art? How m ideas conveyed in art forms? What do the visual arts, music, and theater have in common? How do they reflect the society in which they were created? Is art timebound or timeless? All art forms are linked to a particular time and place. We see that the visual arts, music and theater always reflect the spiritual and intellectual climate of its time. Using examples of music, art and theater created in Europe in the Baroque period, the course will explore how to appreciate and understand the various art forms, e e e the relationships among the arts, and consider the expression of enduring themes and ideas at different points in time. Students will participate in the course through various readings, including reading plays, studying scores and listening to recordings, and reading primary source material connected to the art pieces considered. Using the resources of the College and the city, students will also attend a special performance of the Augsburg Faculty Artist Series, visit art collections, including the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, and attend music performances, including the Minnesota Orchestra or the St. Paul Chamber Orchestra. Students will be expected to attend all required performances and museum visits, write analyses of the art works or performances, and write a paper integrating the different arts and time periods studied. There will also be quizzes. Costs for tickets to performances should not be more than $15. Distribution: Fine Arts Time: I The class will normally meet during Time I, but students will be expected to attend a limited number of off-campus events (someevenings andlor weekends)as a part of the class work. Room: Tjomhom - Nelson Theater The Paideia Approach: Thinking and Talking About What You Read I N S 120-41055 Instructors: Marie McNeff, Vicki Olson Students will participate in a series of seminars, following the Paideia seminar format as developed by Mortimer Adler and Paideia Associates. Students will read selected readings, which will then be discussed in Paideia seminars. One seminar will use Charlie Chaplan's "Modern Times" for viewing and then seminar. Open to students with an interest in learning through and about the Paidcia Program. Students will read selected readings and view selected films for seminar discussions, develop and/or hone habits of mature, intellectual talk; observe seminars conducted in Minneapolis and St. Paul Public Schools; study the Paideia Proposal; design their own rules and norms for effective seminars; evaluate their own behaviors during seminars; lead seminars. Methods of evaluation will include interviews with students and observations of students participating in seminars. Reflective writing will be a part of the evaluation methodology. The evaluation of the course will be based, in part, on seminar participation: "The good seminar participant (1) is neither too impulsive nor overly hesitant in responding, (2) checks periodically on the purpose and direction of the talk, (3) allows people to be heard, (4) is an active listener, (5)spreads out the discussion, (6) is considerate, (7)criticizes a point thoughtfully, (8)makes room for productive silence, (9)is well prepared." (From "%minar Strategies": portion of essay by Grant Wiggins, Coalition of Essential Schools, Brown University.) Time: I Room: Science 319 Social Change: The Ultimatum of Community Development in India I N S 241-41053 Instructor: Vincent Peters Life in the global community of today's world demands an understanding of many issues from perspectives not easily achieved without intimate study from a viewpoint far different than one's own. This course seeks to challenge many common assumptions regarding the differences between "rich" and "poor," "East!' and 'West," while examining the process of social change in the context of an emerging nation. South India provides a rich experience of lives in transition, as reformation sweeps through the culture on every level, bringing socio-economic develop ment, political empowerment, and redefinition of social and gender roles. Students immerse themselves in the culture of South India through dialogue, homestays, and cultural events, and as a result will find their own world view greatly challenged and enhanced. We will spend time in Madras, the smaller city of Vellore and villages near it, in Bangalore and finish with four days in New Delhi which will coincide with the colorful celebration of Republic Day. There will be some assigned readings. Evaluation will be based on participation in discussion and field activities, maintenance of a journal and two tests. The comprehensive fee of $2,695 includes air and surface transportation, accommodations (half in hotels and half with families), breakfast daily and two group dinners in addition to the twelve dinners with families. Registration for this Interim must be made before October 26 at the Office of International Programs. W m k LifeTransitions INS24541010 Instructar: Diane Busico Are YOU so~~dbyyourfeelingsandconcemedaboutlifechoicesfacing you? Would you like to have a betterundmtanding of y o d and others? ?he course will explore the process of adultpsychologid development from age 18 on. 'Ihroughbooks and articles, students will see the life come unfold and followvarious passages through thelife mume Questionswhich naturally arise during the bansition periods conaming,for example, carem, marriage, and family, will be bein the context of the life course. StudentswiUbe expeckd to develop a journal andbe involved in teamwork Upper class students will be scpected to assume team leadershiproles. Distribution: Women's Studies Time: I Room: Old Main 10 Histimj of &eRomrmce Languages LIN 3124UlZ Instrue. Donald Steinmek ?he Romance languageshave played and continue to play a mapr mle in history. Most people are familiarwith the names of the mapr R o m languages: Portuguese, Spanish,Fm&, Italian,Romanian,but~arealsootherlesshmlanguagesinthis p u p , such as Galidan, Catalan, P r o v d , l , Sardinian,Rom,and others. This coursewillbe concerned why theselanguagesare so similar and why they&. Basidy, the similarities stem from the fad that theselanguagesall have the same source, the poplar Latin speech (oftenmked to as Vulgar Latin) which was spokenby ordinary people - traders and rmrchants, soldiersand sailors, ruraland &an settlers of all kinds - within the Roman Empire at its greatest extent. They differin part because differences in dialect traditionally tend to grow with the passage of time and, very importantly, these languages have all experienced the influences of various other languages - such as Arabic in the case of Spanish, Celtic and German for French, Slavic for Romanian, etc. 'Ihe length of thecoursewill not permit going into great detail regall these changes,but the mapr developmentswill be emmined mthlly, particularly in thetheof SpanishandFd By the end of the c o r n , the student will have seen samplesof almost all theabove Romance languagesand should be familiar with the basic aspects of thepopular (or Vulgar) Latin which result in the similarities and alsobe aquainted with m y of the factos which account for the diffenmm. Grading for thecourse will be based on the studenfsg e n d pqaration for all assignments, on specific performance for two tumin assignments, and on a final examination Pnmquisites: at least thee terms of some Romance Language or a linguisticscourse Time:I Room Old Main 22 Math and Ifs Applications: SSucceed Wth Math MAT 1324013 I n s t r u e . Suzanne Do& Are you a math avoider? Do numbers and symbols s<rare you? Do you wonder why a student mapring in socialscience or h d t i e s needs to know some math?Would you like to irrgroveyour math SHS, be mom at ease wib math, and maybe even learn to like math (a little)? If you answered "yes" to any of the above, thiscourseis for you. In thismuse we will wok on solving problem and puzzles to help you be comfortable when dealing with numbers and to generally impmw your quantitativem n i n g skills. W e w i l l s e e m a n y ~ o f m ~ t i c s i n b u s ~ a n d d s c i ~ . Evaluation willbe based on homework problems, a pmblansolvingjournal, and several short papes. kwillbe no quizzes or tests. Time 11 Room Science212 Ma& ofbrterest MAT 173-41014 Instrum Ken Kaminsky Have you ever wondenxi why women have been charged more thanmen for annuities and &ved lower p e n s i o n ~ tthan s men? Or why women have paid less than men for life irmmme?Or how life inspremiums calculated? Or how instalhmt loan payments are figured out? Or how much money to invest in order to accumulate a certain lump sum or annual payment at a certain date in the fuhm? Then thisc o r n may be meant for you. Theseand other interestingand usefultopics in the mathematics of financialkmsadions willbe c o d . 'Ihisc o r n should be usefulfor studentsin businessand ecomrnics or for any students intemtd in cawen in finmedated fields. Evaluation willbe based on classmom participationand quizzes. Prerequisites Group III on math placement test ar equivalent Distnlution. Mathematicsmhysics Time I Room Science 212 Creative Arts Therapies: A Clinical Overview MUS ll(F41017 Instntctor: Roberta Metzler An introductory course for students interested in interdisciplinary approaches of the various arts therapies, emphasizing the individual contributions of dance, drama, music, art and other arts to the therapeutic process. The class will visit clinical treatment facilities in the area. Evaluation will be based on three tests and field trip reports. Special fee to cover transportation: $15. Time: I1 Room: Music 24 Electronic Music Composition MUS 23&41063/430-41015 Instructor: Robert Karlen An opportunity for students to explore, experience, and create some of the sounds found in 20th Century music. Through a "hands+nl' approach, participants will be involved in: 1.Making multi-track recordings on half-track, quarter-track, and cassette decks through an eight-track mixer. 2. Individually creating, modifymg and mixing sounds from traditional sound sources as well as from analog and computercontrolled synthesizers. The study and application of practical electronic technology used in the production of music today will be combined with aesthetic considerations necessary for the creative aspects of the art. Much of the work in this course will be done in small groups. Lower division students will work with up to four channel-four track recording involving techniques of speed changing, splicing, reversing tape direction and filtering using primarily traditional and non-traditionalsound sources. Upper division students will also use electronicallysynthesized sound sources including computer controlled keyboard, overdubbing and overlaying up to seven tracks. Students must have the use of a portable cassette recorder, and provide themselves with a 7-inch reel of blank recording tape and a blank cassette tape. Prerequisite: Music theory or permission of instructor for upper division status. Distribution: Art-Music Time: I1 Room: Music 5 Beginning Nonoegian I NOR 111-41018 Instructor: Frankil Shackelford Course 111is for students with no previous background in Norwegian. The course aims to develop basic skills in speaking, listening, reading, writing, and cultural understanding. Classroom practice focuseson both presentation of vocabulary and structures and the use of the language in everyday contexts. The finalgrade is derived from daily assignments, quizzes, and a final exam. Distribution: Foreign Language Time: I Room: Old Main 25 What Do You Think Of That? PHI 250-41019 Instructor: Kenneth C.Bailey There are many puzzling issues in our lives and world which deserve some clear and careful thought. What shall we think and say about such contemporary issues as "Freedom of the Will"; "Can Computers Think?"; and 'What are the Grounds of Moral Responsibility?". In this course we will discuss these and other concerns that confront our age, in an attempt to understand them more clearly. Discussions will be based upon readings from a wide selection of authors, some traditional (such as John Locke, Rene Descartes, and William James); and some very much in the forefront of contemporary discussion (such as Ayn Rand, B.F. Skinner, Sidney Hook, and John Hospers). Their views are provocative, to say the least, and they will challenge you to ask, again and again, 'Well, Now. What Do You Think of That?". Grades will be based upon a mid-term examination, a final examination, and class discussions. Distribution: History/Philosophy Time: I1 Room: Music 22 Introduction to Weather PHY 106-41020 Instructor: Noel Petit A study of the science of meteorology which will provide a working knowledge of the principles of atmospheric science. Attention will be given to four basic areas observing the weather changes and understanding the world's climate. Related topics to be included are: hydrology (study of the earth's water cycle), pollution, economic effects of the weather, and weathefs impact on world events. This course is designed to be an elective or satisfy the MathematicsPhysics distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. The course will have two weeks of class lecture and laboratory followed by a two-week trip through the Southeast United States visiting major weather facilities. The itinerary will include stops at Kansas City, Missouri; Oklahoma City, Oklahoma; Vicksburg and Gulfport, Mississippi; Tampa, Miami, Cocoa Beach, Daytona Beach and Gainesville, Florida. At each site there will be a tour and explanatory program for the functions of that facility. Topics of the visits will be severe storms, control of the water in the Mississippi River basin, automated weather observation at sea, television station weather facilities, hurricane tracking, weather satellites, and agricultural weather. During the trip the student will maintain a journal of weather and site visits. Daily weather maps will be created using portable weather satellite reception systems carried on the trip. This trip will not only allow visits of operational weather facilities, but also will allow the student to experience the full range of climates across the U.S. from north to south. Daily quizzes and lectures will be given during the travel. Grades will be based upon the journal, two hourly examinations and an individual project completed during the trip. The cost will be approximately $700. Initial deposit due by October 26. Prerequisites: High School Algebra Distribution: MathematicsRhysics Time: I Room: Science 28 Introduction to Space Science PHY 320-41021 Instructor: Ken Erickson This course is designed for students in science and engineering who are interested in acquiring a basic knowledge of the major topics required for further study in the field of space science. The course will provide a survey of the earth's space environment including solar, planetary, magnetospheric, ionospheric, and upper atmospheric physics. Topics include solar flares, solar corona, the solar wind, the bow shock, rnagnetopause, radiation belts, plasma sheet, magnetic storms, and magnetosphereionosphere coupling with special emphasis on magnetospheric substorms, current systems, particle precipitation, and aurora. Evaluation will be based on assignments, two exams and a paper. Prerequisites: PHY 245 or consent of instructor Time: I Room: Science 205 Spreadsheet Physics PHY 15141022 Instructor: Jeff Johnson Spreadsheets (e.g., Lotus 123)have been used extensively in business for years. However, it is also possible to use spread sheets to solve physics problems without using "high-powered" mathematics. Spreadsheets allow the student who is not an expert in mathematics to experience physics on a more intuitive level. We will use Lotus 123 to solve problems in a wide variety of physics areas including planetary and projectile motion. Some of the problems investigated might be in areas other than physics. Grading will be based on spreadsheet projects, homework, and a final exam. Prerequisites: Math level lII Distribution: Mathematics/Physics Time: I Room: Science 30 Understanding the Middle East Through Literature POL 241-41062 Instructor: Renee Taft Literature in the Middle East can be a sensitive barometer of the manner in which individuals have sought to cope with the challenges and crises experienced by their societies and have defined themselves within and against societies which an? themselves in the process of change and redefinition. In this seminar, students will examine a number of novels as well as expository prose in English from Egypt and the Arab world, Israel and Iran. Because the theme of common concern in our time is the Arab-Israeli conflict, emphasis will be placed on gaining a better understanding of its ramifications. The seminar will emphasize close reading and analysis of texts, classroom discussion and essay writing. No prerequisite required although some basic knowledge of the Middle East is preferable. Final examination and one paper comparing two or more authors read. Distribution: Economics/Political Science Time: I Room: Music 23 Alternative Politics PoLW1058 Instructm RandallKindley 'Ihe qanding role of alternativepolitical movements is one of themost fascinating socialphenomena of the last quarterof thecentury. Politid plies, inhest p u p s and ~ m tmovanenk s that will fit our conventional view of left and right are becoming significantpolitical playersat the national and local level in the United States and abmad. 'Ihe Gram, for example, have become parbmentary contendersin many Empean countries. Youth and c h d mowmats have figured prominently in thepolitical changes that swept EasternE m p e in 198P1990. Inbhremb, en-talist, anti- nuclear, religious and anti-tion p u p s are gaining in memkrship and activism while traditional competitionbetwemDemocl.at and Republicanwanes. Will the politics of the 21st Century be based on these new political cleavages? In thiscourse, we will scarnine the phenomenon of alternative political m m t s from a menational, national and local pmpective. Seved issues will be I-aised:What accountsfor the pmpagation of thesenew political foms? What are the visions and goals of these p u p s ? How are thesevisions and goals tramlabed into pragmatic political action? How do their ideals, as w d as thepolitical systems in which thesegroups m embedded, shaped#emms in objectivesand strategies? Finally, what does their growth mean for the way politia will be conducted at thelocal, national and intemational level in the years to come? Essentially,thiscourse will be exploratoryand we hope to developa practical scheme for comparing and analyzing theemergenceand behavior of thesealtemative political p u p s . Reawillbe a mixtureof theoretical literature and publicationsof some of thesepups. Thegreateremphasiswillbemthelatters~themaprityofclasstimewill be devoted to presentations by prominent individualsin local alternativemovenwnts and discussionsabout their political goals and strawes. Grades in the course willbe based on class participation, a termpaper and a final exam h q u i s i t e x 1Political Science course or permissionof instructor. Time:I1 Room Murphy Place 3 TheLegalRights oftheAm& Employee and E m p l o y e r h a~llatmeandJudkialPempecttve POL 37641099 Instruclor. Phil Fishman This new course will scarnine the currentpolitical and legal rights and responsibilities of theAmerican employeein the contempmy labor market Various forms of employment issues, including contra3rights, wrongful tamination, workers compmsationfor pbrelated injuries, safety in the work place, protection against legal dkrhination on the job, drug and alcoholtesting and rights of the employee to "whistle-blow!' Whemer possible, the oppositeposition of theemployer willbe pmented. The role of theAmerican labor union movement and employer's political action p u p s will be a d M where devant. M willbe field trips to observeadual court and/or administrativelaw pI.ocRedings. Students will alsomeet with employment la-. Studentswill p q m e s p e d mini-termpaper and final examination. h q u i s i t e s Junioror Senior status; 1course in Political Science or Economics. Time: Wednesday Jan.2,6304k3and each Monday and Wednesdaythereafber. Room Old Main 16 Psychobgy ofthe Legal System PSY 3354024 Nancy Steblay l l w US. legal system will be investigated from the perspectiveof psychologicaltheory andpradice A ~ c f o c u s w i l l b e o n ~ s o c i a l p s y ~ l o g y o f m with d d m a t i o n of such topics as jury selection, eyewitness evaluation and jury decision Instru- Class mdingsand discussionwill also a v e r suchW e r a m s as morality,justice, ethics and victimization. Guest-1 will include members of the legal and psychological communities. Evaluationn-ethods include test and w r i b work; studentswill alsobe mponsible for contributionto classmomdiscussion. Prerequisites: a general psychology course Time: 11 Room: Old Main16 The Self as Revealed in Myths and Symbols PSY 340-41023 Instntdotr Norm Ferguson This course will explore concepts of self from psychological, cultural, and theological perspectives. A variety of myths and symbols will be examined with the intent of gaining knowledge about how they function as representationsof "the self." The objective of the course is to gain a deeper understanding of one's individual self and of how the conceptualizationsof your self have been molded by a variety of social, cultural, and historical influences. The content of the course will include topics as: the impact of science on myth; the mythologies of romantic love, war, and peace; the process of individuation; and metaphors of psychological transformation. Class time will be devoted mainly to the discussion of the assigned readings. Students will be expected to be prepared for class by doing the readings and to be actively involved in the class discussions. Students will be given some of the responsibility for leading discussions. Evaluation will be based on: (1) class partiapation, (2) a course journal, and (3)four or five short (60@-800word) papers. Prerequisites: PSY 105(GeneralPsychology) Time: I Room: Murphy Place 2 Idealism and the Adolescent PSY 3704025 Instructor: Duane E.Johnson Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life of the adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such idealism will be considered. Idealism W e d toward other persons and society will be the main focus.-This course will be conducted as a seminar with a high level of student contributionand prticiption. Attendance at each class session is requhd. Procedures will include class discussion, frequent short papers, and frequentoral reports. Each student will be r e q M to seek out and interview pmons in the adolescent level of development. Typewritingor equivalent word processing will be required. Studentsare required to read TheMoral Life of Children by Robert Colesbefore the start of the Interim Thisbook will be available in the Augsburg Bookstore by November 1. Content of the book will be discussed in the first few class sessionsand will provide a base for further learning in the course. This course is offered only on PIN basis. Prerequisites: PSY 105, General Psychology Time: I Room: Old Main 23 The Bz%k, h p a g e and Intqmtation REL 445 41006 Instructor: Philip Quanbeck A study of theuse and funciton of language in the Bible. The importance of recognizing the varied character of language for understanding thebiblical text. Grades will be based on class prticipation, a presentation to the class and an examination. Prerequisites:REL 111 or REL 221 Distribution: Religion (only one Interim Religion course may be used toward graduation requirements.) Time: I Room: Old Main 11 The Theology of Mm'age REL,34341026 Instructor: Cathy Paulsen Mamiage has been described in terms of a free fall, a decision which we often make with a portion of our brain and all of our heart. This course will take nothing from the 1 I I heart, whether you are manied or not, but it will inaxme your sureness and the possibility for meaning/intimacy in your life with a significant other. Within the context of Christian tea*, many theories, with particular attention given to the work of C. G. Jung willbe studied and applied to the marital relationship and secondarilyto the family. discussion, and visiting resourcepersons. Evaluationwill be Thew willbe,-l based on class participation, one paper, and two tests. Two books willbe required. Prerequisites:REL 111 or REL 221 or permission of instructor. Distribution: Religion (only one Interim Religion course may be used toward graduation requirements.) Time: I Room Music 24 Biblical T & i Then andNow REL4354060 Instructor:~~-en An opportunity for students to mearch s@c Biblical texts to examine their place in Scriand how it has been interpwtd by theologians down through the centuries, including current interpwlations by feminist, process and liberation theologians. Each student will mearch and pment findings to the class on one specific text. Evaluation is based on class participation and the mearch paper. No exams. Prerequisites REL 111 or REL 221. Distribution: Religion (only one Interim Religioncourse may be used toward graduationrequirements.) Time: II Room Old Main 23 A t m , God and Money: How SciencP, Religion a n d E c m i c s M k REL 43641061 Instructors: Mark Engebretson,JohnBenson, and Tom M q a n Science, theology and economic thought are intricately intertwined and reflect one another in the development of Western Civilization. "Atoms, God and Money will examine three historical periods: Medieval, 18th Century and 20th Century, to show how the three areas of thought change together and influence one another. Course content will be drawn from texts and video series by James Burke and from writings of Kenneth Boulding. Class time will be divided among a variety of activities including: discussion, lecture, presentations, small group tutorials and simulation games. Drawing from the ideas developed in the course, participants will work as teams to construct Space Colonies. Course evaluation will be based upon: Midterm and Final exams, group project presentation, and a final paper on a topic in the area in which one is taking the course for credit. Prerequisites: Junior or Senior status and one prior religion course Distribution: Religion (only one Interim Religion course may be used toward graduation requirements.) Time: I1 Room: Science 123 Exploring Human Services SWK 25741027 Instructor: Mary Lou Williams Students will volunteer 20 hours per week under the direction of an agency representative. In addition, students will attend a specific small group seminar 3 hours per week during which agency experiences will be shared and readings discussed. Evaluation will be based on performance in agency, written subjective summary, brief journal summary, exam on readings. Time: I Room: Murphy Place 1 Exploring Human Services and Social Work in Great Britain (lanuay 2-26,1991) SWK 34611028 Instructor: Rosemary Link Experience the excitement of a changing Europe through British eyes. Explore modern social policies in the context of ancient culture. Join British students and faculty and meet a variety of human service professionals in health, corrections, family and child welfare. Encounter the breadth of the nation's traditions through visits to galleries, museums, theaters and historic sites, such as Canterbury, and Stratford. In London we visit a wide range of agencies and explore this lively city with the help of English social work students. We visit the West coast port of Bristol and benefit from University faculty expertise in advocacy and child welfare. We mix practical experience, observation and dialogue to understand how the country's social services reflect culhual values. The fee ($2,295) includes travel and accomrnodations, breakfast daily, two lunches, six dinners and two theater tickets. Registration for this Interim must be made before October 26 at The Office of International Programs. Field Work LU S W K 466-41030 (fullcourse) S W K 466-41029 (l/2 course) Instrudar: Francine Chakoli Course content w i l lbe continuation of Field Work I. - educationallyfocused field placement in a social service agency. Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field placement, plus one hour per week in a faculty facilitated supportive seminar held on campus. Evaluations will be made in writing by the field instructor using previously developed contract and social work evaluation forms. Prerequisites: S W K 462 (Field Work II) Time: To be arranged Principles of Sociology (with emphasis a the Health Care Systnn) SOC 121-41031 Instructor: Barbara Johnson Sociology is a unique way of understanding the world. As an academic discipline and a profession, sociology provides insights into culture, roles, groups, interaction, inequality and social structure. It is an essential tool for discovering the world and one's place in it. The emphasis for illustrationsand exercises will be directed to the health care system. Crosscultural comparisons will be drawn. The course will be useful for future health care providers and related professionals and for consumers as well. This course covers the same concepts and meets the same objectives as the regular term course. Therefore students can expect daily written and/or reading illbe given. assignments. Three exams w Distribution: Psychology/Sociology Time: II Room Library 1 Racial and Minority Group Relations SOC 265-41032 Instructor: Jerry Gerasimo This course considers the dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self- understanding. The course format will include lectures, films,readings, and an opportunity for offcampus participant observation. Members of the class can expect evaluation to be based on a combination of class participation, a research project, and a final examination. The course is offered only on a P/N basis. Distribution: Minority-Urban Time: I Room Old Main 18 Beginning Spmdsh SPA 1114(B3 Instructo~Staff Beginrung Spanish I is the first half of the beginning sequence, the goal of which is to introduce the student to the most basic vocabulary and grammar in order to prepat him or her either to go on to additional study of Spanish or to use it at an elementary speaking-understanding level at the end of the m n d course. The emphasisis on spoken Spanish, but secondarygoals to develop reading and writing skills as well. After Inkdm, students will be prepared to continuewith Spanish 112in the spring. The approach used in class will be proficiency oriented and grammar explanations willbe given as needed to clan@thosein the text. Evaluation will include class participation, a test on each chapterand a written and an oral final scam Distribution: ForeignZanguage Time: I Room Old Main 29 Evaluating Continental Literatrwe SPA 250-41034 ~ I ' I S Gu* ~ ~ E ROZ4?tlt& The objective of the course is to enable studentsto discuss continentalliterature through theuse of valid critical tools. It will involve both theory and subsequent evaluation of the reading selectionsfrom different points of view. We shall read half a dozen short stories, severalplays, one novel and a number of poems. Studentevaluation willbe based on thw written repork, participation in class discussions, and a finalscam This course is designed for foreign language studentsbut anyone with an interest in European continental literatureis welcome to m 1 1 . Students interested in Spanish350 (Introductionto Literam for Language Students)should see the instructor for special arrangements.Offered in English. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or consent of instructor Distribution: English-Speech Time:I Room: Old Main27 Documentary Video SPC 347-41035 Instructor: Deborah Bart Documentary video is a video production course which integrates lecture and criticism with hands-on experience dealing with non-fiction subjects. Students will work in production teams, gaining experience in field production and editing. The production teams will produce a 30-minute documentary piece. Evaluation will be based upon student journals, critiques and a paper. This course requires additional lab time for editing. Time: I Room: Foss A-V Seminar Theater Crafts SPC 495-41036 Instructor: Michael Burden Theatei Crafts will introduce students to several methods used in producing props and costume accessories for the stage. Class time will be project oriented. Projects will include felt hats, masks, jewelry, mold casting, hand props and a final project to be selected by the student. The class will also include theater tours and attendance at a prop-oriented show. Prerequisites: SPC 222 or 228 (Intro to Theatre or Technical Production) or permission of instructor. Time: I1 Room: Tjornhom-Nelson Theater Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which offersoverseas learning experienm during the Interim. Further information about the following courses can be obtained from Kathleen Lutfi at the InternationalPrograms Office, 2018 Eighth Street (330.16551 or from the Interim Office. Registration for these Interims ends October 26,1990. These courses a~ offered on a P/N basis only and generally carry a lower division number. Ancient and Modern Maya of the Yucatan Archaeology in Yugoslavia Art in France and Italy Australia's Business Climate The British School and Family The Culture, Heritage and Diversity of Eastern Europe Ecology and Natural History of The Yucatan E m t in Transition Europe and the Rise of Modern Science -- Exploring Human Services and Social Work in Great Britain Greece Art and Artifact, Myth and Drama Guatemala: Centuries of Tradition- Century of Change Hawaii: Mu1ti Cultural Communication in Organizational Settings Intermediate German. 2,000 Years in Trier Literary Landscapes of England and Ireland Modern European Business and Worklife Molart to Brahms: Music in Germany and Austria Museums, Music and Monuments (Germany,Austria, Italy, Hunga y) Peace Studies: Nonviolent Revolution in Europe Social Change: The Ultimatum of Community Development in India The Soviet Union and Eastern Europe in the Gorbachev Era Southeast Sea Adventure: Tropical Ecology in Malaysia and Bali Spain. 1492 to 1992 and Beyond Theatre in Britain This is New Zealand Towards Peace an Conflict Resolution. Study in Ireland Translating All That Business About lapan * These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but have been approved for credit by the college. Most cany a tuition cost plus other expenses which are the responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a P/N basis. Fuller descriptions and details for registering are available in the Interim Office. Sailing in the Virgin Islands (January8-24 1991) HPE 455-41039 Instructor: Joyce Pfaff Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will take the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming and crewing). The student will live aboard a 43-46 foot fixed keel sailboat with five/six other people and will function as an active crew member. Actual on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the course. Sailing will include cruises to the various islands and cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. No smoking is allowed. The course cost is $2,400, which includes airfare, for Augsburg day students and qualifying 4-14 students. Others will have to pay regular Interim tuition in order to receive academic credit. Prerequisite: Permission from Marilyn Florian or Carol Enke of the Health and Physical Education department. Total payment is due October 31,1990. Distribution: Lifetime sport (also one course credit). Outward Bound HPE 21241067 Check for informationin the InterimOffice for material on dog sledding and snowshoeing on the Minnesota-Canadianborder or for white water cImoeingand desert campingon the Rio Grande in theDecembeT27 through January27period. l'hereis a cost of approximately$1,275 (theOutward Bound o ~ a r b t i o has n some scholarshipsavailable). LPaders o n L e a i p : The NatimlAgendu POL39841065 Washington, D.C.: News Cap;tolof The Wmld POL 39841066 These Interims begin December 30and continue until January19,1991. Information on either of the above pmgrams, housing and financial assistanceis available from Dr. Milda Hedblom in Memorial 117k ThefOllming&hity 1s d & I e fo shdcnb during Inhim and s h r h f s may rqisbjbr this as(orn w l n r mum. This &fy dm not mwy @cia! d i t , Inrf dm ma+ fhe lfdirnesports requiremenffmgmduntim. Sludmk mnyprticipk in fhis c b ~uithuulr&tEn'ng fw thewutse,Imt will tx qwtd fa F/mjfmw h e h or mf ll~esludent+tmfor the colme. class as&I American Karate HPE 002-41045 Instructor: Mike Teitelbaum The form, basic techniques and practical usage of American Karate, taught by a certified Third Degree MKA Black Belt instructor. Fee of $25.00. Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: 120&1:00 MWF Room: Melby Racquetball HPE 002-41044 Instructor: Brian Ammann Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: I; M,W and alternate Fridays Room: Melby Hisotry of Economic Thought ECO 219-41406 Instructor: Richard Herzog A chronological study of the major economic thinkers in the context o the political, economic and social settings of the time. Emphasis will be or tracing long-term secular trends in economic thinking in an attempt to provide a framework for understanding and analyzing current social problems. I. Ancient Economic Thinking 11. The Medieval Period 111. Mercantilism IV . Classical V. Socialist/Utopian VI. Modern Primarily lecture/dimssion depending on class size. If small class (less than 101, seminar style may be more appropriate. A major research paper (minimum of 10 pages) would be required. Final exam would be essay on three of five topics. Distribution: Economics/Political Science Time: I1 Room: Old Main 11 NEW COU'RSE A I S 290-41069 ART 290-41068 S. Chapman TRIBAL ARTS & CULTURE An o v e r v i w of the v i s u a l arcs of the he'rfcan Indians v i t h i n r h e United S r a t e s v i t h some a t t e n t i o n rtl Canada, Gntral and South America. In addition to the visual arcs of the Eastern Woodland, P l a i n s , Pacific a d Southwest fndians, some c o n t e n t w i l l hclude drama, d a c e , p o e t t y , mythology, r i t u a l s and r e l i g ~ o n . Scu&zsts -1 produce art work such ar weaving, baskecs , p o t t e r y , jewelry, sedqture or p.rinrs. This wurst is c r o s s f k i t e d v i t h the Arr Department. Objectives, Content. aad Procedzres a m & s e e d on page 2 bf this Proposal. Evaluation w i l l be done fn amjuoctien w i t h t h e A r t Department. A complete syllabus w i l l be developed v i t h the assistance of che A r t D e p a r a e a t . Herhods of e v a l w c i w ill be Included. Distribution: Fine A r t s HPE 271-41070 Time: X I Room: OFFICIATING FOOTBALL I. ~ e v e i o pknowltdgt mu s k i l l s mctizary t o ~m a' reglsttted official nith the Hinnesota State Ugh School League. 2. Develop appreciation far the fole of t h e official i n the total aducational prrrcess. Cmtenr: OM4 Will k based an the rules mb -its set f0M the national Federation for Swru and rules and r~gularlomsof tne Hinnesota State High Schcvl League. Procedures: Lectures, dermnstrat~ons.film. simlated 9- situations Evaluation: Written tcst - T h i s i s a one-half credit course. H I S 140-41964 EAST EUROPE Time: 11, M,W, a l t . Fri. UNDER THE HAPSBURGS - Room: S i Melby R.D. Zehnder the East C e n ~ d f u r c ~ e= a h of the rabs'hqs and itr inheritors f o e z i n g on three themes: 1) %acfrgrpu..xd, 4 e v t l ~ * n tand -=ent ~nditzon of t \ e peoples o f East Cent-d. E u m p t thc Balkans w i t h eye .to fallowin; c ~ z t n events t in Erst Europe ~ ' p l - Q an ricotic but &- He w i l l lccir a t vacation for tilose b e a d y bared with PEZLS and O s l o 2 ) The i..ceniws instltutlons of the & k e g s t k a t d b w c d them b m e w i a t!!e c ! a l l e r . q e of Refgration, Libera-, Hati-, always as t h vsi+'-q ~ t e a m in Lke s t - ~ g g l e uith Gutavus Admf;.=s, H z w l m n , and . &-B 3) The brZLizn+ raltrt-al ac3ievemenrs of s f mt&e .. t??es%h t ~ b d e r miles ocean at t h e hterfaca of Geman, kt3, and SLavic s ~ c ~ e ~ fe s , HEZFreud. W t will visit Vienna ~JI 1776 L!mgb *e fib ha2eus unless t h e ma<*= is realp by class. By t . ? e end of te= e v e r n n e ulll be q e c t e d to aiscuss Easr !C==?e Fntelligently mer ccffee md m i l l do an fn-depa prrrjecr paper on an East Europe s m e r vacatien w i t % r h s t o r i c a l f02 tome aspect, of th. Habsbur: tultural or institutional e~::=ibution thaf you f k d psf-iF21uly iatorescL7q. mare w i l l also be some farm of an -ma#. Distribution: Hi rtory/Philosaphy Time: I 1 Room: OM13 J, Shackel ford - -- -- - - - - - ~ 1 1 1be p r e ~ r a t ~ - ~ ~ ' ~ & icjectim ~ - & t ef g e o c e ~ i r~ oi ~s - 1 ~ by a SuceeasiW of u i e n t i l u from copemit o I-ton; ~ d l u r=forn l d the discovery af the ~ t ~ m l a t t oofn t h e b l e d ; -cgenm of a*pcrirntal e t h o d s ; tbt o r p ~ a i ~ t l nofn the scl*ntlEi~*Oterprbe. and c-n for t h e &act o f science on rrligiow and mr.1 P t t t r s . shy'wr+ tb* t b - t t s t c d theerlrs a t tb meitnta W o n mat in perid? my dld t h e nrv Ideal i ~ these quntiuar v ~ l require l er aftto r c t w l t b opp~zitirn? c o ~ i d e t a t of c ~ f i t l d c rthe r o c i a l llrd a f e 1 l e - l a f r r t o f Rtfor-tion AM Cauntcrold nytb about t h e b f o t m t ? o n m o p e . In the V r o u ¶ s we rill d b p c l proqrtsstvc ~ t u c mof sciemtific d * q e l o ~ n tand c~let o ra ~ d c r r t m d i n go f memr of tP. macept=l changes mt form gut of om tnttllactual h*rft.qr. ~lrrtrrretioa'vill Laclde lectnres and dlrelusia. Bud en e x a d ~ t l o m(short W * r a rml -yrl & r , Prerequisite: 3 History course m l m t l m u11l k plpcr. Time: ? I Room: OM13 MATHEMATICS OF CHANCE Zheng The goal of this course I5 t o discuss with students a b u t various f i n i t e mathematics t o p i c s , including Sets, counting Thcturfques. Probbil l t y md S t a t i s t i c s . f lass sessions Include I r c t u e s , dCscussions and small grgup rxercises. Course evaluatjon will be based on class-particlpatlvn, hmemrrk, a midtrm exam and f i n a l exam. (Studmts who have hhd Probability and Statistics fraR other courses shoutd contact the instructor before n g i s t c r i n g far this tovrsc), Students who have taken MT 121 aay n o t take t h i s course; however, students who take thls course may l a t ~ rregister for HAT 121. Prerequisites: MAT 104 or Group TI1 Distribution: I N S 401-41071 Time: I1 Room: 5212 Math/Physics THE C I T Y AS MYTH & METAPHOR: & THE WILDERNESS THE GARDEN 3. G r i f f i n This course will l o o k a t t h e c i t y a s a garden and wilderness, e x p l o r i n g these metaphors i n the broadest sense. Not only w i l l we look a t the c i t y per re, but we w i 11 consider how these metaphors affect perceptions o f women L minorities. The course w i l l approach the t o p i c primarily by way o f the humanities. Thus there w i l l be a focus on the discussion o f t e x t s , but these texts w i l l be supplemented by the resources of the Twin C i t i e s themselves. Prerequisite: SENIOR HONORS STUDENT INTERNSHIPS: Time: I Room: FC 42 For information on January Interim internships please contact the Internship o f f i c e i n Murphy Place, Rm. 8, by December 14. OTHER CHANGES: HPE 232 REC'L RHYTHMS & ACTlVITlES meets Time: I , M,U, & a l t . F Cancelled courses: HIS 338, THE 1890s: AMERICA'S WATERSHED MAT 132, MATH AND ITS APPLICATIONS INTERIM
Show less
Master of Arts in Education (MAE) Catalog, 1990-1992
Title
Master of Arts in Education (MAE) Catalog, 1990-1992
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
MASTER OF ARTS IN EDUCATIONLEADERSHIP AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1990-1992 ·' -.Jnformation Sessions MASTER OF ARTS IN EDUCATION-LEADERSHIP Individuals interested in the Master of Arts in EducationLeadership program at Augsburg College are encouraged to attend an information session. These free,...
Show more MASTER OF ARTS IN EDUCATIONLEADERSHIP AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1990-1992 ·' -.Jnformation Sessions MASTER OF ARTS IN EDUCATION-LEADERSHIP Individuals interested in the Master of Arts in EducationLeadership program at Augsburg College are encouraged to attend an information session. These free, two-hour sessions are scheduled at various times prior to the beginning of each trimester. Please call the Master of Arts inEducation- Leadership Office (330-1786) for details or to register for one of these information sessions: Thursday, May9, 1991 Tuesday, June 18, 1991 Thursday, July 18, 1991 Saturday, October 26, 1991 Saturday,Februaryl,1992 Tuesday, May 12, 1992 Tuesday, June 16, 1992 Thursday, July 16, 1992 7:00 - 8:00p.m. 10:00 a.m. - noon 10:00 a.m. - noon 9:00 - 11:00 a.m. 10:00 a.m. - noon 10:00 a.m. - noon 10:00 a.m. - noon 10:00 a.m. - noon For more information write or call: Master of Arts in Education-Leadership Office Augsburg College 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, MN 55454 612/330-1786 ~· Augsburg Colleg0 731 21ST AVENUE SOUTH MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55454 3/91 ·:.....·-·-·. .. ,6iee and Payment Schedule ~ ~ . ;: ~ .. ·=· .., ...·.· Application Fee (payable once, non-refundable) Tuition (per trimester course) (one course =6 quarter credits or 4 semester credits) Enrollment Reservation Deposit (non-refundable, applicable to first semester's tuition) Leadership Practicum Fee (per term for six terms) Thesis Continuation Fee $100.00 Late Fee, per day (charged to any student registering after the scheduled registration date). Late registration includes incomplete registration as defined: a) Unsigned Registration Form or b) Unapproved Payment Plan Registration Change after First Class Meeting (cancel/add/change grade option, or combination at one time) Transcript Fee (per copy after first, which is free) Finance Charge: A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of 1% per month on any account with an open balance of 30 days or more. $25.00 $884.00 $100.00 $125.00 $50.00 $5.00 $2.00 Fees The application fee ($25) is due on or before the application deadline for a given term. The $100 non-refundable deposit (applied to first semester's tuition) reserves a place in the program in a given term, once a person is accepted. Tuition is due at the time of registration. Payment Options* 1) Payment in Full: Due day of registration. 2) Payment Plan: Upon application and after college approval, a 3pay plan is available each trimester. Payment plans will be offered only if previous plans have been adhered to. 3) Company Reimbursement: Full courses, or equivalent, which are company reimbursed require a deposit of $150 per course reimbursed, with full payment due within 50 days after the end of the term. Tuition is set on an annual basis, payable in three equal installments at the beginning of each trimester. Registration is permitted only if the student's account for a previous term is paid in full as agreed. Augsburg College will not release diplomas or academic transcripts until all student accounts are paid in full. This also applies for student loan funds administered by the college (Perkins Student Loan); they must be current according to established repayment schedules. •A non-sufficient-funds check will declare your registration invalid and could affect further credit extended by the college. ~- •nformation Sessions MASTER OF ARTS IN EDUCATION-LEADERSHIP Individuals interested in the Master of Arts in EducationLeadership program at Augsburg College are encouraged to attend an information session. These free, two-hour sessions are scheduled at various times prior to the beginning of each trimester. Please call the Master of Arts inEducation- Leadership Office (330-1786) for details or to register for one of these information sessions: Thursday, May 9, 1991 Tuesday, June 18, 1991 Thursday, July 18, 1991 Saturday, October 26, 1991 Saturday,Februaryl,1992 Tuesday, May 12, 1992 Tuesday, June 16, 1992 Thursday, July 16, 1992 7:00 - 8:00p.m. 10:00 a.m. - noon 10:00 a.m. -noon 9:00 - 11 :00 a.m. 10:00 a.m. - noon 10:00 a.m. - noon 10:00 a.m. - noon 10:00 a.m. -noon ,r"' .~~,::· ' \ ...:f .>-a 'l-·~r ~··-· tr1 ~· ·t.rj". ... ~:-.: For more information write or call: Master of Arts in Education-Leadership Office Augsburg College 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, MN 55454 612/33~1786 Augsburg Col leg0 731 21ST AVENUE SOUTH MINNEAPOLIS 3/91 MN 55454 z ·: .· · ~: B alendar 1991- '92 Saturday Schedule: 8:30 a.m. - Noon and 1:15 - 4:45 p.m. Thursday Schedule: 6:00 - 7:30 p.m. and 8:00 - 9:30 p.m. Fall Trimester 1991 Class Dates Thursday, September 5 Saturday, September 14 Thursday, September 19 Saturday, September 28 Thursday, October 3 Saturday, October 12 Thursday, October 17 Saturday,October26 Thursday, October 31 Saturday, November 9 Thursday, November 14 Saturday, November 23 Thursday, December 5 Leadership Practicum Dates Saturday, September 7: Workshop for returning students Saturday, September 21: Assessment Center for new students Saturday, October 5: Assessment Center for new students Other Important Dates Monday, August 19: Application deadline Wednesday, September 4: Orientation Monday, September 9: Last day to register and/or drop Saturday, November 23: Last day to withdraw from class Monday, December 16: Final grades due Winter Trimester 1992 Class Dates Thursday, January 9 Saturday, January 18 Thursday, January 23 Saturday, February 1 Thursday, February 6 Saturday,February15 Thursday, February 20 Saturday,February29 Thursday, March 5 Saturday, March 14 Thursday, March 19 Saturday, March 28 Leadership Practicum Dates Saturday, January 11: Workshop for returning students Saturday, January 25: Assessment Center for new students Other Important Dates Monday, December 2: Application deadline Wednesday, January 8: Orientation Monday, January 13: Last day to register and/or drop class without record notation Saturday, March 14: Last day to withdraw from class Monday, April 6: Final grades due .·- -~ ~.~ .·: ·. Spring Trimester 1992 Class Dates Thursday, April 2 Saturday, April 11 Thursday, April 16 Saturday, April 25 Thursday, April 30 Saturday, May 9 Thursday, May 14 Thursday, May 21 Saturday, May 30 Thursday, June 4 Saturday, June 13 Thursday, June 18 Saturday, June 27 ~· C/)f ~1 ~ tr ~ ~ tr.f ~, z· Leadership Practicum Dates Saturday, April 4: Workshop for returning students t· ~ ;:: '! b· Other Important Dates Monday, March 9: Application Deadline Wednesday, April 1: Orientation Monday, April 6: Last day to register and/ or drop without notation Saturday, May 30: Last day to withdraw from class Monday, July 6: Final grades due .... ~' ~ v ~-:-·· ..., ,,. " II.•.•. ): ljee and Payment Schedule -~. Application Fee (payable once, non-refundable) Tuition (per trimester course) (one course= 6 quarter credits or 4 semester credits) Enrollment Reservation Deposit (non-refundable, applicable to first semester's tuition) Leadership Practicum Fee (per term for six terms) Thesis Continuation Fee $100.00 Late Fee, per day (charged to any student registering after the scheduled registration date). Late registration includes incomplete registration as defined: a) Unsigned Registration Form or b) Unapproved Payment Plan Registration Change after First Class Meeting (cancel/add/change grade option, or combination at one time) Transcript Fee (per copy after first, which is free) Finance Charge: A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of 1% per month on any account with an open balance of 30 days or more. $25.00 $884.00 $100.00 $125.00 $50.00 $5.00 $2.00 Fees The application fee ($25) is due on or before the application deadline for a given term. The $100 non-refundable deposit (applied to first semester's tuition) reserves a place in the program in a given term, once a person is accepted. Tuition is due at the time of registration. Payment Options* ::.::-. ~-- ' + 1) Payment in Full: Due day of registration. 2) Payment Plan: Upon application and after college approval, a 3pay plan is available each trimester. Payment plans will be offered only if previous plans have been adhered to. 3) Company Reimbursement: Full courses, or equivalent, which are company reimbursed require a deposit of $150 per course reimbursed, with full payment due within 50 days after the end of the term. "";,:-< "' w < ~·· ~- t, ,, " ~ -=: ~: ·:~-.-..; d Tuition is set on an annual basis, payable in three equal installments at the beginning of each trimester. Registration is permitted only if the student's account for a previous term is paid in full as agreed. Augsburg College will not release diplomas or academic transcripts until all student accounts are paid in full. This also applies for student loan funds administered by the college (Perkins Student Loan); they must be current according to established repayment schedules. > ::.: ::-.~ ~- •A non-sufficient-funds check will declare your registration in'Clalid and could affect further credit extended by the college. "'r 1 he most important key to developing a collective will to overcome many of our commonplace problems is leadership. Certainly leadership is characterized by more than knowing. It is also more than acting. It is ultimately defined in coalescing others to act when they otherwise might not have. Leadership, including teacher leadership, is ultimately proven in the efforts of others to attempt to scale heights of human achievement and plunge depths of human caring not otherwise envisioned." -Ken Howey Augsburg College 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, MN 55454 612/330-1786 Calendar for 1990-'91 .................................................................... 4 Introduction to the Master of Arts in Education-Leadership ... 6 Leadership Development Model ................................................. 7 Curriculum Design ....................................................................... 9 Course Descriptions .................................................................... 10 Graduate Faculty ........................................................................ 12 Library .......................................................................................... 12 Accreditation and Affiliations ................................................... 12 Student Support Services ........................................................... 13 Student Rights ............................................................................. 13 Admission Requirements ........................................................... 14 Application Procedures ...... ......... ..... ........... ..................... ...... .... 14 Evaluation Standards ................................................................. 15 Academic Policies ....................................................................... 16 Fee and Payment Schedule ........................................................ 17 Financial Aid ...... ................... ...................................................... 18 About Augsburg ......................................................................... 21 Campus Map ......................................................... .......... ............ 22 Campus Location ............................... ........... .............................. 23 B alendar 1990-'91 Calendar Saturday Schedule: 8:30 AM - Noon and 1:15 - 4:45 PM Thursday Schedule: 6:00 - 7:30 PM and 8:00 - 9:30 PM Fall Trimester 1990 . ... " Class Dates Thursday, September 6 Thursday, September 13 Saturday, September 22 Thursday, September 27 Saturday, October 6 Thursday, October 11 Saturday, October 20 Thursday, October 25 Saturday, November 3 Thursday, November 8 Saturday, November 17 Thursday, November 29 Saturday, December 1 Leadership Practicum Dates Saturday, September 8 Saturday, September 15 Other Important Dates Monday, August 20: Application Deadline Wednesday, September 5: Orientation Monday, September 10: Last day to register and/ or drop class without record notation Saturday, November 17: Last day to withdraw from class Monday, December 17: Final Grades Due Attendance Policy Because leadership issues are presented, discussed and analyzed in the classroom, regular attendance is highly important and should be considered a responsibility, not only to one's self, but to one's classmates and the course instructor. Irregular attendance may, at the discretion of the instructor, adversely affect one's grade. Winter Trimester, 1991 Class Dates Thursday, January 3 Saturday, January 12 Thursday, January 17 Saturday, January 26 Thursday, January 31 Saturday, February 9 Thursday, February 14 Saturday, February 23* Thursday, February 28 Saturday, March 9 Thursday, March 14 Saturday, March 23 Thursday, March 28 Leadership Practicum Saturday, January 5 *One week between classes Other Important Dates Monday, December 3: Application Deadline Wednesday, January 2: Orientation Monday, January 7: Last day to register and/ or drop class without record notation Saturday, March 16: Last day to withdraw from class Monday, April 1: Final Grades Due Spring Trimester 1991 Class Dates Thursday, April 11 Saturday, April 20 Thursday, April 25 Saturday, May 4 Thursday, May 9 Saturday, May 18 Thursday, May 23 Saturday, June 1 Thursday, June 6 Saturday, June 15* Thursday, June 20 Saturday, June 22 Thursday, June 27 Leadership Practicum Saturday, April 6 *One week between classes Other Important Dates Monday, March 4: Application Deadline Wednesday, April 10: Orientation Monday, April 15: Last day to register and/ or drop class without record notation Saturday, June 1: Last day to withdraw from class Monday, July 8: Final Grades Due 6,Jntroduction to the Master of Arts in Education-Leadership Developing Leaders for Education The Masters of Arts in Education-Leadership is a program for educators who value and enjoy their direct contact with students and want to retain that focu in their careers. It is a program that at the outset promotes the imp rtance of teaching. It is also a program that values the role educators can play as leaders within their places of work. People who become part of this Master of Arts program will have opportunities to: • Examine what "leadership" is and who leads; • Explore who they are as leaders, both within an educational setting and outside of it; • Gain specific knowledge of education and leadership that can support their development; and • Develop skills that can increase the effectiveness of their leadership. This program values the role that good educators play in the lives of students and operates from the belief that educators need to exercise leadership within the workplace without relinquishing the role of teacher. Accommodating the Full-Time Work Schedule The Master of Arts in L adership pr gram is designed to meet the needs and preferences ol working adults. The pr gram is bas don the assum,ption that the men and women who enroll are employed, self-disciplined and well-motivated individuals who seek a balance of classroom experience, group interaction and individual study. Each course is, therefore, divided into period of tudy, group effort and clas pr paration. To accommodate this format for learning, each cla s meet on alternate Saturdays for thr e-and- ne-half hours and alternate Thursday evenings for one-and-one-half hours. Leadership Development Model Th Ma ter of Art in Education-L adership program promotes leadership as a pl'oce which 1) inspires cooperation among people who must compete for limit d resource , 2) pr motes productivity within and beyond the organizati n, and 3) works toward progress. To accomplish this, individuals aspiring to positions of leadership must possess thre k y attributes: a sen e of vision, the ability to persuade and the ability to direct action. Underlying thes attributes is a broad range of abilities and awarenesse . Thes abilitie and awarenesses, outlined in the diagram on page 7, serve as specific outcomes for the Leadership Development Model Leadership Sense of Vision Orientation Toward Action / Ethical + Social awareness + Environmental awareness + Tolerance of religious and philosophical differences + Appreciation of situational complexity /1 Facility for Persuasion / Communicative Creative + Long-term perspective + Flexibility + Adaptability + Innovativeness + Effective listener • Effective speaker + Effective writer + Diplomatic ability + Effective team member + Interpersonal sensitivity I Risk Assumptive + Curiosity + Achievement motivation + Self-esteem Decisive + Self-confidence + Analytical ability + Ability to think critically + Understanding of research + Ability to manage conflict ""' Culturally Aware + Appreciation for cultural differences • World-view perspective • Tolerance of individual differences Master of Arts in Education-Leadership. Augsburg's model of leadership development is designed to assess, promote, enhance and refine these capabilities within the individual. Community of Learners Essential to the goals of the Master of Arts in Education-Leadership is participation in a community of learners. Learning can be enhanced when the student is involved in a stable community that provides opportunity and encouragement for active participation both in and out of the classroom. This community will be enriched by the presence of men and women who bring to the program a variety of work and life experiences. . ... To facilitate this kind of community interaction, Augsburg encourages graduate students to make use of college facilities such as the library, meeting rooms and the Christensen Center; to take the opportunity to share meals and coffee breaks; to participate in optional lunchtime seminars; and to attend other college activities such as music and dramatic presentations and athletic events. Leadership Practicum Master of Arts in Education-Leadership students enroll in a half course called "Leadership Practicum." Students are required to enroll in this professional assessment and development course for six terms during their graduate work at Augsburg. Upon completion of the entire practicum, students receive a half-course credit. Early in the program a major component of this practicum is a full day professional assessment to determine students' abilities and potential relative to each of the outcomes of the Leadership Development Model (see page 3). Assessment instruments include paper and pencil exercises and simulation and group experiences. Following the assessment, students meet individually with a trained assessor who provides guidance in personal goal setting and in the creation of a professional development plan focused on dimensions of leadership. In subsequent terms "Leadership Practicum" includes workshops designed to meet the needs of students in the following areas: communication skills, self-assessment measures, group processes, and other professional development topics identified by graduate students and staff. These workshops are developed by students enrolled in the course "Creativity and Problem Framing. " The Assessment and Leadership Practicum also asks students to focus on leadership opportunity within their workplace, or in an appropriate volunteer setting. Students will develop a learning agreement which outlines the scope of their project and what they hope to accomplish and learn through that project. Students will be supported throughout this project by peer and faculty coaching sessions which meet as an ongoing part of the Assessment and Leadership Practicum. B urriculum Design The Master of Arts in Education-Leadership program is composed of 12 courses. Each course uses a variety of learning techniques appropriate to adult learners including case study, debate, written and oral seminar presentations and small group activity. These courses develop targeted leadership abilities and understandings as a boundary crossing endeavor in need of the leadership skills and visions of people from all levels of an organization. The Master of Arts in Education-Leadership will provide opportunities for students to: conceptual frameworks of leadership issues of leadership history of education current issues in education conceptual models of teaching and learning Study • • • • • Reflect • on the various natures of leadership • on themselves as leaders • options and opportunities for leadership in education • on ethics and values in leadership Assess • themselves as leaders • situations in which they lead • programs, projects and ideas Exercise • creative leadership both individual and collective • a variety of thought processes Integrate • viewpoints on leadership with p r anal experiences • viewpoints on education from a variety of disciplines Required Courses Include: EDU EDU EDU EDU EDU EDU EDU EDU EDU EDU EDU EDU 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 500 590 591 592 Ethics and Leadership Legacy of Education Models of Teaching and Learning Diversity and Education Evaluation and Documentation Creativity and Problem Framing Models of Educational Process Politics and Public Policy of School Offerings Assessment and Leadership Practicum Thesis Research Seminar I Thesis Research Seminar II Thesis Consultation a ourse Descriptions EDU 510 Ethics and Leadership Study of leadership within the context of personal and professional ethics, values and faith. Weighing and balancing competing values within an ethical framework will be explored as a part of experiential exercises. Leadership issues of gender, ethnic origins, and culture will be explored. Leaders of past and present, recognized and unrecognized, will be studied. This course views the nature and purpose of leadership from a variety of disciplines and perspectives. EDU 511 Legacy of Education Comparative study of education through political, historical, economic and sociological perspectives. This course will provide a knowledge base for students to discharge their leadership responsibilities with wisdom gained from knowing the past. EDU 512 Models for Teaching and Learning Study of the teaching and learning processes. Recent research findings about teaching and learning will be examined. Interpretation of the research findings in light of prejudgments concerning teaching and learning will be explored. Technological applications to the field of teaching and learning will be included. EDU 513 Diversity and Education An exploration of the interrelatedness of world concerns and cultural diversity as they impact on the field of education. EDU 514 Evaluation and Documentation Evaluation and documentation of programs, projects, and ideas as they relate to educational policy and practice. Qualitative and quantitative tools will be discussed. EDU 515 Creativity and Problem Framing Study and application of the thinking processes as they affect problem solving and decision making. Models of goal formation, program planning and implementation will be included. Students will create seminars, to be conducted for peers in the program. EDU 516 Models of Educational Process Exploration of supervisory and consultative models, both within and outside the field of education. Major topics include mentoring, peer collaboration, varieties of administrative processes and procedures and observational techniques. Developing partnerships and collaborative ventures among programs and institutions within the community will be a part of this course. An underlying focus of this course is that of change: identifying where it's needed, initiating the process, and adapting to the outcomes. EDU 517 Politics and Public Policy of School Offerings Study of school curriculum; selection of curricular offerings, society's impact on school offerings, politics of curricular change and offerings, curriculum development and research in content areas. EDU 500 Assessment and Leadership Practicum A professional assessment and practicum which spans six terms. This course includes a full-day professional assessment; subsequent seminars designed by the students in the course, "Creativity and Problem Framing"; and opportunity to design and implement a leadership project within the workplace with the support of peer and faculty coaching. Half course. Graded on a P /N basis. EDU 590 Thesis - Research Seminar I This course provides each individual the opportunity to develop a research topic and to synthesize previous study and work experience. Graded on P /N basis. EDU 591 Thesis - Research Seminar II: Synthesis of Findings This seminar focuses on the results of individual projects developed in Research Seminar I. At the completion of the seminar, students present their final results orally and submit written theses. Graded on P /N basis. EDU 592 Thesis Consultation A series of meetings with a faculty thesis advisor simultaneous with EDU 591 and during the term in which the thesis is being prepared for final submission. Half course. Graded P /N. (Students not completing the thesis during the same term in which they enrolled in EDU 591 are required to pay a thesis continuation fee during each subsequent term until the thesis is completed. a raduate Faculty Faculty who teach in the Master of Arts in Education-Leadership program are full-time senior faculty with doctorates or appropriate professional degrees. Some courses are team taught by bringing together faculty from different disciplines or combining a faculty member with professionals from relevant fields. In these situations, at least one member of the team has a Ph.D. and substantial teaching experience. All of the program faculty have extensive experience teaching adult learners. The Augsburg library houses over 160,000 books, periodicals, records, tapes and films. Music, chemistry and art history libraries are located within the departmental areas. Access to over 1,000,000 volumes is available via daily interloan and courier service among seven private liberal arts colleges and the Hill Reference Library. Through Minitex, the statewide network, the additional resources of the Minnesota and Wisconsin libraries are accessible to Augsburg faculty and students. 'Blccreditation and Affiliations Students who successfully complete Augsburg's EducationLeadership program will receive a Master of Arts Degree. Augsburg is accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools. The college is a member of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC), Lutheran Education Council in North America and Minnesota Private College Council. Augsburg College is registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board. Registration is not an endorsement of the institution. Registration does not (necessarily) mean that credits earned at the institution can be transferred to other institutions or that the quality of the educational programs would meet the standards of every student, educational institution, or employer. ~tudent Support Services The Augsburg Master of Alis i11 Education-Leadership Program assists stud nts i:n making education and career plans, in working on their personal developme1\t, and in participating in activities beyond th classroom. Some of thes service, are listed below. Academic Planning In addition to the facu lty who provide consultation and advice, academic planning is guided by the Leadership Practicum assessors, thesis advisers, and Ma ter of Arts in Education-Leadership staff. Career Services available include: • Professional assessment through the Leadership Practicum • Self/ career assessment counseling through the Career Services Office (330-1162) • Development of a resume and a career-search plan through the Career Services Office • Work experience related to a student's field of specialization through the Coop rative Education Office (330-1148) • tudent Rights The College has adopted a statem nt f student rights and responsibilities and ha pr vided for du proce sin the matters of disciplin, ry action, grievances and grade appeal. Students who wish to identify appropriate procedmes for complaint hould contact the Vic President for Student Affair (3 0-1160). Th College operates in compliance with the Family Rights and Privacy Act and Title IX. Students hav the right to insp ct aJJ official records which pertain to them and which are maintained in the Registrar's Office and the Placement Office (except where a waiver f access ha been signed) and to challenge inac urate or misleading information. Students hav a right t experienc education free from discrimination ba ed on sex, race, tlmic or cultural background, handicap, creed, marital status or age. A)dmissions Requirements Applicants to the programs must hold a baccalaureate degree from an accredited four-year college or university. Applicant to the program are expected to have a minimum undergradua te grade point average of 3.0 on a 4.0 scale in an accredited master's program or demonstration of 3.0 course work b yond the bachelor' plus a probationary term. Applicants to the program must have two years of experience (or equivalent) in a position demonstrating leadership potential in an educational setting. Decisions about admission to the program will be made on an individual basi . Ad mi sion to each entering graduate class will be given t the most highly qualified individuals. Selection of candidates will be made on the basis of an evaluation of each applicant's: • previous college record • letters of recommendation • experience and organizational background • Miller Analogies Test scores • written statement and possible interview m pplication Procedures To apply, student must submit the following materials to the Master of Arts in Leader hip Office: • Completed application form with $25 (non-refundable) application fee. • Written statement relating the applicant's career and life goals focusing on leadership a pirations. • Letter of recommendation from an immediate supervisor, assessing leadership potential. • Letter of recommendation from a co-worker (at the same level) describing applicant's work style and potential as a leader. • Official transcripts of undergraduate and graduate work from each institution attended indicating degrees conferred. • Official set of re ults on the Miller Analogies Test, or for applicants whose nativ · language is not English, a minimum score of 600 on the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). • Possible interview with a graduate program staff member. ID valuation Standards Evaluation of academic performance for the Master of Arts in Education-Leadership will be based on number grades using a 4.0 point scale with these definitions: 4.0 3.5 3.0 2.5 2.0 P N W I Achieves highest standards of excellence Achieves above basic course standards Achieves the minimum passing standard Achieves at or above the 2.0 level (not computed in grade point average) Does not meet minimum course standards (no credit and non-punitive-not computed in grade point average) Grade given when course is dropped Incomplete grade given when student is unable to complete course requirements for reasons beyond the student's control (to receive an incomplete, a student must file a petition with the Graduate Program staff stating reasons for the request, the plan and date for removing the incomplete grade, the signature of the instructor, and any other necessary docw11entation). No more than two courses with a grade below 3.0 will count toward the degree. No more than two courses with a grade below 2.0 can be repeated. Only the credits and grades earned the second time are counted in the grade point average. Academic Probation and Dismissal " Student must maintajn a 3.0 cumulative grade point average. If a tudent falls bel w a 3.0 average, the student will be plac d on probation for the following term. A 3.0 cumulatjve grade point average must be restored in order for a student to b removed from probation. If a student receives a grade of N in a course, the student must petition successfully with the Graduate Program Committee before being permitted to continue in the program. A plan for the student to follow would be outlined at that time. If the cumulative grade point average again fall s below 3.0, the student may be dismissed from the program by the Graduate Program Committee. Students also may be dismissed by the Graduate Program Committee for behavior detrimental to the program such as a gross violation of college policy (as published in the Student Guide). Dismissal would occur only after established procedures were followed . Credit for Prior Education, Training and Experience Transfer credits will be evaluated on an individual basis. No more than three courses will be accepted for transfer into the Masters of Leadership-Education program. Credit and Contact Hours Each graduate course in the Master of Arts in EducationLeadership program is the equivalent of four semester credits or six quarter credits. Students meet in class a total of 30 hours and are responsible for a significant amount of individual study and preparation. Enrollment Policy/Leaves of Absence Students may take either one or two courses each trimester. Enrolling in two courses per trimester enables a student to complete the program in two years. All students are required to comple te th program within fou r years. Extensions beyond four y ars will b considered on the basi of petition to the Graduate Program Committee. Students who leave the program for more than one term mu t request a leave of absence in writing from the Graduate Program Committee. Last Date to Withdraw from Class The last date on which students may withdraw from a class and receive a "W" on their records is noted on pp. 4 and 5. ee and Payment Schedule Application Fee (payable once, non-refundable) Tuition (per trimester course) (one course = 6 quarter credits or 4 semester credits) Enrollment Reservation Deposit (non-refundable, applicable to first semester's tuition) Leadership Practicum Fee (per term for six terms) Thesis Continuation Fee Late Fee (charged to any student registering after the scheduled registration date.) Late registration includes incomplete registration as defined: a) Unsigned Registration Form or b) Unapproved Payment Plan Registration Change after First Class Meeting (cancel/add / change grade option, or combination at one time) Transcript Fee (per copy after first, which is free) Finance Charge: A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of 1% per month on any account with an open balance of 30 days or more. $25.00 $815.00 $100.00 $125.00 $100.00 $50.00 per day $5.00 $2.00 Fees The application fee ($25) is due on or before the application deadline for a given term. The $100 non-refundable deposit (applied to first semester's tuition) reserves a place in the program in a given term, once a person is accepted. Tuition is due at the time of registration. Payment Options* 1) Payment in Full: Due day of registration. 2) Payment Plan: Upon application and after college approval, a 3-pay plan is available each trimester. Payment plans will be offered only if previous plans have been adhered to. 3) Company Reimbursement: Full courses, or equivalent, which are company reimbursed require a deposit of $150 per course reimbursed, with full payment due within 50 days after the end of the term. Tuition is set on an annual basis, payable in 3 equal installments at the beginning of each trimester. Registration is permitted only if the student's account for a previous term is paid in full as agreed. Augsburg College will not release diplomas or academic transcripts until all student accounts are paid in full. This also applies for student loan funds administered by the college (Perkins Student Loan); they must be current according to established repayment schedules. *A non-sufficient-funds check will declare your registration invalid and could affect further credit extended by the college. Refund Schedule A per-course tuition refund will be made on the following basis: (In order to be eligible for the refund, students are responsible for cancelling courses with the Registrar's Office.) Prior to Prior to Prior to Prior to Prior to Prior to the first scheduled class meeting-100 % the second scheduled class meeting-90% the third scheduled class meeting-80 % the fourth scheduled class meeting-70% the fifth scheduled class meeting-60% the sixth scheduled class meeting-50 % Iiinancial Aid In a number of ways, students may receive assistance in meeting Graduate Program costs. Enrollment in two courses per trimester allows the student to be classified as full-time . One course is considered half-time enrollment. The Office of Student Financial Services (330-1046) assists students in assessing financial aid eligibility and offers financial aid from available alternatives, including the following: Augsburg Tuition Grant Augsburg College may provide grants and scholarships to graduate students who show academic potential and have financial need. Funded Scholarships Augsburg actively pursues outside funding for special scholarships. The availability of such scholarships enables the participation of individuals of limited financial means as well as individuals working for volunteer agencies and other organizations not likely to provide tuition reimbursement. Company Tuition Assistance Programs Many companies, agencies and corporations offer full or partial tuition assistance to employees who participate in work-related or degree-related college programs. Augsburg College provides several payment plans by which employees may handle tuition reimbursement. Bureau of Indian Affairs, Tribal and State Indian Scholarships American Indian students who meet federal, state or tribal requirements may apply for these scholarships. Indian grants generally supplement other sources of financial aid. For assistance in application please contact Augsburg's American Indian Support Program Director at 330-1138 or your tribal agency. Federal and State Aid Programs The Office of Student Financial Services determines eligibility for any Federal or State financial aid programs available to graduate students. Determination of eligibility is based on standard, nationally accepted methodology. + Perkins Student Loan-Joint Augsburg College-federally funded program administered through the College for students who demonstrate financial eligibility. No interest accrues nor do payments have to be made on the principal at any time while you are enrolled at least half-time. Simple interest of 5% and repayment of the principal (at the minimum of $30 a month) begin six months after you leave school (nine months for new borrowers after 7-1-87). Repayment may extend up to 10 years. The maximum which may be borrowed for combined undergraduate and graduate study is $18,000. + SLS (Supplemental Loans for Students)-A Federal loan program. Independent students may borrow up to $4,000 per year to a maximum of $20,000 and must be enrolled at least half-time. Variable interest rate is set annually with a cap of 12%; payment usually begins within 60 days after disbursement. Principal may be deferred until the student ceases halftime enrollment. Interest may, at the lender's option, accumulate until the in-school deferment ends. Students must apply for financial aid. + SELF (Student Educational Loan Fund)-A Minnesota State loan program. Students may borrow up to $4,000 per year ($16,000 cumulative) as undergraduates with a $25,000 aggregate maximum when graduate study is included ($1,000 minimum). Interest rate is variable, paid by the borrower quarterly while in school. Principal payments begin 13 months after leaving school. Students must apply for financial aid and be enrolled at least half-time. + Stafford Student Loan (formerly the Guaranteed Student Loan)-Loan funds are obtained directly from a local lender or state agency in certain states. While the student is attending at least half-time, there is no interest charge. Simple annual interest of 8% on the loan balance and repayment of the principal begin six months after leaving school. Repayment may extend up to 10 years. The maximum loan is $2,625 for the first two years and $4,000 for the remaining years of undergraduate study and $7,500 per year for graduate study. The cumulative undergraduate and graduate maximum is $54,750. To Apply for Financial Aid: 1) Complete the Application for Admission and indicate your desire to also apply for financial aid. 2) The Office of Student Financial Services will send you the necessary application and financial statement form (or you may pick them up in the Office of Student Financial Services, 152 Science Hall, or the 'Master of Arts in Education-Leadership Program Office, 2222 Murphy Place). 3) All students must have a Financial Aid Transcript on file with Augsburg from each previously attended institution even if they did not receive aid. Forms are available from the College. 4) Complete and return the financial aid forms by the deadlines indicated. 5) Accept the financial aid offered, in whole or in part, within the deadline stated. \. • bout Augsburg History Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America. Named after the confession of faith presented by Lutherans in Augsburg, Germany, in 1530, Augsburg opened in September, 1869, in Marshall, Wisconsin, and moved to Minneapolis in 1872. Campus Location Augsburg's campus is located in the heart of the Twin Cities surrounding Murphy Square, the oldest of 155 parks in the "City of Lakes." Adjacent to the campus are Fairview and St. Mary's Hospitals, the West Bank campus of the University of Minnesota and Mississippi River parkways. Accessibility Augsburg College has made a major effort to become one of the most accessible campuses in the region. Skyways, tunnels and elevators provide accessible connections between nine of the 14 major buildings-student housing towers, Christensen Center, main academic and administrative halls, the library and music building. In addition, there are programs for students with learning and physical disabilities. Church Affiliation Augsburg is a college of The Evangelical Lutheran Church in America. About 59 percent of the students are Lutheran, 14 percent other Protestant and 19 percent Roman Catholic. Several other affiliations are represented among students and faculty. Non-Discrimination Policy Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments of Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended in its admission policies, educational programs, activities, and employment practices. D ampusMap 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. Admissions House George Sverdrup Library Science Hall Old Main West Hall Mortensen Tower Urness Tower Christensen Center Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall Music Hall 2222 Murphy Place Melby Hall Ice Arena Stage II Theatre Center for Global Education Scandinavian Center Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama and Communication Youth and Family Institute 19. Office Annex House 20. Tutor House 21. American Indian Support and Minority Education Partnership A. Admissions Parking B. Student Parking c. Visitor Parking D. The Quad E. Faculty /Staff Parking F. Murphy Square G. Anderson-Nelson Athletic Field H. Fairview I St. Mary's Parking Ramp I. Husby-Strommen Tennis Courts J. Resident Parking Only I6. I Accessible Entrance N I • I I I I ....... ....... DOWNTOWN MINNEAPOLIS ....... ....... ....... ....... ....... ....... ....... ....... ....... ....... ....... From Minneapolis Interstate 94 east to 25th A venue exit, left to Riverside Avenue, left to 21st Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign. From St. Paul Interstate 94 west to Riverside exit, right on Riverside Avenue to 21st Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign. Parking All posted Augsburg College parking lots are free and open for student use from 4:30 p.m. Friday through Sunday evening. Lots are located on 7th Street between 21st and 22nd A venues and north of 8th Street on 21st A venue. Most street parking is two hour parking, seven days a week. Additional parking is available in the Riverside Medical Center ramp, or U of M parking lots on the north side of Riverside A venue. Augsburg College__; 731 21ST AVENUE SOUTH MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55454
Show less
Master of Social Work (MSW) Catalog, 1990-1992
Title
Master of Social Work (MSW) Catalog, 1990-1992
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
MASTER OF SOCIAL WORK AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1990-1992 "'T! he good we secure for ourselves is precarious and uncertain ... until it is secured for all of us and incorporated into our common life." 1 -Jane Addams Augsburg College 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, MN 55454 612/330-1786 a...
Show more MASTER OF SOCIAL WORK AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1990-1992 "'T! he good we secure for ourselves is precarious and uncertain ... until it is secured for all of us and incorporated into our common life." 1 -Jane Addams Augsburg College 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, MN 55454 612/330-1786 able of Contents Introduction to the Master of Social Work Program .............. .4 Curriculum Design ...................................................................... 5 Course Descriptions ............. ........ ................................................ 8 Library .... ................................................................................. .... 14 Accreditation and Affiliations ......................... ......................... 14 Student Rights .................................. .. ......................................... 15 Admission Requirements .................... ...................................... 16 Application Procedures ........................................... .. ...... .......... 17 Evaluation Standards ..................... .............................. ........ ...... 18 Academic Policies ............................ ..... ..... .. ..... .... ........... ........... 19 Fee and Payment Schedule ............... .. .. ... ....... .......................... 20 Financial Aid ............................. .... ............................ .................. 22 About Augsburg .............................. ........................................... 25 Campus Guide ........................................... ........................ ......... 26 Campus Location ............................... ........................................ 27 Faculty and Administration ...................................................... 28 ntroduction to the Master of Social Work Program Philosophy The Master of Social Work program at Augsburg College builds on the strengths of its Bachelor of Social Work program: ... Understanding of and respect for diverse people and cultures T A solid foundation in and integration with the liberal arts T Responsibility and service to and with the broader community in the interests of social justice T A focus on client empowerment T Preparation for ethical, competent, professional practice T A framework for practice of problem-solving within a systems perspective. In the Augsburg Master of Social Work Program, individuals are recognized as capable of adaptation, growth and change. Intellectual, physical, spiritual, emotional, psycho-social problems are addressed with clients in relation to the locus of the issues, be they within the individual, the family, the community, or the larger societal systems. Client self-determination, growth and empowerment (personal recognition of one's ability, rights and place in the social change process) are recognized and fostered through support and education. In the interests of social justice and constructive social change, students are educated as professionals to address institutional oppression, e.g. age, race, religion. Professional preparation at the Master of Social Work level at Augsburg is founded on the following assumptions: T Analysis and presentation of complex social issues and solutions must be based on solid research. Augsburg MSW students will develop competencies to conduct, analyze and present practice-based research. T The world is interdependent in all areas, including human needs and the services to address them. Students will become knowledgeable of social welfare policies and programs of the world community which address changing needs. Accommodating the Full-Time Work Schedule The Master of Social Work Program is designed to meet the needs of adult students, e.g. students who are employed, have family obligations, must travel distances to obtain graduate social work education. Classes will meet during alternate weekends in four hour blocks: Friday evening (one class), Saturday morning and afternoon (two classes). Students will be required to meet one Sunday afternoon per trimester for a program seminar on ethical or other professional issues. urriculum Design Students must complete 18 courses (12, if Professional Foundation is waived), including the Master's thesis and 900 hours of professionally supervised, College-approved social work field experience. The course of study must include the Professional Foundation (unless waived), the Advanced Curriculum, one concentration, and two elective courses. The Professional Foundation is the basic core and is designed for persons whose baccalaureate degree is in a subject or from an institution not accredited by the Council on Social Work Education. These six courses, including 420 hours of Collegeapproved, professionally-supervised field work, must be completed successfully prior to enrollment in the Advanced Curriculum or Concentrations courses. The Advanced Curriculum, required of all students, is the entry point in the program for persons with baccalaureate degrees in social work from institutions that are accredited by the Council on Social Work Education, or by students who have completed successfully the Professional Foundation courses. The Advanced Curriculum consists of three courses, including the introductory courses to both concentrations. Concentrations Concentrations are in two areas: Family Practice and Program Development, Policy and Administration. These concentrations total a minimum of six courses beyond the Advanced Curriculum, including 480 hours of college approved, professionally-supervised field work. Family Practice Family, in its diverse forms, is central to society. "Family'; in this context, is interpreted flexibly as the nurturing system surrounding people. It is inclusive of many areas of need. As a growing number of family-related challenges face society, there is an ever-increasing need for professionals who base their professional practice on in-depth study of the broad spectrum of issues that confront the family . In the Family Practice concentration, students will concentrate on empowering the family nurturing systems from a developmental and wholistic perspective. Program Development, Policy and Administration Social change is necessary for fostering policies and service that respond to human need. The Program Development, Policy, and Administration concentration has been developed in response to the growing demand for creative leadership and administration. Effective services require participative development, competent practitioners, strong leadership and effective administration. Students following this concentration will develop the abilities and skills necessary to promote and achieve needed change, and develop, lead, guide and administer programs that will serve diverse people in a variety of settings. Electives Students will select two electives beyond the required courses. Master's Thesis All students will complete a Master's Thesis synthesizing research and field practice in their area of concentration. T SWK589 I \ ELECTIVES T SWK 560-579 CONCENTRATION IN PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT, POLICY & ADMINISTRATION CONCENTRATION IN FAMILY PRACTICE T SWK 540 FAMILY PRACTICE T SWK 541 FAMILY PRACTICE T SWK 550 PROCESSES OF PROGRAM II PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT T SWK 551 ORGANIZATIONAL DEVELOPMENT T SWK 542 FAMILY DIVERSITY T SWK 543 CREATIVE PROBLEM SOLVING T SWK 552 INTER-ORGANIZATIONAL, FOR SUPERVISION COMMUNITY AND POLITICAL RELATIONS T SWK 553 ADVANCED SOCIAL POLICY T SWK 523 FIELD WORK III AND SWK 524 FIELD WORK IV ADVANCED CURRICULUM T SWK 520 INTRODUCTION TO FAMILY PRACTICE T SWK 521 INTRODUCTION TO PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT AND ADMINISTRATION T SWK 527 RESEARCH I II \ PROFESSIONAL FOUNDATIONS T SWK 500 HUMAN BEHAVIOR IN THE 5ocIAL ENVIRONMENT T SWK 501 HISTORY OF SOCIAL WELFARE POLICY T SWK 502 FIELD WoRK I ANJ? SWK 503 FIELD WoRK T SWK 504 RESEARCH I T SWK 505 METHODS AND SKILLS OF SOCIAL WORK II ourse Descriptions Professional Foundation SWK 500 Human Behavior In The Social Environment This course provides the knowledge basic to an understanding of human growth through the life cycle, and of the interplay of sociocultural, biological, and psychological factors which influence the growth of individuals and families in contemporary American society. Emphasized is the role of the "nurturing environment" in relation to human growth, the impact of the "sustaining environment," and other special stresses relevant to growth. Growth related to populations and groups which represent ethnic and/ or life-style diversity is also a focus. Students will gain self-understanding through use of their own experiences. SWK 501 History of Social Welfare Policy This course emphasizes the dynamic nature of social welfare history and current social systems and social policy as they relate to all our lives and especially to the lives of clients, communities and social workers. Comparisons will be made internationally, with a focus on Britain as influencing early U.S. "poor law" and social welfare. Special emphasis will be placed on analyzing the major assumptions, ideas and events which contributed to the rise of the welfare state and the profession of social work. The profession's values, ethics and historical development will also be reviewed. Both theoretically and practically, this course will enable students to assess the development of social welfare with an understanding of the influence of social work and of the development and impact of social policy. SWK 502 Field Work I Students will select their own field placement from a list of Programapproved agencies. Beginning supervised professional experience in a social work setting focusing on interviewing experience and relationship building. Supportive seminars coordinate an integration of theory and practice, as well as providing the supportive setting for raising social work practice issues with peers. SWK 503 Field Work II Continuing supervised professional experience in the same social work setting, consecutive to Field Work I, focusing on refining previous skills and understanding and moving into new tasks, showing initiative and progressively more independent work over time. SWK 504 Research I Research plays an important role in building knowledge for social work practice. This course will provide an overview of methods commonly used in social science research, in addition to the ethical and applicability concerns in social work research. Research design will be studied using both qualitative and quantitative approaches. Methods of program evaluation will be discussed. This course will examine various approaches to organizing, comparing and interpreting data. Students will have beginning hands-on experience with the use of computers to analyze data statistically. SWK 505 Methods and Skills of Social Work This course identifies basic features of the helping process; theoretical foundation, principles and techniques of Social Work intervention. It provides role play and simulation experience necessary for social work practice with individuals, groups, families and communities. The course also emphasizes system and social change through an introduction to community organization, social planning and social action. Throughout the course, work with a diversity of professional, natural helping networks and client groups is stressed. Advanced Curriculum SWK 520 Introduction to Family Practice Theories and concepts underlying wholistic professional social work practice with families will be explored. This course will address concepts of families in their diverse forms and function in the context of the life cycle of their members, family systems theory, dual perspective, and stressors which may shape or alter family development. Ethical issues of professional social work practice with families are integral to this course. SWK 521 Introduction to Program Development and Administration: Organizational Theory Because social services are commonly carried out through organizations, social workers are usually members of organizations. Thus, organizations and the effective functioning of social workers within them is the focus of this course. With an assumption of "organizations as communities," an overview of theories of organizational development, maintenance and communication will be presented. The contributions of diversity in the agency I community will be an important focus . Social workers' important roles in agencies, as well as professional, ethical, effective functioning in organizations will be explored. SWK 523 & 524 Field Work III & IV The purposes of the Field Support Seminars are (1) to provide the student opportunities to share experiences from his/her practice in a confidential setting; (2) to give and get support, honest feedback, and valid encouragement on issues regarding field placements, in particular, and social work practice with families or in administration/program development, in general; (3) to discuss and help the student integrate course-work into the practice experience and to address the objectives of the course. These seminars accompany the 480 hours of professional supervised field work in the area of concentration. SWK 527 Research II This course offers a practice-oriented exploration of the range of research methods used in social work, a critique of the role of research in assessing effectiveness in the social service delivery, and identification with the responsibility of social workers "to expand the knowledge base" of social work. Building on the basic research skills developed in Research I, students actively adopt the researcher's role in relation to both their current agency experience and their preferred practice setting. The course will enable students to use basic statistical methods for organizing, interpreting and analyzing quantitative data, plus creative techniques for qualitative data. SWK 589 Research III: Master's Thesis The study of research, like all of social work, comes alive in the implementation. A thesis is required of all Master of Social Work candidates so they may experience and learn the utility of research to social work practice, and so they can contribute to the knowledge of social work practice and to the building of social work theory. The Master of Social Work thesis will be based on an area of the student's practice focus. The research - to be selected by the student in consultation with the thesis advisor - will focus on an area of social need, practice, service and/ or policy. Concentrations Family Practice SWK 540 Family Practice I This course builds on content initiated in the Introduction to Families course, focusing in-depth on the "normal" developmental crises of the family across the lifespan, developing problemsolving methods and learning cross-cultural models of practice. Various therapy theories will be introduced and critiqued. Focus on all theories and analysis of service delivery models will center on their relevance to empowerment of families. This course is a prerequisite to SWK 541 Family Practice II and must be taken prior to or concurrent with SWK 523 Field Work III. SWK 541 Family Practice II This course is a continuation of Family Practice I. It will further explore the family as cause and effect in the community in benefitting from or changing social policy. Students will study issues for further discussion, culminating in development of their own service delivery models. Ethical and religious dilemmas (e.g. abortion, euthanasia) will be raised. Advanced study of family developmental issues, focusing on catastrophic events and on empowering families and the profession to take leadership in developing appropriate intervention strategies. SWK 542 Family Diversity This course will examine the various theories underlying professional practice with families in their many diverse forms. Recognizing that the family is the basic institution through which one is socialized, this course will also examine how family membership shapes one's understanding and appreciation of ethnicity, gender roles, sociological script. The course also will explore the impact of discrimination and of political, social, and economic disorder on diverse families. SWK 543 Creative Problem Solving for Supervision This course will examine how social workers can discover their own creative abilities in relation to innovation in social work supervision and practice. The course will examine the relationship of creativity and self-esteem. This course will also explore ways to help others, e.g. workers, clients, agencies and communities to eliminate barriers which inhibit creative responses to problem-solving and practice. Program Development, Policy and Administration SWK 550 Processes of Program Planning and Development Building on the community organization and research foundation (including needs determination and program evaluation), the primary processes of program development study in this course are: techniques of program planning and budgeting, development of necessary community and larger public support, identification and mobilization of resources, and funding proposal preparation. SWK 551 Organizational Development and Administration The activities and skills necessary for effective program administration will be studied including short- and long-range planning; leadership; program implementation and management; personnel recruitment, allocation, supervision and management; social work values and ethics in the workplace; analysis of financial statements; administrative policy, board relations and agency policy implementation. SWK 552 lnterorganization, Community and Political Relations The development and maintenance of constructive relationships with external organizations in both the public and private sectors are critical to successful implementation and management of social service programs. An organization's power to influence social policy is related to such relationships. The development and maintenance of these relationships so critical to the provision of services that address community needs, and the influence of social policy to effect social change will be the foci of this course. Among the topics included are: interorganizational relations, public relations, public information, political activity and leadership. SWK 553 Advanced Social Policy All social workers have impact on the development and modification of social policy whether intentionally or unconsciously. This course will provide an in-depth focus on the development and implementation of social policy at the various levels of the public and private sectors. The various means by which social workers can have intentional impact on policy-making and exercise leadership roles will be studied. Reading, seminars and an internship in the policy area will be included. Electives SWK 560 Issues of Diversity Students will explore the dynamics and impact of a range of diversity issues which are inherent in a heterogenous society, e.g. race, religion, culture, ethnicity, gender, age, mental and physical condition, affectional orientation, and lifestyle. SWK 561 Comparative International Social Policy This course analyzes approaches to social policy in a number of countries. The course expands U.S. perspective by exploring alternative approaches to shared social issues, such as unemployment, day-care, income maintenance, education, personal social service, health and housing. Attitudes toward quality of life and personal values and assumptions arising from a monocultural viewpoint will be reviewed in a global context. The operation, methodology and organizational structure of programs in different countries will be compared with attention to social change and differing socio-political, economic environments. Attention will be paid to the variety of funding sources and partnerships between public and voluntary groups plus the diversity of priorities and traditions which influence an orientation to the public or voluntary sector. The course also builds an awareness of current agencies promoting international social policy and poses our responsibility to be internationally aware. SWK 562 Creativity and the Problem-Solving Process This course will explore creativity from traditional aesthetics and from contemporary organizational understanding, showing the similarities and differences in approach. Using creativity as a method, the course will examine techniques for solving problems in social work practice, for enhancing innovation, and for seeking an integrative world view. Systems theory will be studied as an example of an attempt to use an integrative approach to personal and professional behavior. The class will integrate social work with other fields in order to broaden the outcomes of intellectual understanding and self-awareness. A variety of electives based on student-generated topics will be offered in this program. 6tibrary The Augsburg library houses over 160,000 books, periodicals, records, tapes and films. Music, Chemistry and Art History libraries are located within the departmental areas. Access to over 1,000,000 volumes is available via daily interloan and courier service among seven private liberal arts colleges and the Hill Reference Library. Through Minitex, the statewide network, the additional resources of the Minnesota and Wisconsin libraries are accessible to Augsburg faculty and students. AJccreditation and Affiliations The Augsburg Master f Social Work program is in the process of e tabli hing candidacy status with The Council on Social Work Education. Augsburg is accredited by the North Central A o iation of Coll ges and Schools. The college is am mber of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC), the Lu'theran Edu ation C uncil in orth Am rica and th Minnesota Private College Council. Augsburg College is registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board. Registration is not an endorsement of the institution. Registration does not (necessarily) mean that credits earned at the institution can be transferred to other institutions or that the quality of the educational programs will meet the standards of every student, ducational institution, or employer. . .tudent Rights The College has adopted a statement of student rights and responsibilities and has provided for due process in the matters of disciplinary action, grievances and grade appeal. Any student who wishes to identify appropriate procedures for a complaint should contact the Vice President for Student Affairs (330-1160). The College operates in compliance with the Family Rights and Privacy Act and Title IX . Students have the right to inspect all official records which pertain to them and which are maintained in the Registrar's Office and the Placement Office (except where a waiver of access has been signed) and to challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Students have a right to experience education free from discrimination based on sex, race, ethnic or cultural background, handicap, creed, marital status or age. 1Jldmission Requirements The Augsburg Master of Social Work Program promotes the widest possible diversity within its student and faculty populations and across its curriculum content. Therefore, the admissions policies ensure· educational opportunities that include persons from a range of abilities, backgrounds, beliefs and cultures. Because of the particular nature of the Master of Social Work program, a strong liberal arts background in the behavioral sciences is required including a course in biology that includes study of the human systems, and course work in the social sciences. Applicants who have completed majors in other than behavioral sciences are encouraged to apply and will be given consideration based on their composite assets. Applicants to the program will be assessed on an individual basis according to the following guidelines. Strengths in some areas may balance other areas for development. 1. Bachelor's degree from an accredited college or university. 2. A minimum grade point average of 3.0 on a 4.0 scale (B average) for the last two years of an undergraduate program preferred. 3. A minimum of two years of employment or volunteer experience, one year of which is in the human service area. 4. Personal written statement. 5. Letters of recommendation. 6. Possible interview. A)pplication Procedures To apply, students must submit the following materials to the Department of Social Work: 1. Completed application form with $25 (non-refundable) application fee. 2. Written personal statement and three letters of reference which address the applicant's: T demonstrated ability to work with a diversity of people. T personal qualities including responsiveness to others, judgement, creativity, oral and written communication skills, integrity, leadership potential, and sensitivity to the diversity of people. T potential for successful completion of graduate studies in a professional social work program. 3. Official transcripts of undergraduate and graduate work from each institution attended which indicate degrees conferred. 4. Possible interview with the committee of the Social Work Department. IB valuation Standards Evaluation of academic performance for the Master of Social Work degree will be based on number grades using a 4.0 point scale with these definitions: . 4.0 3.5 3.0 2.5 2.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence Achieves above basic course standards Achieves the minimum passing standard p Achieves at or above the 2.0 level (not computed in grade point average) N Does not meet minimum passing standard (no credit and non-punitive -not computed in grade point average) W Grade given when course is dropped I Incomplete grade given in case where student is unable to complete course requirements for reasons beyond the student's control. (To receive an incomplete, a student must file a petition with the Graduate Program staff stating reasons for the request, the plan and date for removing the incomplete grade, the signature of the instructor, and any other necessary documentation.) Not more than two courses with a grade below 3.0 will count toward the degree. Not more tha n two courses with a grad e below 2.0 can b repea ted . Only the credits and grade ea rned the second time are counted in the grade point average. A)cademic Policies Academic Probation and Dismissal Students must maintain a 3.0 cumulative grade point average. If a student falls below a 3.0 average, the student will be placed on probation for the following term. A 3.0 cumulative grade point average must be restored in order for a student to be removed from probation. If a student receives a grade of N in a course, the student must petition successfully with the Graduate Program Committee before being permitted to continue in the program. A plan for the student to follow would be outlined at that time. If the cumulative grade point average again falls below 3.0, the student may be dismissed from the program by the Graduate Program Committee. Students also may be dismissed by the Graduate Program Committee for behavior detrimental to the program such as a gross violation of college policy (as published in the Student Guide). Dismissal would occur only after established procedures were followed. Credit and Contact Hours Each graduate course in the Master of Social Work program is the equivalent of four semester credits or six quarter credits. Students meet in class a total of 28 hours and are responsible for a significant amount of individual study and preparation. Enrollment Policy/Leaves of Absence Students may take either two or three courses each trimester. All students are required to complete the program within four years. Extensions beyond four years will be considered on the basis of petition to the Graduate Program Committee. Students who leave the program for more than one term must request a leave of absence in writing from the Graduate Program Committee. Residency Each student must be enrolled in the MSW program for the equivalent of the last year or nine courses. Transfer Students Up to nine courses from a C.S.W.E. accredited MSW program may be transferable if the grades are 3.0 or better. Transfer students must meet the admissions and residency criteria. Advisement The Augsburg Social Work Program requires both academic and professional advisement. Both have the same purpose: to promote student growth, development, and the achievement of personal goals and professional education. Faculty office hours are posted on office doors; in addition, students may meet with faculty at other times by appointment. All social work faculty are available to students, in addition to the advisor the student chooses. Social Work faculty consider advising time a high priority and work to be available. ee and Payment Schedule Application Fee (payable once, non-refundable) ............... $25.00 Tuition (per trimester course) ............................... .............. $815.00 (one course = 6 quarter credits or 4 semester credits) Enrollment Reservation Deposit (non-refundable) ........ $100.00 Late Fee . ................................................. ............. ............. .......... $50.00 (charged to any student registering after the scheduled registration date.) Late registration per day includes incomplete registration as defined: a. Unsigned Registration Form or b. Unapproved Payment Plan Registration Change after First Class Meeting .... ................ $5.00 (cancel/add/change grade option, or combination at one time) Transcript Fee (per copy after first, which is free) ............... $2.00 Finance Charge: A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of 1% per month on any account with an open balance of 30 days or more. Fees The application fee ($25) is due on or before the application deadline for a given term. The $100 non-refundable deposit reserves a place in the program in a given term, once a person is accepted. Tuition is due at the time of registration. Refund Schedule A per-course tuition refund will be made on the following basis: (In order to be eligible for the refund, students are responsible for cancelling courses with the Registrar's Office.) Prior to the first scheduled class meeting -100% Prior to the second scheduled class meeting - 80% Prior to the third scheduled class meeting - 60% No refund after third scheduled class meeting. Payment Options* 1. Payment in Full: Due Day of Registration. 2. Payment Plan: Upon application and after college approval, a 3-pay plan is available each trimester. Payment plans will be offered only if previous plans have been adhered to. 3. Company Reimbursement: Full courses, or equivalent, which are company reimbursed require a deposit of $150 per course reimbursed, with full payment due within 45 days after the end of the term. A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of 1 % per month on any amount with an open balance of 30 days or more. Tuition is set on an annual basis, payable in 3 equal installments at the beginning of each trimester. Registration is permitted only if the student's account for a previous term is paid in full as agreed. Augsburg College will not release diplomas or academic transcripts until all student accounts are paid in full . This also applies for student loan funds administered by the college (Perkins Student Loan); they must be current according to established repayment schedules. *A non-sufficient-funds check will declare your registration invalid and could affect further credit extended by the college. inancial Aid ....... ·:.. In a number of ways, students may receive assistance in meeting Graduate Program costs. Enrollment in three courses per trimester allows the student to be classified as full-time. Two courses is considered part-time enrollment. The Office of Student Financial Services (330-1046) will assist students in assessing financial aid eligibility and offering financial aid from available alternatives, including the following: Augsburg Tuition Grant Augsburg College may provide grants and scholarships to graduate students who show academic potential and have financial need. Funded Scholarships Augsburg actively pursues outside funding for special scholarships. The availability of such scholarships enables the participation of individuals of limited financial means as well as individuals working for volunteer agencies and other organizations not likely to provide tuition reimbursement. Company Tuition Assistance Programs Many companies, agencies and corporations offer full or partial tuition assistance to employees who participate in work-related or degree-related college programs. Augsburg College provides reimbursement. Bureau of Indian Affairs, Tribal and State Indian Scholarships American Indian students who meet federal, state or tribal requirements may apply for these scholarships. Indian grants generally supplement other sources of financial aid. For assistance in applying please contact Augsburg's American Indian Support Program Director at 330-1138 or your tribal agency. Federal and State Aid Programs The Office of Student Financial Services determines eligibility for any Federal or State financial aid programs available to graduate students. Determination of eligibility is based on standard nationally accepted methodology. Perkins Student Loan - A joint Augsburg Collegefederally funded program administered through the College for students who demonstrate financial eligibility. No interest accrues nor do payments have to be made on the principal at any time you are enrolled at least half-time. Simple interest of 5 percent and repayment of the principal (at the minimum of $30 a month) begin six months after you leave school (nine months for new borrowers after 7-1-87). Repayment may extend up to 10 years. The maximum which may be borrowed for combined undergraduate and graduate study is $18,000. SLS (Supplemental Loans for Students) - A federal loan program. Independent students may borrow up to $4,000 per year to a maximum of $20,000 and must be enrolled at least half-time. Variable interest rate is set annually with a cap of 12 percent; payment usually begins within 60 days after disbursement. Principal may be deferred until student ceases half-time enrollment. Interest may, at the lender's option, accumulate until the in-school deferment ends. Students must apply for financial aid. SELF (Student Educational Loan Fund) - A Minnesota State loan program. Students may borrow up to $4,000 per year ($16,000 cumulative) as an undergraduate with a $25,000 aggregate maxiumum when graduate study is included ($1,000 minimum). Interest rate is variable, paid by the borrower quarterly while in school. Principal payment begins 13 months after leaving school. Students must apply for financial aid and be enrolled at least half-time. Stafford Student Loan (formerly the Guaranteed Student Loan) - Loan funds are obtained directly from a local lender or state agency in certain states. While the student is attending at least half-time, there is no interest charge. Simple annual interest of 8 percent on the loan balance and repayment of the principal begin six months after you leave school. Repayment may extend up to 10 years. The maximum loan is $2,625 for the first two years of undergraduate study and $7,500 per year for graduate study. The cumulative undergraduate and graduate maximum is $54,750. To Apply for Financial Aid 1. Complete the Application for Admission and indicate your desire to also apply for financial aid. 2. The Office of Student Financial Services will send you the necessary application and financial statement form (or you may pick them up in the Office of Student Financial Services, 152 Science Hall, or the Graduate Program Office). 3. All students must have a Financial Aid Transcript on file with Augsburg from each previously attended institution even if you did not receive aid. Forms are available from the College. 4. Complete and return the financial aid forms by the deadlines indicated. 5. Accept the financial aid offered, in whole or in part, within the deadline stated. • bout Augsburg College History Augsburg College was founded in 1869 in Marshall, Wisconsin, and moved to Minneapolis in 1872. The name Augsburg College and Seminary changed in 1963 when the Lutheran Free Church merged with The American Lutheran Church. Location Augsburg's 23-acre campus is in the heart of the Twin Cities metropolitan area, only blocks from downtown Minneapolis and the intersection of Interstate Highways 94 and 35W. Adjacent to the campus are the Riverside Medical Center, the West Bank campus of the University of Minnesota and the Mississippi River parkways. Campus Skyways, tunnels and elevators provide accessible connection between 10 of the 15 major buildings - student housing towers, College Center, main academic and administrative halls, the Library, Music Hall and Foss Center for Worship, Drama and Communication. Accessibility We have made a major effort to become one of the most accessible campuses in the region. Our skyway-tunnel system lets you reach any of 10 major buildings without going outside. In addition to building changes, we have a student-run program to increase awareness and provide extra help for students with disabilities. Church Affiliation Augsburg is a college of The Evangelical Lutheran Church in America. About 51 percent of the students are Lutheran, 15 percent other Protestant and 15 percent Roman Catholic. Several other affiliations are represented among students and faculty. Non-Discrimination Policy Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended in its admission policies, educational programs, activities, and employment practices. ampus Guide . . • ·.· . 1. Admissions House 2. George Sverdrup Library 3. Science Hall 4. Old Main 5. West Hall 6. Mortensen Tower 7. Urness Tower 8. Christensen Center 9. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall 10. Music Hall 11. 2222 Murphy Place 12. Melby Hall 13. Ice Arena 14. Stage II Theatre 15. Center for Global Education 16. Scandinavian Center 17. Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama and Communication 18. Youth and Family Institute 19. Office Annex House 20. Tutor House 21. American Indian Support and Minority Education Partnership Admissions Parking Student Parking c. Visitor Parking D. The Quad E. Faculty /Staff Parking F. Murphy Square G. Anderson-Nelson Athletic Field H. Fairview /St. Mary's Parking Ramp I. Husby-Strommen Tennis Courts J. Resident Parking Only A. B. I6. I Accessible Entrance ~--~- c ampus Location N I I -$- I I I ...... ...... DOWNTOWN MINNEAPOLIS ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... From Minneapolis Interstate 94 east to 25th A venue exit, left to Riverside Avenue, left to 21st Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign. From St. Paul Interstate 94 west to Riverside exit, right on Riverside Avenue to 21st Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign. Parking All posted Augsburg College parking lots are free and open for student use from 4:30 p.m. Friday through Sunday evening. Lots are located on 7th Street between 21st and 22nd Avenues and north of 8th Street on 21st Avenue. Most street parking is two hour parking, seven days a week. Additional parking is available in the Riverside Medical Center ramp, or U of M parking lots on the north side of Riverside A venue. acuity and Administration Maria Brown, Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., M.A., American University; M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Francine Chakolis, Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.S., Augsburg College; M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Edwina Hertzberg, Associate Professor of Social Work. Director of Faculty Development. A.B., Cedar Crest College; M.S.W., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Rosemary Link, Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A. Southhampton University; C.Q.S.W., London University (Bedford College); Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Vincent Peters, Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., Loyola College; M.S.W., University of Madras. Mary Lou Williams, Associate Professor of Social Work. B.F.A., M.S.W., University of Pennsylvania. Edith Kromer, Weekend Librarian. B.A., Hamline University; M.A., University of Minnesota. Elizabeth Vander Schaaf, Associate Dean for Graduate and Special Programs. B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Iowa. Maria Woroby, Reference Librarian and Weekend Supervisor. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. Augsburg College_; 731 21ST AVENUE SOUTH MINNEAPOLIS , MN 55454
Show less
Augsburg Weekend College Catalog, 1990-1991
Title
Augsburg Weekend College Catalog, 1990-1991
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
1990 Fall Trimester 1991 Winter Trimester 1991 Spring Trimester * Application Deadline Aug 15 Nov 26 Mar 4 Applicant Pile Completion Deadline Aug 27 Dec 17 Mar 18 Aug 25 Sept 6 Jan Mar 30 Aug 17 Aug 25 S e ~ t6 Dec 14 Jan 3 Mar 22 Mar 30 Sept 7-9 Jan 4-6 Apr 5-7 Jan 6...
Show more 1990 Fall Trimester 1991 Winter Trimester 1991 Spring Trimester * Application Deadline Aug 15 Nov 26 Mar 4 Applicant Pile Completion Deadline Aug 27 Dec 17 Mar 18 Aug 25 Sept 6 Jan Mar 30 Aug 17 Aug 25 S e ~ t6 Dec 14 Jan 3 Mar 22 Mar 30 Sept 7-9 Jan 4-6 Apr 5-7 Jan 6 Apr 7 New Student Orientation Registration (Schedule Confirmation) Mail Deadline New Students/Make-up Classes Begin Last Day t o add or drop Sept 9 class without record notation 3 Last Day t o change grade Oct 21 option 7June 3 ) Nov 18 Classes end Nov 30-Dec 2 Mar 15-17 June 14-16 Final Exams Dec 7-9 Mar 22-24 June 21-23 Final Grades Due Dec 17 Apr Classes Meet Sept Sept Oct Oct Nov Nov Nov Dec Jan Jan Jan Feb Feb Mar Mar Mar 7-9 21-23 5-7 19-21 2-4 16-18 30 -Dec 2 7-9 Mar 11 -- Last Day t o drop a class 1 Apr Apr May May May June June June 5-7* 19-21 3-5 17-19 31 2 14-16 21-23 *Classesin Spring Trimester will be four hours in length instead of three and one-halfhours. See page 34for exact times. Frequently Called Telephone Numbers Weekend College Office .......................................... 330-1782 ........... ............ ..,330-1640 Director, Rick Thoni .................., ... Operations, Laurel Orthmeyer ......... .. .... ...... .... .........330-1740 Admissions ............................................ ................... 330- 1792 Data Entry, Robin Sanderson ...................................330-1652 Secretary, Ruth Danielson ........ ..... .......................... .330-1782 ....,,., 330-1777 Enrollment, Deidre Middleton ....................... Other Campus Numbers: Bookstore, Christensen Center .................................330.1'122 Business Office, Science Hall: Cashier: 8:30 a.m.4:OO p.m. ............................. 330-1028 Billing: 8:00 a.m.4:30 p.m. ...............................330-1790 Education Department, Library Bldg. .......................330-1130 Financial Aid Office, Science Hall ......................... ....330-1046 Counseling and Career Planning, Memorial Hall ......330-1162 Library ..................................................................... 330-1017 Nursing Department, Memorial Hall ........................330-1209 Registrar (transcripts, grades), Science Hall ...............330-1036 General Information .................................................330-1000 Weekend College Office Hours: Monday-Friday - 8:00 a.m.-4:30 p.m. (evening hours by appointment) Office Hours on Class Weekends: Friday - 5:30 p.m.-6:15 p.m., Old Main 12 Saturday - 8:00 a.m.-1:30 p.m., Old Main 12 or WEC office Sunday - 12:30 p.m.-1:30 p.m., Old Main 12 Weekend College Office Location: The Weekend College Office is at 2222 Murphy Place, located on the corner of 23rd Avenue and 7 1/2 Street on the Augsburg College Campus (see map on page 81). This bulletin is a supplement to the Augsburg College Catalog and is published for the convenience of Augsburg Weekend College students. Weekend College is a program of Augsburg College and is subject to the policies and provisions as stated in the Augsburg College Catalog. ACADEMIC CALENDAR FOR 1990.1991 .............................................. FREQUENTLY CALLED TELEPHONE NUMBERS 1 .............................2 ......................................... 4 GENERAL INFORMATION ..................... . . Introduction to Augsburg Weekend College ...................... .............4 I~lformationSessio~ls........................................................................... 5 Characteristics of the Educational Program .........................................-. 6 ........................................... 7 Student Support Services .................... Career Placeme~lt.............................................................................. 7 Academic Skills Center (Tutoring) ................................................ 7 Veterans of Military Service .............................. ....,., .........................7 Disabled Student Program ................................,.................................7 ...., . . . +. ACADEMIC INFORMATION ........................................................... 8. Degrees and Majors ............................................................................. %. ............... ......................................... . Busi~lessAdmi~listratio~l , 9 Communicatio~l.................... ........................................................ 12 Computer Science ............................................................................ 1 4 Economics .................... ...........................................*........*......... 15 Education ........................................................................................ +15 Teaching Licensure ....................,.... ..,......................................... 17 Coachi~lgEndorseme~lt..................................... ..,............................ 17 ..............18 English ...................... . ............................................. Management Illformation Systems (MIS) .........................................19 Nursing ..................... ..*... ...... 20 Psychology ........................................................... ..............+........21 .............................................................. Religioll ..................... . . 21 Social . * . . *Work . . . . . .................... . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. 22 Minors ............................................................................................... 23 ..............2 3 Math Placeme~ltGroup Requirements ................................. . , . Dean's . List . ................................. . . . . 24 Academic Progress, Probation and Dismissal ..........................................24 ..,.,.. . . .....-.. .... Attendance Policy .......................................... 25 ..................................... Department Course Limits ...................... ..... 25 ............................................ Grading Procedures ............................ .... 25 Withdrawal from College .............................. . ................................. 27 Graduation with Distinction ................................................................ 27 Assessment of Previous Learning (APL) ................,.......+......,............... 28 . . . . CLASS SCHEDULE 1990-1991 ........................................ .................................. 3 COURSE DESClUPTIONS ...................... . . 7 ...........75 ADMISSIONS/FINANCIAL INFORMATION .........*............, ...........75 Admissions Requirements and Procedures ............................. , ..................................................... Fi~la~lcial Aid ............................ . . 76 Fees and Payment Schedule ................... ,,.............................................7 8 Payment Options ......................... 78 Refund Schedule .............................,..................+..................... ...........79 Tuition Refund Policy ...........................................~................~..~.....~a 79 .... ABOUT AUGSBURG COLLEGE .........*....................................... ........................,.. .,,.............................80 CAMPUS GUIDE ....................... . .........................*................................. 81 CAMPUS LOCATION ............................ . . . . . . . ...................................82 Introduction to Augsburg Weekend College Purpose Augsburg Weekend College provides an educatio~lalalternative to adults who desire college experience but who work or have other commitments during the week. I t is a means by which men and women may earn a bachelor's degree, gain skills for professio~laladvancement, prepare for career change, or pursue a personal interest in one or more areas of the liberal arts. The Augsburg Weekend College program is designed to meet the needs and preferences of adult learners. The program is based on the assumption that the lnen and women who enroll in Weekend College will be mature, self-disciplined and well-motivated adult learners who seek a balance of classroo~nexperience and individualized study. Each course is therefore divided into periods of concentrated on-campus study separated by time for independent study and class preparation. AlternateWeekends T o accommodate this format for learning, classes meet o n alternate weekends for three and a half hours on either Friday evening, Saturday morning, Saturday afternoon, or Sunday afternoon.* Each class selected by the student illvolves comlnitmellt t o one of these four class periods. Weekend College students may take from one to four different courses by attending class every other weekend. Community of Learners I I Essential to the goals of Augsburg Weekend College is participation in a community of adult learners. Learning can be ellhanced when the t y provides opportunity and student is i~lvolvedin a stable c o ~ n m u ~ l ithat encouragement to become involved in interaction both in and out of the classroom. This comm~ulitywill be enriched by the presence of both Inen and wolnen with a varietv of work and life experiences. --- ~ T o facilitate this kind of comrnu~lityinteraction, Augsburg encourages Weekend College students to make use of college facilities such as the library and college center, t o take the opportunity of having shared meals and coffee breaks, to participate in optional lunchtime seminars, and t o attend other college activities such as music and dramatic presen' tations and athletic events. ' I I * Laboratory sections or additional class hours way be scheduled on evenin~sduring the ~veelz. J J I Information Sessions Adults who are interested in Augsburg Weekend College are encouraged to attend one of the information sessions that are scheduled throughout the year. These information sessions are free of charge and are approximately two hours in length. Please call the Weekend College Ofice (330-1782) to receive further details on these information sessions or to sign up for one of the following dates: For Fall Trimester, 1990 Tuesday, May 15 Saturday, June 2 Saturday, June 23 Tuesday, July 10 Saturday, July 28 Thursday, August 9 5:30 PM 9:OO AM 9:OO AM 5:30 PM 9:OO AM 5:30 PM For Winter Trimester, 1991 Saturday, October 6 9:OO AM Thursday, November 1 5:30 PM 9:OO AM Saturday, November 17 For Spring Trimester, 1991 Saturday, January 26 9:OO AM Thursday, February 7 5:30 PM 9:OO AM Saturday, February 23 For more information write or call: Augsburg Weekend College Office Augs burg College 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, M N 55454 612/330-1782 FAX: 612/330-1695 Educational Mission For over a century Augsburg College has emphasized intellectual freedom in the search for knowledge. Our academic program builds on a liberal arts foundation to help students understand the past, interpret the present, and plan for the future. As in the weekday program, Augsburg Weekend College offers students a unique combination of the liberal arts disciplines and professional education. Our goals are to help students develop the intellectual skills and attitudes to be life-long learners, increase their competence jn selected areas of professional work, and accomplish a higher level of personal growth. " Accreditation and Affiliations Augsburg College is hlly accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Sc.hools and the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary). Our programs are approved by the American Chemical Society, The Council on Social Work Education and the National League for Nursing. We are a member of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC), Lutheran Education Council in North America, Minnesota Private College Council, and the National Association for Music Therapy, Inc. 'II I Augsburg College is registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board. Registration is not an endorsement of the institution. Registration does not mean that credits earned at the institution can be transferred to other institutions or that the aualitv of the educa- Faculty Augsburg College prides itself on its highly qualified faculty. Members of the faculty serve as academic advisers to students who are in the premajor stage of planning as well as to students in declared major fields. Library Students and faculty use a carefully selected library of some 150,000 volumes plus audio-visual materials, with access to over 5,000,000 volumes through the Twin Cities private college consortium and Minitex. Internshivs 1 Student Support Services Augsburg Weekend College provides a number of student services to assist adults in making educational and career plans, accomplishing the academic tasks of a college education, working 011 their own personal development, and participating in activities beyond the classroom. Some of these services are: Academic Planning All Augsburg Weekend College students will have access t o expert academic advising services on an on-going basis t o provide for efficient, effective planning. Students enrolling in Weekend College who have had college experience will have their previous work evaluated early in the ad~nissio~ls process. Career Planning Services Staff from the Career Planning and Placement Office will assist adults in assessing their career goals and personal abilities. This service, in combination with sound academic advising from faculty in a chosen major field, can result in an appropriate and manageable educatio~laland career plan for the individual involved. Academic Skills Center (Tutoring) This center exists t o help students enhance their skills in the areas of writing, reading, math, time management, and study skills. Academic tutors in specialized course areas are also available through the center. Counseling/Support Groups Individual and group activities are available to students who wish to work o n a perso~lalgrowth interest or concern or who simply want t o have the experience of being in a support group of people who share some similar characteristics and/or interests. Veterans of Military Service Augsburg is approved by the State Approving Agency for Vetera~ls Training. Veterans should c o ~ ~ s uwith l t the Office of the Registrar about completio~lof the enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other information t o the Veterans Administration. (Please refer to the Augsburg College Catalog for more detailed information.) American Indian Support Program Staff from this program are available t o assist students in the areas of financial aid, admissions, academic and personal counseling. Disabled Student Programs Learning disabled st~tdentshave average or above average intelligence but have difficulty achieving their fill1 potential. Services available t o such students include: diagnostic evaluation, educational planning, learning aids and remedial instruction. If students are concerned that difficulties in school are more than just temporary problems, they can discuss their learning style with the Coordi~latorof Disabled Students or the learning disabilities specialists, and arrange assessment and structures assistance t o increase their potential for academic success. Physically challenged students also are served through this office. Individualized attention and services are provided for and/or coordinated t o meet the mobility needs of students. ademic Information egrees and Majors Augsburg Weekend College allows adults to begin a bachelor's degree program or to continue their education after beginni~lgat another time or institution. It also enables adults to add a second major to an already completed college degree. The followi~lginformation outlines what is involved in completing a degree or major in Augsburg Weekend College. (For more detailed information regarding graduation requirements, please refer to the Augsburg College Catalog.) Bachelor's Degree The bachelor's degree program in Augsburg Weekend College is essentially the same as the weekday program. A total of 35 semester courses are required to graduate and may be fulfilled through combinations of transfer of previous college credit, assessment of previous learning experience, and Weekend College courses. (Augsburg semester courses are valued at 4 semester credits and 6 quarter credits.) I~lcluded in the 35 total courses must be an approved major program, 11 upper division courses, and courses selected from the following liberal arts spectrum (transfer courses and courses taken in the major may also be counted for distribution requirements): w One approved course from each of seven areas: 1. Art/Music 2. History/Philosophy 3. Economics/PoliticaI Science 4. English/Speech, Communication and Theater Arts (devoted to the study of literature) 5 . Psychology 105/Sociology 121 (or the equivalent transfer course) 6. Chernistry/Biology 7. Matl~ematics/Pl~ysics w A course in writing (English 111) or demonstrated proficiency a Two courses or demonstrated competence in a second language w Three courses (or one course per year of study) in religious studies w One course in the area of urban concerns, women's studies, or minority studies. 35 total courses, a student must demonstrate proficiency in two lifetime sports. w I n addition to the Majors Augsburg Weekend College students may select from 11 separate majors, several with a number of career concentrations. A minor also is available in several o f these academic areas as well as in Sociology and Women's Studies. (See page 23 for details.) Business Administration This major prepares students in the areas of management, financial accounting, finance, marketing and international business. T o provide a combination of applied skills and theoretical background, each of these majors is interdisciplinary in approach, including an average of 1 0 business administration courses and six courses from supporting fields such as economics, computer programming, communications, philosophy, and mathematics. Majors in Business Administration are candidates for the Bachelor of Arts degree. Core Courses All students who pursue a major in Business Administration will com plete the following core courses: I I I I I I BUS/MIS 175 Computers for Business, Economics and MIS BUS 22 1 Principles of Accounting I BUS 222 Principles of Accounting I1 BUS 242 Principles of Management BUS 252 Principles of Marketing BUS/MIS 279 Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS BUS 33 1 Financial Management BUS 391 Business Law ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics ECO 31 1 Public Finance or ECO 3 12 Intermediate Macroeconomics or ECO 315 Money and Banking ECO 3 1 3 Intermediate Microeconomics Accounting Concentration Students who wish to pursue a Business Administration major with a concentration in accounting will complete the following courses in addition to the core: I BUS BUS BUS BUS or BUS or BUS 322 323 324 326 Accounting Theory and Practice I Accounting Theory and Practice I1 Managerial Cost Accounting Tax Accounting 423 Auditing 425 Advanced Accounting Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses from the following list: BUS 399 Internship ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions PHI 120 Ethics Those planning a career in accounting are strongly encouraged to complete the remaining courses in the 326, 423 and 425 sequence. Finance Concentration Students wishing to pursue a Business Administration major with a concentration in finance will complete the following courses in addition to the core: BUS BUS BUS ECO or ECO or MIS 322 433 438 318 Accounting Theory and Practice I Financial Theory: Policy and Practice Investment Theory Management Science 41 5 Managerial Economics 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses from the following list: BUS BUS BUS ENG PHI 324 326 399 223 120 Managerial Cost Accounting Tax Accounting Internship Writing for Business and the Professions Ethics International Business Concentration Students wishing to pursue a Business Administration major with a concentration in international business will complete 11 of the 12 core courses (ECO 31 1 or 312 or 315 is not required) and the following: BUS BUS BUS BUS or BUS ECO Three 362 466 465 399 International Business International Marketing International Management Internship 499 Independent Study 360 International Trade and Finance semesters of a foreign language Management Concentration Students wishing to pursue a Business Administration major with a concentration in management will complete the following courses in addition to the core: BUS 340 Human Resource Management BUS 440 Operations Management ECO 318 Management Science PSY 373 Organizational Psychology or SOC 349 Complex Organizations Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses from the following list: BUS ENG PHI PSY SOC SOC SOC SPC SPC 399 223 120 371 336 375 265 111 354 Internship Writing for Business and the Professions Ethics Psychology of the Individual Introduction to Cultural Anthropology Social Psychology Racial and Minority Group Relations Public Speaking Interpersonal Communication Marketing Concentration Students wishing to pursue a Business Administration major with a concentration in marketing will complete the following courses in addition to the core: BUS 352 Marketing Research and Analysis BUS 450 Marketing Management ECO 41 5 Managerial Economics BUS 355 Marketing Communication Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses from the following list: BUS 399 Internship ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions PHI 120 Ethics SPC 35 1 Argumentation SPC 352 Persuasion Business Minor BUS 22 1 Principles of Accounting I BUS 242 Principles of Management BUS 252 Principles of Marketing BUS 33 1 Financial Management ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics Other configurations of the Business Administration minor may be permitted on consultation with the department chairperson. Master of Arts in Leadership Weekend College students should be aware that Augsburg College offers a Master of Arts in Leadership degree. This unique program offers multi-disciplinary liberal arts courses with a specific focus on leadership issues in profit and not-for-profit organizations. Designed to meet the needs and preferences of working adults, these graduate program classes meet on alternate Saturdays and alternate Thursday evenings. For information on this master's degree program, please call 330-1786. Communication Our quality of life, both personally and professionally, depends in large part upon the quality of our communication. The communication major at Augsburg is designed to enhance understanding of communication in a variety of contexts and to improve communication skills. All communication majors must complete a core group of eight required courses, supplemented by five electives in one of the following concentrations: public relations and advertising, marketing communication, human relations, or supervisory management. Prospective majors should meet with a departmental adviser as early as possible to design an approved major program, preferably by the end of the sophomore year. Majors in communication are candidates for the Bachelor of Arts degree. Required Communication Core SPC 11 1 Public Speaking SPC 342 Mass Communication in Society SPC 35 1 Argumentation SPC 352 Persuasion SPC 354 Interpersonal Communication SPC 355 Small Group Communication Any two of the following: ENG 223,225,226, or 227 Communication Electives With the help of an academic adviser, students select five elective courses in one of the following concentrations: public relations and advertising, marketing communication, human relations, or supervisory management.